H 

ff^^l 

|i 

1 

MM 

Pi 

M 

1  W                11.1. ;5?^ 

1 

1  i  ' 
1 

lljljjljl 

THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 

GIFT  OF 

WILLIAM  A.  NITZE 


®Ifor^  ifrencb  Series 

BY  AMERICAN   SCHOLARS 

General  Editor:  RAYMOND  ^lEEKS,  Ph.D. 

PROFESSOR    OF   ROMANCE    LANGUAGES   AND   LITERATURES,   COLUMBIA   UNIVERSITY 


FRENCH  PRONUNCIATION 


PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  AND  A  SUMMARY  OF 
USAGE  IN  WRITING  AND  PRINTING 


BT 

JAMES  GEDDES,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 

PROFESSOR   OF   ROMANCE   LANGUAGES   IN   BOSTON   UNIVERSITT 


NEW  YORK 
OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

AMERICAN   BRANCH:    35  Wkst  32nd  Street 

LONDON,  TORONTO.  MELBOURNE.  AND  BOMBAY 
HUMPHREY  MILP'ORD 

1913 

ALL  niGIITS  RESERVED 


Copyright,  1913 
BY  Oxford  University  Press 

AMERICAN   BRANCH 


THE  TJNIVER8ITT  PRESS,   CAMBRIDGE,   U.  S.  A. 


O-^.   /3 


C^f    . 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2008  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


littp://www.arcliive.org/details/frenclipronunciatOOgedd 


PREFACE 

The  path  of  any  one  undertaking  to  furnish  a  guide  to 
French  pronunciation  is  a  thorny  one.  Nevertheless, 
despite  this  fact  and  the  thanklessness  of  the  task,  the 
subject  receives,  in  a  variety  of  forms,  some  attention 
annually.  Most  of  this  attention  is  of  the  obligatory 
kind  and  is  found  in  the  opening  chapter  of  almost  every 
French  granunar  that  appears.  Such  treatment,  while 
necessarily  concise  and  brief  and  generally  well  adapted 
to  the  purpose  in  view,  of  introducing  the  student  to  the 
subject,  hardly  ever  goes  beyond  that  goal.  Besides  the 
grammars,  there  are  quite  a  few  manuals,  or  treatises,  on 
pronunciation  that  appear  from  time  to  time,  and  in  their 
way  are  helpful  to  the  serious  student  of  the  subject,  no 
matter  how  objectionable  he  may  consider  many  features 
in  such  works.  Lastly  there  are  the  recent  dictionaries, 
in  most  of  which  the  most  cursory  examination  reveals  an 
amount  of  attention  given  to  the  su})ject  of  pronuncia- 
tion proportionate  to  the  very  considerable  interest  there- 
in manifested  of  late  years. 

During  this  period  the  above  sources  have  been  quite 
fully  drawn  upon  by  the  writer  in  giving  the  course  on 
French  pronunciation  to  the  students  of  advanced  courses 
in  French  in  Boston  University  and  in  the  course  on  pho- 
netics given  among  the  courses  for  teachers  at  the  same 
institution.    The  need,  however,  of  something  more  tan- 


941450 


IV  PREFACE 

gible,  particularly  in  the  way  of  drill  exercises  illustrating 
the  principles  involved,  has  yearly  made  itself  more  sen- 
sibly felt.  The  present  treatise  is  an  attempt  to  supply 
this  want.  The  system  of  indicating  pronunciation  of  the 
International  Phonetic  Association  has  been  adopted  be- 
cause it  is  the  system  now  most  universally  in  use  for  in- 
dicating pronunciation  in  dictionaries  and  standard  works 
of  reference.  For  that  reason  it  is  better  known  than  any 
other  system.  Moreover,  it  is  well  adapted  for  indicating 
the  sounds  of  French,  and  in  itself  may  be  made  to  do  ex- 
cellent service  in  introducing  the  student  to  the  subject 
of  general  phonetics,  a  most  valuable  asset  in  the  study 
of  language. 

Quite  a  number  and  variety  of  books  of  reference,  more 
or  less  "authoritative,"  have  been  in  use  constantly  dur- 
ing the  preparation  of  this  treatise.  From  many  of  them, 
simply  a  word,  a  sentence,  an  idea,  a  suggestion  has  been 
taken.  Others  have  served  continually  as  a  vade-mecum, 
particularly  in  noting  pronunciation.  The  difference  of 
opinion  among  educated  French  people  as  regards  the  pro- 
nunciation of  some  words  is,  in  many  instances,  consider- 
able. In  view  of  this  lack  of  agreement,  the  writer's  aim, 
in  justice  to  all  concerned,  has  been  simply  to  record  what 
he  believes  from  printed  data  to  be  the  facts.  The  stu- 
dent may  be  absolutely  certain  that,  barring  mistakes, 
every  indicated  pronunciation  in  the  treatise  has  more 
or  less  endorsement  as  vouched  for  in  the  French  sources 
of  information.  This  testimony  serves  as  an  affidavit  to 
which  any  one  can  turn  at  any  time.  The  opinion  of  the 
educated  Frenchman  or  of  the  experienced  teacher  is  un- 
doubtedly most  helpful  in  such  cases.    It  has  the  disad- 


PREFACE  V 

vantage,  how-^ver,  of  being  verbatim  testimony,  as  over 
against  written  statement,  and  for  that  reason  its  weight 
is  less  enduring.  Investigation  of  the  records  will  very 
rarely  result  in  other  than  additional  proof  verifying  the 
correctness  of  any  one  particular  pronunciation  noted. 

Undoubtedly  many  a  scholar  will  condemn  roundly  a 
number  of  the  books  of  reference  cited  in  the  appended 
list.  The  subject  is  many-sided.  What  appeals  to  one 
will  shock  another.  It  will  be  remembered,  however,  that 
it  is  hardly  possible  to  produce  a  work  of  any  kind  what- 
ever on  the  subject  that  may  not  in  some  way  contain  at 
least  a  suggestion,  if  not  more,  that  may  be  of  practical 
use  to  somebody.  Therefore,  such  as  it  is,  and  containing 
most  of  the  publications  consulted  in  the  preparation  of 
the  present  treatise,  the  list  is  herewith  offered  as  a  bib- 
liographical guide  to  others  working  up  the  subject  of 
French  pronunciation. 

The  brief  portion  of  the  treatise  following  that  on  the 
"spoken  word"  has  been  suggested  by  the  many  ques- 
tions of  teachers  in  regard  to  the  "written  word":  "Is  a 
hyphen  used  between  the  parts  of  such  and  such  a  word?" 
"Do  you  abbreviate  the  first  part?"  "Is  it  written  with 
a  capital?"  "What  corresponds  to  'Sincerely  Yours'?" 
etc.  The  answers  to  such  questions  are  not  readily  found 
in  the  ordinary  grammar  and  composition  book,  although 
it  is  possible  to  locate  them  in  a  very  few  of  such  works. 
Therefore  it  is  hoped  that  tlu;  treatment  here  of  this  part 
of  the  subject  embraced  in  th(;  Sununary  will  help  to  make 
more  complete  and  accessible  the  information  already 
available. 

It  only  remains  for  the  writer  to  thank  his  friend  Pro- 


VI  PREFACE 

fessor  Weeks,  the  editor  of  the  series,  for  reading  the  manu- 
script and  for  making  a  number  of  valuable  suggestions 
which  have  been  carefully  carried  out. 

James  Geddes,  Jr. 
Boston  University,  May  1,  1913. 


CONTENTS 

PAGB 

Bibliography ix 

I  Introduction 1 

Key  to  pronunciation 1 

Symbols  to  be  noted 1 

Table  of  French  sounds 3 

Vowel  differences '    4 

Consonant  differences 5 

Stress 6 

Quantity 7 

French  alphabet 9 

Orthographic  marks 11 

Division  of  syllables     13 

Double  consonants 16 

Written  and  spoken  forms 17 

PAGE 

II  Oral  vowels     19 

a  =  [a] 19             i     =  [i] 36 

a  =  [u] 21        .,„  o    =  [o] 37 

e  =  [o] 25      "^'^  o    =  [ol ■  .    .  40 

e  silent 26        ^..  eu  =  [o] 43  iX 

...    e  =  [e] 30        \Veu  =  [a'] 44  ^^ 

>  S  =  [e] 33             ou  =  [u] 45 

e  without  accent    .    .     36             u    =  [y] 46 

III  Vowel  combinations 47 

ai,  ei,  au,  eu,  ou,  etc 47, 123 

IV  Nasal  vowkls 49 

an,  am,  en,  em   .    .    .     50             on,  cm 54 

in,  im,  etc 52             un,  um 55 

vii 


Vlll  CONTENTS 

PAGE  PAGE 

V  Semi-vowels 57 

i+ vowel  »=[j]  .       57               u  +  vowel  =  [q]    ...  62 

o  +  vowel  =  [w]        60               Semi- vowels  +  nasals .  64 

VI  Consonants 65 

Distinctions  between  French  and  English  consonants.  65 

General  principles 65 

b,  c 68  m,  n 93, 95 

ch,  sch 71  p,  q,  qu 96, 98 

d,  f 73  r,  s 101, 104 

g,  gn 76               sc,  sch 108 

gn  =  [ji]   ....       78               t,  th 109 

h,  j 81,85               ti  + vowel 112 

k,  1 86               V,  w 118 

Imouille  ....       87  wh,  x,  z 119,122 

VII  Review.     Resume  op  vowel  combinations 123 

VIII    Review.     Consonant  combinations    .    .   : 125 

IX  Liaison 126 

b,  c,  f,  k,  1  .    .    .     128               z 133 

p,  q,  r,  t    .    .    .    .     130               d,  g,  s,  X    .    .    .    .    .    .  134 

t  in  -ect,  etc.  .    .     131               m,  n 138 

Special  cases,  exceptions,  etc 140 

X  Elision 142 

XI   Capitals 145 

XII  Punctuation 154 

XIII  Conventional  forms  used  in  letter-writing   .    .    .  157 

XIV  Abbreviations 161 

Index 165 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Alvergnat,  v.  The  modern  class-book  of  French  pronunciation, 
containing  all  the  rules  with  their  exceptions  which  govern  the 
pronunciation  of  the  French  language.  Boston  (Schoenhof), 
1891.  (Particularly  useful  and  suggestive  as  regards  the  syllabi- 
cation of  the  %\Titten  and  spoken  forms  of  many  difficult  words.) 

Beasley,  H.  R.  Sure  steps  to  intelligent  French.  London  (Swan, 
Sonnenschein  &  Co.),  1905.  (An  elementary  treatise  employ- 
ing the  system  of  the  International  Phonetic  Association  to  in- 
dicate the  pronunciation.) 

Bernard,  C.  H.  L.  N.,  and  Leon  E.  Bernard.  Visible  French 
pronunciation.  Boston,  1899.  (The  authors  employ  a  phonetic 
transcription  of  their  own,  silent  letters  appearing  in  red.) 

Bernard,  Victor  F.  Les  fautes  de  langage  ou  le  fran^ais  comme  on 
le  park.  New  York  (Jenkins),  1900.  (Pp.  59-69  contain  a  list 
of  common  words  likely  to  be  mispronounced.) 

Besscherelle  aine.  L'art  de  conju{juer.  Paris  (Fouraut  et  fils),  s.  d. 
(Few  more  handy  works  of  the  kind  have  ever  been  devised 
in  order  to  locate  at  once  a  peculiar  verb-form  than  this  "old 
standard.") 

Bevier,  Louis,  Jr.  A  French  grammar,  with  exercises  by  Thomas 
Logic.  New  York  (Holt),  1896.  (The  Phonology  (pp.  9-46)  is 
unusually  complete.) 

Beyer,  Franz.  Frunzosische  Phonetik.  2d  ed.  Cothen  (Schulze), 
1908.  (Pp.  136-153  contain  instructive  Tcxtproben.  A  few 
characters  indicating  sounds  differ  from  those  now  used  by  the 
J.  P.  A.) 

.     Idem.     Dritte  Auflage  im  Auftrage  des  Verfassers,  neu  be- 

arbeitet  von  H.  Klinghardt.  Cothen  (Schulze),  1908.  (Of  inter- 
est as  compared  with  the  first  edition  because  of  the  progress 
made  in  the  subject  of  phonetics  during  the  twenty  years  be- 
tween the  two  editions  and  the  additions  to  its  Literatur,  pp.  224- 
230.) 

ix 


X  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Beyer  und  Passy.  Das  gesprochene  Franzosisch.  Cothen  (Schulze), 
1893.  {Grammatik:  pp.  77-170;  Specimens  of  pronunciation: 
pp.  1-76;  Useful  phonetic  glossary:  pp.  174-218.) 

B6cher's  Otto's  French  grammar.  New  York  (Holt),  1884.  (Pro- 
nunciation: pp.  13-27.) 

BoNAME,  L.  StvAy  and  practice  of  French.  Philadelphia  (1930  Chest- 
nut St.).  Part  I,  1899;  Part  II,  1908;  Part  III,  1899.  (Con- 
siderable attention  is  paid,  particularly  in  Parts,  I  and  II,  which 
are  of  an  elementary  character,  to  the  subject  of  pronunciation. 
Useful  simple  examples  abound.) 

.  Idem.  A  handbook  of  pronunciation.  Ibidem,  1900.  (Par- 
ticularly useful  for  those  who  do  not  care  for  phonetic  transcrip- 
tions and  desire  the  subject  stated  along  ordinary  lines  in  the 
simplest  and  most  direct  form.) 

Bracket  and  Toynbee.  A  historical  grammar"  of  the  French  lan- 
guage. Oxford  (Clarendon  Press),  1896.  (Good  common  ex- 
amples and  very  clear  statements.) 

Brittain,  Margaret.  Historical  primer  of  French  phonetics,  with 
introductory  note  by  Paget  Toynbee.  Oxford  (Clarendon 
Press),  1900.  (One  of  the  few  books  of  the  kind  in  English 
showing  up-to-date  scholarship.) 

Brunot,  F.  Precis  de  grammaire  historique  de  la  langue  frangaise. 
Paris  (Masson),  1887.    (A  standard  work.) 

Cameron,  J.  H.  The  elements  of  French  composition.  New  York 
(Holt),  1901.  (Useful  hints  to  students  on  capitals,  punctu- 
ation, etc.:  pp.  103-116.) 

Cadvet,  Alfred.  La  prononciation  frangaise  et  la  diction,  k  I'usage 
des  ecoles,  de  gens  du  monde  et  des  etrangers.  Dixidme  edition 
accompagnee  de  lettres  adressees  a  I'auteur  par  MM.  Delaunay, 
Got  et  Massenet.  Paris  (Ollendorff),  1889.  (Offers  many  useful 
suggestions  passim  throughout.) 

Chardenal's  Complete  French  course,  revised  by  Maro  Brooks. 
Boston  (Allyn  &  Bacon),  1907.    (Pronunciation:  pp.  1-16.) 

Churchman,  P.  H.  An  introduction  to  the  pronunciation  of  French. 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  1907. 

.     Exercises  on  French  sounds.     New  York  (Jenkins),   1911. 

(A  revised  edition  of  the  preceding  Introduction,  etc.    Both  of 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  XI 

these  manuals  are  among  the  best  of  the  kind  published  in  the 
United  States.) 

Cledat,  L.  Grammaire  elementaire  de  la  vieille  langue  frangaise. 
Paris  (Garnier  freres),  1887.    (A  standard  work.) 

.    Grammaire  raisonnee  de  la  langue  frangaise.    Paris  (Soudier), 

1894.     (A  standard  work.) 

Colin  and  Serafon.  Practical  lessons  in  French  grammar.  Boston 
(Sanborn),  1910.    (Pronunciation:  pp.  xxix-xxxv.) 

Delahaye,  Victor.  Diciionnaire  de  la  prononciation  modeme  de  la 
langue  frangaise.  Montreal  (Beauchemin),  1901.  Seul  ouvrage 
portatif  donnant  la  prononciation  figuree  de  tous  les  mots  de  la 
langue  frangaise.  Precede  d'une  lettre  a  I'auteur  de  Louis  Fre- 
chette. (A  simple  system  of  indicating  pronunciation  is  em- 
ployed. The  syllabication  of  every  word  receives  more  thorough 
treatment  than  can  perhaps  be  foimd  in  any  other  similar  work.) 

DuMAis,  Joseph.  Parlons  frangais.  Montreal,  1905.  (Particularly 
adapted  to  the  needs  of  the  French-speaking  inhabitants  of 
Canada.) 

Eve  and  de  Baudier.  The  Wellington  College  French  grammar. 
16th  edition.  London  (David  Nutt),  1904.  (One  of  the  best 
grammars  of  the  kind  published  in  England.  Hints  on  pro- 
nunciation: pp.  324-339;  phonetic  transcription:  pp.  363-365.) 

Fraser  and  Squair.  A  French  grammar  for  schools  and  colleges. 
Boston  (Heath),  190S.  (Many  editions;  widely  used  in  Canada 
and  the  United  States.    Plionc'tic  introduction:  pp.  1-12.) 

Grandgent,  C.  H.  a  short  French  grammar.  Boston  (Heath),  1894. 
(Pronunciation  and  spelling:  pp.  1-11.) 

.     The  essentials  of  French  grammar.    Ibidem,  1900.     (The  first 

fifteen  chapters  (pp.  1-44)  are  devoted  to  a  detailed  study  and 
analysis  of  the  essential  features  of  French  pronunciation. 
Both  this  work  and  the  preceding,  because  of  the  marked  ori- 
ginality of  treatment  of  the  entire  subject  of  French  grammar, 
are  highly  suggestive.) 

.     Selections  for  French  composition.    Ibidem.     (Pp.  v-vi  and 

53-54  et  .leq.  contain  the  most  complete  guidance  for  the  con- 
ventional usage  in  letter-writing  that  has  yet  appeared.) 

IIatzfeld,  Darmesteter  et  Thomas.     Diciionnaire  general  de  la 


XU  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

langue  franqaise  dii  commencement  du  xvii  siecle  jusqu'a  noa 
jours.  Paris,  s.  d.  [Public  en  fascicules  en  1893-4-5].  (A  stand- 
ard work  very  generally  considered  the  most  authoritative  work 
of  the  kind.) 

Jespersen,  Otto.  Lehrbuch  der  Phonelik.  Autorisicrte  tJbersetzung 
von  Hermann  Davidsen.  Leipzig  und  Berlin,  1904.  (This 
author's  works  are  among  the  most  authoritative  of  the  kind.) 

Knowles-Favard.  Perfect  French  -possible.  Boston  (Heath),  1910. 
(French  sentences  expressed  in  English  words.)  | 

KoscHWiTZ,  Edward.  Les  parlers  parisiens.  Paris  (Welter),  1896. 
("Anthologie  phonetique"  made  up  of  records  taken  of  the 
speech  of  a  number  of  well-known  educated  Frenchmen  and 
transcribed  according  to  the  system  of  the  I.  P.  A.) 

KuHN,  Maurice  N.  Elements  of  spoken  French.  New  York  (Ameri- 
can Book  Co.),  1900.  (Twenty  lessons,  French  on  one  side  of 
the  page,  English  on  the  other,  studying  the  individual  sounds, 
with  exercises  on  them  and  a  good  many  examples.) 

Lesaint,  M.  a.  Traite  complet  de  la  prononcialion  frangaise  dans  la 
seconde  moitie  du  xix"  siecle.  3^  ed.  Halle  (Gesenius),  1890. 
(One  of  the  best  and  most  useful  works  of  the  kind  ever  pub- 
lished. It  has  been  reprinted  several  times  but  not  revised;  or 
if  any  revision  has  been  made,  it  has  been  very  slight.) 

LiET,  Albert.  Traite  de  prononcialion  frangaise.  Theorie  et  pra- 
tique. Paris,  1900.  (Very  useful  in  indicating  both  syllable 
division  and  pronunciation.) 

Larousse,  Pierre.  Grand  dictionnaire  universel  du  Xixe  siecle. 
Paris,  1865.  (The  fifteen-volume  work  with  the  two  supple- 
ments, as  an  encyclopedia,  is  even  to-day  unsurpassed,  except, 
of  course,  in  matter  that  is  modern  and  made  possible  since  the 
pubUcation  of  the  Larousse.) 

Littre,  E.  Dictionnaire  de  la  langue  frangaise.  Paris  (Hachette), 
1889.  (The  four  volumes  and  the  supplement,  Mke  the  preceding 
work,  in  its  way  is  even  to-day  a  most  valuable  work.  The  small 
Larousse  and  Littr^  dictionaries  generally  furnish  pronunciation 
only  in  particular  cases  where  without  it  the  difficulty  is  appar- 
ent at  once.) 

Maitre  phonetique,  organe  de  I'Association  phonetique    internatio- 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  XUI 

nale.  Bourg-la-Eteine,  Seine.  (A  monthly  review  devoted  to 
sounds  and  their  expression  according  to  the  I.  P.  A.  system.) 
Matzke,  J.  E.  A  printer  of  French  pronuncialion.  3d  edition.  New 
York  (Holt),  190G.  (An  excellent  brief  and  concise  treatise  of 
the  subject,  employing  the  I.  P.  A.  system  tliroughout.) 
Micha£lis-Passy.  Didionnaire  phonetiqiie  de  la  langue  fran^aise. 
Hanovre,  1897.  (A  unique  work  and  perhaps  the  only  one  of 
the  kind.  Many  "popular"  pronunciations  not  considered 
"standard"  by  scholars  are  given.  That  they  are  heard  cannot 
be  doubted.  This  in  itself  gives  a  pecuhar  value  to  the  diction- 
ary.) 

MuLLER,  August.  Allgemeines  Worterbiich  der  Aiissprache  ausldndi- 
scher  Eigennamen.  7th  edition,  in  collaboration  with  G.  A.  Saal- 
feld  and  H.  MichaeUs.  Leipzig  (Haberland),  1903.  (The  diffi- 
culty of  finding  the  pronunciation  indicated  of  proper  names  is 
very  real.  This  work,  as  a  book  of  reference,  may  at  times  prove 
helpful.) 

Nicholson,  G.  G.  A  practical  introduction  to  French  phonetics. 
London  (Macmillan),  1909.  (A  scholarly  ex-position  of  the  sub- 
ject up  to  date  and  along  modern  lines.) 

Passy,  Paul.  Choix  de  lectures  frangaises  phonetiques.  Cothen 
(Schulze),  s.  d.  (Specimens  of  the  "popular"  pronunciation  of 
children.  The  French  rendering  is  not  given  on  the  opposite 
page.  Many  teachers  prefer  it  should  not  be  given.  Well  adap- 
ted for  class-room  use,  provided  the  teacher  ex-plains  the  differ- 
ence between  "popular"  and  "standard.") 

.     Slvde  sur  les  changemenls  phonetiques  et  leurs  caractcres  gene- 

raux.     Paris  (Firmin-Didot),   1890.     (A  most  useful  work   to 
students  interested  in  sound-change  and  general  phonetics.) 

.     Le  franqais   parle.    2*^   cd.    Heilbronn  (Henninger   freres), 

1889.     (Specimens  of  spoken  French.) 

.     Petite    phonetiqu£    comparee   des   principales  langues   euro- 

pSennes.     Lcipsic   et    Berlin   (Tcubner),    1906.     (Of    particular 
value  to  students  of  phonetics  and  hnguistics.) 

.     Lectures  varices  mises  en  transcription  phonMique.     2®  6d. 

Pari.s,  1910.    (Specimens  of  spoken  French  (without  the  French 
rendering;  cf.  what  is  said  above  under  the  author's  Choix  de 


XIV  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

lectures,  etc.)-  The  language  is  not  of  quite  as  "popular"  a 
character  as  that  found  in  the  Choix.) 

.     Les  sons  dufrangais.   6®  ed.    Paris,  1906.    (This  well-known, 

clear  and  simple  expose  of  the  subject  furnishes  as  good  an  intro- 
duction as  is  available.) 

.  The  sounds  of  the  French  language,  translated  by  D.  L.  Sa- 
vory and  D.  Jones.  Oxford  (Clarendon  Press),  1907.  (This  is  a 
translation  of  the  above  with  useful  notes  and  suggestions, 
making  it  thoroughly  desirable.) 

Passy-Hempl.  International  French-English  and  English-French 
dictionary.  New  York  (Hinds,  Noble  and  Eldridge),  1904.  (A 
useful  work  and  unique  of  the  kind,  giving  the  pronimciation  in 
both  parts,  French  and  English,  according  to  the  I.  P.  A.  sys- 
tem. Moreover,  the  pronunciation  of  a  number  of  proper  names 
is  indicated.) 

Passy-Jones.  Ex-pose  des  principes  de  l' Association  phonelique  in- 
ternationale.  Bourg-la-Reine,  1908.  (A  pamphlet  of  20  pages 
containing,  besides  the  Expose  of  the  principles  of  the  organiza- 
tion, specimen  selections.) 

■ .  The  principles  of  the  international  phonetic  association.  Bourg- 
la-Reine  (Seine)  and  University  College,  London,  1912.  (New, 
revised,  and  enlarged  edition  in  English  of  the  Expose.  It  con- 
tains 40  pages  including  quite  a  complete  Bibliography  of  the 
entire  subject.) 

Passy,  Jean,  et  Adolf  Rambeau.  Chrestomathie  jranqaise.  2^  ed. 
New  York  (Holt)  and  Paris  (Soudier),  1901.  (One  of  the  best 
books  of  the  kind  and  the  most  complete  both  as  regards  expo- 
sition of  the  principles  of  sound-change  and  the  selections. 
The  French  rendering  of  the  phonetical  transcriptions  is  found 
throughout  the  work  on  the  opposite  page.  Pp.  xlvii-H  con- 
tain a  good  bibliography  of  the  subject.) 

Rippmann,  Walter.  Elements  of  phonetics.  Enghsh,  French  and 
German,  translated  and  adapted  by  Walter  Rippmann  from 
Professor  Victor's  Kleine  Phonetik.  London  (Dent),  1907.  (For 
the  student  of  phonetics,  one  of  the  best  books  published.) 

Rivard,  Adjutor.  Manuel  de  la  parole.  Traite  de  prononciation. 
Quebec,  1901.     (An  excellent  work  of  the  kind,  giving  briefly 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  XV 

and  clearly  the  many  peculiarities  of  pronunciation  of  Canadian 
French  children  and  therebj^  proving  most  helpful  Unguistically 
and  phonetically.) 

RocHELLE,  Philippe  de  la.  Guide  to  French  pronunciation  and  prac- 
tical phonetics.  Philadelphia  (Fuller  Building),  1909.  (The 
ordinary  difficulties  explained  more  from  the  popular  than  the 
scientific  standpoint.) 

RoussELOT  et  Laclotte.  Precis  de  pfrononciation  Jranqaise.  Paris 
and  Leipzig,  1902.    (A  well-known  useful  work  of  reference.) 

Saillens  and  Holme.  First  principles  of  French  pronunciation. 
London  (Blackie  &  Son),  1909.  (One  of  the  few  up-to-date  scien- 
tific contributions  that  are  beginning  to  appear  in  EngUsh.)       ^ 

SiMONSEN,  Elna.  Franske  Lydskrifttekster.  Copenhagen  (Gylden- 
dalske  Boghandel),  1908.  (Selections  well  adapted  for  class- 
room use.) 

Snow,  Wm.  B.  Fundamentals  of  French  grammar.  New  York 
(Holt),  1912.  ("Letters  and  their  Sounds":  pp.  1-12.  Pho- 
netic transcriptions  at  the  bottom  of  the  pages.) 

Storm,  J.  Englische  Philologie.  2  vols.  Leipzig  (Reisland),  1892. 
(See  vol.  I,  Allgemeine  Phonetik  and  the  portion  deaHng  with 
P.  Passy:pp.  158-188.) 

Sweet,  Henry.  A  handbook  of  phonetics.  Oxford  (Clarendon  Press), 
1890.     (A  standard  work.) 

Ta.ssi.s,  S.A.  Guide  du  correcteur  et  du  compositeur .  Paris  (Firmin- 
Didot),  1856.  (Despite  the  age  of  this  httle  guide,  in-16  (90 
pages),  "donnant  la  solution  dcs  principales  difficultes  pour 
I'emploi  des  lettres  majuscules  et  minuscules  dans  I'dcriture  et 
I'impression,"  nothing  has  been  found  by  the  compiler  of  this 
list  to  equal  it  in  its  way.    It  is  sui  generis  unique.) 

Te.sson,  Louis.  Le  frangais  fonetique.  Revue  trimestrielle.  Paris 
(Ch.  Amat),  1909-'1(>-'11. 

.    Le  verbe  frangais  raisonne.    I bide7n,  1909. 

.     Le  livre  de  lecture  fonetico-ortogrnfique.    Ibidem,  1909.     (In 

each  of  these  three  publications,  the  author  uses  a  simple 
method  of  indicating  pronunciation  which  has  the  advantage 
that  it  can  be  printed  by  the  ordinary  printing-press.) 

Thieme  and  Effinoer.    A  French  grammar.    New  York  (Macmil- 


XVI  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Ian  Co.),  1908.  (The  I.  P.  A.  transcription  is  used  throughout, 
and  very  effectively  as  far  as  appearance  on  the  page  is  con- 
cerned.) 

Thurwanger,  Camille.  Musical  diction.  Boston,  s.  d.  [1911]. 
New  England  Conservatory  of  Music.  (Although  written  for 
students  of  singing,  it  contains  many  good  points  for  others  as 
well  as  most  usefid  examples.) 

.     Phonetically  anjiotaled  songs  in  foreign  langtuiges,  enabling 

any  one  to  sing  correctly  in  French,  Italian,  and  German. 
Ibidem.,  1912.  (An  effective  exemplification  of  the  practical 
utility  of  phonetic  notation  according  to  the  system  of  the 
I.  P.  A. 

TucKERMAN,  Juhus.  Sim-pUcite .  A  reader  of  French  pronunciation. 
New  York  (American  Book  Co.),  1908.  (Pedagogically  this  man- 
ual in  its  first  edition  far  surpassed  its  scientific  worth.  The  later 
editions,  however,  have  made  amends  in  the  latter  respect.) 

ViETOR,  Wilhelm.  Elemenie  der  Phonetik  und  Orihoepie  des 
Deutschen,  Englischen  und  Franzosischen.  5.  Auflage.  Leipzig, 
1904.     (A  standard  work.) 

.     Kleine  Phonetik.    8.  Auflage.    Leipzig,  1912.     (A  simple  and 

practical  condensation  of  the  preceding  Elements,  etc.) 

Vreeland  and  Koren.  Lessons  in  French  syntax  and  composition. 
New  York  (Holt),  1907.  (Pp.  98-102  useful  hints  in  regard 
to  conventional  forms  used  in  letter- WTiting.) 

Whitney,  W.  D.  A  practical  French  grammar.  New  York  (Holt), 
1886.  ("Pronunciation":  pp.  1-26.  Like  the  Bocher's  Otto's 
grammar  mentioned  above,  the  Whitney  holds  well  its  own  with 
the  newcomers.    The  examples  are  numerous  and  well  chosen.) 

Yersin,  M.  and  J.  The  Yersin  phono-rhythmic  method  of  French  pro- 
nunciation, accent,  and  diction.  French-Enghsh.  Philadelphia 
(Lippincott),  1897.  (Contains  the  teaching  experience  of  two 
teachers  remarkably  successful  in  imparting  an  excellent  pro- 
nunciation.) 

ZuND-BtTRGUET,  Adolphe.  Methode  pratique,  physiologique  et  com- 
paree  de  prononciation.  Paris  (Gymnase  de  la  Voix),  1902. 
(Showing  especially  how  sounds  are  produced,  their  position  by 
means  of  the  artificial  palate,  the  mechanism  of  the  subject.) 


I    INTRODUCTION 

1  Key  to  pronunciation.  As  the  sounds  of  French  and 
Enghsh  are  rarely  identical,  it  is  impossible  to  give  exact 
equivalents  taken  from  both.  Nevertheless  so  similar  are 
in  many  cases  the  sounds  respectively  of  either  language 
that  it  is  often  possible  to  get  quickly  a  more  adequate 
idea  of  nearly  corresponding  sounds  by  comparison  than 
in  any  other  way.  Spelling  in  French,  although  not  so 
irregular  and  inconsistent  as  in  English,  offers  many  dif- 
ficulties. This  must  necessarily  be  so,  for  in  French 
there  are  thirty-seven  sounds,  exclusive  of  minor  distinc- 
tions, and  only  twenty-six  letters  to  express  them.  The 
advantage,  therefore,  in  a  treatise  on  French  pronuncia- 
tion, of  having  an  alphabet  in  which  one  letter  or  s>Tnbol, 
and  only  one,  shall  represent  each  sound,  is  at  once  ap- 
parent. Such  an  alphabet  has  for  many  years  been  used 
at  home  and  abroad.  It  is  known  as  the  International 
Phonetic  Alphabet.  Twenty-four  of  the  characters  used 
to  indicate  pronunciation  are  those  of  the  ordinary  al- 
phabet and  consequently  are  familiar  to  the  student:  [a], 
[a],  [b],  [d],  [e],  [f],  [g],  [h],  [i],  [j],  [k],  [1],  [m],  [n],  [o],  [p], 
[r],  [s],  [t],  [u],  [v],  [w],  [y],  [z]. 

2  Symbols  to  be  noted.  Of  the  thirteen  remaining 
symbols,  which  are  unlike  the  characters  of  the  alphabet, 
five  represent  oral  vowel  sounds:  [o],  [v],  [o],  [oe],  [0];  four 

1 


2  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

represent  nasal  vowel  sounds:  [ci],  [e|,  [5],  [oe];  one  repre- 
sents a  semi-vowel  or  semi-consonant  sound:  [q];  and 
three  represent  consonant  sounds:  [ji],  [$],  [5]. 

Of  the  symbols  just  noted,  [0]  and  [q]  are  respectively 
inverted  e  and  h;  the  open  [e]  is  "the  Greek  epsilon";  [0] 
is  an  open  0;  [0],  a  Danish  letter  representing  approxi- 
mately the  vowel  sound  in  English  hwrt;  [oe],  so  written 
in  French,  is  the  union  of  the  letters  o  and  e,  about  as  in 
English  pup;  [a],  [e],  [5],  [oe]  are  simply  the  oral  vowels 
[a],  [e],  [0],  [oe]  nasalized;  [ji]  is  pictorial  for  the  union  of 
g  and  n,  a  sound  somewhat  like  that  in  English  pinion; 
[$]  is  an  old  English  s,  used  for  the  sh  sound  in  English 
s/iall;  and  [3]  represents  the  corresponding  voiced  sound 
heard  in  English  pleasure. 

3  Open  and  closed.  In  speaking  of  the  vowels, 
the  terms  "open"  and  "closed"  are  frequently  used. 
"Open"  applied  to  the  symbols  [a],  [e],  [0],  [oe],  shows  pic- 
torially  that  these  symbols,  having  a  break  or  opening 
somewhere  about  their  contour,  are  "open"  compared 
respectively  with  their  "closed"  correspondents  [a],  [e], 
[o],  [0],  which  are  closed  in.  In  pronouncing  "open"  and 
"closed"  vowels,  these  terms  may  be  the  better  fixed 
in  the  memory  if  it  be  remembered  that  "open"  and 
"closed"  appUed  to  the  sounds  indicate,  in  a  general 
way,  that  the  mouth  is  to  be  opened  wider  when  pro- 
nouncing an  "open"  vowel  than  when  pronouncing  its 
"closed"  correspondent. 


INTRODUCTION 


4  Table  of  French  sounds,  with  approximate  EngHsh 
equivalents: 


VOWEIS 

CONSONANTS 

fMB 

OL     EXAMPLES           .pp^^^^TE 

SYMBOL       EXAMPLES                ^ppKOXIMATB 

a 

pctte,  pert 

pat 

b 

bout,  robe 

harbor 

a 

pas,  pate 

palm 

d 

dent,  rude 

needy 

a 

en,  tante 

wa«t^ 

f 

/ort,  neu/ 

/ee 

e 

ete,  deja 

fote 

g 

^ant,  dof/ue 

frigate    ^ 

e 

tait,  tete 

met 

h 

/2onte,  o/io 

w(/i)ich 

e 

vfn,  temte 

lamp 

k 

car,  coq 

rocfcet 

9 

de,  crever 

villa 

1 

long,  seuZ 

joMy 

i 

nj,  pire 

police 

m 

mot,  dame 

steamer 

o 

pot,  cote 

note 

n 

ni,  ane 

ma;iy 

0 

robe,  tort 

nor 

n 

regner,  pei^ne 

onion 

5 

blond,  trompe 

don'i- 

p 

/>as,  ta/»e 

taper 

0 

peu,  creuse 

hurt' 

r 

rare,  drap 

error 

CE 

seu\,  peuT 

PWP 

s 

si,  danse 

miss 

de 

un,  humble 

bM(r)n 

s 

c/jat,  hac/ie 

mac/iine 

u 

tout,  tour 

food 

t 

<as,  pa«e 

en/ry 

y 

pu,  pur 

(German  ii) 

V 

vent,  riue 

et^er 

i 

SEill-VOWELS 
yeux,  bfen        year 
huile,  nuage     sweet 

z 
3 

zele,  rose 
7ean,  rouje 
sign  of  length 

cosy 
pleasure 

w 

oui,  poele 

well 

1  Approximately  as  in  the  New  England  pronunciation  of  wan,  want;  not 
with  the  vowel  in  law  which  is  more  widely  in  use  elsewhere.  More  accurately  the 
sound  is  a  in  mar,  nasalized. 

'  For  those  who  pronounce  hount  and  all  similar  words  (cf.  note  1)  with  a 
nasal  vowel  (as  in  law  somewhat  nasalized),  that  sound  would  be  nearer.  Tha 
New  England  vowel  of  want,  haunt,  daunt,  etc.,  enjoys  a  very  limited  use  in  tho 
United  States. 

•  The  vowel  sound  meant  in  hurt  is  that  of  the  standard  English  of  England 
and  that  of  New  England.  West  of  the  Hudson,  and  generally  in  New  York 
City,  one  hears  the  "cerebral  r."  It  may  be  said  as  regards  parallelism  of 
sound  between  <fr  and  the  vowel  in  hurt,  and  between  ce  and  the  vowel  in  pi/p, 
hut,  cup,  that  in  the  speech  of  those  who  pronounce  no  r  in  hurt,  a  parallel 
exists  between  the  vowel  in  this  word  aa  compared  with  that  of  hut,  and  the 
French  vowels  </>  and  ce.     <i>  is  sensibly  more  tense  than  ce. 


4  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

5  Vowel  differences  in  English  and  French.  The 
vowels  in  English  frequently  begin  with  one  sound  and 
end  with  an  entirely  different  one.  If  the  first  letter  of 
the  English  alphabet  a  be  pronounced,  and  the  sound 
prolonged,  and  then  allowed  gradually  to  die  away,  it  will 
be  found  that  the  vowel  begins  with  the  letter  a  and  ends 
with  English  e.  If  the  letter  i  be  pronounced  in  the  same 
manner,  it  will  be  found  that  the  vowel  begins  with  an 
English  ah  sound  and  ends  with  the  sound  of  English  e. 
If  0  in  a  like  manner  be  pronounced,  the  vowel  will  be 
found  to  begin  with  o  and  end  with  the  sound  of  oo  in 
English  boo.  The  approximate  French  sounds  correspond- 
ing to  the  English  first  letter  of  the  alphabet  a  and  to  the 
letter  o  are  e  and  6  respectively.  If  these  French  vowels 
be  properly  pronounced,  no  such  sliding  scale  of  transi- 
tion as  occurs  in  English  will  appear.  The  beginning, 
middle  and  end  of  the  French  sound  will  be  identical. 

6  The  respective  differences  of  these  two  English 
vowels  and  their  corresponding  French  approximates  e 
and  6  may  be  graphically  shown  thus: 

English  vowel  sounds  a,  o  French  approximates  e,  6 


Therefore  in  the  above  Table  the  vowel  sound  in 
English  fate  incorrectly  represents  the  vowel  sound  in 
ete,  because  the  former  sound  is  a  diphthong,  while  the 
latter  is  a  pure  vowel.    The  same  is  true  of  pot,  cote. 


INTRODUCTION  5- 

The  vowel  sound  in  English  note  is  a  diphthong,  while 
the  sound  in  French  pot  and  cote  is  a  simple,  uniformly 
even  utterance  throughout.  It  is  of  the  utmost  impor- 
tance at  the  start  to  realize  and  to  observe  this  vocalic 
difference  between  the  two  languages. 

7  Consonant  differences  in  English  and  French. 
Nearly  every  English  consonant  is  more  or  less  unlike  its 
French  approximate.  In  general  the  transition  in  Eng- 
lish from  consonant  to  vowel  is  slower  than  in  French. 
Such  words  in  English  as  pear,  coat,  tour,  when  forcibly 
pronomiced,  suggest  something  like  an  h  sound  inserted 
between  the  stopped  consonants  p,  c,  t,  and  the  following 
vowel.  The  French  words  pere,  cote,  tour,  though  similar 
to  English  pear,  coat,  tour,  lack  any  such  suggestion,  nor 
have  they  that  hardness  which  is  apt  to  be  noticeable  in 
a  beginner's  pronunciation.  The  transition  from  p,  c,  t 
to  the  following  vowel  is  abrupt,  short  and  quick.  If  the 
two  consonants  d  in  English  don't  and  d  in  French  don 
be  compared,  something  similar  as  regards  sound  effect  is 
noticeable.  The  French  d,  l^eing  pronounced  farther  for- 
ward in  the  mouth  than  the  English  d  and  nearer  the 
English  th  position,  is  softer  and  pleasanter  than  the  Eng- 
lish d,  which,  as  at  times  in  the  word  don't,  may  be  very 
harsh. 

8  In  the  above  Table  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  key- 
words given  to  illustrate  approximately  the  correspond- 
ing French  consonants  p,  b,  t,  d,  k,  g  are  piper,  harbor, 
entry,  needy,  rocket,  rugged.  In  each  case,  the  consonant 
in  question  occurs  as  medial.     In  this  position  these  con- 


6  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

sonants  lack  a  certain  kind  of  explosiveness  that  they  have 
when  initial.  When  medial  they  are  a  nearer  approxima- 
tion to  the  respective  French  correspondents.  For  anal- 
ogous reasons,  jolly,  steamer,  many,  error  are  selected  to 
illustrate  the  liquids  I,  m,  n,  r.  It  is  essential  to  avoid 
coming  down  too  hard  upon  the  French  consonants,  the 
effect  of  which  is  un-French.  Consonant  differences,  to  be 
discerned  by  observation  as  here  suggested,  are  no  less 
important  to  observe  and  realize  than  are  the  fundamen- 
tal vowel  differences  pointed  out  above. 

9  Stress.  A  third  important  general  difference  is  that 
of  stress  in  the  two  languages.  Stress,  in  the  sense  of 
emphasis  upon  one  syllable  rather  than  on  any  other,  a 
characteristic  of  English  pronunciation,  is  in  the  same 
sense  non-existent  in  French.  The  syllables  of  a  French 
word  receive,  one  about  as  much  emphasis  as  the  other, 
all  being  very  evenly  pronounced.  It  is  true  that  when 
slightly  more  stress  can  be  observed  upon  one  syllable 
rather  than  upon  another,  that  that  syllable  is  usually 
the  last,  not  counting  a  final  e  mute  syllable. 

10  French  words  are  largely  of  Latin  origin;  Latin 
words  have  the  stress,  as  a  rule,  on  the  penult,  which  in 
French  usually  became  the  last  syllable :  L.  a-ma'-re  =  Fr. 
ai-mer;  L.  ho-ni-ta' -tern  =  Fr.  bon-te;  L.  ca-mi'-num  =  ¥r. 
che-min.  It  is  convenient  in  French  to  apply  the  term 
"stressed"  or  "accented"  syllable  to  the  last,  care  being 
taken  to  avoid  stressing  or  accenting  the  syllable  forcibly 
as  in  English.  It  should  be  remembered  that  written  ac- 
cents have  nothing  to  do  with  stress,  which  applies  merely 


INTRODUCTION  / 

to  the  force  with  which  one  syllable  is  pronounced  com- 
pared with  another  syllable  in  the  word. 

11  Quantity.  By  quantity  is  meant  the  length  of  a 
vowel  or  syllable  as  regards  the  time  taken  in  pronounc- 
ing it.  As  it  is  possible  to  dwell  more  or  less  time  on  any 
vowel  sound,  there  may  be  many  degrees  of  quantity. 
But  for  practical  purposes  it  is  sufficient  to  distinguish 
two  degrees  of  length,  long  and  short. 

12  Long  vowels  occur  only  in  the  stressed,  or  last 
pronounced,  syllable:  ar-ri-ve  [a-riiv]  arrives;  fou-ge-re 
[fu-5C!r]  fern;  fro-ma-ge  [fro-mais]  cheese;  tra-vail-le 
[tra-va;j]  works. 

13  Any  vowel  in  the  stressed  syllable  before  the  sounds 
[J],  [v],  [z],  [3]  and  [r]  final  (or  followed  by  silent  conso- 
nants) is  regularly  long:  seu-il  [soe:j]  threshold;  tra-va-il 
[tra-va:j]  work;  a-che-ve  [a-^eiv]  finishes;  ca-ve  [kaiv] 
cellar;  gaz  [gciiz]  gas;  ro-se  [ro:z]  rose;  pla-ge  [plais] 
beach;  pha-re  [fair]  lighthouse;  ver  [veir]  worm;  ci-re  [si:r] 
wax;  port  [poir]  port;  dur  [dyir]  hard. 

14  The  vowel  sounds  [a]  [o]  [0]  and  the  nasal  vowels  in 
the  stressed  syllable  when  followed  by  a  pronoimced  con- 
sonant are  long:  es-pa-ce  [cs-pais]  space;  flam-me  [flnim] 
flame;  mi-ra-cle  [mi-ru:kl]  miracle;  i-dio-me  [i-djo:m] 
idiom;  to-me  [to:m]  volume;  zo-ne  [zom]  zone;  creu-se 
[kr0:z]  hoUotr;  gueu-se  [gOiz]  hegg(ir-ic(»n<in ;  meu-te  [m^it] 
pack  (of  houndsj;  tan-te  [U'l'A]  aunt;  pen-te  [pu:t]  incline; 
sem-ble    [saibl]    seems;    min-ce    [mc:s]    thin;    crain-dre 


8  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

[kreidr]  to  fear;  fein-te  [feit]  feint;  poin-te  [pweit]  point; 
fon-te  [foit]  fount;  lon-gue  [l5:g]  loyig;  son-ge  [sois] 
dream;  de-fun-te  [de-fdeit]  deceased;  em-prun-te  [a-prdeit] 
borrows;  hum-ble  [deibl]  humble. 

15  Vowels  with  a  circumflex  accent  in  the  stressed  syl- 
lable, except  vous  etes  [vuz  et]  you  are,  and  the  preterit 

,.        f-a-mes  [am],  -i-mes  [im],  -ii-mes  [ym]l 
enaings[_._^^^    [at],    -i-tes    [it],    -u-tes    [yt]        J  '  ""'^ 
usually   long:    ta-che   [ta:S]    task;   ble-me  [bleim]    wan; 
a-bi-me  [a-biim]  abyss;  pole  [po:l]  pole. 

16  Short  vowels,  occurring  both  in  stressed  and  un- 
stressed syllables,  predominate  in  French,  as  long  vowels 
occur  only  in  the  final  or  stressed  syllable.  All  vowels 
in  unstressed  syllables  are  short:  de-vi-ner  [d9-vi-ne]  to 
guess;  me-na-cer  [ma-na-se]  to  threaten;  mi-li-tai-re  [mi- 
H-teir]  ftiilitary;  mor-ta-li-te  [mor-ta-li-te]  mortality;  u-ni- 
ver-si-te  [y-ni-ver-si-te]  university. 

17  Vowel  and  nasal  sounds  when  final  are  regularly 
short:  pas  [pa]  not;  ete  [e-te]  been;  fait  [fp]  done;  de  [da]  of; 
ni  [ni]  neither;  pot  [po]  pot;  peu  [p0]  little;  tout  [tu]  all;  tu 
[ty]  thou;  en  [a]  in;  vin  [ve]  wine;  blond  [bio]  blond;  un  [de] 
one. 

18  Vowels  followed  by  a  double  consonant  are  regu- 
larly short:  pat-te  [pat]  paw;  det-te  [det]  debt;  lis-se  [lis] 
smooth;  don-ne  [don]  gives;  mous-se  [mus]  moss;  lut-te 
[lyt]  struggle. 


INTRODUCTION  9 

19  Vowels  that  are  long  in  final  syllables  are,  as  a 
rule,  half  as  long  in  the  penult : 

pa-le  [pa:l]  pale  pa-leur  [pa-loe:r]  paleness 

rou-ge  [ru!5]  red  rou-geur  [ru-5oeir]  redness 

part  [pair]  part  par-tir  [par-ti:r]  to  leave 

ta-che  [ta:5]  task  ta-cher  [ta-^e]  to  try 

fi-nir  [fi-niir]  to  finish        fi-ni-rons  [fi-ni-ro]  (we)  shall 

finish 

20  The  vowel  [e]  is  the  only  vowel  that  may  be  either 
long  or  short  before  the  same  consonant:  rei-ne  [rem] 
queen;  ren-ne  [ren]  reindeer;  Sei-ne  [scm]  Seiyie  (river); 
te-te  [te:t]  head;  tet-te  [tct]  teat.  In  these  cases  the  length 
alone  of  the  vowel  serves  to  differentiate  the  words. 


21  Exercise  I  on  the  sounds.  In  the  Table  it  will 
be  noticed  that  two  examples  are  given  to  exemplify 
the  sound  of  the  vowel.  In  each  case  (excepting  [e]  and 
[a],  the  two  vowels  which  are  always  short)  the  quantity 
varies,  being  short  in  the  first  example  and  long  in  the 
second.  The  quality  of  the  sixteen  French  vowels  remains 
unchanged.  A  useful  exercise  to  acquire  quality  and 
((uantity  distinctions  will  be  to  write  the  thirty-two 
e-xamples,  illustrating  the  sounds  of  the  sixteen  French 
vowels,  using  the  key  alphabet,  and  to  pronounce  each 
word  aloud,  trying  to  account  for  differences. 

22  The  French  alphabet  has  the  same  letters  as  the 
English;  but  k  and  w  are  used  only  in  words  taken  from 


10 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


other  languages:  ki-lo-me-tre  [ki-lo-metr] ;  wa-gon 
The  older  and  more  common  names  of  the  letters 


a 
be 
c4 
de 

effe 

ge 

ache 


[be] 

[se] 

[de] 

[e] 

[ef] 

[30] 

VA] 

[i] 


J 

k 

1 

m 

n 

o 

P 

q 


J* 

ka 

elle 

emme 

enne 

o 

pe 

ku 


[3i] 
[ka] 

[el] 

[em] 

[en] 

[o] 

[pe] 

[ky] 


esse 

te 

u 

ve 

double  V 

iks 

igrec 

zede 


Iwa-goJ. 
are: 

[es] 
[te]  , 
[y]  ' 

[ve] 

[dubl  ve] 
[iks] 
[igrek] 
[zed] 


23  In  this  enumeration  the  letters  f,  h,  1,  m,  n,  r  are 
generally  of  the  feminine  gender,  the  remaining  letters 
being  masculine.  When  a  letter  is  named  by  itself,  it  is 
given  as  above  indicated,  with  whatever  orthographic 
sign  it  may  have.  The  French  word  re-com-pen-se  may 
be  spelled:  erre-e  accent  aigu  =  re;  ce-o-emme  =  com,  re- 
com;  pe-e-enne  =  pen,  re-com-pen;  esse-e  =  se,  re-com- 
pen-se. 

24  But  in  reading  and  spelling,  it  is  now  common  in 
many  French  schools  to  name  each  consonant  by  its  own 
sound,  followed  by  the  so-called  mute  e  [a].  The  new 
names  then  are: 


a 

[a] 

je 

[39] 

se 

[sa] 

be 

[ba] 

ke 

[ka] 

te 

[ta] 

ke  se 

[k9]  [so] 

le 

[b] 

u 

[yl 

de 

[da] 

me 

[mo] 

ve 

[va] 

e 

[a] 

ne 

[no] 

w 

double  V 

[dubl  va] 

fe 

m 

0 

[0] 

xe 

gze 

[ksa]  [gza] 

gue  je 

[&A  [33] 

pe 

[pa] 

y 

[i] 

he 
i 

[h9] 
[i] 

ke 
re 

[ka] 
[ro] 

ze 

[za] 

INTRODUCTION  1 1 

25  In  this  enumeration,  all  of  the  letters  are  of  the 
masculine  gender.  The  French  word  in-com-pre-hen-si- 
bi-li-te  would  be  spelled :  i-ne  =  in ;  ke-o-me  =  com,  in-com ; 
pe-re-e  =  pre,  in-com-pre;  he-e-ne  =  hen,  in-com-pre-hen ; 
se-i  =  si,  in-com-pre-hen-si ;  be-i  =  bi,  in-com-pre-hen-si- 
bi;  le-i  =  li,  in-com-pre-hen-si-bi-li ;  te-e  =  te,  in-com-pre- 
hen-si-bi-li-te. 

26  Orthographic  marks.  There  are  three  orthographic 
marks  which  constitute  a  necessary  part  of  the  written 
form  of  French  words.  These  marks  are  called  accents. 
They  are  the  acute  ('),  the  grave  C),  and  the  circumflex 

n- 

27  The  acute  accent,  ac-cent  ai-gu  [ak-sdit  e-gy],  as  in 
e-te  [e-te]  been,  is  used  only  over  the  vowel  e,  which  then 
has  the  sound  heard  in  English  fate,  but  without  the  van- 
ish or  glide  described  in  6:  de-si-re  [de-zi-re]  desired; 
e-cla-te  [e-kla-te]  burst. 

28  The  grave  accent,  ac-cent  gra-ve  [ak-sa  graiv],  as 
in  fre-re  [frcir]  brother,  is  used  mostly  over  e  which  then 
has  nearly  the  sound  heard  in  English  met,  there:  me-ne 
[men]  leads;  pe-re  fprir]  father;  re-pe-te  [re-prt]  repeats. 
It  is  also  used  sometimes  over  a  and  u  to  distinguish 
words  otherwise  spelt  alike:  a  [a]  has  and  a  [a]  to;  ga.  [sa] 
there  and  fa  [sa]  that;  des  [dr]  sirice  and  des  [dr]  (also 
[de])  of  the;  ou  [u]  where  and  ou  [u]  or;  also  over  the  a  in 
de-ja  [de-5a]  already  and  ja  [3a]  (rarely  used  now)  already. 

29  The  circumflex  accent,  ac-cent  cir-con-fle-xe  [ak-sa 
sir-k3-flcks],  may  occur  over  any  vowel,  which  is  usually 


12  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

then  long:  a-ge  [0:5]  age;  te-te  [ted]  head;  di-me  [di(!)m]; 
c6-te  [ko!t]  coast;  sur  [syir]  sure.  In  most  cases  it  indi- 
cates the  loss  of  an  s  written  formerly  after  the  vowel 
now  circumflexed,  as  in  old  French  teste  for  modern  tete ; 
maistre  for  mai-tre  [meitr]  master.  Such  an  s  sometimes 
still  remains  in  the  English  word  taken  originally  from 
the  old  French,  as  in  English  forest,  modern  French  fo- 
ret  [fo-re] ;  EngUsh  isle,  modern  French  i-le  [i(!)l]-  In  other 
cases  it  shows  contraction  has  taken  place:  a-ge  instead 
of  older  aa-ge)  siir  instead  of  older  seur.  It  also  serves 
to  distinguish  such  words  as  du  [dy]  owed  from  du  [dy]  of 
the;  mur  [myir]  ri-pe  from  mur  [my:r]  wall;  su:r  [syir]  sure 
from  sur  [syr]  upon;  although  in  point  of  fact  du,  mur  and 
sur  are  examples  of  contraction  of  the  corresponding  old 
French  forms  deii,  meiir,  seiir. 

30  When  the  vowels  are  written  with  a  capital  letter, 
it  is  not  customary  to  put  on  the  accents,  except  on  the 
letter  e:  les  theatres  =  les  the-a-tres  [le  te-aitrj.  These 
so-called  "accents"  have  nothing  whatever  to  do  with 
stress;  in  general  they  serve  to  distinguish  the  vowel 
sounds.  It  is  quite  as  much  a  fault  to  omit  the  accent, 
or  to  use  it  wrongly,  as  to  spell  the  word  incorrectly. 

31  Other  orthographic  marks  are  ra-pos-tro-phe  [1  a- 

pos-trof]  (')  to  indicate  the  omission  of  a  final  vowel  be- 
fore a  word  beginning  with  a  vowel  (or  silent  h)  (383) : 
"la  a-me"  becomes  I'a-me  [1  aim]  the  soul;  "  je  ai"  becomes 
j'ai  [3  e]  /  have;  "si  il"  becomes  s'il  [s  il]  if  he.  The  vowel 
ehded  is  almost  always  e;  a  is  elided  only  in  the  article  or 
pronoun  la  [la]  the,  her,  it;  i  is  elided  only  in  si  [si]  if,  be- 


INTRODUCTION  13 

fore  il  [il]  he,  it,  or  ils  [il]  they.  No  elision  takes  place  be- 
fore on-ze  [oiz]  eleven;  on-zie-me  [5-zjem]  eleventh;  oui 
[wi]  yes;  huit  [qi(t)]  eight;  hui-tie-me  [qi-tjem]  eighth  (382 
et  seq.). 

32  The  cedilla,  la  ce-dil-Ie  [la  se-di:j]  C)  is  placed  under 
c  to  give  it  the  sound  of  s  before  a,  o,  u :  fa-f a-de  [fa-sad] 
front;  gar-fon  [gar-s5]  hoy;  re-fu  [ro-sy]  received. 

33  The  dieresis,  le  tre-ma  [b  tre-ma]  (")  is  placed  over 
the  second  of  two  vowels  to  show  that  it  does  not  unite 
with  the  first  vowel  but,  on  the  contrary,  begins  a  new 
syllable:  ha-ir  [a-iir]  to  hate;  na-if  [na-if]  artless;  Noel 
[no-rl]  Christmas.  It  is  also  put  over  final  mute  e  to  show 
that  the  gu  preceding  is  a  syllable  by  itself  and  that  the 
u  is  not  merely  the  sign  of  "  hard"  g  (196) :  ai-gu-e  [e-gy] 
sharp;  the  last  e  being  completely  mute;  without  the 
dieresis,  the  word  would  be  pronounced  [eg];  cf.  fi-gue 

34  The  h}T)hcn,  le  trait  d'u-nion  [lo  tre-dy-nj5]  (-),  is 
used  between  the  parts  of  a  compound  word;  arc-en-ciel 
[ar  ka  sjrl]  rainbow;  beau-frere  [bo  fre:r]  brother-in-lnw; 
and  to  join  words  that  are  closely  connected:  a-vez-vous 
[a-ve  vu]  have  you?  e-tes-vous  [et  vu]  are  you? 

35  Division  of  syllables.  When  divided  into  syllables 
for  the  purpose  of  spelling  and  pronouncing,  and  quite 
generally  also  for  writing  and  printing  (but  not  invaria- 
bly, see  38^4)  the  syllal>les  in  the  body  of  a  French 
word  most  frequently  end  with  a  vowel  and  begin  \\\W\ 


14  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

a  consonant:  e-ga-li-te  [e-ga-li-te]  equality;  e-le-ver  [el-ve] 
to  raise;  mo-ra-li-te  [mo-ra-li-te]  morality;  po-pu-la-ri-te 
[po-py-la-ri-te]  popularity.  It  is  essential  in  pronouncing 
these  words  not  to  divide  them  according  to  Enghsh  cus- 
tom: e-qual-i-ty,  nio-ral-i-ty ,  pop-u-lar-i-ty .  In  pronounc- 
ing it  is  necessary  carefully  to  avoid  such  divisions  of 
syllables  as  in  the  English  tab-leau,  trip-le. 

36  A  vowel  in  the  body  of  a  word  sometimes  begins 
a  syllable,  in  which  case  the  vowel  is  always  preceded 
by  another  vowel  which  ends  the  preceding  syllable: 
a-e-rer  [a-e-re]  to  ventilate;  a-e-ros-tat  [a-e-ros-ta]  air- 
halloon;  e-blou-ir  [e-blu-iir]  to  dazzle;  jou-ir  [swiir]  to 
enjoy;  Na-po-le-on  [na-po-le-5] ;  o-a-sis  [o-a-zi(!)s];  o-be- 
is-san-ce  [o-be-i-sa:s]  obedience. 

37  If  a  single  consonant  is  followed  by  1  or  r  (except 
rl,  as  in  par-lait),  both  are  united  with  the  following 
vowel:  mai-grir  [me-griir]  to  grow  thin;  of-frir  [o-friir]  to 
offer;  ou-vrier  [u-vri-je]  workman;  per-dront  [per-dr5] 
(they)  will  lose;  ta-bleau  [ta-blo];  tri-ple  [triplj;  vain-cre 
[ve:kr]  to  conquer;  vi-tre  [vitr]  pane  of  glass. 

38  Other  groups  of  two  or  more  consonants,  when 
pronounced,  are  generally  so  divided  that  the  first  goes 
with  the  preceding  syllable,  the  second  and  third  with  the 
following:  ad-mi-rer  [ad-mi-re]  to  admire;  cer-cler  [ser- 
kle]  to  circle;  con-somp-tion  [k5-s5p-sj3]  consumption;  es- 
ca-lier  [es-ka-lje]  stairway;  es-pe-ran-ce  [es-pe-ra:s]  hope; 
in-stant  [es-ta].  In  the  last  example,  as  shown,  the  two 
consonants  s  and  t  are,  as  usual,  divided  in  the  middle, 


INTRODUCTION  15 

the  s  going  over  and  being  pronounced  with  the  nasal 
vowel  in  =  [e],  and  the  t  with  the  nasal  vowel  an=[a]. 
The  written  syllable  division  in-stant  is  simply  etjaiiolog- 
ical;  in-stni-ment  [es-tr^Mnci];  mar-tyr  [mar-ti:r];  par- 
fnm  [par-foe]  perfume;  per-drons  [prr-dro]  (we)  shall  lose; 
pol-tron  [pol-tro]  coward;  res-pec-ter  [rt's-prk-te]  to  re- 
spect; res-pi-rer  [res-pi-re]  to  breathe;  res-ter  [res-te]  to 
remain;  sug-ge-rer  [syg-5e-re]  to  suggest. 

39  A  silent  h  is  not  recognized  in  the  pronunciation 
of  a  French  word,  yet  when  written  the  h  apparently 
begins  a  syllal)le.  The  following  words  when  written 
are  divided  thus:  bon-heur,  in-ha-bi-le,  in-ha-bi-ta-ble, 
in-hos-pi-ta-ble,  in-hu-main,  mal-heur,  but  when  pro- 
nounced, the  principle  which  ol^tains,  throughout  the 
pronunciation  of  French  words  is  carried  out,  that  is,  of 
ending  the  syllable  with  a  vowel  and  beginning  it  with 
a  consonant.  These  words  therefore  are  pronounced: 
[bo-noeir],  [i-na-bil],  [i-na-bi-tabl],  [i-nos-pi-ta-bl],  [i-ny-me], 
[ma-loe:r]. 

40  A  group  of  two  consonants,  but  forming  one  sound 
only,  is  treated  as  a  single  consonant.  Such  combina- 
tions are  ch,  ph,  th,  gn:  a-che-ver  [a^-ve]  to  finish;  a-the- 
nien  [a-te-iijr]  Athenian;  di-gni-te  [di-jii-te];  in-co-gni-to 
[C-kj-pi-to] ;  pho-no-gra-phe  [fj-no-grafj. 

41  X,  which  is  equivalent  to  gz  before  vowels,  ks  be- 
fore consonants,  is  treated  in  pronouncing  like  gz  and  ks, 
but  when  written  the  x  always  goes  with  the  first  vowel: 
ex-a-men    [rg-za-mr]    examination;    ex-em-ple    [eg-zapl] 


16  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

example;  ex-ac-te  [eg-zakt];  ex-cel-lent  [ek-se-lu];  ex-pres 
[eks-prr]  on  purpose;  ex-pri-mer  [eks-pri-me]  to  express; 
ex-tra-or-di-nai-re  [eks-tra-or-di-neir]  extraordinary.  In 
the  three  last  cases  four  consonants  come  together  k,  s, 
p  or  t,  r.  As  usual  in  combinations  of  sp,  st,  the  s  goes 
with  the  first  syllable  both  in  written  and  spoken  forms. 

42  Double  consonants  (146,  148,  166,  168)  when  writ- 
ten, are  divided  between  the  two,  but  are  pronounced 
like  single  consonants.  Therefore  when  between  vowels 
they  begin  the  second  syllable  like  a  single  consonant. 
This  applies  especially  to  the  older  and  commoner  words: 
al-ler  [a-le]  to  go;  as-sez  [a-se]  enough;  dom-mage  [do-mai5] 
injury;  don-ner  [do-ne]  to  give;  bb,  pp,  tt,  dd  are  rarely,  if 
ever,  doubled  in  pronouncing  a  French  word :  ab-be  [a-be] 
abbot;  rap-port  [ra-po:r]  report;  bat-tu  [ba-ty]  beaten;  ad- 
di-tio-nel  [a-di-sjo-nel]  additional. 

43  In  newer  and  less  popular  words,  showing  generally 
obvious  Latin  derivation,  double  consonants  are  pro- 
nounced rather  longer  than  single  consonants.  This  ap- 
plies particularly  to  1,  m,  n,  r.  This  lengthening  is 
generally  noted,  in  indicating  pronunciation,  bj'  retaining 
the  two  consonants  instead  of  only  one :  il-let-tre  [il-le-tre] 
illiterate;  il-li-si-ble  [il-li-zibl] ;  im-me-diat  [im-me-dja]; 
im-mon-de  [im-m5:d]  unclean;  in-ne  [in-ne]  inborn;  in- 
nom-bra-ble  [in-n5-brabl]  innumerable;  ir-ri-ta-ble  [ir-ri- 
tabl];  ir-ri-te  [ir-ri-te]  irritated. 

44  In  the  written  language,  obvious  composition  of  the 
word  nullifies  in  many  cases  the  principle  of  word  divi- 
sion, that  is,  of  ending  syllables,  whenever  possible,  with  a 


INTRODUCTION  17 

vowel  and  beginning  them  with  a  consonant;  but  in  the 
actual  pronunciation  this  basic  principle  remains  intact. 
The  \\Titten  division  of  the  following  words  together  ^\ath 
the  figured  division  and  pronunciation  as  actually  uttered 
will  illustrate  the  written  and  spoken  usage:  at-mo- 
sphe-re  [at-mos-fcirj;  bon-heur  [bo-ncBir]  happiness;  con- 
spi-rer  [kos-pi-re]  to  conspire;  in-e-gal  [i-ne-gal]  unequal; 
in-ex-act  [i-neg-zakt] ;  in-no-cen-ce  [i-n.>sa:s];  in-nom- 
bra-ble  [i-n5-lorabl]  innumerable;  in-spi-rer  [es-pi-re];  in- 
stant [es-taj;  in-strui-re  [es-trqiirj;  in-u-ti-le  [i-ny-til]; 
mal-heur  [ma-kpir]  ill  luck;  sub-or-don-ner  [sy-bor-do-ne]. 

45  Nasal  vowels,  being  merely  oral  vowels  followed  by 
m  or  n  in  the  same  syllable,  are  treated  like  ordinary 
vowel  sounds  in  the  division  of  syllables,  the  following 
consonant  beginning  the  next  syllable:  an-cien  [a-sje]; 
domp-ter  [do-te]  to  master;  en-chan-ter  [d-^o-te];  im-po- 
sant  [£'-po-zu];  in-con-stant  [r,-kos-ta];  pen-dant  [j)d-(lu] 
during;  tins-siez  [te-sjel  (you)  might  hold;  vins-sions 
[v8-sj5]  (we)  might  come. 

46  The  WTitten  and  spoken  forms  vary  particularly,  1 " 
When  e  mute  occurs  at  the  end  of  a  word  or  of  a  syllable 
in  a  word:  bel-le  [bf^lj  fine;  fa-ble  [fa-bl];  fon-te  [f5:t]  melt- 
ing; on-cle  [3:kl]  uncle;  pat-te  [pat]  paw;  pen-te  [pdit]  in- 
cline; pour-pre  [purpr]  purple;  promp-te  [pro:!];  qua-tre 
[katr]/o/«-;  ro-he[Yd{\)\)\dress;  ro-che\\\)l\rock ;  tan-te[tdit] 
aunt.  2°  When  e  mute  occurs  at  the  end  of  a  syllable  in 
a  word.  By  the  dropping  of  e  mute,  a  new  combination 
of  consonants  is  formed  which  are  divided  in  the  way 
consonants  usually  are:  ap-pe-ler  [ap-lc]  to  call;  ca-le- 


18  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

fon  [kal-s5]  pair  of  drawers;  cha-pe-lier  [Sa-plje]  hatter; 
cha-pe-ron  [$a-pron]  hood;  ci-me-tiere  [sim-tje:r]  cemetery; 
e-le-ver  [ol-ve]  to  raise;  lai-te-rie  [le-tri]  dairy;  ma-de- 
moi-selle  [mad-mwa-zel] ;  re-ve-nir  [rav-niir]  to  come  back; 
sou-ve-nir  [suv-ni:r];  sou-ve-rain  [suv-re]  sovereign;  tel- 
le-ment  [tel-mci].  3°  When  y  =  [j],  or  ill  =  [j]:  cray-on 
[kiT-j3]  pencil;  pay-er  [pe-je]  to  pay;  roy-al  [rwa-jal]; 
tuy-au  [ty-jo]  tube;  ba-tail-le  [ba-taij]  battle;  fa-mil-le 
[isL-mi',]]  family ;  tra-vail-le  [tra-vaij]  works. 

47  The  principle  of  syllable  division  of  French  words, 
of  beginning  the  syllable,  whenever  possible,  with  a  con- 
sonant and  ending  it  with  a  vowel,  is  equally  applicable  to 
phrases,  which  are  divided  up  in  the  same  way  into  stress 
groups:  bon  a  rien  [bo-na-rje]  good-for-nothing;  bout  a 
bout  [bu-ta-bu]  end  to  end;  de  haut  en  bas  [da-o-ci-ba] 
from  top  to  bottom;  de  temps  en  temps  [da-tci-za-ta]  from 
time  to  time;  mot  a  mot  [mo-ta-mo]  literally;  nuit  et  jour 
[ni[i-te-5U!r]  night  and  day;  pas  a  pas  [pa-za-pa]  step  by 
step;  pe-tit  a  pe-tit  [pa-ti-ta-pa-ti]  little  by  little;  pot  a 
I'eau  [po-ta-lo]  water-pitcher;  six  ou  sept  [si-su-set]  six  or 
seven;  tot  ou  tard  [to-tu-tair]  sooner  or  later. 

48  The  principle  of  syllable  division,  which  is  that  also 
of  phrase  division,  namely,  that  a  single  consonant  be- 
tween vowels  belongs  to  the  following  syllable,  is  of 
fundamental  importance.  It  is  the  basis  upon  which  ac- 
quiring a  reasonably  good  pronunciation  of  French  de- 
pends. 

Exercise  II.  Write  the  following  words,  dividing  them  into  syl- 
lables, and  pronounce  them  aloud:  agneau,  ananas,  aimer,  animal, 
attaque,  Canada,  canal,  camaraderie,  capital,  cataracte,  classe,  era- 


ORAL   VOWELS  19 

vate,  ecole,  fidelite,  gar^on,  geographie,  griae,  mandat,  marcher, 
morceau,  Panama,  paragraphe,  passage,  partir,  poete,  regardez, 
salade,  salle,  simple,  union. 

Supplement AHT  Exercise.  Write,  dividing  into  syllables  as 
heard  ordinarily  in  spoken  French,  these  same  words,  using  the  key 
alphabet,  thus  comparing  the  spoken  and  written  forms. 


n    ORAL  VOWELS 

49  a  =  [a]  a  ouvert,  or  open  a,  written  a,  a  and  excep- 
tionally in  verb-endings  a;  approximately  like  the  a  in 
English  cat,  fat,  pat,  but  pronounced  with  the  mouth 
wider  open  so  that  the  sound  is  between  the  a  in  car  and 
the  a  in  bat.  This  vowel,  the  commoner  of  the  two  va- 
rieties of  French  a,  is  generally  short  as  in  a  [a]  to;  la 
[la]  the;  ma-da-me  [ma-dam],  pat-te  [pat]  paw,  but  may  al- 
so be  long  as  in:  ca-ge  [ka\-,\;  ra-re  [ra:r].  It  may  easily 
be  recognized  at  once  in  the  few  cases  where  it  occurs 
with  a  written  accent. 

50  As  final  with  the  grave  accent:  a  [a]  to;  ga.  [sa]  here; 
de-fa  [do-sa]  oji  this  side;  de-ja  [de-5a]  already;  ho-la  [y-la] 
ho  there!;  la  [la]  there;  voi-la  [v^va-la]  see  there. 

51  In  the  verbal  endings  -am-es,  -at-es,  -at  of  the 
first  conjugation  where  the  a  has  the  circumflex  accent: 
nous  ai-ma-mes  [nuz  e-mam]  ire  loved;  vous  ai-ma-tes 
[vuz  c-mat]  you.  loved;  qu'il  ai-mat  [k  il  f-ma]  that  he  might 
love;  nous  par-la-mes  [nu  par-lam]  wc  Kpokc;  vous  par- 
lates  [vu  par-iat]  you  spoke;  qu'il  par-lat  [k  il  par-la]  that 
he  might  speak. 


20  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

52  [a]  occurs  regularly  when  final,  at  the  end  of  a 
word,  or  of  a  syllable  in  a  word,  when  the  next  syllable 
does  not  begin  with  an  s  or  z  sound:  ac-ca-pa-ra  [a-ka- 
pa-ra]  to  seize  wpon;  ac-cla-ma  [a-kla-ma]  acclaimed; 
a-mal-ga-ma  [a-mal-ga-ma]  amalgaynated;  ag-gra-va  [a- 
gra-va]  aggravated;  a-mar-ra  [a-ma-ra]  moored;  a-ta-qua 
[a-ta-ka]  attacked;  ba-var-da  [ba-var-da]  gossiped. 

53  When  preceding^any  final  silent  consonant,  except 
s  or  z:  a-chat  [a-$a]  -purchase;  al-ma-nach  [al-ma-na];  drag 
[dra]  cloth;  es-to-mac  [cs-to-ma]  stomach;  plat_[pla]  fiat;  rat 
[ra];  sol-dat_  [sol-da]  soldier;  ta-bac  [ta-ba]  tobacco.  ~ 

54  Before  any  pronounced  consonant  other  than  s  or 
z  at  the  end  of  a  word:  Am-ster-dam  [am-ster-dam] ;  bac 
[bak]  ferry-boat;  cap  [kap]  cape;  car  [ka(!)r]  for;  che-val 
[S9-val]  horse;  fat  [fat]  fop;  Is-lam  [is-lam] ;  lacs  [lak]  lakes; 
snares;  ma-ca-dam  [ma-ca-dam] ;  mal  [mal]  evil;  paf  [paf] 
bang!;  or  at  the  end  of  a  syllable  in  the  body  of  a  word: 
al-ma-nach  [al-ma-na];  An-na  [an-na];  cal-me  [kalm]; 
gar-fon  [gar-s5]  boy;  can-ne  [kan]  cane;  gam-me  [gam] 
scale;  nap-pe  [nap]  cloth,  tablecloth;  pat-te  [pat]  paw. 

55  Special  cases.  The  sound  [a]  is  heard  in  the  French 
adverb  ending  -enunent  [a-mci]  -ly;  ar-dem-ment  [ar- 
da-ma]  ardently;  pru-dem-ment  [pry-da-ma]  prudently; 
and  in  the  following  words:  cou-en-ne  [kwan]  rind;  cou- 
en-neux  [kwa-n0]  pertaining  to  rind;  fem-me  [fam]  woman; 
fem-me-lette  [fam-let]  silly  woman;  hen-nir  [a-niir]  to 
neigh;  in-dem-ni-ser  [e-dam-ni-ze]  to  make  good;  in-dem- 
ni-te  [e-dam-ni-te]  compensation;  nen-ni  [na-ni]  no;  so- 
len-nel  [so-la-nel]  solemn. 


ORAL   VOWELS  21 

56  [a]  is  the  sound  usually  heard  in  the  common  end- 
ings -oir  [wa:r],  -oi-re  [wa:r]:  mi-roir  [mi-rwa:r]  mirror; 
soil  [swair]  evening;  boi-re  [bwa:r]  to  drink;  poi-re  [pwair] 
year;  vic-toi-re  [vik-twair]  victory;  in  a  number  of  com- 
mon words  ending  in  oi  (or  oi+ silent  consonant)  not  pre- 
ceded by  r  (see  62) :  bolt  [bwa]  drinks;  doigt  [dwa]  finger; 
fois  [fwa]  time;  loi  [Iwa]  law;  moi  [mwa]  me;  sol  [swa]  one- 
self; sole  [swa  but  also  swci]  silk;  toi  [twa]  thee;  and  gen- 
erally in  words  written  with  oy:  Fon-te-noy  [fot-nwa]; 
foy-er  [fwa-je]  hearth;  loy-er  [Iwa-je]  rent;  loy-al  [Iwa-jal]. 

57  The  letter  a  is  usually  silent  in  aout  [u]  August, 
but  may  also  be  pronounced:  [au];  the  final  t  is  sounded 
by  many:  [ut]  [aut];  a  is  silent  in  Caen  [ka];  Cu-ra-fao 
[ky-ra-so];  Sao-ne  [som]  (103);  taon  [ta]  (old  [to]  103) 
gadfly;  toast  [tost]. 

Exercise  III  on  [a,].  Write  and  pronounce  aloud  the  following 
words,  dividing  those  of  two  or.  more  syllables  as  usually  divided  in 
writing  and  i)rinting:  baba,  barbe,  battre,  boite,  chat,  dame,  declare, 
donnat,  droitc,  fonmio,  gage,  hennir,  la,  lac,  lave,  loi,  ma,  madame, 
Malaga,  menage,  moi,  noir,  papa,  parla,  patte,  poison,  prudemment, 
rat,  recemment,  soi,  syllabe,  ta,  valse. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  and  pronounce  aloud  these 
Bame  words  using  the  key  alphabet  and  dividing  them  as  ordinarily 
heard  in  spoken  French. 

58  a=[(i]  a  ferme  or  closed  a;  written  a,  a;  about  as 
in  English  palm;  pronounced  with  the  mouth  quite  wide 
open.  This  sound  is  easily  recognized  whenever  the  a 
has  the  circumflex  accent  (except  in  the  endings  -ames, 
-ates,  -at  (noted  vmder  51):  bat  [])a]  saddle;  bla-me 
[blaim];  gra-ce  [gr(i:s];  mat  [mo]  most;  pa-le  li)a:l];  pa-te 
[pa:t]  dough;  pla-tre  [plaitr]  plaster;  ta-che  [tasS]  task. 


22  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

59  a  =  [a]  whenever  before  a  silent  final  s  (except  in 
bras  [bra]  arm,  and  in  -as  verb  endings:  don-nas  [do-na] 
gave);  bas  [ba]  low;  cas  [ka]  case;  cou-te-las  [kutla]  cut- 
lass; da-mas  [da-ma]  damask;  fra-cas  [fra-ka]  crash;  las 
[la]  tired;  ma-te-las  [mat-la]  mattress;  pas  [pa]  step;  tas 
[ta]  pile;  ver-glas  [ver-gla]  glazed  frost.  Derivatives  of 
such  words  usually  retain  the  a  quality  when  passing 
from  the  stressed  to  an  unstressed  syllable:  da-mas-ser 
[da-ma-se];  las-ser  [la-se];  pas-ser  [pa-se];  tas-ser  [ta-se]. 
In  proper  names  the  rule  of  a  =  [a]  before  a  silent  final  s 
is  equally  regular :  Co-las  [ko-la] ;  Du-gas  [dy-ga] ;  Du-mas 
[dy-ma];  Ju-das  [sy-da];  Lu-cas  [ly-ka];  Ni-co-las  [ni-ko- 
la];  Pri-vas  [pri-va] ;  Tho-mas  [to-ma] ;  Vau-ge-las  [vo3-la]. 

/^60  a  =  [a]  before  a  final  pronounced  s  as  in  as  [a:s]  ace; 
at-las  [at-la(!)s];  he-las  [elais]  alas!;  before  a  final  pro- 
nounced z  as  in  gaz  [gaiz]  gas;  and  frequently  before  the 
sounds  of  s  and  z  in  the  endings  -as-se  [as],  -as-sion 
[a-sjo],  -a-tion  [a-sjo],  -a-se  [az],  -a-sion  [a-zj5],  -a-zon 
[a-zo].  -as-se  [a  is]  in  the  words  bas-se  [bais]  low;  cas-se 
[ka:s]  breaks;  clas-se  [klais]  class;  gras-se  [gnus]  fat;  pas-se 
[pais]  passes,  -as-sion  [a-sj5]  in  pas-sion  [pa-sj5]  and 
derivative  com-pas-sion  [ko-pa-sjo];  -a-tion  [o-sjo]  in  a 
numerous  group  of  words  like  for-ma-tion  [for-ma-sj5]; 
na-tion  [na-sj5],  sta-tion  [sta-sj5].  Nevertheless,  the  usage 
varies  in  regard  to  this  ending  -a-tion  and  the  authorities 
differ,  -a-se  [aiz]  in  ba-se  [baiz];  ca-se  [kaiz]  house; 
ga-ze  [gaiz]  gauze;  ja-se  [saiz]  prates;  va-se  [vaiz].  -a-sion 
[azj5]  in  e-va-sion  [e-va-zj5];  in-va-sion  [e-va-zjo];  oc-ca- 
sion  [o-ka-zjo].  Here  again,  however,  as  in  the  words  in 
-a-tion,  usage  and  the  authorities  differ,    -a-zon  [a-z5] 


ORAL   VOWELS  23 

in  bla-zon  [bla-z5]  coat  of  arms;  e-cra-sons  [e-kra-z5]  let  us 
crush;  but  here  written  -a-sons  =  spoken  [a-z5];  ga-zon 
[ga-z5]  turf. 

61  a  =  [a]  frequently  in  the  termination  -ail-le  [a:j]  in 
a  number  of  words:  ba-tail-le  [ba-taij]  battle;  e-cail-le 
[e-ka:j]  scale;  li-mail-le  [U-maij]  filings;  mail-le  [ma:j] 
mesh;  man-geail-le  [ma-5a:j]  eatables;  mi-trail-le  [mi- 
tra:j]  grape-shot;  pail-le  [paij]  straw;  tail-le  [taij]  shape; 
trou-vail-le  [tru-va:j]  finding;  Ver-sail-les  [ver-saij].  Here 
again  must  be  noted  that  in  nearly  all,  if  not  all,  of  these 
cases,  usage  varies  and  the  authorities  differ.  It  may  be 
convenient  to  regard  as  exceptions  to  the  list  of  words  in 
-ail-le  just  given:  fail-le  [fa:j]  be  necessary;  me-dail-le 
[me-da:jj  medal;  tra-vail-le  [tra-vaij]  works;  vail-le  [va:j] 
be  worth,  and  words  ending  in  -ail  [aij]  as  in  be-tail  [be- 
ta:]] cattle;  de-tail  [de-ta:j];  gou-ver-nail  [gu-vcr-naij] 
helm;  tra-vail  [tra-vaij]  work. 

62  a  =  [a]  in  the  ending  -oi  (or  -oi+silent  consonant) 
in  a  few  common  words  (156) :  bois  [bwa]  wood;  mois 
[mwa]  month;  noix  [nwa]  nut;  poe-le  [pwad]  stove;  pois 
[pwa]  pea;  poids  [pwa]  weight.  Frccjuently,  when  r  pre- 
cedes oi,  the  sound  heard  is  [aj:  croi-re  [krwair]  to  believe; 
croix  [krwa]  cross;  e-troi-te  [e-trwat]  narrow;  froid  [frwa] 
cold;  roi  [rwa]  king;  but  here  again,  in  these  cases,  usage 
varies, 

63  a  =  [(i],  quite  generally,  in  the  following  words:  ac- 
ca-bler  [a-k(i-ble]  to  overwhelm;  ah  [u:J;  ca-dre  [kdulr] 
frame;  dam-ner  [do-iic]  to  condemn;  fa-ble  [f(i-l)l|;  flam-me 
[fla:m]  flame;  ga-gner  [gu-pe]  to  earn;  grail-Ion  [gra-j5j 


24  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

scraps;  hail-Ion  [a-j5]  rag;  na-vrer  [na-vre]  to  luound;  ra- 
cier [ra-kle]  to-scrape;  rail-le  [ra:j]  rails;  rail-le-rie  [raj-ri] 
ha7itering. 

64  a  =  [a]  frequently  in  the  following  rather  common 
words,  although  usage  and  the  authorities  differ:  bail-le 
[baij]  gives;  boi-se  [bwa-ze]  wooded;  ca-da-vre  [ka-da-vr] 
dead  body;  cli-mat  [kli-mci]  climate;  de-cla-mer  [de- 
kla-me]  to  declaim;  de-la-brer  [de-la-bre]  to  decay;  dia-ble 
[dja-bl]  devil;  en-flam-mer  [u-fla-me]  to  inflame;  es-cla-ve 
[es-klaiv]  slave;  es-pa-ce  [es-pais]  space;  ja-dis  [5a-di(s)] 
already;  la-cet  [la-se]  lacing;  ma-?on  [ma-s5]  mason;  ma- 
su-re  [ma-zj'ir]  ruins;  mi-ra-cle  [mi-ra-kl];  nas-se  [na:s] 
net;  noi-set-te  [nwa-zet]  filbert,  nut;  o-ra-cle  [o-ra-kl]; 
pou-lail-ler  [pu-la-je]  poidtry-yard;  pro-cla-mer  [pro-kla- 
me]  to  proclaim;  sa-ble  [sciibl]  sand;  sa-bre  [sa-br]  saber; 
sole  [swa]  .s;7A-;  tail-leur  [ta-joeir];  to-pa-ze  [to-pa:z];  vole 
[vwa]  way. 

65  Summary.  The  variety  in  usage,  as  furnished  by 
the  examples,  shows  the  division  line  between  [a]  and  [a] 
to  be  loosely  drawn.  Under  identical  or  similar  condi- 
tions, either  variety  of  a  may  be  heard.  In  the  fono\\ing 
pairs :  ta-ble  and  fa-ble ;  tra-vail-le  and  trou-vail-le ;  pla-ce 
and  es-pa-ce;  chas-se  and  clas-se;  pas-sif  and  pas-ser; 
mas-se  and  tas-se,  the  same  authority  gives  the  a  of  the 
first  word  in  each  pair  as  [a]  and  of  the  second  as  [a].  In 
general,  from  what  precedes,  it  may  be  said  that  in  Paris 
[a]  is  apt  to  be  heard  before  silent  s  and  before  the 
sounds  of  s  and  z  (except  in  verb-endings),  and  that 
under  other  conditions  [a]  is  the  sound  usually  heard. 


ORAL   VOWELS  25 

Exercise  FV  on  [a].  Write  and  pronounce  aloud,  dividing  into 
8\^llables  as  usual  in  WTiting  and  spelling,  the  following  words:  ame, 
bataille,  blame,  cable,  classe,  damner,  degat,  diable,  ecraser,  enflam- 
mer,  fable,  flamme,  fracas,  gaz,  gaze,  gazon,  generation,  haillon, 
hate,  helas,  magon,  matelas,  nation,  pas,  pate,  paille,  poele,  raillerie, 
roi,  sable,  tas,  tasse,  tatons,  Thomas. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  and  divide  these  same  words 
as  spoken,  using  the  key  alphabet  and  pronouncing  them  aloud  when 
wTitten. 

66  e  =  [9]  e  muet,  or  so-called  e  mute,  written  e  as  in 
de,  crever;  about  as  in  English  villa,  occurring  1°  as  final 
in  monosyllables.  In  this  position  it  sounds  much  like  e 
in  English  the  when  spoken  quickly  as  in  the  man,  the 
woman,  the  child;  ce  [so]  this;  de  [do]  pf;  je  [50]  I ;  le  [la] 
the,  him,  it;  me  [ma]  me;  ne  [no]  not;  que  [ko]  that;  se  [so] 
oneself;  te  [to]  thee. 

67  2°  e  =  [a]  as  final  in  the  first  syllable  of  a  word  of 
two  or  more  syllables:  cre-ver  [kra-ve]  to  burst;  de-moi- 
sel-le  [da-mvva-zel]  young  lady;  de-ve-nir  [dav-nisr]  to  he- 
come;  fe-ra  [fo-ra]  will  do;  fre-don-ner  [fro-do-nc]  to  hum; 
le-ver  [lo-ve]  to  raise;  me-ner  [ino-ne]  to  lead;  re-ve-nir 
[rav-ni:r]  to  comeback;  te-na-ci-te  [ta-na-si-te]  tenacity;  te- 
nir  [ta-ni:r]  to  hold.  When  preceded  by  two  consonants 
as  in  cre-ver  and  fre-don-ner,  the  [a]  is  rather  more  dis- 
tinctly pronounced  than  in  other  cases  (392). 

68  3'^  e  =  [al  exceptionally  in  des-sous  [d(o)-su|  below; 
des-sus  [dfoj-syl  nlxwc;  fai-sait  |fo-zr]  was  making;  and  in 
derivatives  of  fai-re  (frirj  to  make,  as  in  re-fai-sant  [ra- 
fa-zd]  remaking;  mon-sieur  [ma-sj0]  sir;  res-sem-bler  [ro- 


26  FKENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

sa-ble]  to  resemble;  res-sen-tir  [ra-sa-tiir]  to  experience; 
res-sor-tir  [ra-sor-tiir]  to  go  out  again. 

69  e  silent  elsewhere,  as:  1°  When  final  at  the  end  of  a 
word,  either  after  a  vowel  or  consonant:  ai-je  [ei  3]  have  I? ; 
a-ne  [am]  ass;  ar-bre  [ar-br]  tree;  bar-be  [barb]  heard; 
ca-ma-ra-de  [ka-ma-ra(i)d]  comrade;  clas-se  [klais]  class; 
fa-ci-le  [fa-sil]  easy;  faus-se  [fo:s]  false;  mal-le  [mal] 
trunk;  pa-trie  [pa-tri]  fatherland;  rue  [ry]  street;  suis-je 
[siiiis]  am  If;  ta-ble  [ta-bl];  vie  [vi]  life.  However,  in 
many  cases  like  the  above,  for  various  reasons,  as  for  ver- 
sification or  for  singing,  the  e  mute  is  distinctly  sounded. 
Frequently  after  b  d  g  v  it  may  be  heard  slightly:  bar-be 
[bar-ba],  whereas  after  p,  t,  k,  f  it  is  silent  e-ta-pe  [e-tap] 
stage.  Also  it  may  be  heard  slightly  when  final  and  pre- 
ceded by  two  consopants  as  in  ar-bre  [ar-bre];  lors-que 
[brs-kg]  when;  pres-que  [pres-ka]  nearly;  puis-que  [pqis-ka] 
since;  ta-ble  [ta-blo]. 

70  2°  e  is  silent  at  the  end  of  a  syllable  preceding  the 
stressed  or  final  syllable:  a-che-ter  [a^-te]  to  buy;  al-le- 
mand  [al-ma]  German;  ap-pe-ler  [ap-le]  to  call;  bon-ne- 
ment  [bon-ma]  simply;  bul-le-tin  [byl-te];  cau-se-rie 
[koz-ri]  talk;  ci-se-lu-re  [siz-lyir]  carving;  con-ve-na-ble 
[kov-nabl]  seemly;  de-ve-nir  [da-vniir]  to  become;  e-le-ver 
[el-ve]  to  bring  up;  em-pe-reur  [cip-roeir]  emperor;  ma-de- 
moi-sel-le  [mad-mwa-zel] ;  ma-te-lot  [mat-lo]  sailor;  na- 
ive-te  [na-iv-te]  simplicity;  ra-me-ner  [ram-ne]  to  bring 
back;  re-je-ter  [ras-te]  to  reject;  sa-Ie-te  [sal-te]  dirt;  sa- 
me-di  [sam-di]  Saturday;  sou-te-nir  [sut-ni:r]  to  sustain; 
sou-ve-rain  [suv-re]  sovereign. 


ORAL   VOWELS  27 

71  e  =  [a].  It  will  be  noticed  in  the  above  examples 
just  given,  in  all  of  which  the  e  mute  is  not  heard,  that 
the  group  of  consonants  brought  together  by  the  omis- 
sion of  the  e,  is  easy  to  pronounce.  But  when,  by  omit- 
ting the  e  mute,  a  group  of  consonants  is  brought  together 
forming  a  combination  harsh  to  the  ear  and  difficult  to 
pronounce,  then,  to  avoid  such  a  result,  the  e  mute  is 
heard  as  in  the  following  cases:  An-gle-ter-re  [d-gb-te:r] 
England;  a-que-duc  [a-ko-dyk]  aqueduct;  a-pre-te  [a-pro- 
te]  asperity;  ar-que-bu-se  [ar-ka-byiz]  arquebus;  a-te-lier 
[a-t,)-ljp]  sfiidin;  au-tre-fois  [o-tro-fwa]  formerly;  au-tre- 
ment  [o-tro-ma]  otherwise;  ba-te-lier  [ba-to-lje]  boatman; 
chan-ce-lier  [^d-so-lje]  chancellor;  cou-te-lier  [ku-to-lje 
cutler;  cha-me-lier  [^a-mo-lje]  camel-driver;  cha-pe-lier 
[5a-jx)-lje]  hatter;  Char-le-ma-gne  [^ar-b-map] ;  Charles- 
Quint  LSar-b-ke]  Charles  the  Fifth  {of  Spain  and  Germany)  ; 
chas-te-te  [^as-to-te]  cJiastitj/;  com-pre-nons  [ko-pra-no] 
hi  us  understand;  con-si-de-ra-ble-ment  [k.l-si-de-ra-bla- 
ind]  considerably;  ex-ac-te-ment  [rg-zak-ta-ma]  exactly; 
par-ve-nu  [par-^^)-ny]  upstart;  qua-tre-temps  [ka-tr^-ta] 
Ktuherdaijs;  ra-te-lier  [ra-to-ljo]  rack;  Ri-che-lieu  [ri-^a- 
lj0];  sif-fle-ra  [si-flo-ra]  will  whistle;  Six-te-Quint  [siks- 
t.>ke]  Sixtus  the  Fifth. 

72  e  silent,  e  is  not  pronounced  when  followed  only*^ 
by  the  silent  s  of  the  plural  noun,  or  of  verb-endings,  or 
by  the  -nt  of  the  tliird  person  plural  of  ver])s:  ai-mes  [nm] 
(thou)  lovest;  ai-ment  [r:m]  (they)  love;  don-nent  [d.)n] 
fthoy)  give;  don-nes  [d.)n]  (thou)  givest;  fa-ces  \itis]  faces; 
fre-res  [frrni  l)nith( rs;  ma-la-des  [tiui-la(:)d]  patients;  par- 
ies [parlj  (thou)  speakest.    But  the  e  before  the  nt  of  parts 


28  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

of  speech  other  than  verbs  is  sounded:  con-tent  [ko-tu] 
content;  ex-cel-lent  [rk-sc-la]  excellent;  the  verb-forms  of 
these  two  words,  of  which  the  speUing  is  identical  with 
the  adjective  forms,  are:  con-tent  [koit]  (they)  relate;  ex- 
cel-lent  [ek-sel]  (they)  excel. 

73  e  silent.  In  general  e  is  dropped  whenever  it  is 
possible  to  do  so  to  facilitate  rapid  utterance.  This  hap- 
pens when  the  preceding  consonant  can  be  pronounced 
with  the  vowel  before  it,  as  in  je  le  don-ne  [38  1  don]  I 
give  it,  or  with  one  that  comes  after  it  in  the  next  sylla- 
ble or  word,  as  in  no-ble  ar-deur  [no-bl  ar-dcEir]  noble  ar- 
dor. The  syllable  containing  [g],  bearing  no  stress  itself, 
is  pronounced  as  though  forming  a  part  of  the  preceding 
or  following  stressed  syllable,  according  to  the  conditions; 
thus  the  e  mute  in  the  examples  that  follow  is  silent; 
what  immediately  precedes  it  is  pronounced  as  one  syl- 
lable: beau-coup  de  mon-de  [bo-kud  moid]  lots  of  people; 
je  le  crois  [59  1  krwci]  I  believe  it;  je  le  don-ne  [39  1  don]  / 
give  it;  nous  le  sa-vons  [nu  1  sa-vo]  we  know  it;  tout  le 
mon-de  [tu  1  moid]  everybody;  voi-la  le  fac-teur  [vwa-la  1 
fak-toeir]  there's  the  postman;  vous  le  di-tes  [vu  1  dit]  you 
say  so;  and  in  the  following  examples,  what  immediately 
comes  after  the  e  mute  is  pronounced  as  one  Syllable  with 
the  consonants  just  preceding  the  e  mute:  un  et-re  ac-tif 
[den  8-tr  ak-tif]  an  active  being;  qua-tre  en-ne-mis  [ka- 
tren-mi]  four  enemies;  no-ble  a-ni-ma-tion  [no-bl  a-ni- 
ma-sjo];  pau-vre  a-ni-mal  [po-vr  a-ni-mal]  poor  animal; 
a  vo-tre  ai-se  [a  vo-treiz]  at  your  ease;  no-tre  on-cle 
[no-tr  o-kl]  our  uncle. 


ORAL   VOWELS  29 

74  e  silent  and  e  =  [8].  In  a  word  beginning  with  a 
syllable  ending  in  a  so-called  mute  e,  like  pe-tit,  the  e  is 
not  sounded  if  it  is  preceded  by  a  pronounced  syllable, 
but  is  sounded  if  preceded  l)y  a  syllable  ending  with  e 
mute:  men  pe-tit  [mo  pti]  little  fellow;  but  u-ne  pe-ti-te 
[yn  po-tit]  a  little  (girl);  mon-sieur  Le-blanc  [rao-sj0 
1-bla],  but  ma-da-me  Le-blanc  [ma-dam  lo-bla]  (393,  394). 

75  When  several  e  mutes  follow  each  other  in  succes- 
sion, it  is  usual  to  omit  the  sound  [d]  in  every  alternate 
syllable,  the  first,  third,  fifth  and  so  on,  being  sounded: 
de  ce  que  je  ne  te  le  de-man-de  pas  [dos  kas  not  lad 
ma:d  pa]  because  I  do  not  ask  you;  or  the  second,  fourth, 
sixth:  par-ce  que  je  ne  me  le  de-mande  pas  [pars  ka3 
nom  lod  muid  jxi]  because  I  do  not  propose  it  to  myself. 
The  syllable  que  is  the  one  most  frequently  distinctly 
pronounced.  As  to  whether  an  e  mute  is  sounded  or  not 
depends  upon  so  many  circumstances,  including  often  the 
good  taste  of  the  speaker,  that  the  rules  are  simply  very 
general  guides  to  current  usage. 

76  e  final.  The  chief  value  of  the  e  final  at  the  end  of 
a  word  after  a  consonant  is  to  make  the  otherwise  silent 
consonant  sounded:  fort  [fo:r],  but  for-te  [fort]  strong; 
laid  [le],  but  lai-de  [Irul]  hotndy;  mau-vais  [mo-vr],  but 
mau-vai-se  [nio-vr:z]  })(i(l;  pe-tit  [p.)-ti],  l)ut  pe-tite  [po-tit] 
little;  port  [po:r]  port,  but  por-te  [port]  door;  pris  [prij,  but 
pri-se  [pri:z]  taken. 

77  e  silent  and  merely  used  as  a  sign  is  written  before 
a,  o,  u,  when  preceded  by  g,  to  show  tliat  the  g  has  the 
sound  regularly  heard  before  e  and  i  [5],  instead  of  that 


30  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

heard  before  a,  o,  u,  [g]:  ga-geu-re  [ga-syir]  wager;  geai 
[56]  and  [5e]  jay;  Geof-froy  [s^f-frwu];  geo-lier  [30-lje] 
jailer;  Geor-ges  [sors];  nous  man-geons  [nu  ma-35]  we 
eat;  nous  man-gea-mes  [nu  ma-5am]  we  ate;  pi-geon  [pi-35]. 

78  e  is  silent  in  Jean  [5a]  and  in  Jean-ne  [sam]  and 
throughout  the  forms  of  the  verb  a- voir  [a-vwa:r]  to  have: 
eu  [y]  had;  eu-mes  [y(i)m]  (we)  had  (116). 

Exercise  V  on  e  mute  =  [9],  Write,  dividing  into  syllables  and 
pronouncing  aloud  the  following  words,  in  aU  of  which  the  e  mute 
is  sounded:  ameublement,  Angleterre,  ateher,  autrefois,  bedeau, 
chancelier,  chapeUer,  chargera,  Charlemagne,  comprenons,  crever, 
dessous,  dessus,  exactement,  faisait,  fleur  de  lis,  fredonner,  guenille, 
grenuoille,  lever,  lorsque,  menu,  menuisier,  parvenu,  peser,  pres- 
que,  puisque,  regi-ets,  reUeur,  ressemble,  Richelieu,  serions. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  and  divide  these  words  as 
spoken,  pronouncing  them  aloud,  and  using  the  key  alphabet. 

Exercise  VI  on  silent  e.  Write  and  divide  into  syllables,  as 
written  and  printed,  the  following  words,  in  all  of  which  the  e  mute 
is  silent,  and  pronounce  them  aloud:  acheter,  achever,  appeler,  bul- 
letin, causerie,  ciselure,  devenir,  elles  aiment,  etape,  forte,  George, 
ils  content,  ils  excellent,  Jean,  Jeanne,  je  louerai,  je  paierai,  laide, 
Lamennais,  maUe,  meres,  naivete,  pate,  patte,  peres,  petite,  porte, 
prise,  ramener,  rejeter,  samedi,  souverain,  tu  donnes,  tu  paries. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  and  divide  into  syllables  as 
spoken,  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet  and  pronouncing 
them  aloud. 

79  e  =  [e]  written  e,  e,  ai;  e  ferme,  or  closed  e,  as  in 
e-te  [e-te]  been,  de-ja  [de-sa]  already;  about  as  in  Eng- 
hsh  fate,  late.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  make  a  diph- 
thong of  the  vowel  as  in  English  day  [de'j,  fate  [fe't],  late 
[le't],  and  like  English  sound  correspondents,    e  is  never 


ORAL   VOWELS  31 

long,  occurs  mostly  as  final  at  the  end  of  a  word  or  syl- 
lable. It  is  the  only  vowel  over  which  the  acute  accent 
is  written,  enabling  the  sound  to  be  then  easily  recog- 
nized: ce-le-bre  [se-le-bre]  celebrated;  de-ce-de  [de-se-de] 
deceased;  de-ge-ne-re  [de-5e-ne-re]  degenerate;  pre-fe-re 
[pre-fe-re]  preferred;  re-gne  [re-jie]  reigned;  re-pe-te  [re- 
pe-te]  repeated. 

80  e  without  written  accent  =  [e]  occurs  usually  before 
the  final  silent  consonants  d,  f,  r,  z;  or,  stated  more  gen- 
erally, before  silent  final  consonant  except  t:  as-sez  [a-se] 
enough;  ca-hier  [ka-je]  copy-hook;  chez  [^e]  at  the  house  of; 
clef  [kle]  key;  fer-mez  [fer-me]  shut;  je  m'as-sieds  [59 
m  a-sje]  /  sit  down;  nez  [ne]  nose;  pied  [pje]  foot;  rez  [re] 
on  a  level.  The  sound  remains  the  same  when  silent  s  of 
the  plural  is  added,  as  in  ca-hiers,  clefs,  pieds,  or  in  cases 
like  tu  t'as-sieds.  It  occurs  exceptionally  in  the  con- 
junction et  [e]  and,  and  is  heard  in  a  few  foreign  words: 
te  de-um  [te  de-om];  re-qui-em  [re-kqi-jnn];  re-vol-ver 
[re-vol-veir];  ve-to  [ve-toj. 

81  e  without  written  accent  =  [c]  in  the  prefixes  des+s, 
ef+f,  es  +  s.  1°  des+s:  des-sai-sir  (except  dessus,  etc., 
see  68)  [de-sr-ziir]  to  let  go;  des-sel-ler  [de-sr-le]  to  im- 
saddle;  des-se-cher  [de-se-Se]  to  dry  up;  des-sein  [de-se]  de- 
sign; des-ser-rer  [de-sc-re]  to  unfasten;  des-sert  [de-seir]; 
des-ser-vir  [dc-srr-viir]  to  clear  away;  des-sil-ler  [de- 
.si-j(|  to  open;  des-sou-der  [de-su-de]  to  unsolder.  2"  ef+f: 
ef -fa-re  [e-fa-re]  troubled;  ef-fe-mi-ne  [e-fe-mi-ne]  effemi- 
tidtc;  ef-fet  [c-fr]  ('ffect;  ef-fleu-re  fc-flcx'-rc]  (jrnzcd : 
ef-fi-ca-ce  [e-fi-kas]  efficacious;  ef-fort  [e-fjirj;  ef-fra-yer 


32  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

[e-fre-je]  frightened;  ef-fre-ne  [e-fre-ne]  unbridled;  ef-froi 
[e-frwa]  fright;  ef-fron-te-rie  [e-fro-tri]  shamelessness. 
3"  es+s:  es-sai  [e-se]  trial;  es-sor  [e-soir]  flight;  es-souf- 
fle  [e-su-fle]  out  of  breath;  es-suie-main  [e-sqi-me]  towel; 
es-suie-plu-me  [e-sqi-plym]  pen-wi'per;  es-su-yer  [e-sqi-je] 
to  wipe. 

83  [e],  written  ai,  is  the  sound  regularly  heard  in  the 
verb-ending  -ai:  j'ai  [50]  I  have;  j'al-lai  [3  a-le]  I  went; 
j'au-rai  [3  o-re]  I  shall  have;  je  man-geai  [58  ma-3e]  /  ate; 
je  vien-drai  [39  vje-dre]  /  shall  come;  je  ver-rai  [30  ver-re] 
I  shall  see;  (not  in  words  like  vrai  [vre]  true).  Also  in  the 
verb-forms  je  sals,  tu  sais,  11  salt  [3a  se,  ty  se,  il  se]  I 
know,  you  know,  he  knows;  and  in  the  words  gal  [ge]  gay; 
geai  [36]  jay;  qual  [ke]  quay  (124) ;  although  in  all  of  these 
words,  save  gal,  authority  for  the  ai  =  [8]  may  be  found. 

83  [e]  is  the  sound  heard  in  a  few  words  derived  from 
Greek  or  Latin,  and  written  oe.  Some  of  the  commoner 
examples  are:  oe-cu-me-nl-que  [e-ky-me-nik]  ecumenical; 
CE-di-pe  [e-dip]  OEdipus;  oe-so-pha-ge  [e-zo-fa!3]  esopha- 
gus; foe-tus  [fe-tys];  Phoe-be  [fe-be]. 

Exercise  VII  on  [e].  Write,  dividing  into  syllables  and  pro- 
nouncing aloud,  the  following  words:  assez,  assieds,  cahiers,  chez, 
clef,  desseller,  dessert,  desservir,  dessin,  effet,  effroi,  essai,  essor, 
essuyer,  essuie-main,  essuie-plume,  eternite,  foetus,  gai,  il  salt,  je 
donnerai,  je  parlerai,  je  sais,  nez,  Phosbe,  pied,  prefere,  repete,  re- 
volver, te  deum,  tu  sais. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  and  pronounce  aloud  these 
same  words,  dividing  them  into  syllables  as  they  are  spoken,  using 
the  key  alphabet. 


ORAL   VOWELS  33 

84  e  =  [e]  written  e,  e,  e,  ei,  ey,  ai,  ai,  ay;  e  ouvert,  or 
open  e,  as  in  fait,  [fe]  done;  te-te  [test]  head;  about  as  in 
English  met,  el^h,  and  varying  in  openness  to  the  sound  of 
e  heard  in  EngUsh  there,  where,  as  pronounced  in  England 
and  generally  in  New  England.  When  occurring  just  be- 
fore a  final  syllable  ending  in  a  mute  e,  it  is  long  and  quite 
open. 

85  The  sound  may  easily  be  recognized  when  the  e  has 
over  it  a  circumflex  accent:  ap-pre-te  [a-prr:t]  gets  ready; 
be-le  [bf'il]  bleats;  be-te  [bnt]  animal;  ca-re-me  [ka-* 
re:m]  lent;  fe-ne-tre  [fo-nr:tr]  ivindow;  fe-te  [hii]  festival; 
gre-le  [grcilj  hail;  gue-pe  [ge:p]  ivasp;  he-tre  [v\tv]  beech- 
tree;  me-le  [me:l]  mingles;  me-me  [meim]  same;  pre-te 
[preit]  lends;  pre-tre  [prc:tr]  priest;  re-ve  [re:v]  dream; 
ve-te  [vet]  dresses. 

86  When  occurring  before  a  final  syllable  that  is  not 
mute,  the  e  is  about  half  as  long  as  in  the  preceding  cases: 
ap-pre-ter  [a-pre-te]  to  get  ready;  be-ler  [be-le]  to  bleat; 
em-be-ter  [a-be-te]  to  bother;  fe-ter  [fe-te]  to  entertain; 
gre-ler  [gre-le]  to  hail;  me-ler  [me-le]  to  mingle;  pre-ter 
[pre-te]  to  lend;  re-ver  [re-ve]  to  dream;  ve-tir  [ve-ti:r]  to 
clothe. 

87  The  sound  [e]  may  also  be  easily  recognized  when 
noted  by  e  (with  a  grave  accent).  This  occurs  before 
final  mute  syllables,  precisely  as  it  does  in  the  cases  above 
when  having  the  circumflex  accent:  a-che-te  [a-^et]  buys; 
ce-de  [seid]  yields;  ce-le  |sel|  hides;  che-vre  lliieivrj  goat; 
co-le-re  [ko-le:r]  anger;  col-le-ge  [ko-leis];  ge-le  [5e(i)lJ 


34  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

freezes;  le-ve  [leiv]  rises;  lie-ge  [Ijeis]  corh;  me-ne  [m8(;)n] 
leads;  me-re  [meir]  mother;  pe-re  [pe:r]  father;  pie-ce 
[pjes];  re-me-de  [ra-me(!)d]  remedy;  sys-te-me  [sis-te:m] 
systein. 

88  When  occurring  in  the  body  of  a  word  the  e  is  usu- 
ally shorter  than  when  before  a  final  mute  e :  a-che-te-rai 
[a-$e-tre]  (I)  shall  buy;  ce-de-rai  [se-dre]  (I)  shall  yield; 
ce-le-rai  [sel-re]  (I)  shall  conceal;  e-le-ve-rais  [e-lev-re] 
(I)  should  raise;  ge-le-rais  [sel-re]  (I)  should  freeze;  me- 
ne-rez  [men-re]  (you)  will  lead;  mo-de-le-rai  [mo-del-re] 
(I)  shall  model;  a-me-ne-rions  [a-men-rjo]  (we)  shall  lead; 
pos-se-de-ra  [po-se-dra]  (he)  will  possess.  It  will  be 
noticed  that  ce-de-rai  and  pos-se-de-ra,  although  con- 
ventionally written  with  an  e  acute  before  the  mute  syl- 
lable, nevertheless  have  that  e  pronounced  like  almost  all 
other  e's  before  a  final  mute  syllable,  that  is  [e].  So  with 
don-ne-je  [do-nei  5]  do  I  give? 

89  Exceptions.  To  the  important  rule  that  e  has  reg- 
ularly the  sound  [e]  before  a  syllable  ending  in  a  mute  e, 
there  are  a  few  apparent  exceptions:  e-cre-vis-se  [e-kro- 
vis]  shrimp;  e-le-ver  [el-ve]  to  raise;  e-gre-ner  [e-gro-ne] 
to  shell;  e-pe-ron  [e-pro]  spur;  e-ve-ne-ment  [e-ven-ma] 
event;  de-ve-lop-per  [dev-lo-pej  to  develop;  me-de-cin 
[meVse]  and  [met-se]  doctor;  me-de-ci-ne  [met-sin]  and 
[met-sin]  medicine.  Even  among  these  apparent  excep- 
tions, the  forms  [e-ven-ma]  [met-se]  [met-sin]  indicate 
well  the  tendency  of  the  genius  of  the  language  which  is 
for  [e]  in  closed  syllables,  that  is  syllables  ending  in  a 
consonant,  in  which  position  [e]  is  out  of  place  and  regu- 
larly does  not  belong.    Cases  like  the  following  also  oc- 


ORAL   VOWELS  ~         35 

cur:  ai-mee  [e-me]  loved;  creee  [kre-e]  created;  nee  [ne] 
born;  rap-pe-lee  [ra-ple]  recalled. 

90  The  sound  [v]  besides  being  written  e  and  e  is  also 
written  ai  (except  in  verbs,  82)  ai,  aie,  ay,  ei,  ey.  ai: 
ba-lai  [ba-le]  broom;  mai  [me]  May;  vrai  [vre]  true,  ai: 
fai-te  [feit]  summit;  trai-ne  [trein]  sled;  trai-neau  [trc-no] 
sleigh,  aie:  baie  [be]  berry;  craie  [kre]  chalk;  que  j'aie 
[k9  3  e]  that  I  m,ay  have,  ay:  cray-on  [kre-jo]  pencil;  pay-er 
[pe-je]  to  pay;  ray-on  [re-jo]  shelf;  Douay  [due],  ei:  nei-ge 
[neis]  snow;  sei-gle  [se-gl]  rye;  vei-ne  [ve:n]  vein,  ey:  as- 
se-yez  [a-se-je]  be  seated;  gras-se-yer  [gra-se-je]  to  speak 
in  the  throat;  Ney  [ne]  (125  and  159).  The  most  usual 
endings  in  which  ai  appears  are  -ais,  -ait:  don-nais 
[do-ne]  was  giving;  ja-mais  [sa-me]  never;  par-lait  [par-le] 
was  speaking.  Words  in  ai-gu-  have  [e]  and  [ej:  ai-guil-le 
[e-gi(i!J]  and  [e-giiiij]  needle. 

91  e  without  written  accent  =  [e]  occurs  at  the  end  of 
a  word  or  syllable,  before  a  final  pronounced  consonant; 
generally  c,  f,  1  or  r.  1°  At  the  end  of  a  word:  a-vec 
[a-vek]  urith;  bel  [bel]  fine;  bee  [bek]  beak;  chef  [^ef]  chief; 
cher  [5e!r]  dear;  ciel  [sjel]  sky;  mer  [meir]  sea;  net  [net] 
clean.  2°  At  the  end  of  a  syllable:  bel-le  [bel]  fine;  ber- 
ger  [ber-5e]  shepherd;  cel-le  [sel]  that  one;  det-te  [det] 
debt;  es-pe-rer  [es-pe-re]  to  hope;  her-be  [erb]  grass; 
mer-le  [inerl]  blackbird;  mes-se  [rnes]  mass;  per-te  [i)ert] 
loss;  res-ter  [res-te]  to  remain;  ver-te  [vert]  green. 
S''  Before  the  semi-vowel  [j]  written  -11,  -ill:  con-seil  [k.l- 
se:j]  council;  som-meil  [s.)-me:j]  sleep;  a-beil-le  [a-beij] 
bee;  veil-leu-se  [ve-jjijz]  night-lamp. 


36  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

92  e  without  accent  =  [e]  in  the  final  endings  -et,  -ect 
(and  their  phirals  in  s)  in  which  the  t  is  silent:  as-pect 
[as-pe];  ba-quets  [ba-ke]  buckets;  de-cret  [de-kre]  decree; 
gi-let  [si-lr]  waistcoat;  pa-quets  [pa-kc]  parcels;  pro-jet 
[pro-5e]  project;  res-pect  [rr-spr];  som-mets  [so-me]  sum- 
mits. The  conjunction  et  [e]  and,  forms  an  exception  to 
the  above;  the  verb-form  est  =  is,  is  pronounced  [e]  and 
the  noun  est  =  east  [est]. 

93  e  without  accent  =[e]  in  the  monosyllables  ending 
with  silent  s:  ces  [se]  these;  des  [de]  of  the,  some;  les  [le] 
the,  them;  ses  [se]  his,  hers;  tes  [te]  thy.  Nevertheless, 
there  is  usage  and  authority  sanctioning  [e]  in  all  of  these 
cases. 

Exercise  VIII  on  [e].  Write  and  divide  into  syllables  as  ordinari- 
ly written,  pronouncing  aloud,  the  following  words :  achete,  acheterai, 
ai-je,  asseyez-vous,  avec,  careme,  chaine,  chantait,  chene,  ciel,  colere, 
dette,  eleve,  esperer,  eveil,  faite,  fete,  feter,  fenetre,  grasseyer,  herbe, 
jamais,  mer,  modele,  modelerai,  Ney,  objet,  pretre,  pretrise,  reve, 
rever,  revetrr,  reine,  rene,  renne,  respect,  scene,  Seine,  soleil,  som- 
meiller,  tete,  tette,  veiUeuse,  verte,  vrai. 

StrppLEMENTARY  ExERCiSE.  Write,  pronouncing  aloud  as  you 
write,  and  dividing  into  syllables  as  spoken,  these  same  words,  using 
the  key  alphabet. 

94  i=  [i];  written  i,  i,  y;  as  in  ni  [ni]  neither;  pi-re  [piir] 
worse,  about  as  in  English  pok'ce,  keen.  Care  should  be 
taken  to  keep  [i]  tense  and  uniform  throughout,  avoiding 
the  sound  heard  in  English  b'ttle,  it,  fmny.  [i]  occurs  as 
either  long  or  short,  under  the  usual  quantity  conditions 
(see  11);  before  r  it  is  frequently  quite  long.  Long  i  is 
heard  in  che-ti-ve  [Se-ti:v]  wretched;  cri-se  [kriiz]  crisis; 


I 


ORAL   VOWELS  37 

di-re  [di:r]  to  say;  fil-le  [fi:j]  girl;  mi-re  [miir]  aim;  pi-re 

[piir]  worse;  ri-ve  [riiv]  bank;  ti-ge  [tiis]  stem.  Short  i  in 

li-tre  [litr];  pis-te  [pist]  trace;  si  [si]  if;  tris-te  [trist]  sad; 
vie  [vi]  life;  vif  [vif]  lively. 

95  i  =  [i]  as  in  a-bi-me  [a-bi:m]  abyss;  ci-git  [si-5i]  here 
lies;  di-me  [difOni]  tenth  part;  gi-te  [5i(:)t]  lair;  i-le  [i(:)l] 
isle;  nous  di-mes  [nu  di(!)ni]  we  said;  qu'il  finit  [k  il  fi-ni] 
that  he  might  finish;  qu'il  fit  [k  il  fi]  that  he  might  do;  qu'il 
pu-nit  [k  il  py-ni]  that  he  might  punish. 

96  y  =  [i]  in  hy-po-cri-te  [i-po-krit]  hypocrite;  ly-re  [li:r]; 
mys-te-re  [mis-trir]  mystery;  phy-si-que  [fi-sik];  sty-le 
[stil];  syl-la-be  [si-la (i)b]  or  [sil-la(i)b]  syllable. 

Exercise  IX  on  [i].  Write  and  divide  into  syllables  as  usually- 
divided  in  writing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  as  you  write 
them,  the  following  words:  ablme,  cirque,  denii,  difficile*,  dime,  dis- 
cipline, filigrane,  fini,  grise,  ici,  illisible,  iniite,  initiative,  limites, 
midi,  milice,  militaire,  niille,  ministre,  minuit,  Paris,  priniitif,  pyra- 
mide,  sire,  timidity,  tirelire,  tranquille,  Venise,  ville,  vitrine. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  dividing  into  syllables,  as 
heard  in  spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  as  you 
write  them,  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

97  o  =  [o],  written  o,  6,  eau,  au;  o  ferme  or  closed  o  as 
in  pot  [po],  c6-te  [ko:t]  coast;  about  as  in  English  note,  but 
avoidinjr  the  vanish  or  glide  which  suggests  a  diphthong. 
o  ferme  is  easily  rec<jgnized  wlien  written  6,  and  is  th(>n 
almost  always  long:  cho-me  (^o:ni|  (he  is)  oid  of  ivork; 
c6-te  [koit]  coast;  di-pl6-me  [di-i)lo:in]  diploma;  le  no-tre 
[lo  noitr]  ours;  le  v6-tre  [lo  voitr]  yours;  6-te  [o:tJ  takes 


38  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

away;  tro-ne  [troin]  throrie;  ro-le  [roil].  Exceptions  to 
6  =  [o]  are  the  three  words  ho-pi-tal  [o-pi-tal],  ho-tel  [o-tel], 
ro-ti  [ro-ti]  roast,  in  all  of  which  6  =  [o]. 

98  Half  length.  As  with  a  and  e,  when  occurring  just 
before  the  stressed  syllable  of  a  French  word,  so  6  in  a 
like  position  is  half  as  long  as  when  stressed:  cho-mer 
[$o-me]  to  be  out  of  work;  c6-te-le  [kot-le]  ribbed;  di-pl6- 
mer  [di-plo-me]  to  certificate;  en-ro-ler  [a-ro-le]  to  enroll; 
6-ter  [o-te]  to  take  away;  tro-ner  [tro-ne]  to  bear  sway. 

99  o  without  accent  mark=[o]  when  final  or  before 
silent  final  consonants:  bra-vo  [bra-vo];  du-o  [cly-o];  ca- 
chet [ka-^o]  dungeon;  e-cho  [e-ko] ;  in-di-go  [e-di-go] ;  mots 
[mo]  words;  pia-no  [pja-no];  ze-ro  [ze-ro].  The  word  trop 
too  much  is  pronounced  [tro]  and  [tro]. 

100  o  without  accent  mark  =  [o]  when  before  the  sound 
of  s  in  a  few  cases:  dos-sier  [do-sje]  brief,  and  derivatives 
of  dos  (en-dos-ser  [a-do-se]  to  put  on);  e-mo-tion  [e-mo- 
sjo];  fos-se  [fois]  grave;  derivatives  of  fosse  have  both  [o] 
and  o]  (fos-set-te  [fo-set]  and  [fo-S8t]  dimple);  gros-sier 
[gro-sje]  coarse,  and  derivatives  of  gros  excepting  gros-se 
which  has  both  [o]  and  [o]  [grois]  and  [gros]  large;  lo-tion 
[Io-sj5];  po-tion  [po-sj5].  But  the  tendency,  particularly 
in  the  unstressed  syllable,  is  to  pronounce  [o]  rather  than 
[o]  before  the  sound  of  s.  Both  varieties  of  o  are  sanc- 
tioned by  usage  and  authority  in  the  following:  com-mo- 
tion,  de-vo-tion,  fos-set-te,  gros-se,  mo-tion,  no-tion. 

101  o  without  accent  mark  =  [o]  regularly  before  the 
sound  of  z  (represented  usually  by  s  between  vowels) : 


ORAL   VOWELS  39 

cho-se  [So!z]  thing;  com-po-se  [k5-po:z]  composes;  glo-se 
[gloiz]  glosses;  ho-san-na  [o-za-na];  o-ser  [o-ze]  to  dare; 
o-seil-le  [o-zeij]  sorrel;  po-se  [poiz]  places;  po-si-tion  [po- 
zi-sj5];  pro-se  [pro:z] ;  ro-se  [ro!z];  ro-sier  [ro-zje]  rose-bush. 
Such  a  pronunciation  as  [ro-zje]  shows  the  continual  ten- 
dency of  the  closed  o  in  the  stressed  syllable  to  become 
open  o  in  the  unstressed. 

10^  0  ferme  [o],  \\Tittcn  au  and  eau,  occurs  frequently, 
more  especially  in  stressed  syllables:  au-be  [o:b]  dawn; 
au-tel  [o-tel]  altar;  aux  [o]  to  the;  cau-tion  [ko-sj5];  e-me- 
rau-de  [em-ro:d]  emerald;  e-pau-les  [e-poil]  shoidders; 
pau-vre  [po:vr]  poor;  sau-ce  [so:s];  sau-cis-se  [so-sis]  sau- 
sage; sau-cis-son  [so-si-s3]  a  large  sausage;  saus-saie  [so-se] 
tDilloiv  plot;  sau-ter  [so-te]  to  jump,  eau:  beau  [bo]  fine; 
eau  [o]  water;  ga-teau  [gci-to]  cake;  mar-teau  [mar-to] 
hammer;  peau  [po]  skin;  veau  [vo]  veal. 

103  0  is  silent  in  faon  [fa]  faim;  Laon  [Id] ;  paon  [pd]  pea- 
cock; taon  [ta]  (old  [to];  57)  horse-fly.  The  name  of  the 
river  Saone  is  pronounced  [som]  (57). 

Exercise  X  on  [o].  Write  and  divide  into  syllaliles,  as  usually 
done  in  writing,  pronouncing  aloud  each  syllable  when  written,  the 
following  words:  autel,  bravo,  chovaux,  chose,  compose,  cote,  cy- 
clone, diplome,  dos,  dossier,  duo,  eau,  emotion,  flot,  fosse,  notre, 
oser,  6ter,  pauvre,  pose,  positif,  position,  potion,  role,  rose,  Saone, 
sauce,  sceau,  saut,  tableau,  t6t,  veau,  zone. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  and  divide  into  syllables,  as 
ordinarily  pronounced  in  spoken  French,  these  same  words,  pronoun- 
cing aloud  the  syllables  and  words  as  you  write  them  and  using  the 
key  alphabet. 


40  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

104  o  =  [o],  o  ouvert  or  open  o,  ^\Titten  o,  au;  as  in 
ro-be  [ro(!)b];  tort  [toir]  wrong;  about  as  in  English  nor, 
the  New  England  pronunciation  of  "short  o"  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  vowel  in  law.  It  occurs  more  fre- 
quently than  o  ferme.  It  is  not  as  open  as  the  English 
open  0  in  the  noun  object,  as  can  be  perceived  by  com- 
paring Enghsh  o'hject  and  French  objet. 

105  o  =  [o]  occurs  regularly  before  final  sounded  con- 
sonants (except  s  =  [z]),  especially  r:  a-bord  [a-boir]  land- 
ing; a-lors  [a-loir]  then;  bloc  [blok]  block;  dot  [dot]  dowry; 
ef-fort  [e-foir];  es-sor  [e-soir]  flight;  fol  [fol]  crazy;  pore 
[poir]  pig;  roc  [rok]  rock. 

106  o  =  [o]  occurs  regularly  before  consonants  (other 
than  s  =  [z])  followed  by  final  e  mute  (but  final  -ome  and 
-one  are  treated  together,  111):  e-co-le  [e-kol]  school; 
e-po-que  [e-pok];  for-te  [fort]  strong;  lo-ge  [10:3]  theater 
box;  no-ble  [no-bl];  no-ce  [nos]  wedding;  no-tre  [no-tr] 
our;  por-te[port]  door;  pos-te  [post]  posi-q^ce;ro-be[ro(!)b] 
dress;  vo-tre  [vo-tr]  your. 

107  o  =  [o]  before  double  consonants  (excepting  some 
cases  of  o+ss,  100):  bon-ne  [bon]  good;  bros-se  [bros] 
brush;  e-tof-fe  [e-tof]  stuff;  fol-le  [fol]  crazy;  gos-se  [gos] 
youngster;  pom-me  [pom]  apple;  sot-te  [sot]  foolish. 

108  o  =  [o]  at  the  beginning  or  in  the  body  of  a  word, 
within  a  syllable:  oc-to-bre  [ok-to-br]  October;  hos-ti-le 
[os-til];  om-ni-po-tent  [om-ni-po-ta] ;  or-fe-vre  [or-fe:vr] 
jeweler. 


ORAL   VOWELS  41 

109  o  =  [o]  in  the  body  of  a  word  at  the  end  of  a  sylla- 
ble: a-bri-co-tier  [a-bri-ko-tje]  apricot-iree ;  au-to-mo-bi-le 
[o-to-mo-bil],  also  [o-to-mo-bil]  (112);  bon-heur  [bo-noeir] 
happiness;  ga-lo-per  [ga-b-pe]  to  gallop;  po-teau  [po-to] 
post;  ro-man-ce  [ro-maisj;  to-tal  [to-tal]. 

110  o  =  [o]  before  the  sound  of  s  (written  s,  c,  ti),  quite 
frequently  in  unstressed  syllables.  Such  cases  of  [o]  be- 
ginning the  word,  within  or  at  the  end  of  syllables  not 
final  of  a  word,  are  among  the  most  frequent  (see,  how- 
ever, some  identical  [o]  cases  together  with  [o]  (100) :  o-ce- 
an  [o-se-a];  hos-pi-ce  [os-pis]  refuge;  mos-quee  [mos-ke]; 
nos-tal-gie  [nos-tal-5i]  homesickness;  pos-ti-che  [pos-ti$] 
artificial;  quo-tient  [ko-sjci];  ros-si-gnol  [ro-si-jiol]  nightin- 
gale; so-cial  [so-sjal];  so-cie-te  [so-sje-te];  tos-te  [tost] 
toast. 

111  -ome,  -one.  In  regard  to  the  pronunciation  of 
the  o  in  the  endings  -ome,  -one,  usage  varies,  the  ten- 
dency being  rather  towards  open  o  than  towards  closed  o. 
The  four  words  a-ro-me  [a-roim]  aroma,  cy-clo-ne  [si- 
klom];  i-dio-me  [i-djomi]  idiom;  zo-ne  [zom]  have  closed 
o,  as  indicated.  The  two  words  e-co-no-me  [e-ko-nom] 
economical;  mo-no-to-ne  [mo-no-ton]  monotonous,  have 
ofM'n  o,  as  do  foreign  words:  Ba-by-lo-ne  [l)a-])i-lon];  Her- 
mi-one  [fr-mj.^nj;  Ro-me  [r,)inj.  The  following  words, 
although  here  noted  with  the  open  o,  are  also  pronounced 
with  closed  o:  A-ma-zo-ne  [a-ma-zon];  a-to-me  [a-t.)m]; 
a-to-ne  [a-ton];  au-mo-ne  [o-iii.)ii]  alms;  car-bo-ne  [k;ir- 
l).)n];  hex-a-go-ne  [c-gza-gonl  and  |r-gza-gon];  hip-po- 
dro-me  [i-p.j-dr.ini|;  ma-jor-do-me  [iiia-5.)r-d.)m];  o-zo-ne 


42  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

[o-zon]  and  [o-zon];  te-le-pho-ne  [te-le-fon];  to-me  [torn] 
volume.  In  newly  formed  words  from  foreign  sources 
the  tendency  towards  [o]  is  plain,  as  shown  by  the 
examples. 

113  au  =  [o]  regularly  before  r,  and  in  a  few  isolated 
cases  as  the  following  examples  will  show:  Auch  [0$];  au- 
rai  [o-re]  (I)  shall  have;  au-rais  [o-re]  (I)  should  have;  (the 
closed  0  is  also  heard  in  these  two  verb-forms) :  au-re-o-le 
[o-re-ol]  and  [o-re-ol];  au-gus-te  [o-gyst]  also  [o-gyst];  au- 
to-ri-te  [o-to-ri-te]  and  [o-to-ri-te] ;  Au-xer-re  [o-seir];  cen- 
tau-re  [sa-toir];  Lau-re  [bir];  lau-rier  [lo-rje]  laurel; 
Fau-re  [foir];  Mau-re  [moir]  Moor;  mau-vais  [mo-ve]  and 
[mo-ve]  bad;  Paul  [pol];  res-tau-rant  [rcs-to-ra];  sau-rai 
.[sD-re]  /  shall  know;  sau-rais  [so-re]  I  should  know.  Both 
of  these  verb-forms  parallel  to  au-rai  and  au-rais  have 
also  the  closed  o.  The  tendency  to  replace  the  o  ferme  by 
o  Guvert  is  seen  in  such  popular  words  as  aurai,  aurais, 
saurai,  saurais,  mauvais,  restaurant  (126);  all  words  be- 
ginning with  au-to  have  the  open  rather  than  the  closed 
o:  au-to-mo-bi-le  [o-to-mo-bil]  (109).  Particularly  in  un- 
stressed syllables  au  tends  generally  to  become  open  o. 

113  o  GUvert  [o]  is  the  sound  regularly  heard  in  the 
ending  of  a  few  common  foreign  words  mostly  from  the 
Latin:  al-bum  [al-bom];  a-lu-mi-nium  [a-ly-mi-njom]; 
a-qua-rium  [a-kwa-rjom];  er-ra-tum  [er-ra-tom];  ge-ra- 
nium  [se-ra-njom];  lau-da-num  [lo-da-nom];  max-i-mum 
[mak-si-mom] ;  me-dium  [me-djom];  mi-ni-mum  [mi-ni- 
mom];  mu-se-um  [my-ze-om];  pen-siun  [pe-som]  task; 
rhum  [rom]  rum, 


ORAL   VOWELS  43 

Exercise  XI  on  [o].  Write  and  divide  into  syllables  as  ordi- 
narily done  in  writing  and  printing  the  following  words,  pronounc- 
ing aloud  the  sj-llables  and  the  entire  words  as  3'ou  ^\Tite  them: 
album,  aurai,  aurais;  aureole,  automobile,  bloc,  bonne,  bord,  brosse: 
comme,  dot,  essor,  Faure,  force,  geranium,  golfe,  hopital,  hospice, 
hostile,  hotel,  ignorant,  Laure,  loge,  majordome,  maximum,  mauvais, 
minimum,  objet,  ocean,  octobre,  omnipotent,  orgue,  quotient,  restau- 
rant, robe,  roc,  Rome,  roti,  saurai,  saurais,  sort,  sotte,  tdlephone. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  and  divide  into  syllables  ac- 
cording to  the  spoken  usage,  these  same  words,  pronouncing  aloud 
the  syllables  and  words  as  you  wTite  them  and  using  the  key  alpha- 
bet. 

114  eu  =  [0],  written  eu,  eu,  oeu  (cf.  127);  eu  ferme  as 
in  peu  [p0]  little,  creu-se  [kr0!z]  hollow;  no  very  exact 
efiuivalent  in  English,  l)ut  somewhat  hke  the  vowel  sound 
in  English  hurt  (cf.  4,  note  3).  eu  =  [0]  occurs,  1°  regu- 
larly as  final,  or  before  silent  final  consonants:  bleu  [bl0] 
blue;  dieu  [dj0]  god;  feu  [f0]  fire;  lieu  [lj0]  place;  queue 
[k0]  tail;  final  in  the  first  part  of  a  compound  word:  bleu- 
a-tre  [bl0-a:tr]  bluish;  bleu-et  [bl0-e]  cornflower;  jeu-di 
[30di]  Thursday;  lieu-te-nant  [lj0t-na];  Neu(f)-cha-tel 
[n0-5a-tfl];  before  silent  final  consoniuits:  ceux  [s0]  those; 
creux  [kr0]  hollow;  dieux  [dj0]  gods;  heu-reux  [oe-r0]  happy; 
pieux  [pj0]  pious;  yeux  [j0]  ey/c.9, ^written  oeu  and  eu:.  i 
boeufs  [b0]  oxen;  oeufs  [0]  eggs;  voeux  [v0]  vows;  jeu-ne  Jf\^ 
[50:n]  /a.s-;//?g;  jeu-ner  [50-ne]  to  fast;  the  sound  [0]  is  heard 
in  meu-nier  [m0-nje]  miller,  and  also  not  infrequently  in 
de-jeu-ner  [de-50-ne]  to  breakfast  (118)^ 

115  2"  in  the  endings  -eu-se  [0!z1,  -eu-te  [0t],  -eu-tre 
(0:tr]:  dan-seu-se  [da-s0!z]  dancer;  glo-rieu-se  [gl.)-rj0izl 
glori-ons;  heu-reu-se  f(r-r0:z]  happy;  meu-te  [m0!t]  pack 
(of  houndsj;  feu-tre  [f0-tr]/t7<;  neu-tre  [n0-trj  neutral. 


v^' 


44  TRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

116  Special  cases,  eu  =  the  French  u  sound  [y]  is 
heard  in  the  forms  of  the  verb  a-voir  [a-vwa:r]  to  have, 
wherever  eu  or  eu  is  written:  eue  [y]  had;  nous  eu-mes 
[nuz  y(i)m]  we  had;  qu'ils  eus-sent  [k  ilz  ys]  that  they  might 
have.  For  cases  like  ga-geu-re  [ga-syir]  and  eu  [y], 
eu-mes  [y(!)m],  cf.  77-78.  Eu-ge-ne  and  Eu-ge-nie  are 
pronounced  [0-5e!n]  or  [y-sem],  [0-5e-m]  or  [y-5e-ni]. 

Exercise  XII  on  [0].  Write,  dividing  into  syllables,  when  pos- 
sible, as  ordinarily  written,  the  following  words  pronouncing  aloud 
each  syllable  when  written:  berceuse,  brodeuse,  calfeutre  ceux, 
cieux,  creux,  danseuse,  dieu,  feu,  feutre,  feux,  gueuse,  heureuse, 
jeudi,  jeunesse,  Heu,  lieue,  lieux,  merveilleuse, 
meuniere,  Meuse,  meute,  neutre,  neuvieme, 
nceud,  oeufs,  peureux,  pieux,  precieuse,  queue,  veux,  vieux,  vceu. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  pronouncing  aloud  each  sjd- 
lable  when  written  and  dividing  into  syllables  as  spoken,  these  same 
words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

117  eu  =  [oe],  written  eu,  ceu,  ue  (cf.  127);  open  eu  as 
in  seul  [soel]  alone;  peur  [poeir] /ear;  no  very  exact  equiva- 
lent in  English,  but  somewhat  like  the  vowel  sound  heard 
in  English  hut  or  sir  (cf.  4,  note  3).  When  distinctly 
pronounced,  eu  ouvert  differs  perceptibly  from  eu  ferme 
in  being  more  open. 

118  eu  ouvert  =  [ce]  occurs  regularly  before  pronounced 
consonants  (other  than  s  ( =  z)  and  t) ,  particularly  before 
r,  il,  ill:  beur-re  [boeir]  butter;  de-jeu-ner  [de-3oe-ne]  break- 
fast (cf.  114);  deuil  [doeij]  mourning;  feuil-le  [foe.'j]  leaf; 
fleu-ve  [flceiv]  river;  jeu-ne  [seen]  young;  meu-bles 
[mcebl]  furniture;  neuf  [noef]  nine;  Neuil-ly  [noe-ji];  peu- 
ple  [poepl]  people;  seuil  [sce(:)j]  threshold;  sieur  [sjoeir]  Mr., 


ORAL  yo"WT:Ls  45 

the  said.  oeu  =  [ce]:  boeuf  [boef]  ox;  cceur  [koeir]  heart; 
moeurs  [moers]  customs;  oeuf  [oef]  egg;  CEu-vre  [oe:vrj  work; 
soeiir  [soeir]  sister.  ue  =  [oe]:  ac-cueil  [a-koej]  reception; 
or-gueil  [3r-goe(:)j]  -pride;  re-cueil  [ra-k(E(:)j]  collection. 

Exercise  XIII  on  [ce].  Write,  dividing  into  syllables  when  pos- 
sible, as  ordinarily  done  in  wTiting  and  printing,  the  following 
words,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  as  you  write  them:  ai- 
greur,  accueil,  aveugle,  bonlieur,  chceur,  cceur,  couleuvre,  deuil, 
ccueil,  farceur,  fleurs,  fieuve,  grosseur,  heure,  hauteur,  heurter, 
jeune,  largeur,  leur,  mallieur,  (il)  meurt,  meurtre,  neuf,  odeur,  a'il, 
ceillet,  oeuf,  oeuvre,  orgucil,  pecheur,  peuple,  peupUer,  peur,  i)laidcur, 
preuve,  serviteur,  seuil,  soeur,  veuve. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them  into  syllables  as  spoken,  pronouncing  the  sj'Uables  aloud  as 
you  WTite  them,  using  the  key  alpha})et. 

119  ou  =  [u]  written  ou,  ou  (and  ou  in  the  word  ou  = 
where)  (128);  as  in  tout  [tu]  all;  tour  [tuir]  tower;  about 
a.s  in  English  food,  keeping  tlie  sound  uniformly  close 
throughout,  ou  occurs  as  long  usually  under  the  ordi- 
nary conditions,  that  is,  before  the  voiced  fricatives  [j], 
[v],  [z],  [5]  and  [r]  (13):  a-mour  [a-mu:r]  love;  en-tou-re 
[a-tu!r]  surrounds;  e-pou-se  [c-pu:z]  wife;  jour  [sum]  ddij; 
lou-ve  [Iu:v]  she-wolf;  rou-ge  [ruis]  red.  ou  elsewhere  is 
usually  short:  bouc  [buk]  txid:;  bou-che  [bu^j  nioulJi;  gout 
[gu]  taste;  loup  [luj  wolf;  pou-ce  [pus]  thumb;  tous-se  [tusj 
cov^h. 

Exercise  XIV  on  [u].  Writr;  and  divide  when  possible  into  syl- 
lables, a.s  ordinarily  done?  in  writing  and  j)rinting,  the  follf)wing 
w(»rfls,  pronouncing  aloud  the;  .syllables  as  you  write  tlicin:  amour, 
aoCit,  bijou,  bhm.se,  chou,  coup,  courez,  (il)  coute,  convert,  degoAt, 
doux,  douze,  <>poux,  epoase,  fou,  foulard,  froufrou,  houx,  jaloux, 
jajouae,  joujou,  jour,  laboureur,  loup,  lounl,  J/OurdcH,  louve,  rnou. 


46  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

mousse,  nouveau,  ou,  oil,  pouls,  roux,  sou,  sofil,  sourd,  sourde,  tout 
au  bout,  tous,  (il)  tousse,  toute,  toux,  trou. 

SUPPI.EMENTAKY  ExERCiSE.  Write  these  same  words  and  divide 
them  into  syllables  as  heard  in  spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud 
the  syllables  as  you  WTite  them,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

120  u  =  [y],  wTitten  u  and  u,  as  in  pu  [py]  been  able; 
mur  [myir]  ripe;  pur  [py:r]  pure;  has  no  English  equiva- 
lent; about  like  the  German  ii.  An  approach  to  the 
French  sound  may  be  got  by  trying  to  pronounce  i  =  [i] 
with  the  lips  rounded  out  in  a  position  for  whistling. 

121  u  or  u  =  [y]  occurs  as  long  usually  before  [j],  [v],  [z], 
[5]  and  [r];  elsewhere  usually  as  short,  or  shorter  than  be- 
fore the  voiced  fricatives  and  r:  a-mu-se  [a-myiz];  cuil- 
le-re  [ky-jeir]  spoon;  cu-ve  [kyiv]  tvb;  ju-ge  [syis]  judge; 
mur-mu-re  [myr-myir]  murmurs;  but  [by]  ai7n;  fut  [fy] 
cask;  ru-de  [ryd];  turc  [tyrk]  Turk;  u-ne  [yn]  one. 

Exercise  XV  on  u  =  [y].  Write  the  following  words,  dividing 
them,  when  possible,  into  syllables  as  usual  in  writing  and  printing, 
and  pronounce  aloud  the  sj'Uables  as  you  wTite  them:  allure,  azur, 
calcul,  culbute,  (j')eus,  (qu'il)  etit;  figure,  futur,  gageure,  juste,  lec- 
ture, lu,  lune,  menu,  mu,  multitude,  mur,  murmure,  piqure,  prune, 
revenu,  rupture,  su,  succursale,  sucre,  supputer,  sur,  sure,  tube,  tu- 
bulaire,  tuUe,  tumulte,  Ursule,  utile,  vu. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them  into  syllables  as  usually  pronounced  in  spoken  French,  using 
the  key  alphabet. 


VOWEL   COMBINATIONS  47 


m    VOWEL  COMBINATIONS 

122  Vowel  combinations  representing  simple  sounds: 
ai  (ay,  ai),  ei  (ey,  ei),  au  (eau),  eu  (oeu,  ce,  ue),  ou  (ou, 
ou).  As  the  sounds  themselves  which  these  vowel  com- 
binations respectively  represent,  namely:  [e]  or  [e],  [e],  [o] 
or  [d],  [0]  or  [oe]  and  [u]  have  received  detailed  treatment, 
it  only  remains  here  briefly  to  sununarize  the  subject  for 
convenience  of  reference.  These  combinations  are  kno^vn 
as  digraphs  and  trigraphs, 

123  ai  (ay),  except  as  noted  immediately  below  in  124, 
are  pronounced  [e].  The  sound  occurs  especially  in  the 
combinations:  aie,  air,  aire,  ais,  aise,  aisse,  aix,  as  in 
craie  [krr]  chalk;  chair  [^eir]  flesh;  tai-re  [teir]  to  he 
silent;  chan-tais  [Sa-te]  was  singing;  chai-se  [Sciz]  chair; 
grais-se  [greis]  fat;  paix  [pe]  peace  (84). 

134  ai  is  pronounced  [e]  in  the  auxiliary  form  j'ai  [5  e] 
/  have;  in  the  imperative  forms  a-yez  [e-je]  /?at'e,  anda-yons 
[e-jo]  let  us  have;  whenever  final,  as  in  the  verb-endings: 
je  chan-tai  [39  5a-te]  /  was  singing;  in  the  forms  of  the 
verb  savoir:  je  sais  [50  se]  I  know;  tu  sais  [ty  so]  thou 
knowesl;  il  salt  [il  so]  he  knows;  m  a  few  words  ending  in 
ai:  gai  [ge]  gay;  geai  [5c];  quai  [kc]  quay  (82).  Else- 
where the  coml)ination  ai  is  pronounced  [v]  as  indicated 
in  the  preceding  section. 

125  ei  (ey,  ei)  are  regularly  pronounced  [r]  wherever 
they  occur;  and  y  between  vowels-^^i+i:  as-sey-er  =  " as- 


48  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

sei-ier"  [a-se-je]  to  sit  down;  gras-sey-er  =  " gras-sei-ier " 
[gra-se-je]  to  pronounce  r  with  the  uvula,  a  throat  r  (cf.  159); 
ba-lei-ne  [ba-l8(  On]  whale;  nei-ge  [neis]  snow;  pa-reil-le  [pa- 
re (i)j]  equal;  pei-ne  [pe(:)n]  trouble;  rei-tre  [reitr]  German 
horse-soldier ;  Sei-ne  [sein];  sei-ze  [seiz]  sixteen  (90). 

126  au  (eau)  are  regularly  pronounced  o :  au  [o]  to  the; 
aus-si  [o-si]  also;  beau  [bo]  fine;  ca-deau  [ka-do]  gift;  eau 
[o]  ivater;  nou-veau  [nu-vo]  new  (cf .  102) .  Before  r,  au  is 
regularly  pronounced  as  open  o  [o]:  Lau-re  [lo:r];  lau-rier 
[lo-rje]  laurel;  Mau-re  [moir]  Moor;  res-tau-rant  [res-to- 
ra];  also  in  the  proper  name  Paul  [pol].  In  the  future  and 
conditional  forms  of  avoir,  j 'aural  and  j'aurais,  usage  dif- 
fers: [3  ore],  [3  ore],  and  [3  ore],  [3  ore]  (112). 

137  eu  (eu,  oe,  oeu,  ue  after  c,  q  and  g)  simply  repre- 
sent the  closed  sound  of  eu  =  [0]  (cf.  114),  or  the  open 
sound  of  eu  =  [oe]  (cf.  117).  eu  has  regularly  the  closed 
sound  when  written  eu,  as  in  jeu-ne  [50m]  fasting;  when 
final  or  followed  by  final  consonants;  also,  usually,  before 
s  [  =  z]  or  t  within  the  syllable  of  a  word;  dan-seu-se  [da- 
s0!z]  dancer;  feu-tre  [f0!tr]  felt;  heu-reux  [oe-r0]  happy; 
lieux  [lj0]  places;  neu-tre  [n0-tr]  neuter;  noeud  [n0]  knot; 
peu  [p0]  little;  pre-cieu-se  [pre-sj0!z]  precious;  voeux  [v0] 
voivs.  Elsewhere,  as  before  pronounced  final  consonants, 
and  before  il  or  ille  =  [j],  the  sound  is  that  of  open  eu  =  [oe], 
which  is  less  frequent  than  the  closed  eu  =  [0]:  ac-cueil 
[a-koe(:)j]  welcome;  a-veu-gle  [a-voe-gl]  blind;  boeuf  [beef] 
ox;  jeu-ne  [3a3n]  young;  meu-ble  [moe-bl]  furniture;  neuf 
[noef]  new;  ceil  [oe(!)j]  eye;  oe-il-let  [oe-je]  pink;  or-gueil  [or- 
gce(!)j]  pride;  peu-ple  [poe-pl]  people;  veu-ve  [vceiv]  widow. 


NASAL   VOWELS  49 

128  ou  (ou)  =  [u]  regularly  (119):  bout  [bii]  end; 
e-cou-tez  [e-ku-te]  listen;  gout  [gu]  taste;  jou-jou  [511-5U] 
plaything;  loup  [lu]  wolf;  Lour-des  [lurd];  tous-se  [tus] 
coughs. 

Exercise  XVI  on  vowel  combinations  (digraphs  and  trigraphs) 
representing  simple  sounds.  Arrange  the  following  words  in  groups, 
each  group  illustrating  by  its  examples  one  of  the  sounds  [e],  [e],  [o], 
[j],  [0],  [oe],  [u]:  abbaye,  (j')ai,  anglais,  artichaut,  asseyez,  aurai, 
aurais,  aui-oi-c,  aveugle,  banlieu,  Bcaumarchais,  begayer,  brouter, 
cadeau,  chaine,  choeur,  clouer,  ca-ur,  (je)  conduii-ai,  coiiter,  cueiUir, 
dcblaj^r,  defaut,  dcgout,  dcsormais,  enjeux,  enseigne,  filleul,  fran- 
9ais,  frayeur,  gai,  grasseyer,  gucuse,  gueux,  haleine,  honneur,  (j')irai, 
jeudi,  jeuner,  jeuneur,  jeuneuse,  jouter,  Laure,  manoeuvre,  marais, 
Meaux,  meuble,  moeurs,  noeud,  ceil,  orgueiUeux,  Paul,  peuple,  queue, 
Rabelais,  restaurant,  reltre,  rougeaud,  (il)  sait,  traine,  trou,  vaux. 

Exercise  XVII.  Write  and  divide  into  syllables,  whenever 
possible,  as  usually  done  in  writing  and  printing,  the  above  words, 
pronouncing  aloud  each  syllable  or  word  as  you  write  it. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  and  divide  into  syllables  as 
ordinarily  pronounced  in  spoken  French,  the  above  words,  pronoun- 
cing aloud  the  syllables  and  words  as  you  write  them,  and  using  the 
key  alphabet. 


IV    NASAL  VOWELS   [n],  [e],  [5],  [oe] 

129  Wh{>n  m  or  n  occur  as  final  they  lose  their  value 
as  consonants,  and  form  a  nasal  sound  with  the  preceding 
vowel.  Likewise  when  ending  a  syllable,  and  before  a  con- 
sonant other  than  m  or  n,  tiiey  arc  not  jjronounccd,  but 
serve  simply  to  nasalize  tlie  preceding  vowel.  In  tiiese 
nasal  sounds  n(!ither  m  nor  n  slnjuld  be  heard. 


50  FKENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

130  There  are  four  nasal  sounds  in  French,  each  of 
which  is  represented  by  several  combinations  of  letters. 
The  symbols  for  each  of  the  nasals  are  [a],  [e],  [5],  [oe]. 
As  may  be  inferred  from  these  symbols,  the  nasals  are 
simply  the  oral  vowels  [a],  [e],  [o],  [oe]  nasalized;  that  is, 
the  breath,  instead  of  passing  entirely  through  the  mouth, 
is  partly  turned  aside  through  the  nose  passage.  This 
produces  a  nasal  intonation. 

131  [a],  written  an,  am,  en,  em,  as  in  en  [a]  in,  tan-te 
[tci'.t]  aunt;  about  as  in  English  want  (but  see  4,  note  1), 
an:  an-cien  [ci-sje]  ancient;  banc  [ba]  bench;  en-fant 
[a-fd]  child;  es-pe-ran-ce  [es-pe-ra:s]  hope;  franc  [fru] 
frank;  Fran-ce  [frais];  man-chet-te  [ma-$et]  cuff;  quan- 
ti-te  [ka-ti-te];  sang  [sd]  blood,  am:  am-bu-lan-ce  [fi-by- 
la!s];  am-ple  [d-pl];  cam-pe-ment  [kdp-md]  camping; 
cham-bre  [Sd-br]  chamber;  cham-pa-gne  [Sd-paji];  flam-ber 
[fld-be]  to  blaze;  jam-be  [sdib]  leg;  lam-pe  [Idip]  lamp; 
ram-pant  [rd-pd]  crawling,  en:  en-crier  [d-kri-je]  ink- 
well; en-sem-ble  [d-sd-bl]  together;  en-trer  [d-tre]  to  enter; 
gran-de-ment  [grdd-md]  greatly;  pa-rent  [pa-rd];  pre- 
sen-ce  [pre-zd:s];  ten-tu-re  [td-tyir]  hangings;  ven-dre-di 
[va-dra-di]  Friday;  vio-len-ce  [vjo-ldis].  em:  em-pe-cher 
[d-pE-$e]  to  hinder;  em-pi-re  [d-piir];  en-sem-ble  [d-sd-bl] 
together;  rem-plir  [rd-pliir]  to  fill;  sem-blant  [sd-bld]  ap- 
pearance; sep-tem-bre  [srp-tdib]  September;  tem-pe-te 
[td-pe;t]  tempest;  temps  [td]  ti7ne;  trem-per  [trd-pe]  to  dip. 

132  Special  cases,  -am,  usually  final,  in  most  foreign 
names  (235)  is  not  nasal:  A-bra-ham  [a-bra-am]  (but 
A-dam  [a-dd]);  A-gram  [a-gram];  Am-ster-dam  [am-ster- 
dam] ;  Pri-am  [pri-am] ;  Rot-ter-dam  [ro-ter-dam] ;  Wagram 


NASAL   VOWELS  51 

[va-gram].  am  in  dam-ner,  to  condemn,  and  derivatives, 
is  not  nasal:  [da-ne].  am,  in  other  words  before  n,  is 
pronounced  [am]  as  in  am-nis-tie  [am-nis-ti]  amnesty. 

133  en  final  in  some  foreign  words  (240)  is  not  nasal: 
Bee-tho-ven  [be-to-vcn] ;  hy-men  [i-mcn] ;  spe-ci-men  [spe- 
si-men].  en  in  the  following  words  is  nasal,  although  the 
n  (or  nn)  precedes  a  vowel :  en-i-vrer  [a-ni-vre]  to  intoxi- 
cate; en-no-blir  [ti-no-bliir]  to  ennoble;  en-nui  [d-niii]  te- 
diousness;  en-or-gueil-iir  [d-nor-goe-jiir]  to  make  proud. 

134  em  final  in  foreign  words  (235)  is  not  nasal :  i-dem 
[i-dem];  Je-ru-sa-lem  [se-ry-za-k-m].  emm,  initial,  is 
pronounced  [uni]:  em-me-ner  [dm-ne]  to  lead  aicay;  em- 
ma-ga-si-ner  [d-ma-ga-zi-ne]  to  store,  emm  and  enn,  in  a 
few  words,  are  pronounced  [am]  and  [an]  respectively: 
fem-me  [fam]  woman;  hen-nir  [a-niir]  to  neigh;  nen-ni 
[na-ni]  by  no  means;  so-len-nel  [so-la-ncl]  solemn.  Ad- 
verbs ending  in  -em-ment  are  likewise  pronounced  with 
the  sound  [am]:  ar-dem-ment  [ar-da-nid]  ardently;  pru- 
dem-ment  [pry-da-md]  prudently;  re-cem-ment  [re-sa-niu] 
recently. 

Exercise  XVIII  on  an,  am,  en,  em  =  [a].  Write  the  following 
words,  dividing  thorn,  when  possible,  into  syllables  as  usual  in  writ- 
ing and  printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  as  you  write  them: 
Adam,  blanc,  blanche,  camp,  cancan,  centre,  champ,  changcant, 
chanter,  dans,  dansant,  dent,  empire,  emploi,  en,  enfant,  entendant, 
entrant,  flambeau,  franc,  gcndic,  grande,  Jean,  lampe,  lente,  nian- 
gcant,  mernbre,  patience,  plante,  prendre,  quand,  ramj)e,  sang,  as- 
Hcinblant,  s'en,  sens,  terni)Ic. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  when  possibh,-,  into  syllaliles  as  usually  pronounced  in  spoken 
I'rench,  using  the  key  alphabet. 


52  FEENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

135  [e],  written  in,  im,  yn,  ym,  ain,  aim,  ein,  eim;  and 

en,  when  final,  or  followed  by  s  of  the  plural  after  i  or 
y,  likewise  in  forms  from  tenir  and  venir,  as  in  vin  [ve] 
wine;  tein-te  [teit]  color;  about  as  in  English  anger, 
avoiding  the  g  sound,  in:  in-stinct  [es-te];  lu-trin  [ly-tre] 
reading-desk;  re-din-go-te  [rg-de-got]  frock  coat,  im:  im- 
be-ci-le  [e-be-sil];  lim-bes  [leib]  limbo;  sim-ple  [seipl].  jm: 
la-rynx  [la-re  iks];  sjm-ta-xe  [se-taks];  S5m-the-se  [se-teiz] 
synthesis,  jrm:  nym-phe  [neif];  sym-pa-thie  [se-pa-ti] 
sym-pathij;  thym  [tt]  thyme,  ain:  main-te-nant  [mgt-na] 
now;  pain  [pr]  bread;  vain-crez  [v8-kre]  (you)  will  conquer. 
aim:  daim  [de]  deer;  es-saim  [e-se]  swann;  faim  [fe]  hun- 
ger, ein:  cein-tu-re  [se-tyir]  belt;  des-sein  [de-se]  draw- 
ing; pein-tu-re  [pg-tyir]  -{minting,  eim:  R(h)eims  [rc:s]. 
en,  when  final,  or  followed  by  s  of  the  plural,  after  i  or  y : 
chiens  [5je]  dogs,  lien  [Ije]  bond;  rien  [rje]  nothing;  Tro-yen 
[trwa-je]  Trojan,  en  in  forms  from  tenir  and  venir:  tient 
[tje]  (he)  holds;  viens  [vje]  come. 

Note,  ien  when  not  final,  and  not  occurring  in  the  forms  of  tenir 
and  venir,  has  in  many  cases  the  sound  [ja],  as  in  cli-ent  [kh-ja]; 
con-sci-ence  [k5-sja:s];  o-be-dience  [o-be-dju:s];  o-rient  [^rja];  pa- 
tience [pa-sju:s];  science  [sja:s]. 

136  Special  cases.  The  sound  [e]  is  heard:  in  the  sec- 
ond part  of  the  diphthongs  een  (ien  and  yen,  as  just 
stated  above  under  en,  when  final,  etc.),  oin,  uin.  een: 
eu-ro-pe-en  [ce-ro-pe-e]  European;  ly-ce-en  [li-se-e]  stu- 
dent at  a  lycee;  ven-de-en  [va-de-e]  of  the  department  of  the 
Vendee,  oin:  coin  [kwc]  corner;  join-dre  [sweidr}  to  join; 
poin-tu-re  [pwg-ty:r]  size,  uin:  juin  [5qe]  June;  quin-tu- 
ple  [k£-ty-pl]  fivefold;  suin-ter  [sqc-te]  to  ooze,  sweat. 


NASAL   VOWELS  53 

137  [e],  written  en,  is  the  sound  heard  in  a  number  of 
foreign  words:  A-ben-ce-ra-ge  [a-l)?-se-rai5];  a-gen-da 
[a-58-da]  memorandum-book;  ap-pen-di-ce  [a-pe-dis]  ap- 
pendix; Ben-gale  [be-gal];  ben-ga-li  [be-ga-H]  of  Bengal; 
Ben-ja-min  [be-5a-m£];  ben-zi-ne  [be-zin];  com-pen-dium 
[ko-pe-djam];  ex-a-men  [eg-za-me]  examination;  ex-ten-so 
[cks-t8-so]  (in)  extenso;  Ma-gen-ta  [ma-5e-ta];  Ma-ren-go 
[ma-re-go];  Mem-phis  [me-fi:s];  pen-sum  [pg-som]  task; 
Penn-syl-va-nie  [pe-sil-va-ni]  (270);  rho-do-den-dron  [ro- 
do-de-dro];  Ru-bens  [ry-ljeis]. 

138  Initial  in,  inn,  im,  imm,  l^efore  a  vowel  (or  silent 
h)  is  not  nasal,  in:  in-a-per-fu  [i-na-per-sy]  unperceived; 
in-er-te  [i-nert]  iyierl;  in-ha-bi-le  [i-na-bil]  incapable,  inn: 
in-ne  [in-ne]  inborn;  in-no-cent  [i-no-sa];  in-nom-bra-ble 
[i-no-bral)]]  innumerable,  im:  i-ma-ge  [i-mai.s] ;  i-mi-ta-ble 
[i-mi-ta-bl] ;  and  when  not  initial,  also,  as  iu  li-mon  [li-in:)] 
shaft,  imm:  im-ma-cu-le  [i-ma-ky-le]  immaculate;  im- 
men-se  [i-niuis];  im-mi-gra-tion  [i-mi-gro-sj5]. 

139  im  or  imm  final  in  foreign  words  is  not  nasal: 
E-phra-im  [c-fra-im];  Grimm  [grim];  Se-lim  [se-lim]. 

140  ymn  is  pronounced  [imn]:  gym-na-se  [3ini-n(i!z] 
gymna.'iium;  hym-ne  [inni]  hymn;  Po-lym-nie  [p,)-lini-ni]. 

Exercise  XIX  on  in,  im,  yn,  ym,  ain,  aim,  ein,  eim  and  en  (inal 
after  i  or  y,  all  cciuivalont  to  the  sound  [c].  Write  the  followiiiK 
words,  dividing  tliem,  when  poHsil)le,  into  syllables  as  usual  in  writ- 
ing and  printing,  pronouneing  aloud  the  syllables  or  words  when  writ- 
ten: ainsi,  anK'Ticain,  anden,  bien,  chien,  coquin,  crin,  daini,  faini, 
feindre,  fin,  foin,  frein,  index,  joindre,  juin,  lin,  linipide,  loin,  lynx, 
mainte,  niaintien,  niarin,  Martin,  moins,  moyen,  nyrnphe,  Oiynipe, 


54  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

pain,  peinture,  pin,  rein,  R(h)eims,  Rhin,  soin,  sain,  sein,  simple, 
tient,  viens. 

SuppLEMENTABT  ExERCisE.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  when  possible,  into  syllables  as  usually  pronounced  in  spo- 
ken French,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

141  [5],  written  on,  om,  as  in  blon-de  [bloid]  blond; 
trom-pe  [troip]  horn;  about  as  in  English  song,  avoiding 
the  g  sound.  The  sound  [5]  should  be  pronounced  with 
the  lips  nearly  closed,  on:  an-non-ce  [a-nois]  announce- 
ment; ac-tion  [ak-sjo];  cir-con-stan-ce  [sir-kos-ta:s]  cir- 
cumstance; chan-son  [^a-so]  song;  con-te  [koit]  story; 
on-cle  [5-kl]  uncle,  om:  comp-te  [koit]  account;  comp- 
tons  [ko-to]  let  us  count;  plomb  [pl3]  lead;  sur-nom  [syr-n5] 
surname;  tom-be  [t3:b]  tomb;  trom-per  [tro-pe]  to  deceive. 

142  Special  cases.  [3]  is  the  sound  heard  in  foreign 
words  which  are  written  with  un,  as  in  Bruns-wick  [br5s- 
vik];  de  pro-fun-dis  [de  pro-fo-dis];  Dun-can  [d5-ka]; 
Dun-kerque  [do-kerk];  Gun-ther  [go-teir];  punch  [p5:5]; 
se-cun-do  [so-go-do];  and  in  foreign  words  written  with 
um  (not  final,  see  235)  as  in  lum-ba-go  [lo-ba-go];  Hum- 
bert [o-beir];  re-sump-tion  [re-zop-sj3]. 

on  =  [9]  in  mon-sieur  [nid-sj0]  sir. 

143  om  is  not  nasal  (234,  237)  when  followed  by  n:  au- 
tom-nal  [o-tom-nal]  autumnal  (but  in  au-tom-ne  the  m  is 
silent  [o-ton]  autumn);  ca-lom-nie  [ka-lora-ni]  calumny; 
om-ni-bus  [om-ni-bys];  om-ni-po-tent  [om-ni-po-ta] ;  om- 
ni-science  [om-ni-sjais];  om-ni-vo-re  [om-ni-voir]  om- 
nivorous; som-nam-bu-le  [som-na-byl]  somnambulist; 
som-no-lent  [som-no-lci]. 


NASAL  VOWELS  55 

Exercise  XX  on  on,  om  =  [3].  Write  the  following  words,  di- 
viding them,  when  possible,  into  sj'Uables  as  usual  in  writing  and 
printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  or  words  when  WTitten: 
bonte,  Chalons,  Colomb,  comble,  comptons,  conge,  conte,  demon, 
dompter,  Domremy,  Fenelon,  fonction,  fond,  font,  legon,  Londrcs, 
longue,  monte,  ombrelle,  ombre,  onclc,  onction,  onze,  plonger, 
pompe,  promptitude,  pronom,  prononciation,  rompre,  il  rompt, 
ronde,  savon,  surnom,  tombeau. 

SuppLEAfENTARY  ExERCisE.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  when  possible,  into  syllables  as  usually  pronounced  in  spoken 
French,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

144  [de],  written  un,  um,  eim,  as  in  chacun,  humble,  a 
jeun;  about  as  in  English  sung,  avoiding  the  g  sound. 
un:  au-cun  [o-kce]  no  one;  brun  [brcc]  brown;  com-mun 
[ko-mde]  common;  de-funt  [de-fce]  deceased;  em-prun-te 
[d-proe:t]  loan,  um:  hum-ble-ment  [oc-blo-ma]  humblij; 
par-fum  [par-foe]  -perfume,  eun:  a  jeun  [a  5de]  fasting; 
Meung  [mce].  For  un  and  um  in  foreign  words  =  [5], 
see  142. 

145  In  a  few  words,  mostly  Latin,  and  in  quite  general 
use  in  French  (235),  final  um  is  pronounced  cm  with- 
out nasality,  that  is  [.)m] :  ad  li-bi-tum  [ad  li-bi-t.)m] ;  al- 
bum [al-bom];  com-pen-dium  [k5-pe-djom];  de-co-rum 
[dc-ko-rom];  max-i-mum  [uiak-si-ni.)iii];  mi-ni-mum  [lui- 
ni-m.jm];  mu-se-um  |niy-zc-om];  pen-sum  [pf--s.jni]  extra 
task  (at  school);  post-scrip-tum  [p.)st-skrip-t.Mn];  o-pium 
[o-pj;)m];  rhum  [rjnij  rum;  Te  Deum  [te  de-Jin];  va-de- 
me-cum  [va-de-ine-k;)in]. 

Exercise  XXI  on  un,  um,  eun.  \\  rile  the  followiiif^  words,  divid- 
ing them,  when  possible,  iiilo  .syllables  as  usual  in  wiitiiif!;  ami  print- 


56  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

ing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  or  words  as  you  write  them: 
alun,  Autun,  brun,  chacun,  conimun,  defunt,  d'un,  emprunt,  em- 
prunter,  les  Huns,  humble,  humblement,  importun,  a  jeun,  Lauzun, 
I'un,  lundi,  Melun,  Mehung,  Meung,  parfum,  quelqu'un,  qu'un. 

Supplementary  Exercise  A.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  when  possible,  into  syllables  as  usually  pronounced  in  spoken 
French,  using  the  key  alphabet,  and  pronouncing  aloud  each  syllable 
or  word  as  you  write  it. 

Supplementary  Exercise  B,  on  the  four  nasals  [a],  [e],  [5],  [de]. 
Pronounce  aloud  the  following  words  or  nasal  sounds:  anse,  pince, 
onze,  unze*;i  ban,  bain,  bon,  bun*;  bande,  binde,  bonde,  bunde*; 
camp,  qu'in,  qu'on,  qu'un;  campe,  quinte,  conte,  qu'unze*;  dent, 
daim,  don,  d'un;  en,  in,  on,  un;  fend,  fin,  fond,  fun*;  gant,  gain, 
gond,  gun*;  Jean,  geindre,  jonc,  jeun;  I'an,  lin,  Ton,  I'un;  langue, 
linge,  longe,  leunge*;  m'en,  main,  mon,  Meung;  Nantes,  nain,  non, 
nun*;  pende,  pain,  pont,  pun*;  rang,  rein,  rond,  run*;  sang,  sainte, 
sonde,  sun*;  tante,  teinte,  tondre,  Autun;  vende,  vin,  vont,  vun*. 

Supplementary  Exercise  C.  Write  out  these  same  words,  in- 
dicating their  pronunciation  by  means  of  the  key  alphabet,  and  pro- 
nouncing them  aloud  as  you  write  them. 

146  Whenever  an,  in,  on,  un,  or  the  combinations 
forming  the  nasal  sounds,  precede  a  vowel,  or  whenever 
the  m  or  n  is  doubled,  these  combinations  do  not  then  pro- 
duce nasal  sounds.  In  such  cases  the  n  or  m  goes  with 
the  following  vowel  to  begin  another  syllable:  an-nee 
[a-ne]  year;  bon-ne  [bon]  good;  en-ne-mi  [rn-mi]  enemy; 
e-tren-nes  [e-trcn]  gifts;  hon-ne-te-te  [o-net-te]  honesty; 
ho-no-ra-ble  [o-no-ra(!)bl];.in-a-ni-me  [i-na-ni-me]  inani- 
mate; in-at-ten-tif  [i-na-td-tif]  inattentive;  in-no-cent 
[i-no-sa];  im-mi-gra-tion  [i(m)-mi-gra-sj5];  pa-no-ra-ma 
[pa-no-ra-ma] ;  pro-chai-ne  [pro-^cn]  next. 

1  The  starred  forms  are  not  real  words. 


THE    SEMI-VOWELS  57 

147  To  the  above  important  principle,  a  few  words 
form  exception.  Those  most  frequently  heard  are:  em- 
ma-ga-si-ner  [a-ma-ga-zi-ne]  to  store;  en-i-vrer  [a-ni-vre] 
to  intoxicate,  and  derivatives;  en-or-gueil-lir  [a-nor-gcE-jiir] 
to  make  proud;  en-nui  [a-nqi]  tediousness,  and  derivatives. 

148  Although  such  words  as  the  examples  given  in  146 
are  divided,  when  written  and  printed,  as  shown,  neverthe- 
less, when  pronounced,  they  are  divided  on  the  principle 
that,  whenever  possible,  each  syllable  begins  with  a  con- 
sonant and  ends  with  a  vowel;  and  that  double  conso- 
nants are,  as  a  rule,  the  same  as  though  single  (35). 

Exercise  XXII  on  words  containing  n  or  m,  in  which  the  n  or 
m  preserves  its  own  sound  and  therefore  does  not  unite  with  a  pre- 
ceding vowel  to  form  a  nasal  sound.  Write  the  following  words,  di- 
viding them  into  syllables  as  written  and  printed,  pronouncing  aloud 
the  syllables  and  words  as  you  write  them :  abonn6,  ananas,  Anna, 
annales,  annoter,  annuel,  amateur,  canne,  Emma,  Emmanuel,  curo- 
peenne,  homme,  image,  imminent,  immodeste,  inne,  innocemment, 
innover,  inodore,  inoui,  lunatique,  mienne,  monarque,  moyenne, 
onereux,  sommite,  sonnette,  unaninie. 

SuppLEMENTAKY  ExEKCiSE.  Write  thcsc  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  pronounced  in  spoken 
French,  using  the  key  alphabet. 


V    THE   SEMI-VOWELS   [j],  [w],  [m1 

149  Wiicn  any  one  of  tlie  vowels  i  (y),  o,  u,  or  the  group 
ou  stands  immediately  before  another  vowel,  the  quality 
of  these  vowels,  by  coalescing  with  the  following  vowel, 
is  slightly  changed,  and  instead  of  a  simple  vowel  sound, 


(    68  y  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

there  results  what  is  called  a  semi-vowel,  known  also  by 
the  terms  semi-consonant  and  diphthong. 

150  The  French  somids  are  not  real  diphthongs,  such 
as  are  heard  in  the  English  words  time,  loud,  noise.  In 
all  so-called  French  "diphthongs"  (except  vowel +il,  111  = 
[j])  it  is  the  second  element  that  bears  the  stress;  that 
is,  the  so-called  French  "diphthongs"  are  rising,  unlike 
the  genuine  English  diphthongs,  as  in  the  words  just 
cited,  which  are  falling.  Semi-vov/els,  in  the  French 
sense  of  the  term  as  here  used,  exist  in  English.  The 
first  element  in  English  year  is  an  example  of  a  semi- 
vowel, being  about  halfway  between  vocalic  ear  and  con- 
sonantal jeer. 

151  The  way  in  which  the  semi-vowels  occur  may  be 
seen  at  a  glance  by  citing  examples  illustrating  the  most 
usual  combinations  in  which  each  of  the  French  vowels 
i  (y),  0,  u  and  group  ou  combine  Avith  a  vowel  immedi- 
ately following.  In  these  combinations  the  voice  rests 
upon  the  second  element,  the  first  being  pronounced 
quick  and  short. 

153  The  semi-vowel  [j]  is  represented  in  French  by  i+ 
vowel  in  the  combinations  written:  ia,  iai,  ie,  ie,  ie,  io, 
iau,  ieu,  iu  and  y  before  a  vowel,  as  in  the  following  ex- 
amples: ia,  ya  =  [ja]:  fia-cre  [fja-kr]  hack;  hya-cin-the  [ja- 
S8!t];  pia-no  [pja-no];  so-cial  [so-sjal].  iai  =  [je]:  liai-son 
[Ije-zo]  linking;  niais  [nje]  silly;  re-mer-ciait  [ro-mer-sje] 
thanked;  ves-tiai-re  [vcs-tjeir]  cloak-room,  ie,  ie  =  [je]: 
a-mi-tie  [a-mi-tje]  friendship;  frui-tier  [frqi-tje]  fruit-sel- 


THE   SEMI-VOWELS  59 

ler;  lier  [Ije]  to  bind;  pied  [pje]  foot;  pi-tie  [pi-tje]  pity. 
ie,  ie  =  [je]:  hier  [jc:r]  yesterday;  lie-vre  [Ijcivr]  hare; 
nie-ce  [njes].  ieu  =  [j0]:  dieu  [dj0]  god;  lieu  [Ij0]  place; 
mon-sieur  [ma-sj0]  sir.  iau  =  [jo]:  miau-ler  [mjo-le]  to 
mew;  piau-ler  [pjo-le]  to  whine.  io  =  [j.)]:  i-dio-te  [i-djot] 
idiot;  myo-pe  [mjop]  near-sighted;  vio-let-te  [vjo-lrt]  niolet. 
iu  =  [jy]:  re-liu-re  [ra-ljj-ir]  binding;  sciu-re  [sjyir]  saw- 
dust. 

153  As  the  examples  show,  every  i  (y)  followed  by  a 
vowel  is  pronounced  [j].  Thus  the  adverb  y  [i]  there  be- 
comes [j]  when  preceding  a  word  beginning  with  a  vowel: 
fa  y  est  [sa  j  e]  that's  it ;  il  y  a  [il  j  a]  there  is;  il  y  en  a  [il  j  d  na] 
there  are  some;  ou  y  a-t-il?  [u  j  a  t  il]  where  are  there?  But 
when  the  i  is  preceded  l)y  two  or  more  consonants  in  a 
group,  as  bl,  br,  gl,  gr,  pi,  pr,  tl,  tr,  then  the  i  may  pre- 
serve its  full  vowel  quality  before  another  vowel,  or  may 
have  the  [j]  sound:  fa-bli-au  [fa-})li-o]  medieval  tale  (in 
verse);  fe-vri-er  [fe-vri-e]  February;  pri-er  [pri-e]  to  pray; 
qua-tri-e-me  [ka-tri-em]  fourth :  sem-bli-ez  [sd-bli-e]  (j'ou) 
seemed;  tri-a-ge  ftri-a:^]  sorting.  Under  these  circum- 
stances it  is  ol)viuusly  not  so  easy  to  pronounce  [j]. 

154  y  l)cfore  vowels  usually  represents  the  sound  [j]: 
hya-cin-the  [ja-sfit];  yeux  [jo]  eyes;  Yo-lan-de  [j.)-lu:d]; 
yo-le  [j.)l].  y  between  vowels  is  equivalent  to  i+i: 
payer,  to  pay  =  "pa\-\or"  [pc-je],  the  first  i,  when  united 
with  the  preceding  a,  forming  simply  a  digraph  rejircsent- 
ing  the  simple  sound  [v],  and  the  second  retaining  its 
consonantal  value  of  [j],  the  result  being  [pr-je].  Like 
cases  are:  cray-on  [kn:-j5]  pencil;  doy-en  [dwa-jt]  dean; 


60  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

es-say-er  [e-se-je]  to  try;  foy-er  [fwa-je]  hearth;  moy-en 
[mwa-je]  means;  voy-el-le  [vwa-jel]  vowel.  Exceptions  in 
which  no  digraph  with  the  preceding  a  is  formed  occur 
in  a  few  proper  nouns  or  adjectives  therefrom:  Ba-yeux 
[ba-j0];  Ba-yon-ne  [ba-jon];  La  Fa-yet-te  [la  fa-jet];  Fa- 
yen-ce  [fa-jais];  Ma-yen-ce  [ma-juis];  ma-yon-nai-se  [ma- 
jo-neiz]. 

155  il  after  a  vowel,  at  the  end  of  a  word,  as  in  tra- 
vail [tra-vaij]  work;  and  ill  within  a  syllable,  or  before  a 
final  mute  e,  as  in  ba-tail-lon  [ba-ta-j5]  hatallion;  ba- 
tail-le  [ba-taij]  battle,  represent  the  sound  [j].  These 
cases  are  taken  up  under  so-called  "liquid  1,"  which  rep- 
resents the  sound  of  English  y  in  year  (225). 

Exercise  XXIII  on  the  semi-vowel  [j],  written  la,  iai,  ie,  ie,  ie, 
10,  iau,  ieu,  iu,  and  y  before  a  vowel.  Write  the  following  words,  di- 
viding them,  when  possible,  into  syllables  as  ordinarily  done  in 
writing  and  printing,  and  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  or  words 
as  you  write  them:  aieul,  alUer,  bestiaire,  baionette,  bien,  canaille, 
cerisier,  chien,  diete,  effrayer,  enthousiasme,  entier,  entiere,  espion- 
nage,  famille,  fier,  hier,  hygiene,  liasse,  Her,  loyal,  mediocre,  miette, 
mieux,  milieu,  negociait,  pieu,  pioche,  rayon,  rien,  violon,  yacht, 
yeux,  yole. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  pronounced  in  spoken 
French,  using  the  key  alphabet,  and  pronouncing  aloud  the  words 
or  syllables  as  you  write  them. 

156  The  semi-vowel  [w],  which  sounds  like  the  English 
w  in  won,  though  more  tense,  results  from  vowel*  combina- 
tions written:  oi,  oi,  oy,  oe,  oe,  oua,  oua,  oue,  cue,  oui, 
oueu,  ua.  The  following  examples  illustrate  common 
cases  under  each  combination:  oi,  oi,  oy  =  [wa]:  boi-te 


THE    SEMI-VOWELS  61 

[bwa:t]  box;  e-toi-le  [e-twal]  star;  ci-toy-en  [si-twa-je]  citi- 
zen; moi  [mwa]  me;  moy-en  [mwa-jr]  means;  toi  [twa] 
thee;  soi  [swa]  oneself;  voi-sin  [vwa-ze]  ncighhor.  oi,  oe, 
oe  =  {wa]:  a-droi-te  [a-drwat]  skilful;  bois  [bvva]  wood; 
croix[krwa]  cross;  frois-se  [frwas]  crumples;  moel-le  [mwal] 
marrow;  mois  [mwa]  month;  pa-rois-se  [pa-rwas]  parish; 
poe-le  [pwail]  stove.  As  to  the  quality  of  the  a  sound  in 
words  in  oi,  whether  [a]  or  [a],  there  is  no  absolute  rule, 
the  conditions  being  those  for  [a]  and  [a],  usage  varying 
considerably  (cf .  62) .  oua,  oua  -=  [wa] :  bi-vouac  [bi-vwak] ; 
doua-ne  [dwan]  custom-house;  goua-che  [gwaS]  body-color; 
loua-mes  [Iwam]  (we)  praised;  oua-te  [wat]  wadding. 
cue,  cue  =  [we];  ba-fouer  [ba-fwc]  to  baffle;  jouer  [3we]  to 
play;  lone  [Iwe]  hired.  oue  =  [wr]:  chouet-te  [Swet]  owl; 
jouet  [5wr]  plaything;  rouet  [rwr]  spinning-wheel.  oui  = 
[\vi]:  en-fouir  [u-fwiir]  to  bury;  e-va-nouir  [e-va-nwiir]  to 
vanish;  Louis  [Iwi];  Loui-se  [Iwiiz];  ouir  [wiir]  to  hear; 
rejouir  [re-swiir]  to  rejoice.  oueu  =  [w0]:  boueux  [bw0] 
muddy;  joueu-se  [5W0:z]  player;  noueux  [iiw0]  knotty. 
oueu  =  [wa']:  joueur  [swcnr]  player;  loueur  [lwce:r]  one 
who  praises.  ua  =  [wa]  after  q  in  a  number  of  words, 
some  of  the  commoner  of  which  are:  a-de-quat  [a-de-kwa] 
adequate;  a-qua-ti-que  [a-kwa-tik]  aquatic;  a-qua-rel-le 
[a-kwa-rcl];  a-qua-rium  [a-kwa-^-jom];  e-qua-teur  [e-kwa- 
t(i":r]  equator;  e-qua-tion  [e-kw(i-sj.j];  quartz  [kwarts]; 
squa-re  [skwair];  also  ua  =  [wa]  after  g  in  a  few  words, 
mostly  foreign:  al-gua-zil  fal-gwa-zil]  constable;  Gua-dal- 
qui-vir  [gwa-d:il-ki-vi:rj;  Gua-de-lou-pe  [gwad-lup];  gua- 
no [gwa-no];  Gua-te-ma-la  [gwa-te-ma-la] ;  lin-gual  [\l- 
gwal];  —  but  note  that  this  does  not  apply  to  French 
verb-endings  as  in  fa-ti-gua  [fa-ti-ga]  (he)  fatigued;  con- 


62  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

ju-guant    [ko-5y-ga]    conjugating;   dis-tin-gua    [dis-te-ga] 

(he)  distinguished. 

157  w  and  wh  =  [w]  in  some  English  words :  sand-wich 
[sa-dwitS];  tramway  [tra-mwe];  whis-key  [wi-ske];  whist 
[wist]. 

Exercise  XXIV  on  the  semi-vowel  [w],  written  oi,  oi,  oy,  oe,  oe, 
oua,  oua,  cue,  cue,  oui,  oueu,  ua  in  some  words  after  q  and  g,  and  w 
in  a  few  words  from  English.  Write  the  following  words,  dividing 
them,  when  possible,  into  syllables  as  ordinarily  done  in  WTiting  and 
printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  or  words  as  you  WTite  them : 
aboyer,  aquarelle,  aquatique,  bafouer,  bois,  coin,  croyez,  (il)  doua, 
douane,  Edouard,  cpanouir,  equation,  cvanoui,  foi,  fouace,  foyer, 
fouet,  joindre,  jouai,  joueur,  lingual,  loin,  louange,  loyer,  Louis, 
Louise,  moelleux,  moellon,  mois,  nettoyer,  noire,  noix,  noyau,  ouate, 
oui,  poelee,  poelette,  poeher,  poids,  poix,  quadrupede,  roi,  royal, 
royaume,  sandwich,  territoire,  trois,  troyen. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  pronounced  in  spoken 
French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  words  or  syllables  as  you  write  them, 
using  the  key  alphabet. 

158  The  semi-vowel  [xj],  written  only  u,  as  in  buis  [bqi] 
boxwood;  cuir  [kqiir]  leather;  fruit  [frqi]  is  the  result  of 
the  vowel  combinations  written  ua,  ua,  ue,  ue,  ue,  ui 
(uy),  ueu.  [ii]  is  a  French  u  lightly  pronounced,  just  as 
[j]  is  an  i  lightly  pronounced,  and  [w]  an  ou  lightly  pro- 
nounced. But  with  the  vowels  u,  i,  ou,  it  is  the  vocalic 
quality  of  the  vowel  which  predominates,  while  in  the 
case  of  their  fricative  correspondents  [\\],  [j],  [w],  owing 
to  the  narrowing  of  the  air  passage,  it  is  the  fricative 
quality  that  is  noticeable.  The  sound  [\\]  is  one  of  the 
most  difficult  of  the  French  sounds  to  acquire.    Begin  by 


THE   SEMI-VOWELS  G3 

pronouncing  first  the  vowel  u  and  then  the  following 
vowel,  which  accompanies  and  makes  up  the  semi-vowel 
[q],  slowly,  and  with  equal  emphasis,  as  in  lui  [liji]  to  him; 
increase  the  speed,  and  finally  pronounce  both  quickly, 
resting  lightly  on  the  u  and  placing  the  emphasis  on  the 
following  vowel  i. 

159  Distinguish  carefully  between  French  Louis  [Iwi] 
and  lui  [Iqi]  to  him;  and  avoid  such  English  pronuncia- 
tions as  "Bossway"  for  French  Bos-suet  [bo-sqc],  and 
"poui"  for  French  puis  [pqi].  Moreover,  as  y  between 
vowels  =  i+i  (see  125),  care  should  be  taken  to  pronounce 
words  like  ap-puy-er  =  [a-pqi-je]  to  lean  upon  (not  a-pqi-e), 
and  in  like  manner  es-suy-er  should  be  pronounced 
[e-sqi-je]  (and  not  e-sqi-e);  that  is,  the  presence  of  the 
semi-vowel  in  ui+i  in  such  words  should  be  heard  just 
before  the  second  i  and  not  simply  the  semi-vowel  ui 
alone. 

160  Examples  of  [q]  resulting  from  the  vowel  combina- 
tions ua,  ua,  ue,  ue,  ue,  ui  (uy),  ueu  follow:  ua,  ua  =  [qa]: 
ar-gua-mes  [ar-gqam]  (we)  argued;  nua-ge  [nqais]  cloud; 
sua  [sqo]  (he)  suraied;  sua-ve  [sqaiv].  ue,  ue  =  [qe]:  nuee 
[nqe]  cloud;  puer  [pqej  to  Mink;  tuer  [tqe]  to  kill,  ue,  ue  = 
[qr]:  muet  [mqe]  mute;  ruel-le  [rqrl]  la7ie;  sue-rent  [sqeir] 
(tlicy)  sweated,  ui  (uy)  =  [qi]:  buis  [bqi]  bo.rrrood;  es- 
suy-er  [e-sqi-je]  to  wipe;  lui  [iqi]  to  Jiim;  pluie  [plqi]  rain; 
tuy-au  [tqi-jo]  tube;  sui-vre  [sqi-vr]  to  follow.  ueu  =  [q0]: 
rueu-se  frqt5:z]  kicker;  tueu-se  ftqOiz]  slayer.  ueu  =  [q(p]: 
lueur  [liia'ir]  (jlinnner;  sueur  [sqceir]  sweat;  tueur  [tqa'ir] 
slayer. 


64  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

Exercise  XXV  on  the  semi-vowel  [q],  written  ua,  ua,  oeue,  ue,  ue, 
ui  (uy),  ueu.  Write  the  following  words,  dividing  them,  when  pos- 
sible, into  syllables  as  ordinarily  done  in  writing  and  printing,  pro- 
nouncing aloud  the  syllables  or  words  as  you  write  them :  annuaire, 
annuel,  appuyer,  bruine,  bruire,  buis,  cuir,  cuisine,  cuivre,  duel, 
^cuelle,  effectuerent,  essuyer,  fruit,  fruitier,  huile,  huissier,  lui,  man- 
su6tude,  mue,  puis,  puisque,  ruade,  rue,  ruelle,  rueuse,  ruine,  ruis- 
seau,  Stuart,  sua,  suaire,  suave,  sueur,  tua,  tueirr,  tueuse,  tuile, 
tuileries,  tuyau. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  usual  in  spoken  French, 
pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  or  words  as  you  write  them. 

161  The  semi-vowels  [j],  [w],  [q]  combine  with  the  nasal 
vowels  [a],  [e],  [5],  [ce]  to  form  the  so-called  French  nasal 
diphthongs.  Otherwise  stated:  The  nasal  vowels  an,  in, 
on,  un  —  or  in  whatever  other  way  they  may  be  written 
• — coalesce  with  a  preceding  i  (y),  o,  ou,  u  (the  vowels 
that  may  begin  a  so-called  diphthong  in  French,  149), 
and  form  nasal  diphthongs  written:  ian,  ien,  ion,  oin, 
ouan,  Guen,  ouin,  ouon,  uan,  uin,  uon. 

162  ian  and  ien  (not  final  nor  in  the  forms  of  tenir 
and  venir,  135  and  Note) :  con-fian-ce  [ko-fjciis]  confidence; 
e-tu-diant  [e-ty-dja]  student;  ne-go-ciant  [ne-go-sja]  mer- 
chant; o-rient  [o-rjci];  pa-tien-ce  [pa-sjais];  scien-ce  [sjais]. 
ien,  yen=[je]  final  and  in  the  forms  of  tenir  and  venir: 
an-cien  [a-sjg]  ancient;  bien  [bje]  well;  com-bien  [ko-bje] 
how  much;  gar-dien  [gar-djc]  guardian;  main-tien  [me-tje] 
support;  moy-en  [mwa-je]  means;  pa-ri-sien  [pa-ri-zje] 
Parisian,  ion  =  [jo]:  ac-tion  [ak-s]5]  (before  ion,  t  is 
usually  sounded  like  s);  con-so-la-tion  [k5-so-la-sj5];  fac- 
tion [fak-sj5];  por-tion  [por-sjo].     oin  =  [we]:  be-soin  [ba- 


i 


CONSONANTS  65 

zwe]  need;  foin  [fwf]  hay;  loin  [Iwe]  /ar;  poing  [pwe]  fist. 
ouan,  ouen  =  [wa]:  E-couen  [e-kwu];  louan-ge  [Iwais] 
praise.  oum  =  [we]:  ba-bouin  [ba-bwe]  baboon;  ba-ra- 
gouin  [ba-ra-gwf]  gibberish;  mar-souin  [mar-swe]  porpoise. 
ouon  =  [w5]:  jouons  [5w5]  let  ns  play;  louons  [hv3]  let  us 
hire;  nouons  [nw3]  let  us  tie.  uan  =  [\\u] :  huant  [i^ci]  hooting; 
re-muant  [r.wniiu]  stirring;  tuant  [tqa]  killing.  uin=[n£-]: 
chuin-ter  [^qe-te]  to  pronounce  [5]  instead  of  [z]  and  [5]  in- 
stead of  [s];  juin  [51(8]  June;  suin-ter  [sqe-te]  to  ooze. 
uon  =  [q3]:  dis-tri-buons  [di-stri-bq3]  let  us  distribute; 
suons  [sqo]  let  us  sweat;  tuons  [tqS]  let  us  kill. 

Exercise  XXVI  on  the  French  nasal  diphthongs.  Write  the  fol- 
lowing words,  dividing  them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  aa 
usual  in  writing  and  printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and 
words  as  you  %\Tite  them:  audience,  au  moins,  avions,  bddouin,  be- 
soin,  chouan,  chr6tient6,  conscience,  douons,  embrj'on,  fiance,  in- 
gredient, itaUen,  jouant,  lion,  mendiante,  muant,  nuance,  pingouin, 
pointe,  quintette,  Quintihen,  quintuple,  rejoindre,  remuons,  Rouen, 
Saint-Ouen,  ecientifique,  suant,  tuons,  viande,  viendra,  vouons. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  pronounced  in  ordinary 
spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and  words  as  j'ou 
write  them,  using  the  key  alphabet. 


VI    CONSONANTS 

163  For  general  distinctions  between  French  and 
English  consonants,  see  7. 

164  Final  consonants,  whether  there  be  one  or  several, 
are  usually  silent.  After  nasal  vowels  this  rule  is  particu- 
larly applicable:  champs  {"^nl  fields;  coup  [ku]  stroke;  doigts 


66  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

[dwo]  fingers ;  dos  [do]  hack;  franc  [fra];  in-stinct  [e-ste];  lit 
[li]  bed;  long  [13];  nez  [ne]  nose;  pieds  [pje]/cef;  prompt  [pro]; 
rond  [ro]  round;  vaincs  [ve]  (I)  conquer.  Exceptions  to  the 
general  rule  wdll  be  found  under  the  respective  consonant. 

165  Final  c,  f,  1,  q,  r  (the  consonants,  barring  q,  in  the 
English  word  careful)  are  usually  pronounced:  a-vec 
[a-vek]  with;  bal  [bal]  bcdl;  car  [ka(!)r]  for;  cinq  [sf  ik]  five; 
chef  [5ef]  chief;  coq  [kok]  cock;  froc  [irok]  frock;  peur  [poeir] 
fear;  sauf  [sof]  except;  vil  [vil]  vile.  IMoreover,  in  the  few 
cases,  mostly  words  of  foreign  origin  or  proper  names,  in 
w^hich  b,  k,  m  and  n  (when  not  nasalizing  the  preceding 
vowel)  occur  as  final,  they  are  usually  pronounced. 

166  In  groups  made  up  of  r+ consonant,  usually  r 
alone  is  sounded:  bord  [boir]  edge;  clerc  [kleir]  clerk;  corps 
[koir]  body;  marc  [ma:r]  grounds  (of  coffee);  nord  [noir] 
7iorth;  pore  [pair]  pork;  sort  [so:r]  lot;  tiers  [tjeir]  third; 
vers  [ve:r]  verse;  vert  [veir]  green. 

167  Double  consonants  (42)  are  in  general  sounded 
as  though  single:  ab-be  [a-be]  abbey;  ar-ri-ver  [a-ri-ve]  to 
arrive;  cas-ser  [ka-se]  to  break;  col-ler  [ko-le]  to  glue;  cou- 
ron-ne  [ku-ron]  crown;  frap-per  [fra-pe]  to  strike;  frot-ter 
[fro-te]  to  rub;  gref-fier  [grc-fje]  bailiff;  ter-ri-ne  [te-rm] 
earthen  pan. 

168  In  some  cases,  double  consonants,  if  not  actually 
heard  as  two  separate  consonants,  are  distinctly  longer 
than  single  consonants.  This  happens:  1°  In  the  future 
and  conditional  of  cou-rir  [ku-riir]  to  run;  mou-rir  [mu- 
ri:r]  to  die;  que-rir  [ke-riir]  to  seek.    2°  In  a  number  of 


CONSONANTS  67 

words  beginning  with  ill-,  imm-,  irr-.  3°  In  a  few 
other  cases.  Cases  of  bb,  dd,  pp,  tt,  are  rare.  Some  com- 
mon cases  of  doubling  or  lengthening  are:  je  cour-rai  [5a 
kur-re]  I  shall  run;  vous  mour-rez  [vu  mur-re]  ijou  will 
die;  lis  quer-ront  [il  krr-ro]  they  will  seek;  il-le-gal  [il- 
le-gal]  illegal;  il-li-mi-te  [il-li-mi-te]  illiniited;  il-lu-sion 
[il-ly-zj5];  il-lus-tre  [il-lystr]  illustrious;  im-ma-nent  [im- 
ma-nci];  im-men-se  [im-mciis];  im-mo-bi-le  [im-mo-bil]  im- 
viovable;  im-mu-ne  [im-myn];  ir-ra-tion-nel  [ir-ra-sjo-nel]; 
ir-re-pa-ra-ble  [ir-re-pa-rabl] ;  ir-ri-tant  [ir-ri-ta]  irritating; 
ir-rup-tion  [ir-ryp-sj5];  al-le-go-ri  [;d-lc-go-ri]  allegory;  al- 
le-guer  [al-Ie-ge]  to  allege;  am-mo-nium  [am-mo-njom]  am- 
monia; an-na-les  [an-nal]  records;  an-na-lis-te  [an-na-list] 
recorder;  hor-ri-ble  [jr-ribl];  in-ne  [in-ne]  inborn;  syl-la-be 
[sil-la(:)b]  syllable. 

169  The  distinction  practically  is  of  no  great  import- 
ance. Outside  of  a  few  cases  such  as  the  above,  it  is 
hardly  perceptible,  and  even  in  such  cases  usage  varies. 
Compare  the  following,  which  are  examples  in  very  com- 
mon words  of  the  normal  usage:  al-ler  [a-le]  to  go;  a-mol- 
lir  [a-ma-liir]  to  soften;  an-neau  [a-no]  ririg;  an-nee  [a-nc] 
year;  ar-rie-re  [a-rjeir]  behind;  ar-ri-ve  [a-ri-ve]  arrival; 
ar-ro-ser  [a-ro-ze]  to  water;  car-re  [ka-rc]  square;  ter-ri- 
ble  [tc-ribl]. 

170  b  (bb)  =  [b]  as  in  bout  [bu]  end;  ro-be  [ro(:)b]  dress; 
ab-be  [a-be]  abbot;  about  as  in  English  harbor,  bnvbar. 
[b]  is  regularly  represented  in  French  by  b;  but  before 
the  voiceless  consonants  s  or  t,  b  beccjines  unvoiced  (cf. 
240)  and  sounds  like  p:  ab-sent  [ap-suj;  ab-sin-the  [ap- 


68  FKENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

seit]  wormwood;  ab-so-lu-ment  [ap-so-ly-mu]  absolutely; 
ab-so-lu-tion  [ap-so-Iy-sjo];  ab-sol-vons  [ap-sol-vo]  let  us 
absolve;  ab-sou-dre  [ap-sudr]  to  absolve;  abs-te-nir  [aps- 
ta-nisr]  to  abstain;  abs-ti-nen-ce  [aps-ti-nais];  ob-ser-ver 
[op-ser-ve]  to  observe;  ob-sta-cle  [op-stakl];  ob-te-nir  [op- 
to-niir]  to  obtain;  bb,  as  shown  by  the  examples,  is  simply 
treated  as  b. 

171  b  final  is  usually  silent  (339):  Co-lomb  [ko-l5]; 
plomb  [plo]  lead,  but  in  some  proper  nouns,  and  in  a 
few  words  of  foreign  origin,  is  sounded :  A-chab  [a-kab] ;  cab 
[kab];  Ca-leb  [ka-leb];  club  [klyb];  Ja-cob  [sa-kob];  Jo-ab 
[30-ab];  Job  [50b];  na-bab  [na-bab]  nabob;  ra-doub  [ra- 
dub]  refitting;  rumb  [roib]  rhomb. 

112  b  is  silent  in  the  following  words:  Doubs  [du]; 
Fab-vier  [fa-vje];  Le-feb-vre  [lo-fevr]. 

Exercise  XXVII  on  b  (bb)  =  [b].  Write,  dividing  into  syllables 
as  ordinarily  done  in  writing  and  printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the 
syllables  and  words  as  you  write  them,  the  following:  abbesse,  baba, 
babel,  babiche,  babiller,  babine,  balbutier,  bambou,  barbare,  barbier, 
bebe,  bibelot,  biere,  bobine,  bobo,  bombe,  brebis,  bubon,  gibbosite, 
gobbe,  rabbin,  sabbat. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them  as  in  spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  syllables  and  words, 
using  the  key  alphabet. 

173  c  has  two  sounds:  1°  that  of  [k];  2°  that  of  [s]. 
1°  c  (cc)  before  a,  o,  u  =  [k],  unless  the  c  is  marked  with 
a  cedilla,  c:  car  [kar]  for;  cor  [koir]  horn;  cu-re  [ky:r] 
rectory;  e-co-le  [e-kol]  school,  cc:  ac-cord  [a-koir];  sac- 
ca-der  [sa-ka-de]  to  jolt;  suc-cu-lent  [sy-ky-lu]. 


CONSONANTS  G9 

174  Special  cases.  c  =  g  in  se-cond  [so-go]  and  de- 
rivatives. c  =  g  in  rei-ne-clau-de  [rcn-gloid],  but  also 
pronounced  [ren-klo:d]  greengage.  In  the  word  czar  and 
derivatives  c  has  the  sound  of  g  [gzairj;  but  these  words 
are  now  more  usually  written  wdth  ts  and  so  pronounced 
[tsair]  or  [tzair]. 

Exercise  XXVIII  illustrating  c  (cc)  before  a,  o,  u.  Write,  di- 
vide as  ordinarily  written,  and  pronounce  aloud  the  following  words: 
academic,  accabler,  accaparer,  accoter,  acolyte,  acoustique,  acumine, 
cacao,  calice,  cantique,  caricature,  Caucase,  caustique,  cuve,  raccroc, 
raccrocher,  raccommoder,  saccade,  saccager,  saccharin. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

175  2"  c,  before  e,  i  (y)  =  [s]:  ce-ci-te  [se-si-te]  blind- 
ness; ces-sion  [sr-sj3];  cy-gne  [,siji]  swan;  Cyr  [si:r]  (proper 
name);  re-ce-voir  [ras-vwair]  to  receive;  so-cial  [so-sjal]. 

Remark,  c,  in  the  combination  sc,  before  e,  i  (y),  is  silent: 
sce-le-rat  [se-le-ra]  rascal;  sce-ne  [sc:n]  scene;  scien-ce  [sja:s]; 
Scy-thes  [sit]  Scythians. 

176  c,  written  g,  before  a,  o,  u  =  [s]:  de-gu  [de-sy]  de- 
ceived; gar-Qon  [gar-s5]  hoy;  ma-fon  [ma-sr)]  also  [ma-s3] 
mason;  perga  [per-sa]  jnerced;  pla-ga  [pla-sa]  placed,  cc 
before  a,  o,  u  =  c  with  the  value  of  [k]  as  stated  under 
173;  but  cc  before  e,  i  =  [ks]:  ac-cent  [ak-sa];  ac-ci-dent 
[ak-si-da];  suc-ces-seur  [syk-sc-.sce:r]. 

Exkucike  XXIX  on  c,  before  e,  i  (y)  =  [s].  Write,  divide  as 
ordinarily  written,  and  pronounce  aloud  tlie  followng  words:  acc6- 
lerer,  acc;ei)tfr,  acces,  accident,  aper^-u,  covi,  cela,  cent,  certain,  ciel, 
oil,   cimetitirc,   cire,   coinmengons,   congu,  cymbalc,  cypres,  douce, 


70  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

encens,  facade,  fa?on,  frangais,  legon,  pergait,  percevoir,  proces, 
recent,  reciter,  recipient,  successeur,  succion. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

177  c  before  a  consonant  (other  than  h,  182-185)  = 
[k]:  ac-teur  [ak-toeir]  actor;  ac-tion  [ak-sj5];  es-clan-dre 
[es-kla-dr]  scandal;  es-cla-ve  [es-klaiv]  slave;  pros-crire 
[pros-kriir]  to  proscribe. 

178  c  final  is  usually  pronounced  (165,  340)  and  is 
then  sounded  as  [k].  This  occurs  particularly  in  monosyl- 
labic words  and  in  compounds  of  which  they  form  the  final 
part:  a-que-duc  [a-ko-dyk]  or  [ak-dyk]  aqueduct;  arc  [ark]; 
bac  [bak]  ferry-boat;  bee  [bek]  beak;  bloc  [bbk]  block;  bouc 
[buk]  buck;  choc  [^ok]  shock;  co-gnac  [ko-jiak];  crac  [krak] 
crack!;  due  [dyk]  duke;  es-toc  [rs-tok]  rapier;  ha-mac 
[a-mak]   hammock;   saint  Marc  [se  mark]  (340,  341). 

Exercise  XXX,  illustrating  c,  before  consonants,  =  [k] ;  and  c 
final  sounded  as  [k].  Write,  divide  when  possible  as  ordinarily  writ- 
ten, and  pronounce  aloud  the  following  words:  avec,  bivouac,  es- 
claffer,  esclavage,  esclavon,  escrime,  facteur,  faction,  frac,  froc,  grec, 
lac,  muse,  obstacle,  Pandectes,  pare,  Quebec,  reaction,  roc,  saint  Luc, 
sanctifier,  sanctuaire,  sec,  stuc,  sue,  tact,  tac,  tic,  tocsin,  tric-trac, 
true,  vindicte,  zinc. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

179  c  is  silent  when  preceded  by  a  nasal  vowel  (cf. 
164):  blanc  [blci]  white;  flanc  [fla]  flank;  franc  [fru]  frank; 
jonc  [50]  rush;  tronc  [tro]  tru7ik;  vaincs  [ve]  (I)  conquer; 
but  zinc  =  [zeik]. 


CONSONANTS  71 

180  c  final,  though  usually  sounded,  as  shown  by  the 
examples  under  178,  is  nevertheless  silent  in  a  number  of 
words,  of  which  some  common  examples  are  the  follow- 
ing: ac-croc  [a-kro]  hitch;  broc  [bro]  pitcher;  ca-out-chouc 
[ka-ut-^u];  clerc  [kleir]  clerk;  eric  [kri]  jack-screw;  croc 
[kro]  hook;  es-croc  [es-kro]  swindler;  es-to-mac  [es-to-ma] 
stomach;  lacs  [la]  snares;  marc  [mair]  grounds;  pore  [po:r] 
pig;  ta-bac  [ta-ba]  tobacco. 

Exercise  XXXI,  illustrating  examples  of  c  silent  in  the  combi- 
nation sc  (175  Remark);  and  showing  examples  of  silent  finale  (179, 
180).  Write,  divide,  when  possible,  as  ordinarily  written,  and  pro- 
nounce aloud  the  following  words:  ajonc,  arc-boutant,  aspect, 
convaincs,  cotignac,  Ducroc,  joucr  aux  cchecs,  ferblanc,  instinct, 
Leclerc,  raccroc,  sceau,  sceller,  scicleratesse,  scenario,  scenique,  scep- 
ticisme,  sceptique,  sceptre,  scie,  scientifique,  scier,  sciemmcnt,  scin- 
tillant,  scion,  sciure,  succinct,  il  vainc. 

181  The  word  done,  denoting  a  conclusion  and  gen- 
erally when  bearing  emphasis,  is  pronounced  [dSik]; 
otherwise,  without  the  k  sound:  [do].  The  following 
words  are  pronounced  with  or  without  a  final  k  sound: 
ar-se-nie  [ars-ni(k)]  arsenic;  cir-eon-spect  [sir-k3-spe(k)] 
circumspect;  e-chee  [e-Se(k)]  check;  re-speet  [re-spe(k)]; 
sus-pect  [sys-pe(k)]. 

182  eh  =  [5],  as  in  English  machine,  is  the  usual  value 
of  this  combination:  ca-che  [ka^]  hiding-place;  eham-bre 
[Sailer]  chamber;  chat  [^a]  cat;  Chi-ne  [^iCOn]  China;  chose 
[$o:z]  thing;  fa-eheux  [fa-50]  son-y;  la-che  [la:$]  coward; 
pro-chain  [pr.j-^f-]  ndghbor. 

183  eh  =  [5]  in  words  ])oginning  with  ar-chi-  [ar-^i]  arch 
(except    ar-chi-e-pis-co-pal    [ar-ki-e-pis-kj-pal]    and    ar- 


72  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

chi-e-pis-co-pat  [ar-ki-e-pis-ko-pa]  archiepiscopate) :  ar- 
chi-diacre  [ar-^i-djakr]  archdeacon;  ar-chi-duc  [ar-Si-dyk] 
archduke;  ar-chi-fou  [ar-^i-fu]  archfool;  ar-chi-pel  [ar-^i- 
pel]  archipelago;  ar-chi-pre-tre  [ar-Si-preitr]  archpriest; 
ar-chi-tec-te  [ar-^i-tekt]  architect. 

184  ch  =  [5]  in  some  words  of  learned  origin  that  have 
become  quite  common,  among  them:  ar-che-ve-che 
[ar-Sa-ve-Se]  archbishopric;  ar-che-ve-que  [ar-^a-veik] 
archbishop;  che-ru-bin  [^e-ry-bf]  cherub;  chi-mie  [^i-mi] 
chemistry;  chi-rur-gien  [Si-ryr-5Je]  surgeon;  pa-tri-ar-che 
[pa-tri-ar$]  patriarch. 

Exercise  XXXII  on  ch  =  [5].  Write,  divide  as  ordinarily  writ- 
ten and  pronounce  aloud  the  following  words:  Achille,  archiduche, 
archiduchesse,  archifolle,  architecture,  architrave,  archives,  archi- 
viste,  champ,  chant,  chasse,  chevalier,  chien,  Chih,  chimere,  chirur- 
gie,  choquer,  chuchoter,  dechu,  f6tichisme,  Michel,  monarchie, 
monarchique,  pecheur,  psyche,  Rachel,  rachitique,  revanche,  tachy- 
graphe,  vache. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  the  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

185  ch  =  [k]  in  many  words  of  foreign  origin,  especially 
Greek.  This  is  regularly  the  case  when  ch  precedes  a 
consonant  and  when  final:  chre-tien  [kre-tje]  Christian; 
Christ  [krist];  chro-no-lo-gie  [kro-no-lo-5i]  chronology; 
chry-san-the-me  [kri-za-teim]  chrysanthemum;  E-noch 
[e-nok];  Mo-loch  [mo-lok];  tech-no-lo-gie  [tek-no-b-3i] 
technology.    In  al-ma-nach,  ch  is  silent  [al-ma-na]. 

186  ch  =  [k],  often  before  a  vowel  (occurring  in  words 
of  foreign  origin) :  A-chab  [a-kab];  An-tio-chus  [a-tjo-kyisj; 


CONSONANTS  73 

cha-os  [ka-o];  choeur  [koe:r]  choir;  e-cho  [e-ko];  or-ches- 
tre  [or-kcstr]  orchestra. 

Remark,  sch  is  rare,  occurring  in  learned  words,  and  then  gen- 
erally pronounced  sh  [S]:  schis-me  [Sism]  schism;  schis-te  [^ist]  s^tt/e; 
but  in  a  few  others  sch  =  sk:  scho-lai-re  [sko-le:r]  academic;  scho- 
las-ti-que  [sko-las-tik]  school-man;  scho-lie  [skj-h]  scholium  (both 
words  now  usually  spelt  without  the  /()• 

Exercise  XXXIII,  illustratmg  examples  of  ch  =  [k]  in  words  of 
foreign  origin,  and  occurring  both  before  consonants  and  vowels, 
and  also  when  final.  Write,  divide  as  ordinarily  written,  and 
pronounce  aloud  the  following  words:  anachorete,  archaique,  archeo- 
logue,  archoute,  Bacchus,  Baruch,  Chaldee,  Cham,  Chanaan,  chao- 
tique,  Charybde,  Cheops,  chirologie,  chiromancie,  cholera,  chronique, 
fuchsia,  hchen,  loch,  Machiavel,  Metternich,  Michel-Ange,  Munich, 
orchide,  orchestral,  orchestration,  patriarchal,  Saint-Roch,  techno- 
logic, Zacharie,  Zurich. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

187  d  (dd)  =  [d],  about  as  in  English  needy,  is  regularly 
represented  in  French  by  d:  da-me  [dam]  lady;  de-dier 
[dc-djc]  to  dedicate;  con-dui-re  [ko-dqiir]  to  conduct;  fi- 
de-le  [fi-dflj  faithful;  per-dre  [i)i:rdr]  tu  lose. 

188  dd.  Although  dd;  like  double  consonants  in 
general  (107),  is  treated  like  a  simple  consonant,  never- 
theless in  a  few  cases,  as  in  the  following  words,  some 
authorities  indicate  the  pronunciation  of  a  rather  more 
prolonged  sound  than  for  a  siini)k'  d  by  writing  dd:  ad-di- 
tion  [ad-di-sj5];  ad-den-da  [ad-df--da];  ad-duc-teur  [ail- 
dyk-t(JC!r]  adductor;  ad-duc-tion  [ad-dyk-sj.")];  red-di-tion 
[rtd-di-sj'jj  restitution;  quid-di-te  [kid-di-tej  quiddUy. 


74  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

189  d  final,  or  in  a  final  group,  is  regularly  silent:  bord 
[boir]  border;  chaud  [^o]  warm;  E-douard  [e-dwair];  froid 
[frwa]  cold;  grand  [gra]  great;  Saint-Cloud  [se  klu]. 

190  d  final  (363)  is  sounded  in  sud  [syd]  south,  and  in 
some  proper  nouns  and  foreign  words:  Al-fred  [al-fred]; 
le  Cid  [la  sid];  Da-vid  [da-vid];  e-phod  [e-fod];  Le-o-pold 
[le-o-pold]. 

Exercise  XXXIV,  illustrating  examples  of  silent  d  when  occur- 
ing  at  the  end  of  a  word,  or  in  a  final  consonantal  group.  Such  ter- 
minations are  frequently:  nd,  nds,  rd,  rds,  aid,  and,  aud,  auld,  end, 
ends,  end,  ends.  Write,  divide  as  ordinarily  written  and  pronounce 
aloud  the  following  words:  allemand,  Ai-chambauld,  Arnaud,  j'as- 
sieds,  Bayard,  Berthauld,  je  confonds,  elle  coud,  couvre-pieds,  Ed- 
mond,  Eginhard,  epinard,  Gounod,  Greenland,  La  Rochefoucauld, 
Madrid,  milord,  je  mords,  nord,  on  perd,  Oxford,  Pharamond,  poids, 
Ponsard,  Renaud,  je  repands,  Reynauld,  Richard,  rond,  sourd,  tard, 
tu  tords,  Vaud,  vieillard. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

Exercise  XXXV,  illustrating  examples  of  d  sounded  in  the  body 

of  a  word,  or  when  final.  Write,  divide  as  ordinarily  written,  and 
pronounce  aloud  the  following  words:  Adda,  ad  hoc,  adjoint,  ad  rem, 
Arnold,  Bagdad,  Carlsbad,  Christiansfeld,  Christiansand,  Nemrod 
Conrad,  Edda,  Ethelrcd,  Fould,  Friedland,  Galaad,  George  Sand, 
Harold,  Jenny  Lind,  Joad,  Port-Said,  Rothschild,  Sandwich,  le 
Sund,  Talmud. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  ordinarily  pronounced  in 
spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and  words  as  you 
write  them,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

191  f  (fif,  ph)  =  [f],  about  as  in  English  /ee.  [f]  is  rep- 
resented in  French  by  f,  ff  and  ph.    f :  bref  [bref]  brief; 


CONSONANTS  75 

de-fai-re  [de-feir]  to  undo;  fa-ci-le  [fa-sil]  easy;  fils  [fis]  son; 
neuf  [noef]  new.  ph:  n3an-phe  [neif]  nymyh;  pha-re  [fair] 
lighthouse;  phi-lo-so-phe  [fi-b-zof]  philosopher.  &  has  the 
value  of  f,  although,  as  indicated  by  some  authorities,  in 
a  few  words  beginning  vnih  eff,  it  may  be  somewhat 
longer  than  f:  ef-flo-res-cent  [ef-flo-re-sd] ;  ef-fluent  [ef- 
flyd];  ef-flu-ve  [ef-fiy:v]  effluvium. 

19?  f  final  is  regularly  sounded  (165) :  bceuf  [beef]  ox; 
brief  [brief];  ca-nif  [ka-nif]  penknife;  chef  [lvi\  chief;  juif 
[si^if]  Jew;  neuf  [noef]  new;  oeuf  [oef]  egg;  sauf  [sof]  except; 
soif  [swaf]  thirst. 

193  f  final  is  silent  in  cerf  [se:r]  stag;  clef  (cle)  [kle]  key; 
nerf  [nnr]  nerve;  f  preceding  s  of  the  plural  is  silent  in 
bceuf s  [b0]  oxen;  cerfs  [seir]  stags;  clefs  [kle]  keys;  nerfs 
[neir]  nerves;  oeufs  [0]  eggs,  f  is  silent  in  some  proper 
nouns  and  in  a  few  common  words  and  expressions: 
Neuf-bourg  [no?-l)u:r];  Neuf-Bri-sach  [noe  bri-zak];  Neuf-  ^ 
cha-teau  [nee  Sa-to] ;  Neuf-cha-tel  [noe  Sa-tcl] ;  le  boeuf  '  j  I 
gras  [lo  bee  gvo]  fatted  ox,  carnival;  du  boeuf  sa-le  [dy  bcc 
sa-le]  salted  beef;  cerf-vo-lant  [srr  v.)-lu]  kite;  chef-d'oeu- 
vre [5e  dccivr]  masterpiece;  nerf  de  boeuf  [ne:r  da  boef] 
cowhide;  un  oeuf  dur  [ce  noe  dy:r]  a  hard-boiled  egg;  un 
ceuf  frais  [ce  nee  in]  a  fresh  egg. 

194  Neuf,  the  number  iiine,  is  pronounced  [noef]  when 
the  word  occurs  as  final:  11  y  en  a  neuf  [il  j  Tm  a  noef]  there 
are  nine;  tren-te-neuf  [trfutnccf]  thirty-nine;  and  also 
when  giving  the  date  of  the  month:  le  neuf  de-cem-bre 
[Id  noef  de-su:br]  the  ninth  of  December.    It  is  pronounced 


76  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

[noe]  before  a  consonant  or  aspirate  h:  neuf  li-vres  [noe 
li:vr]  nine  hooks;  neuf  ho-mards  [noe  o-mair]  nine  lobsters. 
It  is  pronounced  [ncEiv]  before  a  vowel  or  silent  h:  neuf 
en-fants  [noe-va-fd]  nine  children;  neuf  hommes  [noe-vom] 
nine  men. 

Exercise  XXXVI,  illustrating  examples  of  pronounced  f  (ph, 
ff)  =  [f],  in  the  body  of  a  word  or  final.  Write,  divide,  whenever 
possible,  as  ordinarily  written,  and  pronounce  aloud  the  following 
words:  affaire,  Alphonse,  biffer,  boeuf  a  la  mode,  chef-heu,  difficile, 
fieffe,  grief,  if,  motif,  naif,  nef,  le  neuf  aoiit,  le  neuf  fevrier,  le  neuf 
de  pique,  page  soixante-neuf,  Pont-Neuf,  souUers  neufs,  en  voila 
neuf,  ODuf  a  'la  coque,  un  oeuf  gate,  Phedre,  recif ,  des  bas  reUefs,  ros- 
bif,  serf,  soif  ardente,  suif  a  vendre,  tarif,  turf,  veuf,  vif-argent. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  ordinarily  pronounced  in 
spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and  words  as  you 
write  them,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

Exercise  XXXVII,  illustrating  examples  of  silent  f,  either  in 
the  body  of  a  word  or  final.  Pronounce  aloud  the  following  expres- 
sions: de  beaux  boeufs,  un  cerf  dix-cors,  regardez  les  cerfs-volants, 
crise  de  nerfs,  les  nerfs  dfe  la  guerre,  neuf  cents  francs,  neuf  hameaux, 
cent  neuf  hiboux,  neuf  mille,  neuf  personnes,  ceufs  d'autruche. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  expressions,  pro- 
nouncing the  words  aloud  as  you  write  them,  using  the  key  alpha- 
bet. 

195  g  (gg,  gu)  =  [g],  about  as  in  English  rugged.  The 
sound  [g]  is  represented  in  French  by  g  before  a,  o,  u, 
or  a  consonant  (except  n  in  cases  where  gn=[ji],  see 
207).  g:  an-gle  [a-gl];  gar-fon  [gar-s5]  hoy;  ga-te  [ga-te] 
spoiled;  gloi-re  [glwan]  glorij;  gout  [gu]  taste;  grand  [gra] 
tall,  gg  (rarely  occurs):  ag-glo-me-rer  [a-gb-me-re]  to 
agglomerate;    ag-glu-ti-ner     [a-gly-ti-ne]    to     agglutinate; 


CONSONANTS  77 

ag-gra-ver  [a-gra-ve]  to  aggravate,  gu  (before  e,  i,  y): 
an-guil-le  [a-giij]  eel;  be-guin  [be-ge]  child's  cap;  bri-guer 
[bri-ge]  to  scheme;  gue  [ge]  ford;  gui-de  [gi(!)d]  ;Gui-se  [gi:z] ; 
Gui-zot  [gi-zo];  Guizot  and  his  family  pronounced  the 
name  [gwi-zo];  Gu-yot  [gi-jo]. 

196  gu  =  [g].  The  only  use  of  the  u  in  the  examples 
last  cited  is  to  show  that  the  g  has  the  somid  in  English 
go;  without  the  insertion  of  the  u,  the  g  would  here 
have,  before  e,  i,  y,  the  sound  heard  in  English  azure, 
'pleasure  (202). 

197  guer  =  [ge].  In  a  number  of  verbs  in  -guer,  the  u 
remains  throughout  the  entire  conjugation,  even  before  a 
and  0,  where,  of  no  use  whatever,  it  is  simply  orthographic. 
The  following  verb-forms  of  some  of  the  commonest  of 
such  verbs,  in  which  the  u  before  a  and  o  is  retained, 
show  where  the  retention  occurs:  nous  bri-guons  [nu 
bri-g5]  we  scheine;  je  con-ju-guais  [50  k5-5y-gc]  /  was  con- 
jugating; je  dis-tin-guai  [50  dis-tC-ge]  /  distinguished; 
vous  di-va-gua-tes  [vu  di-va-gat]  ijoii  ramhle;  11  ex-tra- 
va-guait  [il  tks-tra-va-gc]  he  ivas  talking  wildly;  tu  fa-tl- 
guas  [ty  fa-ti-ga]  you  fatigued;  11  ha-ran-gua  [il  a-ra-ga]  he 
harangued;  nous  11-gua-mes  [nu  li-gani]  «'e  hound;  vous 
na-vl-gua-tes  [vu  na-vi-gat]  you  navigated;  pro-mul-guant 
[pra-myl-go]  promulgating;  que  tu  sub-ju-guas-ses  [ko  ty 
syb-5y-gas]  that  you  might  subjugate;  qu'il  vo-guat  [k  il 
vo-ga]  that  he  might  row.  The  verlj  ar-gu-er  [ar-gq-c]  to 
argu£,  forms  an  exception  to  the  above,  the  u  being  pro- 
nounced throughout  all  the  tenses:  j'ar-gue  [5  ar-gy]  / 
argue.    The  dieresis  over  the  e  shows  that  the  e  and  u 


78  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

are  not  to  be  pronounced  together  as  in  drogue  [drog] 
drug,  but  separated  from  each  other  in  order  to  give  the 
u  its  entire  sound:  tu  ar-gues  [ty  ar-gy]  thou  arguest. 

198  gu,  before  i,  in  a  few  words  =  [gLii],  that  is,  a 
diphthong,  not  unhke  the  sound  heard  in  Enghsh  sweet: 
ai-guil-le  [e-gLii(i)j]  needle;  ai-guil-lon  [e-gqi-jo]  goad;  ai- 
gui-ser  [e-gqi-ze]  to  sharpen;  am-bi-gui-te  [a-bi-gqi-te] 
ambiguity;  con-san-gui-ni-te  [ko-sa-gqi-ni-te]  also  [ko-sa- 
gi-ni-te]  consanguinity;  con-ti-gui-te  [ko-ti-gqi-te]  prox- 
imity;  ex-i-gui-te  [eg-zi-gqi-te]  scantiness;  lin-guis-te 
[le-gqist]  linguist.  Although  ambiguite,  contiguite  and 
exiguite  are  spelled  with  a  dieresis,  the  pronunciation, 
nevertheless,  is  as  indicated,  that  is,  [qi]  a  diphthong 
and  not  [yi],  two  separate  vowel  sounds. 

199  gu  =  [gw]  only  before  a  [gwa],  and  even  then,  with 
few  exceptions,  only  in  Spanish,  Portuguese  and  Italian 
words:  al-gua-zil  [al-gwa-zil]  police  agent;  Gua-da-la- 
xa-ra[gwa-da-la-ksa-ra];  Gua-dal-qui-vir  [gwa-dal-ki-viir]; 
Gua-da-lu-pe  [gwa-da-lyp] ;  Guam  [gwam];  Guar-da 
[gwar-da],  La  Guarda,  city  of  Portugal;  Gua-ri-ni  [gwa- 
ri-ni];  Gua-te-ma-la  [gwa-ta-ma-la] ;  Gua-ya-kil  [gwa-ja- 
kil];  lin-gual  [Ic-gwal]. 

200  gn  =  [gn] ;  that  is,  g  and  n  are  sounded  separately  in 
some  words,  mostly  of  Greek  and  Latin  origin,  instead  of 
forming  the  usual  combination  [ji]  (207);  some  of  the 
more  common  of  such  words  are:  cog-ni-tion  [kog-ni-sj5]; 
diag-nos-ti-que  [djag-nos-tik]  diagnosis;  gno-me  [gnoim]; 
gnos-ti-ques  [gnos-tik]  gnostics;  gnou  [gnu]  horned  horse; 


CONSONANTS  79 

in-ex-pug-na-ble  [i-ncks-pyg-na-bl]  impregnable;  mag- 
ni-fi-cat  [mag-ni-fi-kat] ;  mag-no-lier  [mag-no-lje]  and 
[ma-no-lje];  Prog-ne  [prog-ne];  phy-siog-no-mo-nie  [fi- 
zj.3g-no-mo-ni]  physiognomy;  re-cog-ni-tion  [re-kog-ni-sjo]; 
stag-nant  [stag-nu];  stag-na-tion  [stag-na-sj5]. 

Exercise  XXXVIII,  illustrating  examples  of  g  before  a,  o,  u,  or 
a  consonant  =  [g].  Write  the  following  words,  dividing  them,  when- 
ever possible,  into  syllables  as  usual  in  writing  and  printing, 
pronoimcing  aloud  the  syllables  and  words  as  you  write  them: 
agglomeration,  agglutinative,  aggravation,  aigu,  anguiUe,  digue, 
distinguons,  drogue,  eglogue,  En-ghien,  enigme,  flegme,  gai,  gan- 
grene, gant,  gargotte,  gargouille,  gogo,  gomme,  gonfler,  Gonzague, 
Gringoire,  guenille,  guepe,  gu6rir,  gueiTe,  guet,  guide,  guitare,  gut- 
tural, Guy,  naguere,  narguant,  sangUer,  vigoureux,  voguons. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  pronounced  in  ordinary 
spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and  words  as  you 
write  them,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

201  g  ])ofore  e,  i,  y  =  [5],  about  as  in  English  azvYc;  the 
sound  regularly  denoted  by  French  j,  as  in  jau-ne  [son] 
yellow;  jeu  [50]  game;  jo-li  [50-li]  pretty  (217).  Common 
examples  of  g  before  e,  i,  y  are:  a-gir  [a-siir]  to  act;  bou- 
gie [bu-5i]  taper;  gens  [50]  people;  gi-te  [y\t]  lair;  gym- 
nas-te  [sim-nast]  </yw7?a.s/;[o-ra-geux  [o-ra-30]  stormy. 

202  ge  before  a,  o,  u.  Just  as  silent  u  is  inserted  after 
g,  before  e  and  i  to  produce  the  "hard"  g  sound  (190), 
so  silent  e  is  inserted  before  a,  o,  u  to  produce  the  "soft" 
g  sound:  ga-geu-re  fga-^yirl  irager;  geo-le  [50:!]  jail;  geo- 
lier  (50-lje]  jailer;  Geor-ges  [5.)r5l;  na-gea  [na-5a]  swam; 
plon-geons  [plrj-so]  let  vs  plunge.  In  such  cases  g  never 
has  the  sound  of  English  g  in  George. 


80  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

203  gg  before  e  =  [gs] ;  that  is,  the  first  g  has  the  "hard " 
sound  and  the  second  the  "soft":  sug-ge-rer  [syg-5e-re] 
to  suggest;  sug-ges-tion  [syg-5es-tj5]. 

204  g  in  the  body  of  the  following  words  is  silent: 
Brog-lie  [bro-ja];  Clug-ny  [kly-ni];  im-brog-lio  [e-bro-ljo] 
confusion;  Reg-nard  [ra-nair];  Reg-naud  [ra-no] ;  sang-sue 
[sa-sy]  leech;  sig-net  [si-ne]  and  [si-jir]  book-mark. 

205  g,  final  (365)  or  in  a  final  group,  is  usually  silent 
in  French  words  and  in  proper  names  ending  in  bourg 
and  berg:  bourg  [buir]  (authority  can  be  found  for  [bunk] 
in  the  singular  and  [buir]  in  the  plural)  borough  (365); 
Cher-bourg  [5er-bu:r];  doigt  [dwa]  finger;  E-dim-bourg 
[e-dc-buir];  Ham-bourg  [a-bu:r];  legs  [le]  legacy;  Saint- 
Pe-ters-bourg  [se  pe-terz-buir];  vingt  [ve]  twenty;  Wur- 
tem-berg  [vyr-td-beir]. 

206  g  final  is  sounded  in  most  foreign  words:  grog 
[grog];  joug  [ju(i)g]  yoke  (365);  las-ting  [las-teig]  lasting, 
Denmark  satin;  Lie-big  [li-big];  pou-ding  [pu-deig]  pud- 
ding;  Schles-wig  [Slez-vig];  Za-dig  [za-dig];  zig-zag  [zig- 
zag]. 

Exercise  XXXIX,  illustrating  examples  of  g  before  e,  i,  y  =  [5]. 
Write  the  following  words,  dividing  them,  whenever  possible,  into 
syllables  as  usual  in  WTiting  and  printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the 
syllables  and  words  as  you  write  them:  agenda,  arrangeons,  change- 
ment,  effigie,  gageons,  gageure,  geindre,  gele,  gemir,  gentiment, 
Georges,  gerce,  germaine,-  Gertrude,  gestes,  gibeciere,  gibier,  gigan- 
tesque,  Gigogne,  gigot,  gilet,  gingembre,  girouette,  gite,  gymnase, 
gymnastique,  mangeons,  ncgligeons,  neige,  orage,  partageons,  pigeon, 
rouge,  voyageur. 


CONSONANTS  81 

SupPLEMEXTART  ExERCisE.  Write  tliese  same  words,  dividing 
them,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  as  pronoimced  in  ordinary 
spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  sjllables  and  words  as  you 
write  them,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

207  gn=[j-i],  as  in  pei-gne  [prji]  comb;  re-gne  [itji] 
reigyi,  resembling  the  sound  heard  in  English  mig/ionette, 
o»/on,  u7u'on,  but  pronounced  as  a  single  sound,  and  not 
as  two  successive  sounds.  The  sound  [p],  knowoi  as 
liquid  n  or  n  mouille  is  represented  by  gn.  The  cases 
given  under  200,  in  which  gn  =  g+n,  that  is,  two  separate 
consonants,  are  mostly  rather  rare  learned  or  foreign 
words.  The  usual  sound  value  of  gn  is  [ji],  a  single  sound, 
although  closely  related  to  ni,  the  successive  sounds 
heard  in  the  English  words  above  cited  (omon,  union),  as 
well  as  to  ni  in  French  pa-nier  [pa-nje]  basket.  Examples 
of  gn=[ji]  are:  ba-gne  [l)aji]  convict  prison;  cham-pa-gne 
[5u-paji];  cam-pa-gne  [kd-paji]  country;  cy-gne  [siji]  swan; 
li-gne  [liji]  line;  sei-gneur  [se-pojir]  lord. 

Exercise  XL,  illustrating  gn  =  [p],  the  words  to  be  \\Titten,  di- 
vidoii  and  pronounced  aloud  a.s  usual:  agneau,  Allemagne,  baignoire, 
Charlemagne,  cogne,  compagnon,  d<5daigneux,  digne,  Eloigner,  en- 
seigner,  ejjargner,  gagner,  Gascogne,  grognon,  hargneux,  ignoble, 
ignorant,  lorgnon,  nuignanime,  magnifique,  niagnesie,  magnet isme, 
montagnard,  monfagneux,  poignet,  n'gnait,  Regnard,  refrogne, 
rognon,  signal,  vergogne. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  as  usual,  the  above  words, 
using  the  key  aljihabet. 

208  h  is  silent  in  French.  It  is  called  mute  or  aspirate. 
The  mute  or  silent  h  has  no  effect  whatever  ui)on  the; 
pronunciation.  It  is  jjurcly  conventional,  often  recalling 
Latin  etymology,   and   treated   as   though   non-existent: 


82  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

I'ha-bit  [1  a-bi]  the  coat;  les  ha-bits  [le  za-bi]  the  coats;  aux 
ha-bits  [o  za-bi]  to  the  coats;  des  ha-bits  [de  za-bi]  of  the 
coats;  I'heu-re  [1  oeir]  the  hour;  les  heu-res  [le  zoeir]  the 
hours;  aux  heu-res  [o  zoeir]  to  the  hours;  des  heu-res  [de 
zcEir]  of  the  hours;  I'hom-me  [1  om]  the  man;  les  hom-mes 
[le  zom]  the  men;  aux  hom-mes  [o  zom]  to  the  men;  des 
hom-mes  [de  zom]  of  the  men.  In  these  cases,  as  shown 
by  the  figured  pronunciation,  the  words  are  pronounced 
as  though  written  I'abit,  les  abits,  aux  abits,  des  abits; 
I'eure,  les  eures,  aux  eures,  des  cures;  I'om,  les  ommes, 
aux  ommes,  des  ommes. 

309  h  mute  may  also  occur  in  the  middle  or  at  the  end 
of  words.  Here,  again,  it  is  as  though  it  were  not  there: 
al-lah  [al-la]  the  God;  al-ma-nach  [al-ma-na]  almanac; 
a-rith-me-tique  [a-rit-me-tik]  arithmetic;  ca-hier  [ka-je] 
copjj-hook;  ca-the-dra-le  [ka-te-dral]  cathedral;  dah-lia 
[da-lja];  in-ha-bi-le  [i-na-bil]  incapable;  mal-heur  [ma- 
loeir]  misfortune;  the  [te]  tea.  The  English  th  sound  does 
not  exist  in  French;  th  =  [t]. 

210  h  aspirate  is  no  longer  aspirate.  It  was  once  so 
pronounced  in  certain  words  and  the  name  aspirate  is  re- 
tained. Unlike  mute  h,  aspirate  h  affects  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  a  word  by  preventing  elision  with  a  preceding 
vowel  and  linking  with  a  preceding  consonant,  such  as 
regularly  occurs  in  the  examples  given  under  208.  Thus 
neither  elision  nor  linking  occur  in  the  following:  le  ha- 
ri-cot  [b  a-ri-ko]  the  bean;  les  ha-ri-cots  [le  a-ri-ko]  the 
beans;  aux  ha-ri-cots  [o  a-ri-ko]  to  the  beans;  des  ha-ri- 
cots  [de  a-ri-ko]  of  the  beans;  le  he-ros  [h  e-ro];  aux  he-ros 
[o  e-ro]  to  the  heroes;  des  he-ros  [de  e-ro]  of  the  heroes. 


CONSONANTS 


83 


If  the  h  were  not  aspirate  in  these  cases,  the  words  would 
be  pronounced  [la-ri-ko],  [le-za-ri-ko],  [o-za-ri-ko],  [de-za- 
ri-ko];  [1  e-ro],  [1  e-ze-ro],  [o-ze-ro],  [de-ze-ro],  particularly 
distasteful  to  the  French  ear. 


211  Whether  the  h  be  a  mute  h  or  an  aspirate  h,  it  may 
be  regarded  in  either  case  as  absolutely  silent.  There  are 
some  four  hundred  words  that  have  the  aspirate  h,  a  large 
part  of  them  of  German  origin.  They  are  usually  indi- 
cated in  vocabularies  and  dictionaries  by  a  star  (*h)  or 
an  apostrophe  ('h).  Observation  and  practice  alone  will 
enable  them  to  be  recognized.  Some  of  the  more  com- 
mon of  these  words  are: 


ha-che  [a^],  ax 
ha-chis  [a-Si],  hash 
ha-gard  [a-ga:r]  haggard 
haie  [c],  hedge 
hail-Ions  [a-jj]  rags 
hai-ne  [en]  fuitred 
ha-ir  [a-i:r]  lu  hale 
ha-ler  [a-le]  to  haul 
ha-Ier  [u-le]  lo  tan 
ha-le-ter  [al-to]  to  pant 
halle  [al]  market-place 
hal-Iier  [al-jc]  thicket 
hal-te  [alt]  luilt 
ha-mac  [a-mak]  hammock 
Ham-bourg  [a-bii:r]  Hamburg 
ha-meau  [a-inoj  hamlet 
han-che  [m^]  haunch 
han-gar  jri-gair)  shed 
han-ne-ton  [an-t3]  June-bug 
han-ter  [d-to]  lo  haunt 
ha-ran-gue  [a-ru-g] 


ha-ras-ser  [a-ra-se]  to  harass 

har-des  [ard]  apparel 

har-di  [ar-cU]  hardy 

ha-reng  [a-ra]  herring 

har-gneux  [ar-jio]  cross 

ha-ri-cot  [a-ri-ko]  bean 

har-nais  [ar-ne]  harricss 

har-pe  [arp]  harp 

har-pon  [arp5]  harpoon 

hart  [a:r]  tvilhe 

ha-sard  [a-za:r]  hazard 

ha-te  [(i:t]  haste 

hau-bert  [o-beir]  hauberk 

haus-ser  [o-se]  to  raise 

haut  [()]  high 

ha-ve  |u:v]  iran 

Ha-va-ne  [a-van]  Havana 

Ha-vre  ((i:vr,  a:vr]  Havre 

ha-vre-sac     [uvrosak,     avrosak] 

knapsack 
la  Haye  [la  c]  tlic  Hague 


84 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


hen-nir  [a-ni:r]  to  neigh 
Hen-ri  [a-ri]  Henry 
he-raut  [e-ro]  herald 
he-ron  [e-r5]  heron 
he-ros  [e-ro]  hero 
he-tre  [e:tr]  beech-tree 
heur-ter  [oer-te]  to  bump 
hi-bou  [i-bu]  owl 
hi-deux  [i-do]  hideous 
hie-rar-chie  [je-rar-^i]  hierarchy 
his-ser  [i-se]  to  hoist 
Hol-lan-de  [o-la:d]  Holland 
ho-mard  [o-ma:r]  lobster 
Hon-grie  [5-gri]  Hungary 
hon-te  [5:t]  shame 
ho-quet  [o-ke]  hiccough 
hors  [o:r]  outside 


hors  d'ceu-vre  [or  da3vr]  side- 
dish 
hors  li-gne  [or  liji]  extraordinary 
hou-blon  [u-blo]  hop 
hou-il-le  [u:j]  pit-coal 
hour-ra  [u-ra]  hurrah 
hous-se  [us]  covering 
houx  [u]  holly 
hu-che  [yS]  bin 
Hu-go  [y-go] 
hu-gue-not  [yg-no] 
huit  [qit]  eight 
hup-pe  [yp]  tuft 
hur-Jer  [jT-le]  to  howl 
hus-sard  [y-sa:r]  hussar 
hut-te  [yt]  hut 
hya-cin-the  [ja-SE:t]  hyacinth 


Exercise  XLI.  Pronounce  aloud  the  words  in  the  above  list, 
comparing  carefully  as  you  do.  so  the  written  forms  with  those  of 
the  key  notation. 

212  Special  cases.  The  h  of  Henri  [a-ri]  Henry  is  mute 
in  familiar  expressions:  le  chapeau  d'Henri;  le  cheval 
d'Henri;  but  in  more  elevated  language  usually  not: 
((jusqu'a  la  mort  de  Henri  IV))  (Michelet),  ujitil  the  death 
of  Henry  I V. 


213  h  in  huit  [i^it]  eight,  hui-tai-ne  [qi-ten]  about  eight, 
hui-tie-me  [qi-tjem]  eighth  (317),  hui-tie-me-ment  [v\i- 
tj  em-ma]  eighthly,  is  aspirate  when  these  words  are  not 
preceded  by  dix  [dis]  ten,  vingt  [ve]  twenty,  soi-xan-te-dix 
[swa-sait  dis]  seventy,  and  qua-tre-vingt-dix  [ka-tra  ve 
dis]  eighty:  le  huit  mars  [b  qit  mars]  the  eighth  of  March. 


CONSONANTS  85 

214  h  is  aspirate  in  he-ros  (le  he-ros  [h  e-ro]  the  hero) 
but  silent  in  its  derivatives:  he-ro-i-ne,  he-ro-i-co-mi- 
que,  he-ro-i-que,  he-ro-i-que-ment,  he-ro-isme:  I'he-ro- 
i-ne  [1  e-ro-in],  etc.  It  is  supposed  that  le  he-raut  the 
herald,  by  analogy,  caused  the  aspirate  h  in  le  he-ros. 

215  A  few  words  beginning  with  a  vowel  are  treated, 
with  regard  to  elision  and  linking,  as  though  they  began 
with  an  aspirate  h:  le  on-ze  [lo  o:z]  the  eleventh;  le  on- 
zie-me  [lo  5-zjfm]  the  eleventh;  la  oua-te  [la  wat]  ivadding; 
le  oui  [b  va]  the  yes  (370,  390). 

216  h  =  [h].  It  is  possible,  at  times,  to  discern  a  slight 
aspiration  when  certain  words  are  forcibly  pronounced: 
a-ha  [ci-ha]  aha!;  la  ha-che  [la  ha^i]  the  ax;  o-he  [o-he] 
hallo;  also  in  hiatus  an  aspirate,  much  weaker  than  the 
English  h,  can  sometimes  be  heard:  le  fle-au  [lo  flc-ho] 
the  scourge;  le  pre-au  [1.)  pre-ho]  the  yard.  In  cases  where 
it  may  not  b(?  possible  to  distinguish  any  aspiration,  there 
is  often  a  slight  pause  before  an  h  aspirate:  la  haie  [la  e] 
the  hedge;  les  har-des  [Ic  ard]  apparel;  la  har-pe  [la  arp] 
the  harp;  le  he-ros  [lo  e-ro];  la  hon-te  [la  ait]  the  shame. 

217  j  =  [5],  about  as  in  English  azure,  mea.swrc,  yet 
slightly  more  resonant,  j,  wlicrever  it  occurs,  is  pro- 
nounced [5]:  ja-mais  [3a-me]  never;  Jean  [5a]  John;  jet  [^v] 
jet  (of  water);  jeu-ne  [.vrn]  young;  jou-jou  [.su-.^u]  play- 
thing; jus-te  [^yst]  just;  re-jouir  [rc-5\vi:r|  to  rejoice.  In 
such  cases  j  never  has  the  sound  heard  in  English  John. 
j  never  occurs  as  final.  As  shown  und(!r  201,  this  same 
sound  [5]  is  represented  by  g  before  e,  i,  y. 


86  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

Exercise  XLII,  illustrating  j  =  [5].  Write,  divide  as  in  wTiting, 
pronouncing  aloud  as  you  write,  the  following  words :  a  jeun,  Anjou, 
Jacques,  j'ai,  jais,  jardin,  jars,  jatte,  Jesus,  joindre,  joint,  jonc,  jon- 
quille,  Joseph,  Josephine,  jouer,  journee,  joute,  joyeux,  Juif,  juin, 
Jules,  jumelles,  Julien,  jute,  rejoindre. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  speaking,  pro- 
nouncing aloud  as  you  write,  these  same  words,  using  the  key  al- 
phabet. 

218  k  =  [k],  about  as  in  English  rocfcet,  kick,  occurs 
only  in  foreign  words:  bif-teck  [bif-tek]  beefsteak;  co-ke 
[kok];  joc-key  [50-ke];  ke-pi  [ke-pi]  widress  military  cap; 
ki-lo  [ki-lo]  kilogram;  ki-lo-gram-me  [ki-lo-gram] ;  ki-lo- 
me-tre  [ki-b-metr]  kilometer;  kios-que  [kjosk]  small  news- 
stand; Nec-ker  [ne-keir];  sha-ko  [Sa-ko]  infantry  cap. 

219  [k]  is  also  represented  by  c  before  a,  o,  u,  or  a  con- 
sonant, except  h  (173);  by  a  final  c  (177);  by  ch  in  many 
learned  words  (185) ;  by  c  in  the  first  element  of  the  com- 
bination cc  before  e,  i,  y  (176);  by  q  in  cases  hke  cinq, 
coq  (252) ;  by  qu,  the  u  being  silent,  in  cases  like  quand, 
que,  qui  (254). 

230  1  (11)  =  [1]  about  as  in  English  jolly,  lean,  avoiding 
a  hollow  vocalic  sound  sometimes  heard  in  such  words 
as  English  bell,  tell.  Pronounce  French  1  clearly  and  dis- 
tinctly wdth  the  tongue  well  forward.  [1]  is  represented  by 
1  and  11:  col-ler  [ko-le]  to  glue;  in-tel-li-gent  [e-te-li-3a] ; 
la  [la]  the;  li-vre  [li-vr]  book;  lu-ne  [lyn]  moon;  pul-lu-ler 
[py-ly-le]  to  swarm. 

221  1  final  is  usually  pronounced  (165,  344) :  bel  [bel] 
fine;  cal-cul  [kal-kyl]  calculation;  che-val  [^s-val]  horse; 


CONSONANTS  87 

con-sul  [k5-syl];  fol  [fol]  foolish;  No-el  [no-el]  Christmas; 
nou-vel  [nu-vel]  new;  Ra-oul  [ra-ul]  Ralph;  sel  [sel]  salt; 
seul  [sceI]  alone;  tel  [tel]  such. 

Ill  -le  final  after  a  consonant.  Special  care  should 
be  taken  not  to  pronounce  French  final  -le  after  a  con- 
sonant as  a  distinct  syllable  as  in  the  cognate  English 
words  ending  in  -le.  The  French  final  -le  does  not  form 
a  separate  syllable  by  itself  as  in  English,  but  the  1  goes 
with  the  preceding  consonant,  receiving  only  a  light 
whispered  pronunciation,  not  infrequently  disappearing 
in  colloquial  French:  ai-gle  [e(!)gl]  eagle;  bou-cle  [bukl] 
buckle;  peu-ple  [poepl]  people;  ta-ble  [tabl]. 

223  1  is  silent  in  proper  names  ending  in  -auld,  -ault, 
-aulx;  also  in  a  few  common  words:  Ar-nauld  [ar-no]; 
aulx  [o]  pi.  garlic;  Bel-fort  [be-foirj;  cul  [ky]  posterior; 
fauQ)x  [fo]  scythe;  fils  [fis]  son;  [fi]  ((vieilli))  may  some- 
times be  heard;  Gi-rault  [si-ro];  He-rault  [e-ro];  La  Roche- 
fou-cauld  [la  r,o$-fu-ko];  pouls  [pu]  pulse;  Per-rault  [pe-ro]; 
Qui-nault  [ki-no] ;  Saulx  [so] ;  soul  [su]  fill. 

ExERCiSK  XLIII,  illustrating  I  (11)  =[!].  Write,  divide  as  in  writ- 
ing, pronouncing  aloud  as  you  write,  the  following  words:  alleluia, 
bol,  colonel,  cellule,  fatal,  follicule,  gouleux,  intelligence,  la,  lait,  I'an, 
la.s,  I'eau,  leger,  leur,  lien,  lin,  lit,  local,  loge,  long,  louche,  loueur, 
loyal,  lueur,  niiel,  mobile,  pelhcule,  soulever,  volaiUe. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  speaking,  pro- 
nouncing aloud  as  you  write,  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alpha- 
bet. 

224  il,  ill,  known  as  liquid  I  or  1  mouillee  =  [j].  ill  in 
the  middh;  of  a  word  and  il  at  the  end  are  generally  pro- 


88  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

nounced  [j],  that  is,  like  the  semi-consonant  in  English 
yes,  year;  nevertheless  after  a  consonant  the  1  of  final  il 
is  apt  to  be  pronounced:  cil  [sil]  eyelash;  fil  [fil]  thread;  mil 
[mil]  one  thousand;  Nil  [nil]  the  Nile.  L  mouillee  is  repre- 
sented by  11  after  i  and  by  il  and  ill  after  any  other 
vowel  (but  not  when  i  and  1  are  in  different  syllables). 
Thus  the  word  for  William  would  be  divided  in  writing 
and  printing  Guil-laume,  but  phonetically  would  be  pro- 
nounced and  symbolized  [gi-joim];  pail-lasse  [pa-jas] 
straw  mattress;  se-rail  [se-raij]  harem.  This  sound  has 
already  received  attention  under  the  semi-vowel  y  (154). 
The  difference  between  French  y  and  1  mouillee  is  that  y  = 
two  i's  (i+i),  as  in  pay-e  =  «pai-ie))  [pe-je];  while  1  mouille 
=  merely  [j]  alone,  as  in  paille  [puij]  not  [peij]. 

225  The  term  liquid,  like  aspirate,  is  still  used,  al- 
though no  longer  applicable.  It  applied  formerly  to 
words  having  ill  in  the  middle  or  il  at  the  end.  The 
sound  was  about  Hke  that  heard  in  English  Wi^^iam.  If 
Willia7n  be  pronounced  ((wee-yum))  [wi-jom]  it  will  illus- 
trate quite  well  the  change  which  the  ill  or  il  sound  origi- 
nally liquid,  underwent.  In  general,  it  is  necessary  to 
consider  il  final  or  ill  medial,  simply  as  signs  representing 
the  sound  of  y  in  English  year;  and  to  disassociate  them 
entirely  from  the  preceding  vowel  or  combination  of 
vowels.  Thus  tra-vail-ler  (cf.  46,  3°)  was  formerly  pro- 
nounced [tra-val-je]  ])ut  now  [tra-va-je];  and  tra-vail  was 
pronounced  [tra-valj],  now  [tra-va!J].  Thus,  as  shown, 
the  a  and  the  i  do  not  go  together  as  the  ay  in  the  first 
syllable  of  pay-e,  making  a  single  sound  [r],  but  constitute 
the  two  parts  of  the  diphthong  a+i  =  [a:j]  or  [a:j]. 


CONSONANTS  89 

3^6  il  and  ill  [j],  that  is,  the  so-callecl  1  mouillee,  com- 
bines ordinarily  with  a  preceding  vowel  or  digraph  as 
follows: 


ail 

eil 

ieil 

euil 

ceil 

ail-le 

eil-le 

ieil-le 

euil-le 

oeil-le 

[a:j] 

[e:jj 

im] 

[a'lj] 

[oe:j] 

ueil 

(i)il 

ouil 

ueil-le 

(i)il-le 

oail-le 

ouil-le 

uil-le 

[oeuJ 

[(i)j] 

[wuij] 

[u:j] 

[y:j]  and  [iti:j 

ail:  ail  garlic;  bail  [l)aij]  lease;  e-ven-tail  [e-va-taij] 
fan.  ail-le :  ba-tail-le  [ha-t(i:j]  hatllc;  trou-vail-le  [tru-v(i:j] 
find;  vo-lail-le  [vj-lu:j]  puidlry.  eil:  con-seil  [k5-sf:j] 
council;  pa-reil  [pa-re ij]  equal;  so-leil  [so-le:j]  sun.  eil-le: 
a-beil-le  [a-br:jl  bee;  cor-beil-le  [kor-beij]  basket;  o-reil-le 
[o-rt'ij]  ear.  ieil:  vieil  [vjr:jj  old.  ieil-le:  vieil-le  [vjcijj 
old.  euil:  deuil  [dci'ij]  mourning;  e-cu-reuil  [e-ky-roejj] 
squirrel;  fau-teuil  [fo-toe:j]  armchair,  euil-le:  feuil-le 
[fa'ij]  leaj;  Neuil-ly  [ncc-jij;  veuil-le  [voeij]  wish,  oeil:  ceil 
[oe:j]  eye;  oeil  de  boeuf  [02 !J  do  boef]  bull's-eye;  oeil  de  chat 
[a-:]  (I)  5a]  cat's-cye,  agate,  oeil-le :  oeil-la-de  [ce-jad]  glance; 
oeil-le-re  [ui-jcirj  blinder;  oeil-let  [di-jv]  pink,  ueil  (after 
c  and  g,  ue  is  substituted  for  eu  before  il  and  ill) :  ac-cueil 
[a-ka'!J]  reception;  e-cueil  [c-kcc:j]  breaker;  or-gueil 
[.>r-ga':j|  pride.  ueil-le:  ac-cueil-le  [a-kocij]  receires; 
re-cueil-le  [ro-koeij]  gathers;  or-gueil-leux  [,)r-g(r-j0l 
hanghty.  (ijil  and  fijil-le,  that  is,  in  cases  when  tlie  vowel 
of  the  syllable  is  i,  1  or  11  must  necessarily  be  written  in 
place  of  il  and  ill.  il:  gre-sil  [gre-zi;j],  also  [gre-zi|  and 
[grc-zil]  slccl;  mil  [iui:,)l    also  [mil J  millet;  cases  like  the 


90  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

two  last  cited  where  the  l  =  [j]  are  rare,  ill:  an-guil-le 
[a-gi:j]  eel;  be-quil-le  [be-ldij]  crutch;  fil-le  [fiij]  girl. 
oail-le:  joail-le-rie  [5waj-ri]  jewelry;  joail-lier  [swa-je] 
jeweler,  ouil:  fe-nouil  [f8-nu!J]/emieZ.  ouil-le :  ci-trouil-le 
[si-truij]  pmnpkiri;  gre-nouil-le  [grQ-nuij]  frog ;  notice  this 
word  is  pronounced  [gro-nu:j]  and  not  [gro-nwi],  the  semi- 
vowel ill  or  il  being  the  only  one  that  may  follow  a  vowel; 
mouil-le  [muij]  liquid,  uil-le:  ai-guil-le  [e-gnui]]  needle; 
cuil-ler  (cuil-lie-re)  [ky-je:r]  or  [kqi-jeir]  or  [kyl-jeir] 
spoon;  juil-let  [^y  jc(fe)]  or  [^l^^]  or  [3iii-J8(t)]  July; 
[kqi-jeir]  and  [sqi-je]  are  most  commonly  heard. 

Exercise  XLIV,  illustrating  il  or  ill  (the  so-called  liquid  1)  =  [j]. 
Write,  dividing,  whenever  possible,  into  syllables  according  to  the 
usage  in  writing  and  printing,  the  following  words,  pronouncing 
aloud  the  syllables  or  words  as  you  wi-ite  them:  ail,  barbouiller, 
bataiUe,  bequilles,  betail,  billet,  bouteille,  bouvreuil,  bredouiller, 
brouillard,  caiUe,  cercueil,  chenille,  cheville,  conseiller,  deraille,  deuil, 
fauteuil,  feuille,  groseiUe,  habiUons,  ceil,  orteil,  oreiUe,  orgueilleux, 
quadriUe,  soleil,  sommeil,  vanille,  veilleuse,  vermeil,  Versailles, 
veuille,  vieiUard,  vieiUir. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  the  above  words,  dividing 
them  as  in  the  spoken  language,  pronouncing  them  aloud,  using  the 
key  alphabet. 

227  il  and  ill  =  [il].  As  stated  under  225,  it  is  necessary, 
in  general,  to  consider  ill  in  the  middle  of  a  word  and  il  at 
the  end  simply  as  signs  representing  the  sound  of  y  in 
English  year.  The  sound  1  mouillee  is  represented  by  11 
(after  i) ;  by  il  and  ill  after  any  other  vowel  (the  i  and  the 
1  being  in  the  same  syllable).  Nevertheless  there  are 
many  cases  where  the  il  and  ill  have  their  natural  sound 
Of  [il]. 


CONSONANTS  91 

228  il  final,  not  preceded  by  a  vowel  =  [il]  or  [i]  or  [j]; 
that  is,  il  not  preceded  by  a  vowel  is  pronounced  in  three 
different  ways:  with  the  1,  without  the  1,  and  as  liquid  1, 
or  strictly  i+liquid  1  [i:j].  The  cases  of  final  il  =  [i!J]  are 
quite  rare  and  tend  to  disappear.  Authority  may  easily 
be  found  for  three  pronunciations  [il],  [ij]  and  with  silent 
1  [i]  of  the  foUoudng  words:  a-vril  [a-vril]  or  [a-vriij]  or 
[a-vri]  April;  ba-bil  [ba-bil]  or  [ba-bi!J]  or  [ba-bi]  prattle; 
gre-sil  [gre-zil]  or  [gre-ziij]  or  [gre-zi]  sleet.  The  following 
words  have  two  pronunciations  [il]  and  [iij]:  cil  [sil]  or 
[si:j]  eyelash;  mil  [mil]  or  [mi:j]  millet;  pe-ril  [pe-ril]  or 
[pe-ri:j],  although  this  latter  pronunciation  is  uncom- 
mon; and  the  following  may  also  be  pronomiced  in  two 
ways,  with  silent  1  and  with  liquid  1 :  fe-nil^  [fa-ni]  or  [fa- 
ni:j]  hay-loft;  tril  (more  conmionly  trille)  [tri]  or  [triij] 
trill. 

229  il  final,  not  preceded  by  a  vowel  =  [il],  that  is, 
cases  where  1  of  the  ending  il  has  its  normal  value.  Be- 
sides the  words  avril,  babil,  cil,  gresil,  mil,  peril,  the  last 
syllable  of  which,  as  noted  above  under  228,  is  oftentimes 
pronounced  with  a  sounded  normal  1,  that  is  [il],  the  fol- 
lowing are  some  of  the  more  common  words  that  have 
the  [il]  pronunciation,  which  is  generally  the  usual  one 
after  a  consonant:  a-nil  [a-nil]  indigo  plant;  be-ryl  [be-ril] 
emerald;  ci-vil  [si-vil];  ex-il  [eg-zil]  exile;  fil  [fid]  thread;  il 
[il]  he,  and,  before  a  consonant,  popular  [i];  le  Nil  [lo  nil] 
the  Nile;  langue  d'o-fl  [la:g  d  .)il]  language  of  oil  (oui), 
northern  France;  pis-til  [pis-til];  pro-fil  [pro-fil]  side-view; 
pue-ril  [pije-ril]  boyish;  vil  [vil]  vile;  vo-la-til  [vj-la-til] 
airy. 


92  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

230  il  =  [i],  that  is,  in  cases  where  the  1  of  the  ending 
-il  is  silent.  Besides  the  words  fenil  [fo-ni]  and  tril  [tri] 
mentioned  under  228  the  following  have  silent  1:  ba-ril 
[ba-ri]  barrel;  che-nil  [^o-ni]  kennel;  cou-til  [ku-ti]  tick- 
ing; frai-sil  [fre-zi]  charcoal-dust;  four-nil  [fur-ni]  bake- 
house; fu-sil  [fy-zi]  gun;  gen-til  [sa-ti]  nice;  but  notice 
gen-til-homme  [sd-ti-jom]  nobleman,  and  the  plural  form 
gen-tils-hom-mes  [su-ti-zom]  noblemen;  gril  [gri]  gridiron; 
me-nil  [me-ni]  habitation;  nom-bril  [no-bri]  navel;  ou-til 
[u-ti]  tool;  per-sil  [pcr-si]  parsley;  sour-oil  [sur-si]  eyebrow. 

231  ill  initial  =  [il]  that  is,  the  ordinary  sound  of  i+1, 
or  [ill],  that  is,  i+1+1  (42  and  168);  il-le-gal  [i(l)-le-gal]; 
il-li-si-ble  [i(l)-li-zi-bl]  illegible;  il-lus-trer  [i(l)-lys-tre]  to 
illustrate. 

233  iH  not  initial,  in  certain  other  words,  which  only 
practice  makes  known,  has  also  the  usual  sound  of  1: 
A-chil-le  [a-Sil];  bil-lion  [bi-ljo];  co-di-cil-le  [ko-di-sil]  codi- 
cil; De-m-le  [de-lil] ;  dis-til-ler  [di-sti(l)-le]  to  distil;  i-dyl-le 
[i-dil]  idyl;  im-be-cil-li-te  [e-be-si(l)li-te]  imbecility;  in-stil- 
ler [e-sti(l)-le]  to  instil;  Lil-le  [lil] ;  max-il-lai-re  [mak-si-leir] 
maxillary;  mil-le  [mil]  thousand;  mil-liard  [mi-ljair]  thou- 
sand millions;  mil-lion  [mi-ljo];  myr-til-le  [mir-til]  myrtle; 
os-cil-ler  [o-si-le]  to  oscillate;  pu-pil-le  [py-pil]  loard;  pu- 
sil-la-ni-me  [py-zi(l)-la-nim]  pusillanimous;  scin-til-ler 
[sg-ti(l)-le]  to  sparkle;  si-byl-le  [si-bil]  sibyl;  Tal-ley-rand 
[ta(l)-le-ru];  ti-til-ler  [ti-ti(l)-le]  to  tickle;  tran-quU-le 
[tru-kil]  tranquil;  va-cil-ler  [va-si-le]  to  waver;  vau-de- 
vil-le  [vo-dvil]  ballad;  vil-le  [vil]  city;  vil-la-ge  [vi(l)-lai5]; 
Vill-main  [vil-me]. 


CONSONANTS  93 

233  m  (mm),  as  in  mot  [mo]  word;  da-me  [dam]  ladij, 
about  like  the  m  in  English  steamer,  has  its  consonantal 
value  when  beginning  words  or  syllables  in  which  the  m 
precedes  a  vowel,  as  in  the  two  examples  just  given;  and 
elsewhere,  excepting  the  cases  (129)  where  the  m  after 
a  vowel  at  the  end  of  words  or  syllables  (and  before  the 
consonants,  most  frequently  p,  b,  t),  makes  nasal  the  pre- 
ceding vowel  and  is  itself  not  pronounced  (373).  Other- 
wise stated,  m  retains  its  consonantal  value  when  double, 
or  between  two  vowels  or  a  vowel  and  a  silent  h.  m  =  [m] : 
la-me  [lam]  blade;  ma-man  [ma-mu]  and  [mu-mu]  mama; 
re-su-me  [re-zy-me]  summary.  mm  =  [m]:  fem-me  [fam] 
woman;  gram-mai-re  [gra-meir]  grammar;  hom-me  [om] 
man. 

234  m  when  followed  by  n  (132,  143)  is  not  nasal 
but  retains  its  consonantal  value:  am-nis-tie  [am-nis-ti] 
amnesty;  au-tom-nal  [o-tom-nal]  autumnal;  ca-lom-nie 
[ka-bm-ni]  calumny;  gym-nas-ti-que  [sim-nas-tik]  gym- 
nastics; in-dem-ni-te  [f-dam-ni-tc]  indemnity;  in-som-nie 
[e-som-ni]  insomnia;  om-ni-po-tent,  [;)ni-ni-po-td];  om-nis- 
cient  [om-ni-sja];  som-n^mi-bu-le  [som-na-byl]  somnam- 
bulist. 

235  m  is  usually  pronounced  at  the  end  of  foreign 
words  after  a  vowel,  and  also  at  the  end  of  syllables 
(cf.  132,  134,  139)  in  such  words:  al-bum  [al-bom];  Am- 
ster-dam  [am-strr-dani] ;  Beth-le-em  [brt-lc-nnj;  de-cem- 
vir  |(lc-srm-vir];  E-phra-im  |('-fra-ini];  Ep-som  l('])-s.)iii]; 
Her-cu-la-num  [tT-ky-la-ii.jm|;  i-dem  [i-drm];  in-te-rim 
[t-tc-riiiij;    i-tem     [i-tniij;    Je-ru-sa-lem     [50-ry-za-li  iiij; 


94  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

Krem-lin  [krem-le];  Nem-rod  [nem-rod];  o-pium  [o-pjom]; 
Pri-am  [pri-am];  re-quiem  [re-kqiem];  rhum  [rom];  Rot- 
ter-dam [ro-trr-dam] ;  Se-lim  [se-lim];  tri-um-vir  [tri-om- 
vi:r];  Tus-cu-lum  [tus-ky-lom]. 

236  When  foreign  words  ending  in  m  become  galli- 
cized,  then  the  m,  following  French  analogies,  nasalizes 
the  preceding  vowel:  Ab-sa-lom  [ap-sa-l5];  A-dam  [a-da]; 
Sam-son  [sa-s5]. 

237  m  is  silent  in  au-tomne  [o-ton]  autumn;  dam-ner 
[da-ne]  to  damn;  and  in  the  derivatives  con-dam-na-ble 
[ko-da-na-bl]  blamable;  con-dam-na-tion  [ko-da-na-sjo] 
condemnation  (cf.  143). 

338  mm  =  [m]  or  [(m)m]  (168).  The  cases  where  two 
m's,  or  a  somewhat  lengthened  m,  may  be  heard,  like 
those  of  two  sounded  I's  or  two  sounded  r's,  are  practi- 
cally of  no  great  importance.  They  usually  occur  in 
words  beginning  with  imm:  im-mo-ral  [i(m)-mo-Tal],  but 
may  occur  elsewhere:  gram-ma-ti-cal  [gra(m)-ma-ti-kal]. 

Exercise  XLV,  illustrating  the  nasal  consonant  m  =  [m]  or  mm 
=  [(m)m].  Write,  divide  as  in  written  French,  pronouncing  syllables 
and  words  as  you  write,  the  following  words :  amitie,  calomnie,  dia- 
deme,  dilemme,  diligemment,  Emma,  Emmanuel,  gemme,  grammati- 
calement,  immense,  immacule,  immortel,  macadam,  mahnener, 
mammifere,  mammouth,  marmite,  marmotter,  medire,  memement, 
memoire,  milieu,  modele,  momerie,  monument,  murmure,  omnibus, 
post-scriptum,  sciemment,  soumission. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  when  spoken,  pro- 
nouncing aloud  syllable  and  word  when  written,  these  same  words, 
using  the  key  alphabet. 


CONSONANTS  95 

239  n  (nn)  =  [n],  as  in  ni  [ui]  neither,  a-ne  [a:n]  ass,  about 
as  in  English  many,  occurring  before  any  vowel  (except 
in  the  prefix  en  (133)  where  the  n,  as  a  rule,  nasalizes 
the  preceding  vowel),  n:  a-ni-mal  [a-ni-mal];  in-a-ni-me 
[i-na-ni-me]  inanimate;  o-no-ma-to-pee  [o-no-ma-to-pe]  on- 
omatopaia;  e-nor-me  [e-norm]  enormous;  na-nan  [na-nu] 
candy;  u-ni-for-me  [y-ni-form]  uniform,  nn:  an-na-les 
[a(-n)-nal]  annals;  an-neau  [a-no]  ring;  don-ner  [do-ne] 
to  give;  hon-neur  [o-noeir]  honor;  in-no-cen-ce  [i-no-sais]; 
in-ne  [in-ne]  innate. 

240  n,  like  m,  when  following  a  vowel  in  the  same 
syllable,  simply  serves  to  nasalize  the  vowel  (131). 

-  241  n  final  is  sounded  in  proper  names  and  in  a  few 
foreign  words:  ab-do-men  [ab-do-men];  A-den  [a-den]; 
a-men  [a-men];  Bee-tho-ven  [be-to-ven];  E-den  [e-den]; 
hy-men  [i-men];  li-chen  [li-ken];  pol-len  [po-lcn];  spe-ci- 
men  [spe-si-men]. 

242  n  in  in  of  some  common  Latin  terms  is  sounded: 
in-oc-ta-vo  [i-nok-ta-vo]  8vo;  in  pa-ce  [in  pa-se];  in  par- 
ti-bus [in  par-ti-bys];  in  pet-to  [in  pet-to];  in  pla-no 
[in  pla-no];  in  sta-tu  quo  [in  sta-ty  kwo];  in  ex-ten-so 
[i-neks-te-so] ;  in  ex-tre-mis  [i-neks-tre-mis]. 

243  in  =  [e]  generally  in  expressions  giving  the  size  of 
books:  in-dou-ze  [e  duiz]  12nio;  in-fo-lio  [f  fo-ljo];  in- 
quar-to  [t-  kwar-to]  4to;  in-sei-ze  [b  sciz]  IGmo. 

244  n  is  disregarded  in  the  -ent,  third  person  plural  of 
verbs,  and  this  entire  ending  is  absolutely  silent:  lis  ai- 


96  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

ment  [ilz  E:\m]the7j  love;  ils  ai-me-rent  [ilz  r-mp:r]  they  loved; 
ils  chan-tent  [il  5a:t]  they  sing;  ils  chan-te-rent  [il  $a-te!r] 
they  sang;  ils  fi-nis-sent  [il  finis]  they  are  finishing;  ils 
fi-ni-rent  [il  fi-niir]  they  finished. 

Exercise  XLVI,  illustrating  the  nasal  consonant  n  =  [n]  or  nn 
=  [(n)n].  Write,  divide  as  in  written  French,  pronouncing  syllable 
and  word  as  you  -m-ite,  the  following  words:  Annibal,  le  Bcarn,  ca- 
liner,  carnaval,  comprencz,  ennobUt,  flanelle,  hennir,  hymen,  inac- 
tion, inhabile,  inherent,  innombrable,  Narbonne,  nenni,  nominatif, 
nonante,  nonnain,  nonobstant,  pinacle,  provenir,  prune,  scenario,  so- 
lermite,  sonore,  souvenir,  vinaigre. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  when  spoken,  pro- 
nouncing aloud  syllable  and  word  when  wi'itten,  these  same  words, 
xising  the  key  alphabet. 

Exercise  XLVII,  illustrating  the  distinction  between  nasal  vow- 
els (129)  and  oral  vowels  followed  by  consonantal  m  or  n.  Write, 
divide  as  in  written  French,  pronouncing  syllables  and  words  as  you 
write,  the  following  words:  aimable,  amitie,  amoureuse,  an,  anato- 
mic, ane,  arrondir,  banane,  bon,  bonne,  brun,  brune,  calamite, 
calembour,  Damon,  dilemme,  diligemment,  Emma,  emmagasiner, 
emmaiUoter,  Emmanuel,  emmenager,  ils  entendent,  faim,  femme, 
fin,  fine,  flambeau,  flanelle,  gene,  gens,  gemme,  grammatical,  imma- 
c\i\6,  immense,  immeuble,  immoler,  immortel,  innovation,  instinct, 
lundi,  lune,  malmener,  maman,  mammelle,  mammifere,  mammouth, 
marmite,  memement,  memoire,  momerie,  monument,  murmure,  om- 
nibus, post-scriptum,  sciemment,  soumlssion,  Siam. 

245  p  (pp)  =  [p],  as  in  pas,  tape,  about  as  in  English 
taper,  is  regularly  represented  by  p:  cap  [kap]  cape;  de- 
pot [de-po]  deposit;  e-clip-se  [e-klips],  pa-pier  [pa-pje] 
paper;  prin-temps  [pre-ta]  spring;  su-per-be  [sy-pcrb] 
superb,  pp:  ap-pe-tit  [a-pe-ti]  appetite;  nap-pe  [nap] 
cloth;  sup-plice  [sy-plis]  punishment. 


CONSONANTS  97 

246  [p]  may,  however,  be  represented  by  b  before  a 
voiceless  consonant,  as  explained  under  170.  ab-sent 
[ap-sa],  ab-surde  [ap-syrd]  absurd,  ob-te-nir  [op-to-niir] 
to  obtain,  are  examples  of  the  sound  of  p  represented  by 
a  written  b. 

247  p  is  silent  in  a  number  of  words,  some  of  the 
commonest  of  which  are:  bap-te-me  [ba-teim]  baptism; 
bap-ti-ser  [ba-ti-ze]  to  baptize;  Bap-tis-te  [ba-tist] ;  bap-tis- 
te-re  [ba-tis-teir]  baptistry;  comp-te  [kjit]  account;  corps 
[ka:r]  body;  domp-ter  [do-te]  to  subdue;  domp-teur  [do- 
toe:r]  tamer;  ex-empt  [eg-zu]  free;  ex-emp-ter  [cg-zd-tc]  to 
exempt;  prompt  [pro];  promp-ti-tude  [pro-ti-tyd] ;  romps 
[r5]  break;  sept  [set]  seven;  sculp-teur  [skyl-toeir];  sculp- 
tu-re  [skyl-tyir]. 

248  p  is  pronounced  in  other  words  under  identical  or 
similar  conditions:  ab-rupt  [ab-rypt];  as-somp-tion  [a- 
sop-sj.")]  assumption;  con-somp-tif  [k5-s5p-tif]  consump- 
tive; con-somp-tion  [ko-sop-sjj]  using  up;  ex-emp-tion 
[eg-zap-sj5];  im-promp-tu  [c-prop-ty];  laps  [laps]  lapse; 
pe-remp-toire  [ix'-rup-twair]  peremptory;  pre-emp-tion 
[prc-np-sj.")];  pre-somp-tif  [pre-zop-tif]  presumptive;  pre- 
somp-tion  [pre-zop-sj3]  presumptuousness ;  pr^-somp-tueux 
[prc-zr)p-ti{0]  presumptuous;  rapt  [rapt]  carryimj  ojj;  re- 
demp-teur  [re-dn(p)-toc;r]  redeemer;  re-demp-tion  [re- 
dri(pj-sj:)l;  re-lap-se  [r,)-lai)s];  reps  [rrps]  rep;  sep-tem-bre 
[srp-triibrl;  sep-tua-ge-nai-re  [stp-tita-se-nrir]  scplua(jcna- 
rian;  sep-ten-trion  [.sep-tu-trjo]  north;  symp-to-me  [sfp- 
toim]  symptom. 


98  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

249  p  final  is  generally  silent:  beau-coup  [bo-ku] 
much;  can-ta-loup  [ku-ta-lu]  cantaloup;  coup  [ku]  stroke; 
drap  [dra]  cloth;  ga-lop  [ga-lo]  gallop;  loup  [lu]  wolf;  si-rop 
[si-ro]  sirup;  trop  [tro]  and  [tro]  too  much. 

250  p  final  is  sounded  in  a  few  instances:  cap  [kap] 
cape;  cep  [sep]  vine-stock;  croup  [krup];  ha-nap  [a-nap] 
large  cup;  ja-lap  [sa-lap]  (jalap) ;  ju-lep  [sy-lep]  julep. 

251  p  and  ph  (191)  followed  by  n,  s,  t  are  sounded 
at  the  beginning  of  words:  pneu-ma-ti-que  [pn0-ma-tik] 
hicycle  tire;  pneu-mo-nie  [pn0-mo-ni]  pneumonia;  psal- 
mo-dier  [psal-mo-dje]  to  chant  psalms;  psal-mis-te  [psal- 
mist] psalmist;  psau-me  [psoim]  psalm;  psy-che  [psi-^e] 
cheval-glass;  psy-cho-lo-gie  [psi-ko-lo-si]  psychology;  psy- 
co-lo-gue  [psi-ko-log]  psychologist;  Pto-le-mee  [pto-le-me] 
Ptolemy;  pht(h)i-sie  [fti-zi]  phthisis;  pht(h)i-si-que  [fti- 
zik]  consumptive. 

Exercise  XLVIII,  illustrating  p  (pp)  =  [p].  Write,  dividing, 
whenever  possible,  as  in  written  French,  pronouncing  aloud  syllables 
and  words  as  you  wTite,  the  following  words :  acception,  apoplexie, 
apte,  captieux,  consomption,  coupe,  epopee,  hippopotame,  Lesseps, 
palper,  palpitant,  pampre,  papa,  pape,  papillon,  parapluie,  peremp- 
toire,  pion,  pipe,  presomptif,  pneu,  pneumatologie,  pompe,  relapse, 
septentrional,  symptome,  transept. 

Cases  of  [p],  that  is,  sounded  p  =  written  French  b:  absoudre, 
abstinence,  absurde,  observer,  obstacle,  obtenir. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide,  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  the  above  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

252  q  and  qu  =  [k].  q  is  regularly  followed  by  u  except 
in  cinq  [seik]  five  and  coq  [kok]  cock,  where  the  final  q  has 
the  k  sound. 


CONSONANTS  99 

253  qu  has  three  sounds:  [k]  which  is  the  most  usual, 
the  u  being  entirely  silent;  [kw],  usually  before  a;  and 
[kq]  usually  before  e  and  i. 

254  qu  =  [k]  in  the  majority  of  cases,  especially  in 
older  and  commoner  words  of  the  language:  ac-que-rir 
[a-ke-ri:r]  to  acquire;  Saint  Tho-mas  d'Ac-quin:  [se  to-mci 
da-ke];  an-ti-quail-le  [a-ti-ka:j]  old  curiosity;  a-qui-lin 
[a-ki-le]  aquiline;  a-qui-lon  [a-ki-l5]  north  wind;  con- 
que-rir  [ko-ke-riir]  to  conquer;  en-que-te  [a-keit]  inquest; 
e-qui-ta-ble  [e-ki-ta-bl] ;  e-qui-va-lent  [e-ki-va-lci] ;  e-qui- 
vo-que  [e-ki-vok]  equivocal;  fa-bri-que  [fa-brik]  fabric; 
in-quiet  [e-kjr]  anxious;  li-que-fier  [li-ke-fje]  to  liquefy; 
li-queur  [li-kojir]  liquor;  lo-que  [bk]  shred;  nu-que  [nyk] 
nape;  quand  [ka]  when;  quart  [kair]  quarter;  Saint  Quen- 
tin  [sf  kci-te];  quar-te  [kart]  fourth;  qua-si  [ka-zi]  almost; 
qua-tre  [katr]  four;  qua-train  [ka-trf]  four  verses;  que-te 
[krit]  quest;  queue  [k0]  tail;  quil-le  [ki:j]  keel;  quin-cail- 
le-rie  [k£-kaj-ri]  hardware;  quin-te  [keit]  fifth;  quin-quet 
[ke-kr]  Argand  lamp;  quin-teux  [ke-t0]  whimsical;  Char- 
les-Quint [^ar-lo  kc]  Charles  V;  qui-pro-quo  [ki-pro-ko] 
blunder;  vain-quis  [vg-ki]  (I)  conquered;  vain-quons  [ve- 
k5]  lei  us  conquer. 

255  The  sound  [k],  as  already  shown  (174,  185,  186, 
219),  may  under  certain  conditions  be  expressed  by  c,  cc, 
ch,  k.  As  seen  in  such  examples  as  those  cited  under 
254:  li-que-fie,  quin-te,  etc.,  the  sound  [k]  must  be 
written  qu  before  e  and  i,  and  may  be  so  written  before 
a,  o:  qua-li-te  [ka-li-tc]  quality;  vain-quons  [vr-ko]  let  us 
conquer.     But  before  re   and    before    consonants  [k]   is 


100  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

written  c.  This  occasions  certain  variations,  according 
to  the  forms,  in  the  spelhng  of  words:  ca-duc  [ka-dyk] 
decrepit;  ca-du-que  [ka-dyk];  pu-blic  [py-bhk];  pu»-bli-que 
[py-bHk];  turc  [tyrk]  Turk;  tur-que  [tyrk];  vain-cre 
[veikr]  to  conquer;  vain-cu  [ve-ky]  conquered;  vain-quant 
[v8-ka]  conquering;  vain-quez  [ve-ke]  conquer;  vain-quis 
[ve-ki]  (I)  conquered. 

356  qu  =  [kw]  before  a:  a-qua-rel-le  [a-kwa-rel]  water- 
color;  a-qua-rium  [a-kwa-rjom];  a-qua-ti-que  [a-kwa-tik] 
watenj;  a-de-qua-te  [a-de-kwat];  e-qua-teur  [e-kwa-toeir] 
equator;  e-qua-tion  [e-kwa-sj5];  in-quar-to  [e  kwar-to]; 
lo-qua-ce  [lo-kwas]  and  [lo-kas]  loquacious;  qua-dran-gle 
[k(w)a-dra:gl];  qua-dru-pe-de  [k(w)a-dry-ped]  quadruped; 
qua-dru-pler  [k(w)a-dry-ple]  to  quadruple;  quar-to  [kwar- 
to];  quartz  [kwairts];  qua-tuor  [kwa-tqoir]  quartet;  squa-le 
[skwal]  dogfish;  squa-re  [skwair]. 

257  qu  =  [kii]  before  e  and  i,  particularly  in  the  prefix 
equi  [o-k(i])i]  meaning  equal;  de-li-ques-cen-ce  [de- 
li-k(q)e-sas];  e-ques-tre  [e-k(q)estr]  equestrian;  e-qui- 
dis-tant  [e-k(ii)i-dis-ta];  e-qui-ta-tion  [e-k(ii)i-ta-sj5]; 
o-bli-qui-te  [o-bli-k(Li)i-te]  obliquity;  ques-teur  [kqes- 
tceir]  questor;  ques-tu-re  [kqestyir]  questorship;  qui-e-tu-de 
[kqi-e-tyd] ;  Quin-te-Cur-ce  [kqet  kyrs]  Quintus  Curtius; 
Quin-ti-lien  [kqg-ti-lje];  re-quiem  [re-kniem];  u-bi-qui-te 
[y-bi-ki{i-te]  ubiquity. 

358  As  shown  by  the  examples  in  256  and  257,  the 
pronunciation  of  qu  is  not  always  easy  to  determine.  In 
a  general  way  it,  may  be  said  tliat  for  the  older  and  es- 


CONSONANTS  101 

tablished  words  of  the  language  the  pronunciation  [k]  is 
quite  safe;  while  for  the  newer  and  more  learned  forms, 
brought  into  the  language  after  1550  approximately,  the 
pronunciation  of  qu  is  either  [kw]  or  [kq].  The  same  con- 
fusion exists  with  regard  to  gu  (195-199)  and  the  prin- 
ciples governing  the  pronunciation  of  the  latter  follow 
closely  those  of  qu. 

ExBRCiSE  XLIX,  illustrating  the- three  values  of  qu:  1"  [k];  2" 
[Ivw];  3°  [kq].  Write,  divide  as  in  written  French,  pronouncing 
aloud  syllables  and  words  as  you  write  them,  the  following  in  which 
qu  has  the  value  of  [k]:  acquit,  equivalent)  equitable,  equivoque, 
quadrille,  quai,  quarante,  quasi,  quatre-tomps,  quel,  queassi-queu- 
mi,  queue,  quillon,  quinquina,  quotient;  the  following  in  which  qu 
=  [kw] :  aquareUiste,  aquatinta,  equation,  exequatur,  Uquation,  qua- 
dragenaire,  quadrat(e),  quadrupler,  sine  qua  non,  squale;  and  the 
following  in  which  qu  =  [kq]  loquelc,  (quibus),^  (quiddite),  quie- 
tisme,  quietude,  (quintette),  (quintuple),  a  quia,  (quintidi),  quin- 
quennal. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  and  pronounce  aloud 
as  in  spoken  French  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

259  r  =  [r];  rr  =  [(r)r],  as  in  rare  [ra:r];  rend  [ro]  round; 
cour-rai  [kur-re]  (I)  shall  run;  about  as  in  English  error. 
Two  r's  are  g(nierally  rolknl  or  trilled  more  than  a  single 
r.  Thus  in  words  beginning  with  irr  (H)8)  and  in  the 
future  and  conditional  of  courir,  mourir,  querir,  the 
double  r  is  distinctly  hoard  and  serves  to  difforentiate 
these  verb-forms  from  those  of  the  imperfect  indic^ative 
which  have  but  one  r.  In  either  case,  whether  there  be 
one  or  two  r's,  the  r  should  make  itself  distinctly  felt. 
Not  sounding  the  r  is  usually  the  most  noticeable  defect 

•  The  wonis  in  parenthesis  iiavc  uIho  [k|. 


102  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

of  English-speaking  students,  a  defect  which  mars  appre- 
ciably the  spoken  word,  a-ri-de  [a-rid]  arid;  au-ront 
[o-ro]  (they)  will  have;  er-rer  [er-re]  to  err;  er-reur  [er-rce:r] 
error;  se-ra  [sa-ra]  (he)  will  be;  ter-ri-ble  [te-ri-bl]. 

260  -re  final  at  the  end  of  a  word  after  a  consonant  is 
precisely  parallel  to  -le  final  at  the  end  of  a  word  after  a 
consonant  (222).  The  group  consonant +re  should  not 
be  pronounced  as  a  distinct  syllable,  but,  just  as  in  the 
case  of  the  group  consonant +le,  should  be  pronounced 
slightly  whispered  and  as  though  forming  but  one  syllable 
with  what  precedes:  a-cre  [a-kr]  tart;  ai-gre  [e:gr]  sour; 
ar-bre  [arbr]  tree;  cen-tre  [sa!tr];no-tre  [notr]  our;  or-dre 
[ordr]  order;  per-dre  [perdr]  to  lose. 

261  r  final  is  regularly  sounded  (165):  coeur  [koe:r] 
heart;  dor-toir  [dor-twa:r]  dormitory;  fi-nir  [fi-niir]  to 
finish;  leur  [loeir]  their;  mur  [myir]  wall;  peiir  [poeir] 
fear;  plai-sir  [ple-ziir]  pleasure;  te-nir  [ta-ni:r]  to  hold; 
trot-toir  [tro-twa:r]  sidewalk. 

262  But  final  r  (347-349)  is  usually  silent  in  the  end- 
ing -er  of  words  of  more  than  one  syllable.  In  such  cases 
-er  =  [e]:  ai-mer  [e-me]  to  love;  Be-ran-ger  [be-ra-se]; 
ber-ger  [ber-3e]  shepherd;  bou-cher  [bu-^e]  butcher;  cour- 
rier  [ku-rje]  messenger;  cui-si-nier  [kqi-zi-nje],  cook;  dan- 
ger [da-3e];  e-pi-cier  [e-pi-sje]  grocer;  fer-mier  [fer-mje] 
farmer;  jar-di-ner  [sar-di-ne]  to  garden;  le-ger  [Ie-3e] 
light;  of-fi-cier  [o-fi-sje]  officer;  par-ler  [par-le]  to  speak; 
Ro-ger  [ro-3e];  ver-ger  [v8r-3e]  orchard.  When  an  s  is 
added  to  form  the  plural  of  nouns  the  singular  of  which, 


CONSONANTS  103 

as  in  the  above  list,  ends  in  -er,  the  pronunciation  of  the 
word  remains  unchanged:  ber-gers  [ber-se]. 

263  r  final  in  monosyllables  in  -er,  and  in  a  few  words 
of  more  than  one  syllable,  and  in  proper  names  mostly  of 
foreign  origin,  is  sounded:  cher  [^cir]  dear;  fer  [feir]  iron; 
fier  [fje:r]  proud;  hier  [jc:r]  yesterday;  mer  [meir]  sea; 
ver  [ve;r]  worm.  Words  of  more  than  one  syllable  and 
proper  names:  a-mer  [a-meir]  bitter;  as-ter  [a-ste:r]  aster; 
Au-ber  [o-beir];  can-cer  [ka-sc:r];  cuil-ler  [kqi-jeir];  ei- 
der [e-dc:r]  eider;  en-fer  [ci-feir]  hell;  Es-ther  [es-te:r]; 
e-ther  [e-teir];  hi-ver  [i-veir]  winter;  Ju-pi-ter  [sy-pi- 
te:r];  Kle-ber  [kle-beir];  Lu-ther  [ly-te:r];  ma-gis-ter 
[ma-3is-teir]  village  schoolmaster;  Nec-ker  [ne-keir];  pa- 
ter [pa-te:r]  paternoster;  part-ner  [part-neir];  re-vol-ver 
[re-vol-ve:r];  Schil-ler  [5i-lc:r];  sta-bat  ma-ter  [sta-bat 
ma-tc!r]. 

264  r  is  regularly  pronounced  in  words  ending  in  r 
-|-  consonant ;  in  such  cases  the  final  consonant  is  always 
silent:  ac-quiers  [a-kjr:r]  acquire;  An-vers  [a-veirj;  clerc 
[kleir]  clerk;  con-quiert  [kS-kjeir]  (he)  conquers;  de-sert 
[de-znr];  en-vers  [a-veir]  towards;  fort  [fo:r]  strong; 
Thiers  [tjnr];  tiers  [tjcir]  third  part;  u-ni-vers  [y-ni-vnr] 
universe;  vers  [vc:r]  verse. 

265  r  is  pronounced  in  gars  [ga:r]  lad;  [ga]  is  a  familiar 
form,  [gair]  is  more  literary;  it  is  not  pronounced  in  mon- 
sieur [mo-sj0]  sir;  mes-sieurs  [me-sj0]  gentlemen. 

ExEuciSK  L,  illuHtruting  pronounced  r,  that  is,  r  =  [r],  rr  =  [(r)r]. 
Write,  dividing  iis  in  written  French,  i)ronouncing  aloud  sylhibh'H 
and  words  im  you  write  them,  the  following:  Albert  Diirer,  arriere. 


104  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

Auber,  barbare,  Bernard,  brancard,  brocard,  carte,  Chartres,  cour, 
Eclair,  Ferrare,  garnir,  irraisonnable,  irreconciliablc,  ii-regulier,  irrup- 
tion, meurtre,  Niger,  Oder,  peur,  plaisir,  pretre,  Quimper,  raidir,  ra- 
rete,  regard,  remarque,  rempart,  rendre,  rire,  ronron,  rural,  rustre, 
Ruyter,  stathouder,  le  steamer,  le  tendei',  thaler,  Weser. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  the  above  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

266  s  =  [s],  as  in  French  si,  danse,  about  as  in  English 
miss.  The  sound  is  more  sharply  hissed  than  the  English 
s,  as  can  easily  be  perceived  by  comparing  initial  s  of 
EngUsh  six  with  that  of  French  six. 

267  s  =  [s]  is  represented  by  s,  ss,  c,  before  e,  i,  y  (175), 
f  (176),  t  (in  ti+ vowel  in  many  cases),  x,  z.  s  =  [s]  (com- 
monly as  initial,  or  before  or  after  any  consonant  in  a 
word):  ab-strait  [ap-stre]  abstract;  cris-tal  [kris-tal]  crys- 
tal; es-clave  [es-klcisv]  slave;  ob-ser-ver  [op-ser-ve]  to 
observe;  pos-te  [post]  jjost;  sus-pen-se  [sys-pais].  ss:  cas- 
ser  [ka-se]  to  break;  frois-ser  [frwa-se]  to  crumple;  pas- 
ser [pa-se]  to  pass,  c  before  e,  i,  y  =  [s]:  ce  [so]  this;  cent 
[sa]  one  hundred;  sce-ne  [sem];  (for  c  silent  in  the  com- 
bination sc  before  e,  i,  y,  see  175,  Remark) ;  ce-ci  [sasi]  this; 
ci-vil  [si-vil];  scien-ce  [sjais];  cy-clo-ne  [si-klom];  cy-lin- 
dre  [sileidr]  cijlinder;  Scyl-la  [sil-la].  f :  fa-ga-de  [fa-sad] 
front;  gar-gon  [gar-so]  boy;  re-fu  [ra-sy]  received,  t  (in  ti 
+ vowel):  i-ni-tial  [i-ni-sjal];  na-tion  [na-sjo];  par-tiel 
[par-sjel]  partial,  x:  dix  [dis]  ten;  six  [sis]  six  (i.e.  when 
dix  and  six  do  not  precede  and  modify  a  noun,  see  372) ; 
soi-xan-te  [swa-sait]  sixty;  and  in  a  number  of  proper 
nouns  and  adjectives  derived  from  them.  ALx  [eks]  and 
[es]  (ville  de  Provence) ;  Aix-la-Cha-pel-le  [es  la  ^a-pel] ; 


I 


CONSONANTS  105 

Aix-les-Bains   [eslebe];   Au-xer-re    [o-seir];   au-xer-rois 

[o-sc-rwa]  {pertaining  to  Auxerre);  but  Saint-Germain- 
1' Au-xer-rois  is  pronounced  [se  ser-me  lok-ser-wa] ;  Au-xois 
[o-swa]  (a  portion  of  the  Cote-d'Or);  Au-xon-ne  [o-son]; 
Be-a-trix  [be-a-tris];  Bru-xel-les  [bry-sel];  bru-xel-lois 
[bry-sc-hva]  pertaining  to  Brussels;  Ca-dix  [ka-dis]  and 
[ka-diks];  Lu-xeuil  [ly-soe:j];  U-xel-les  [y-sel];  Xer-xes 
Igzer-se:s].  s  =  [s]  and  represented  by  z  in:  Cor-tez  [kor- 
tes];  eau  de  Seltz  [o  da  sels]  Seltzer  water;  Metz  [meis]; 
Suez  [sqes];  Ve-las-quez  [ve-Las-kes]. 

368  s  between  vowels  =  [z]:  ce-ri-se  [sa-riiz]  cherry; 
des-ha-bil-ler  [de-za-bi-je]  to  undress;  des-hon-neur  [de- 
zo-noe:r]  dishonor;  frai-se  [freiz]  strawberry;  mai-son  [nie- 
zo]  house;  mi-se-re  [mi-ze:r]  misery;  ro-se  [roiz];  ru-se 
[ryiz];  tre-sor  [tre-zo:r]  treasure  (366). 

269  s  has  its  own  sound  [s],  even  when  between  vowels, 
when  beginning  the  second  part  of  a  compound  word; 
and,  according  to  some  authorities,  in  all  the  parts  of 
the  verb  ge-sir  [se-ziir]  to  lie  (except  the  infinitive): 
an-ti-sep-ti-que  [ci-ti-scp-tik] ;  an-ti-so-cial  [a-ti-so-sjal]; 
bi-sul-fa-te  [iM-syl-fat];  co-si-nus  [k.)-si-nys]  cosine;  de- 
sue-tu-de  [de-sqe-tyid]  disuse;  dy-sen-te-rie  [di-sa-tri] 
dysentery ;  en-tre-sol  [a-tro-sol] ;  mo-no-syl-Ia-be  [mo-no- 
si-lab] ;  pa-ra-sol  [pa-ra-sol];  po-ly-syl-la-be  [po-li-si-lal)]; 
pre-se-an-ce  [pre-se-u:s]  precedence;  pre-sup-po-ser  [pre- 
sy-po-ze];  tour-ne-sol  [tur-no-sol]  sunflower;  vrai-sem-bla- 
ble  [vrr-sn-bla-bl]  likely;  gi-sons  [ji-so]  (we)  lie  buried. 
The  Uniform  International  Dictionary  gives  gi-sons  [^i- 
zo];  gi-sent  [5i:z].  The  Michaelis-Passy  gives  gi-sent 
[5iiz]  and  gi-sant  [si-zu]. 


106  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

370  s  =  [z]  (always  when  "linked,"  366);  in  words 
beginning  with  trans  before  a  vowel:  trans-ac-tion  [tra- 
zak-sjo];  trans-at-lan-ti-que  [tra-zat-lci-tik]  transatlajiiic; 
tran-si-ger  [tra-zi-5e]  to  come  to  terms;  tran-sit  [tra-zi(t)] 
(299);  tran-si-tif  [tra-zi-tif ] ;  tran-si-tion  [tra-zi-sj5].  Ex- 
ceptions are  tran-sir  [tra-si:r]  to  become  numh;  tran-si 
[tra-si]  benumbed;  tran-sept  [trd-s8(pt)]  299;  Tran-syl-va- 
nie  [tra-sil-va-ni].  The  word  Pen-syl-va-nie  is  analagous 
to  Tran-syl-va-nie,  and  is  pronounced  [pe-sil-va-ni], 
although  you  can  hear  on  the  railway  oftentimes  [pen- 
sil-va-ni]  (137). 

271  s  =  [z]  in  some  other  words,  of  which  the  most 
common  examples  are:  Al-sa-ce  [al-zas];  as-bes-te  [az- 
best]  asbestos;  As-dru-bal  [az-dry-bal] ;  bal-sa-mi-ne  [bal- 
za-min];  bal-sa-mi-que  [bal-za-mik]  balmy;  Dres-de 
[dre-zd]  Dresden;  Is-ra-el  [iz-ra-el];  Jer-sey  [ser-ze];  Lis- 
bon-ne  [liz-bon];  pres-by-te-re  [prez-bi-tnr]  parsonage; 
Ra-tis-bon-ne  [ra-tiz-bon] ;  Saint-Pe-ters-bourg  [se  pe- 
terz-buir];  Stras-bourg  [straz-bu:r]. 

272  s  within  a  proper  name  which  has  preserved  the 
ancient  spelling  is  almost  always  silent  when  followed  by 
another  consonant:  Ais-ne  [em];  As-nie-res  [a-njeir]; 
Chas-les  [Sad];  Des-car-tes  [de-kart];  Des-mou-lins  [de- 
mu-le];  Du-gues-clin  [dy-ge-kle];  Du-quesne  [dy-kem]; 
Es-pi-nas-se  [e-pi-nas];  Es-tien-ne  [e-tjen]  Stephen;  Je- 
sus-Christ [se-zy  kri]  and  [5e-zy  krist] ;  an-te-christ  [a-te- 
kri]  and  [a-te-krist],  which  form  tends  to  establish  itself. 
Before  a  consonant  s  is  silent  in  est  [e]  is;  des-quels  [de- 
kcl]  of  which;  les-quels  [le-kel]  who,  which;  mes-da-mes 


CONSONANTS  107 

[me-dam];     mes-de-moi-sel-les    [med-mwa-zel] ;     Nes-le 
[ne:!];  Pras-lin  [pru-lf];  Ros-ny  [ro-ni];  Vos-ges  [yo\-,]. 

273  s  final  as  a  rule  is  silent:  bas  [ba]  low;  (pain-)bis 
[pe  bi]  brown  bread;  bras  [bra]  arm;  cas  [ka]  ca.se;  dos  [do] 
back;  jus  [57]  juice;  las  [la]  tired;  (fleur  de)  lis  [floeir  dd  li] 
lily  (as  an  emblem);  nos  [no]  our;  pas  [pa]  step;  puis  [pqi] 
then;  puits  [pqi]  icell. 

274  s  final  is  usually  pronounced  in  foreign  proper 
names  and  in  some  French  names:  A-do-nis  [a-do-ni:s]; 
Ar-ras  [a-rais];  Du-cis  [dy-siis];  Fre-jus  [fre-5y:s];  Gil  Bias 
[silblais];  Les-bos  [lrs-bo:s];  Mem-phis  [me-fiis];  Mens 
[mSis];  Pu-vis  de  Cha-van-nes  [py-vi  d  ^a-van]  (exception); 
R(h)eims  [rt-:s];  Ro-mu-lus  [ro-my-ly:s] ;  Saint-Gau-dens 
[se  go-de:s];  Sie-yes  [sje-jrs];  Ve-nus  [ve-nyis]. 

275  s  final  (313)  is  pronounced  in  quite  a  number 
of  common  French  words  which  only  familiarity  with 
the  language  will  make  knowm:  al-ba-tros  [al-ba-trois];  al- 
bi-nos  [al-bi-n.):s];  a-lo-es  [a-l)-es] ;  an-ge-lus  [a-5e-ly(0s]; 
as  [u:s]  ace;  at-las  [at-la:.s];  bis  [bi:s]  twice,  encore;  blo-cus 
[l)b-ky:s]  blockade;  cas-sis  [ka-sis]  black  currant;  cens 
[sa:s]  quit-rent;  cho-rus  [ko-ry:s];  cor-tes  [kor-tcs]  cortes 
(in  Spain);  es  [f^'s]  in  the;  fils  [fis]  son;  gens  [jUis]  and  [5a] 
'people;  gra-tis  [gra-ti:s]  gratuitously;  he-las  [e-lais];  hia-tus 
[ja-ty:s];  i-bis  [i-})i:s];  i-ris  [i-ri:s];  ja-dis  [sa-dis]  of  old; 
laps  [laps]  lapse;  lis  [li:s]  lily;  ma-is  [ma-is]  maize;  mars 
[mars]  March;  me-ri-nos  [me-ri-nais]  merino;  me-tis  [me- 
tiis]  hnlf-hrced;  moeurs  [maTs]  morals,  also  [moe:r];  o-a-sis 
[o-a-zi:s];  om-ni-bus  [.>m-ni-l)y:s];  os  [.)s]  boiw;  ours  [urs] 


108  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

hear;  pa-thos  [pa-to!s];  plus  [plys],  so  pronounced  when 
emphatic  and  also  when  meaning  plus  or  some  more, 
otherwise  it  is  usually  pronounced  [ply];  pros-pec-tus 
[pro-spek-tyis];  re-bus  [re-by:s];  re-laps  [r9-laps];  rhi-no- 
ce-ros  [ri-no-se-ro!s];  sens  [sais]  except  in  the  expressions 
le  bon  sens  [b  bo  sa]  and  le  sens  comun  [b  sa  koma] ; 
en-sus  [a-sys]  over  and  above;  tous  [tuis]  all,  so  pronounced 
when  emphatic,  used  as  a  pronoun,  and  not  when  stand- 
ing immediately  before  a  noun,  in  which  case  it  is  pro- 
nounced [tu];  ty-phus  [ti-fyis];  us  [yis]  and  [y]  usages; 
va-sis-tas  [va-zis-tais]  transom;  vis  [vis]  screw. 

276  sc  =  [sk]  before  a,  o,  u  and  consonants:  es-clan-dre 
[es-kla:dr] /racas;  fis-cal  [fis-kal];  Pas-cal  [pas-kal];  pros- 
cri-re  [pros-kri:r]  to  proscribe;  scan-da-le  [ska-dal];  scar- 
la-ti-ne  [skar-la-tin] ;  sc(h)o-lai-re  [sko-lc:r]  academic; 
scni-tin  [skry-te]  ballot;  sculp-teur  [skyl-toeir]  sculptor. 

277  sc  =  [s]  before  e,  i,  y:  sce-le-rat  [se-le-ra]  villain; 
scep-ti-cis-me  [sep-ti-sism] ;  scep-tre  [sep-tr];  scie  [si] 
saw;  scin-til-le  [s8-ti:j]  spar  A;;  Scyl-la  [sil-la]. 

278  sch.  This  combination  has  two  values  according 
to  the  pronunciation  of  ch  (182  and  185).  sch  =  [sk]  in  a 
very  few  words:  sche-ma  [ske-ma]  scheme;  sc(h)o-lai-re 
[sko-leir];  sc(h)o-las-ti-que  [sko-las-tik].  Sch  =  [S]  also  in 
a  very  few  words:  kirsch  [kir^]  kirschwasser ;  schis-me 
[Sism];  schis-te  [^ist]  slate. 

Exercise  LI,  illustrating  s,  ss,  sc  =  [s].  Write,  divide  as  in  writ- 
ing and  printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and  words,  the 
following:  anse,  assassinat,  biceps,  cassation,  concession,  crocus,  dis- 


CONSONANTS  109 

penser,  estime,  express,  gibus,  hermcs,  lapis,  lotus,  Madras,  motus, 
myosotis,  nonsens,  omniscience,  penser,  persuader,  plus-que-parfait, 
rasibus,  science,  tandis  que.  Illustrating  s  between  vowels  =  [z]: 
base,  bise,  blouse,  chaise,  deshabiller,  deshomieui-,  lesion,  misere, 
muse,  raison,  raser,  rose,  ruse. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
as  in  the  spoken  language,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and 
words  as  you  write  them,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

379  t,  tt,  th  =  [t],  as  in  tas  [ta]  pile;  pat-te  [pat]  paw, 
about  as  in  English  en^ry.  t:  chut  [^yt]  and  [^it]  hush;  e-te 
[e-te]  been;  lan-ter-ne  [la-trrn];  moi-tie  [mwa-tje]  half; 
ques-tion  [kes-tjo];  temps  [tu]  weather,  tt:  net-te  [net] 
clean;  sot-te  [sot]  foolish;  trot-toir  [tro-twa:r]  sidewalk,  th: 
sym-pa-thie  [se-pa-ti];  the-i-tre  [te-a:tr];  the-me  [te:m]. 

280  ti.  The  group  ti,  followed  by  a  vowel,  is  pro- 
nounced si  [sj]  in  many  words  and  especially  the  endings: 
-tie,  -tial,  -tiel,  -tieux,  -tieuse,  -tion;  -tien  (in  proper 
names);  -tient  (not  in  verbs);  in  patience  and  derivatives; 
-tium.  But  when  any  one  of  these  terminations  is  pre- 
ceded by  s  or  x,  as  in  ques-tion  [kes-tjo];  mix-tion  [mis- 
tjo]  mixture,  the  group  ti  has  the  value  of  [tj]. 

281  -tie.  t  has  the  sound  of  [s]  in  the  ending  -tie  when 
following  a  vowel:  -atie,  -itie,  -otie,  -utie:  ar-gu-tie  [ar- 
gy-si]  quibble;  a-ris-to-cra-tie  [a-ris-to-kra-si] ;  la  Be-o- 
tie  [la  be-o-si];  cal-vi-tie  [kal-vi-si]  baldness;  Dal-ma-tie 
[dal-ma-si];  de-mo-cra-tie  [de-mo-kra-si] ;  di-plo-ma-tie 
[di-pl,)-ma-si];  fa-ce-tie  [fa-se-si]  witticism;  mi-nu-tie  [mi- 
ny-si]  trifle;  pe-ri-pe-tie  [pc-ri-pe-si]  vicissitude;  pro-phe-tie 
[pro-fe-si]  prophecy;  the-o-cra-tie  [te-o-kra-si].     It  will  be 


110  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

noticed  that  the  English  correspondent  to  these  French 
words  ends  in  cy  or  tia.  But  in  the  feminine  terminations 
-tie  and  -ties  of  past  participles,  and  in  all  parts  of  the 
verb  cha-tier,  ti  has  its  normal  value  of  [ti]:  a-pla-tie 
[a-pla-ti]  flattened;  a-ver-tie  [a-ver-ti]  warned;  tu  cha- 
tie-ras  [ty  ^a-ti-ra]  thou  wilt  punish;  also  the  words  ro-tie 
[ro-ti]  toast;  so-tie  [so-ti]  farce,  retain  the  t;  e-pi-zo-o-ti 
has  [e-pi-zD-o-si]  and  [e-pi-zo-o-ti]  epizooty. 

382  -tial.  t==[s]:  im-par-tial  [e-par-sjal];  i-ni-tial  [i-ni- 
sjal];  nup-tial  [nyp-sjal];  mar-tial  [mar-sjal];  par-tial  [par- 
sjal]  biased;  par-tia-li-te  [par-sja-li-te]. 

283  -tiel.  t  =  [s]:  con-fi-den-tiel  [ko-fi-da-sjel];  es-sen- 
tiel  [e-sa-sjel];  par-tiel  [par-sjel];  po-ten-tiel  [po-ta-sjel]; 
pro-vi-den-tiel  [pro-vi-da-sjel];  sub-stan-tiel  [syp-sta-sjel]. 

284  -tieux.  t  =  [s]:  am-bi-tieux  [a-bi-sj0];  cap-tieux 
[kap-sj0];  de-vo-tieux  [de-vo-sj0];  fac-tieux  [fak-sj0];  mi- 
nu-tieux  [mi-ny-sj0].  For  the  feminine  -tieuse  forms, 
simply  add  [iz]  to  the  masculine:  [a-bi-sj0iz]. 

285  -tion.  t  =  [s]:  fonc-tion  [fok-sjo];  na-tion  [na-sjo]; 
por-tion  [por-sjo];  ra-tion  [ra-sjo];  sta-tion  [sta-sjo];  su-je- 
tion  [sy-se-sjo]  subjection. 

286  -tien.  t  =  [s]  in  proper  names :  Be-o-tien  [be-o-sje] ; 
Ca-pe-tien  [ka-pe-sje];  Di-o-cle-tien  [di-o-kle-sje];  Do-mi- 
tien  [do-mi-sjej;  E-gyp-tien  [e-5ip-sje];  Hel-ve-tien  [el-ve- 
sje];  Ho-ra-tien  [o-ra-sje];  Li-li-pu-tien  [li-li-py-sje];  Ti-tien 
[ti-sje];  Ve-ni-tien  [ve-ni-sje]. 


CONSONANTS  111 

287  -tient.  t  =  [s]  (not  in  verbs)  in  pa-tient  [pa-sja], 
and  the  derivatives  patiemment,  patience,  patienter,  im- 
patiemment,  impatience,  impatient,  impatientant,  im- 
patienter;  also  in  quo-tient  [ko-sjci]. 

288  -tium.  t  =  [s]:  Ac-tium  [ak-sjom];  La-tium  [la- 
sjom];  stron-tium  [stro-sjom]  a  yellow  metal. 

289  ti.  The  group  ti,  followed  by  a  vowel,  in  other 
cases,  may  be  said  in  general  to  have  its  own  value  [tj]. 
A  brief  smnmary  of  the  principal  cases  follows. 

290  ti+vowel  =  tj  when  preceded  by  s  (or  x,  of  which 
mix-tion  [mis-tj5]  mixture;  mix-tion-ner  [mis-tjo-ne]  to 
mix  appear  to  be  the  only  available  examples).  The 
examples  of  ti-j- vowel,  preceded  by  s,  are  numerous: 
bas-tion  [bas-tjj];  bes-tlal  [bes-tjal];  com-bus-tion  [k5- 
bys-tjo];  con-ges-tion  [kj-5Fs-tj3];  di-ges-tion  [di-3es-tj5]; 
dy-nas-tie  [di-uas-ti|;  hos-tie  [os-tij  consecrated  host;  ques- 
tion [kes-tjo];  sug-ges-tion  [syg-ses-tjo];  ves-tiai-re  [vcs- 
tjr:r]  dressing-room. 

291  ti+ vowel  =  tj  in  the  verb-endings  -tions,  -tiez  of 
the  first  conjugation:  por-tions  [par-tjo]  (we)  were  carnj- 
ing;  (but  the  noun  por-tions,  meaning  portions,  parts 
o/=[por-sjo]);  por-tiez  [por-tje]  (you)  were  carrying;  no- 
tions [no-tjo]  (we)  were  noting;  no-tiez  [no-tje]  (you)  were 
noting. 

292  -tie  preceded  by  a  consonant  =  [ti]:  a-ne-an-tie 
[a-ne-u-ti]    annihilated;    ga-ran-tie     [ga-rd-tij     guaranty; 


112  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

or-tie  [or-ti]  nettle;  par-tie  [par-ti]  portion;  sor-tie  [sor-ti] 
exit.  But  the  words  in-ep-tie  [i-nepsi]  inept,  in-er-tie 
[i-ner-si]  inertia  have  the  s  sound. 

293  ti+vowel  =  [tj]  in  the  endings  -tie,  -tier,  -tiers 
and  in  tie  in  -tie-me  and  -tie-me-ment :  a-mi-tie  [a- 
mi-tje]  friendship;  cen-tie-me  [su-tjem]  one  hundredth; 
cen-tie-me-ment  [sa-tj  em-ma]  in  the  hundredth  place; 
chan-tier  [^a-tje]  wood-yard;  char-pen-tier  [^ar-pa-tje]  car- 
penter; cha-tier  [Sa-tj e]  to  chastise;  en-tier  [a-tje]  entire; 
en-tie-re  [d-tjeir]  entire;  fron-tie-re  [fro-tjeir];  frui-tier 
[frqi-tje]  fruit-hearing;  frui-tie-re  [frqi-tjeir]  fruit-bearing; 
in-i-mi-tie  [i-ni-mi-tje]  unfriendliness;  moi-tie  [mwa-tje] 
the  half;  pe-nul-tie-me  [pe-nyl-tjem]  penult;  pi-tie  [pi-tje] 
pity;  Poi-tiers  [pwa-tje];  por-tier  [por-tje]  doorkeeper; 
por-tie-re  [por-tje ir]  doorkeeper;  quan-tie-me  [ka-tjem] 
day  (of  the  month) ;  quar-tier  [kar-tje]  quarter;  sep-tie-me 
[se-tjem]  seventh;  tiers  [tjeir]  third;  ving-tie-me  [ve-tjem] 
twentieth;  vo-lon-tiers  [vo-l5-tje]  willingly.  But  the 
words  bal-bu-tier  [bal-by-sje]  to  stajnmer  (and  the  deriva- 
tive bal-bu-tie-ment  [bal-by-si-mci]  siammeri.ng) ;  dif-fe- 
ren-tier  [di-fe-ra-sje]  to  differentiate;  in-i-tier  [i-ni-sje]  to 
initiate  (and  derivative  in-i-tia-tion  [i-ni-sja-sj5]);  sa- 
tie-te  [sa-sje-te]  satiety;  trans-sub-stan-tier  [tra-syp-sta- 
sje]  transuhstantiate  have  the  s  sound. 

294  ti  =  [tj]  in  the  groups  tia,  tien,  tienne,  tio  making 
up  the  following  words:  an-tien-ne  [a-tjen]  anthem;  Chre- 
tien [kre-tje]  Christian;  chre-tien-ne  [kre-tjen]  Christian; 
E-tien-ne  [e-tjen]  Stephen;  e-tiez  [e-tje]  (you)  were;  e-tio- 
ler    [e-tjo-le]    to    make   pale;    e-tions    [e-tjo]   (we)    were; 


CONSONANTS  1 13 

ga-li-ma-tias  [ga-li-ma-tja]  gibberish;  main-tien  [me-tje] 
bearing;  sou-tien  [su-tje]  support;  tia-re  [tjair]  tiara;  tien 
[tje]  thine;  tien-ne  [tjen]  thine. 

295  t  final  (350-352)  is  regularly  silent:  af-fut  [a-fy] 
gun-carriage;  ban-quet  [l^ci-ke];  de-troit  [de-trwa]  strait; 
e-tat  [e-ta]  state;  ha-bit  [a-bi]  coat;  he-raut  [e-ro]  her- 
ald; im-pot  [e-po]  tax;  in-te-ret  [e-te-re]  interest;  nuit 
[niii]  7iight;  ren-fort  [rd-fo:r]  reenforcement;  saut  [so] 
leap;  sou-hait  [swc]  wish. 

296  t  final  is  pronounced  in  some  words  ending  in  ct: 
corn-pact  [ko-pakt];  con-tact  [k5-takt];  cor-rect  [ko- 
rckt];  di-rect  [di-rekt];  ex-act  [eg-zakt] ;  in-cor-rect  [e-ko- 
rekt];  in-di-rect  [g-di-rckt];  in-ex-act  [i-neg-zakt] ;  in-fect 
[e-fekt];  in-tact  [c-takt];  tact  [taktj;  strict  [strikt]. 

297  t  final  is  pronounced  in  some  words  ending  in  st: 
bal-Iast  [ba-last];  Brest  [brest];  Christ  [krist];  Er-nest 
[er-nest];  est  [est]  east;  nord-est  [nord-est]  norf/ieas<;  nord- 
ouest  [nord-west]  northircst  (363);  ouest [west] it/'esf;  sud-est 
[sy-dest]  southeast;  sud-ouest  [syd-west]  southwest;  toast 
[tost];  whist  [wist];  zest  [zest]  nonsense!  presto. 

298  t  final  is  pronounced  after  a  vowel  in  some  words 
of  which  the  following  are  quite  common:  but  [byt]  or 
[by]  end,  object;  brut  [bryt]  gross;  chut  [^yt]  hush;  dot  [dot] 
dowry;  fat  [fat]  fop;  huit  [\\\i\  eight  (except  before  the 
initial  consonant  of  a  word  numbered  by  it) ;  lut  [lyt]  lut- 
ing (chemistry);  mat  [mat]  dull,  checkmated;  net  [net] 
dean. 


114 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


299  t  (or  th,  h  always  silent)  is  pronounced  in  quite  a 
number  of  loan  words  and  proper  names  such  as  the  fol- 
lowing: ab-rupt  [ab-rypt];  a-co-nit  [a-ko-nit];  Belt  [belt]; 
bis-muth  [bis-myt];  co-balt  [ko-balt];  de-fi-cit  [de-fi-sit]; 
E-li-sa-beth  [e-li-za-bet] ;  et  cae-te-ra  [et  se-te-ra] ;  ex- 
e-at  [eg-ze-at];  gra-nit  [gra-nit]  and  [gra-ni];  in-dix-huit 
[e  di  zqit];  in-dult  [e-dylt];  Ja-phet  [sa-fet];  Ju-dith  [sy- 
dit];  knout  [knut]  scourge;  Loth  [lot];  luth  [lyt]  lute;  malt 
[malt];  mam-mouth  [ma-mut];  oc-ci-put  [ok-si-py(t)]; 
o-piat  [o-pia(t)];  pre-te-rit  [pre-te-ri(t)];  rapt  [rapt] 
seizure;  Seth  [set];  Soult  [suit];  spalt  [spalt];  su-bit  [sy- 
bi(t)]  sudden;  tran-sept  [tra-sc(pt)]  (270);  tran-sit  [tra- 
zi(t)]  (270);  ver-mouth  [ver-mut];  ze-nith  [ze-nit];  zest 
[zest]  nonsense! 


300  Special  cases.  As  may  be  discerned  from  some  of 
the  preceding  examples,  usage  as  regards  pronouncing  or 
not  final  t  in  learned  words  of  relatively  recent  formation 
varies.  Moreover  such  is  the  difference  of  opinion,  that 
in  order  to  illustrate  it  without  bias,  it  seems  expedient 
merely  to  quote  what  those  who  have  been  and  are  con- 
sidered good  authority  indicate.  Teachers  and  educated 
Frenchmen,  for  obvious  reasons,  are  apt  to  have  decided 
preferences,  and  these  are  worthy  the  student's  careful 
consideration.  Five  authoritative  works  are  here  cited 
as  vouching  for  the  pronunciation  of  the  words  in  the 
following  list:  Hatzfeld,  Darmesteter  et  Thomas,  Die- 
tionnaire  (H);  Michaelis-Passy,  Dictionnaire  phonetique 
(P);  Rousselot,  Precis  de  pro7io7iciation  (R);  Victor,  Ele- 
mente  der  Phonetik  (V) ;  Lesaint,  Traite  de  la  prononciation 
frangaise  (L):   ab-ject  [ab-3ekt]  H,  L,  R,  V;  [ab-3e(kt)] 


CONSONANTS  115 

P;  as-pect  [as-pe]  H,  P;  [as-pek]  L,  V;  but  [by]  end,  object, 
H,  L;  [by(t)]  P;  "the  t  is  sounded  when  the  word  occurs 
at  the  end  of  a  sentence,"  V;  «on  hesite  pour  un  certain 
nombre  de  mots:  [by]  et  [byt],  [fa]  et  [fat],  [ne]  et  [net]))  R; 
cir-con-spect  [sir-ko-spck]  H,  L;  [sir-ko-spe]  P;  [sir-k5-spe] 
[sir-ko-sprk]  [sir-ko-sprkt]  R;  dis-tinct  [dis-teikt]  or  [dis- 
te]P;  [dif>-ti-:kt]  H,  R;  [dis-te]  ((vicilli)),  R,  H;  [dis-tf-kt] 
[dis-tck]  [dis-t£]  L.  The  forms  distinctif,  distinction  and 
distinctement  sound  both  c  and  t  as  in  [(Us-tf  :kt];  de-fi-cit 
[de-fi-sit]  H,  L;  [de-fi-si(t)]  P;  dis-trict  [dis-tri]  P;  [dis- 
trikt]  H;  [dis-tri]  ((vieilli))  H;  [dis-trik]  L;  ex-act  [eg-zakt] 
or  [eg-za]  P;  [eg-za]  R;  [eg-zakt]  ((vieilli))  R;  [eg-zakt]  H; 
[eg-za]  ((vieiUi))  H;  fat  [fat]  P,  H,  L;  [fat]  or  [fa]  R;  fait 
(substantive)  [fe]  or  [fet]  deed,  P,  R;  [fe]  H,  L;  [fet]  V; 
gent  [5a]  or  [5a  :t]  P;  [50]  H,  L;  the  word  means  race  or 
nation:  (da  gent  trotte-menu,))  for  rats  and  mice;  gra-nit 
[gra-nit]  or  [gra-ni]  H,  R,  P;  [gra-nit]  L;  net  [net]  clean, 
plain,  P,  H,  L;  [net]  or  [ne]  R;  sot  (substantive)  [so]  fool, 
P,  R,  H,  L,  [sot]  V;  sometimes  [sot]  in  the  provinces;  post- 
scrip-tum  [pos(ts)krip-tom]  P;  [post-skrip-tom]  H;  re- 
spect [re-spe]  P;  [re-spek]  H;  [re-spe]  ((vieilli))  H;  [re-spekt] 
[rr-spek]  [re-si)el  R;  su-bit  [sy-bij  sudden,  H,  P;  [sy-bit]  L; 
suc-cinct  [syk-se]  H,  P,  L;  [syk-sekt]  or  [syk-se]  R;  sus- 
pect [sys-pekt]  H;  [sys-pekt]  or  [sys-pek]  L;  [sys-pckt] 
[sus-pek],  [sys-p{-]  R;  soit!  [swat]  he  it  so,  P;  [swat]  or  [swa] 
R;  [swa]  L;  ver-dict  [ver-di(k)]  P,  R;  [ver-dikt]  H;  [ver- 
dik]  L;  vi-vat  [vi-va]  P,  R;  [vi-vat]  H. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  educated  Frenchman,  so,  un- 
doubtedly, the  educated  teacher  will  have  formed  a  de- 
cisive opinion  iu  regard  to  the  more  usual  form  prevailing 


116  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

where  several  may  be  heard.  Therefore,  in  order  to  avoid 
confusion,  not  only  under  this  particular  case  of  the 
treatment  of  final  t,  but  for  usage  in  general  as  to  pro- 
nunciation, the  student  will  do  well  to  rely  on  his  teacher's 
judgment  until  such  time  as  he  may  be  able  to  judge  for 
himself  by  comparing  authorities  as  regards  the  usage 
in  the  manner  above  outlined,  and  thus  form  his  own 
opinion.  It  remains  to  be  added  that  much  divergence 
of  opinion  exists  in  regard  to  what  works  pass  as  current 
authority.  Here  again  the  experienced  teacher  will  best 
serve  the  student's  purpose  by  differentiating  for  him 
the  point  of  view  of  the  respective  French  "authorities." 

301  t  is  silent  in  the  following  words:  Je-sus-Christ 
[5e-zy-kri]  although  sounded  in  the  word  Christ  [krist] 
when  used  alone;  Goth  [go];  Os-tro-got(h)  [os-tro-go]; 
Vi-si-got(h)  [vi-zi-go];  as-thme  [asm]  asthma;  is-thme 
[ism]  isthmus;  cent  un  [sci  ce  ]  one  hundred  and  one. 

303  t  before  a  vowel  (cf.  350  et  seq.)  is  sounded  in  sept 
[set]  seven;  huit  [qit]  eight;  vingt  [veit]  twenty,  as  in  the 
examples:  sept  arbres  [set  ar-br]  seven  trees;  huit  heu-res 
[qit  oe:r]  eight  o'clock;  vingt  hom-mes  [vet  om]  tumity  men; 
also  when  final  at  the  end  of  a  phrase :  11  y  en  a  sept,  huit, 
vingt  [il  j  a  na  set,  \]\t,  veit]  there  are  seven,  eight,  twenty  of 
them.  And  when  sept,  huit,  vingt  are  equivalent  to  an 
ordinal:  le  sept  mai  [lo  set  me]  the  seventh  of  May;  le  huit 
jan-vier  [b  qit  sfi-vjej;  le  vingt  juin  [lo  vet  3qe]  the  twen- 
tieth of  June.  Otherwise  the  t  is  silent:  sept  pom-mes 
[se  pom]  seven  apples;  huit  poi-res  [qi  pwa:r]  eight  pears; 
vingt  sol-dats  [ve  solda]  twenty  soldiers. 


CONSONANTS  117 

303  t  is  sounded  in  the  numerals  from  twenty-one  to 
twenty-nine:  vingt  et  un  [ve  te  de]  twenty-one;  vingt-deux 
[vetd0];  vingt-trois  [vet  trwa]  twenty-three;  vingt-neuf 
[vet  na'f]  twenty-nine;  but  in  the  numerals  from  eighty 
to  ninety-nine  inclusive  the  t  is  silent:  qua-tre-vingt-un 
[ka-tra  ve  de]  eighty-one;  qua-tre-vingt-dix-huit  [ka-tra  ve 
di-zqit]  ninety-eight. 

Exercise  LII,  illustrating  t  and  th  =  [t].  Write,  dividing  when- 
ever possible,  as  in  WTiting  and  printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syl- 
lables and  words  as  you  write,  the  following:  antipathie,  apathie, 
apte,  brut,  centieme,  chrestomathie,  chretien,  Christ,  nous  contrac- 
tions, deficit,  dot,  dynastie,  frontiere,  nous  gations,  granit,  inimitie, 
nos  intentions,  Poitiers,  portier,  quartier,  repartie,  rotie,  sortie, 
soutien,  suggestion,  sympathie,  tact,  Veniat,  vingtieme. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
and  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables,  whenever  possible,  as  in  spo- 
ken French,  making  use  of  the  key  alphabet. 

Exercise  LIII,  illustrating  t  =  [s].  Write,  dividing  the  syllables 
as  in  written  French,  pronouncing  word  and  syllable  aloud  as  you 
write,  the  following:  balbutier,  conditionnel,  differentier,  egyptiaque, 
essentiel,  facetieux,  Horatius,  impartiaUte,  ineptie,  inertie,  initier, 
liliputien,  martial,  nation,  patience,  plenipotentiaire,  primatie,  pro- 
ph<;tie,  propitiatoire,  rationnel,  satiete,  substantiel,  suprematie, 
tertio,  Titien,  trans.substantier. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them  as  in  spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  as  you  write  them, 
syllables  and  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

Exercise  LIV,  illustrating  silent  t:  Write,  dividing,  whenever 
po.ssible,  as  in  writing  and  printing,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables 
and  words  as  j'ou  write  them,  the  following:  aout,  app(''tit,  art,  billet, 
carat,  d(^'gdt,  dt'ijot,  doigt,  6cart,  et,  6tat,  fort,  haut,  h6raut,  inade- 
quat,  manuscrit,  mets,  odorat,  pavot,  pot,  quart,  rat,  rempart, 
rcnfort,  r^sultat,  rets,  sabbat,  sort,  souhait,  urgent,  vert. 


118  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  dividing 
them  as  in  spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and 
words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

304  v=[v]  as  in  vent,  rive,  about  as  in  English  e?;er. 
It  does  not  occur  as  final:  le  Ha-vre  [baivr];  veu-ve 
[voeiv]  widow;  vi-va-ce  [vi-vas]  long-lived;  voir  [vwair]  to 
see;  vou-loir  [vu-lwair]  to  wish;  vrai  [vre]  true. 

305  [v]  is  represented  by  f  in  the  word  neuf  [noef]  nine 
when  the  latter  is  linked  over  before  a  vowel:  neuf  en- 
fants  [noe  vci-fu]  7iine  children;  neuf  heures  [noe  voeir] 
nine  o'clock.  Neuf  is  linked  when,  as  in  these  cases,  be- 
fore a  word  it  multiplies  (342). 

306  [v]  is  represented  by  w  (307)  in  many  names, 
especially  foreign  words;  such,  at  least,  seems  to  be  the 
unstudied  natural  French  usage.  The  cases  where  a  iv, 
as  in  English,  is  heard,  indicate  English  influence:  Crom- 
well [krom-vel];  War-wich  [var-vik];  Wa-ter-loo  [va- 
ter-lu]. 

Exercise  LV,  illustrating  v.  Write,  divide  as  in  written  French, 
pronouncing  aloud  the  sj'llables  and  words:  active,  raviver,  revol- 
ver, seve,  valet,  valu,  valve,  vent,  Versailles,  verveine,  vienne,  vi- 
lain,  vivant,  vivre,  vont,  votre,  votre. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  same  words,  divide 
them  as  in  spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  the  syllables  and 
words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

307  w  =  [v],  as  a  consonant,  occurs  only  in  a  very 
small  number  of  foreign  words,  and  is  usually  pronounced 
like  an  Enghsh  v  (cf .  306) ;  naturally  the  better  the  French- 


CONSONANTS  119 

man  knows  English,  the  more  hkely  is  he  to  pronomice  as 
in  EngUsh  and  the  less  likely  to  follow  the  French  system. 
Bruns-wick  [broz-vik];  tram-way  [tram-we];  wa-gon  [va- 
go] ;  Wa-gram  [va-gram] ;  Wal-ter  Scott  [val-ter  skot] ; 
wa-ter-proof  [va-ter-pruf ] ;  Wash-ing-ton  [va-zeg-t3] ;  We- 
ber [ve-be:r];  Wi-si-goth  [vi-zi-go]. 

308  w  =  [w]  like  the  English  w  in  well;  that  is,  u+ vowel : 
rail-way  [rel-we];  sand-wich  [sand-wit^];  wig-wam  [mg- 
wam]. 

309  wh  =  [w]  that  is,  the  h  is  absolutely  silent:  Whig 
[wig];  whist  [wist];  whis-k(e)y  [wis-ki]. 

Exercise  LVI,  illustrating  w  =  [v].  Write,  divide  as  in  writing 
and  printing,  and  pronounce  aloud  the  following  words:  Walker, 
Wallon,  A\'alpole,  warrant,  Watteau,  Wellington,  Weimar,  Weser, 
Wiesbaden,  Winkelmann,  Wissenbourg,  woKrani,  Worms. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
and  pronounce  aloud  these  same  words,  using  the  key  alphabet. 

310  X  has  five  sounds:  [ks],  [k],  [gz],  [s],  [z]. 

X  =  [ks],  the  usual  value,  I*'  in  the  prefix,  ex-  or 
hex-  initial  followcnl  by  a  consonant:  ex-cla-ma-tion 
[t:(k)s-kla-mu-sj3];  ex-pa-trier  [f(k)s-pa-tri-('];  ex-pe-dier 
[e(k)s-pe-dje];  ex-plo-rer  [e(k)s-plo-re];  ex-tir-per  [r(k)- 
stir-pe].  The  [k]  in  popular  ])ronunciation  in  such  words 
is  not  sounded.  Tiiis  popular  Tnaniicr  of  speech  need  not 
be  imitated.  It  is  not  uncommon  in  tlie  language  of  the 
street  and  is  not  infrciiucntly  observed  and  noted.  2°  In 
the  body  of  words:  A-lex-an-dre  [a-irk-su:dr];  dex-tre 
[dc(k)-str]  right  luind  and  ricjhl-handcd;  cf.   the  remarks 


120  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

just  made  in  regard  to  the  popular  elimination  of  k  in 
the  combination  ks  =  x  by  the  uneducated.  Mex-i-co 
[mek-si-ko];  six-te  [sikst]  sixth;  ox-y-ge-ne  [ok-si-3En]; 
tex-te  [tekst].  3°  at  the  end  of  a  number  of  words:  A-jax 
[a-3aks] ;  bo-rax  [bo-raks] ;  Dax  [daks] ;  Fe-lix  [fe-liks] ;  Fox 
[foks];  in-dex  [e-deks];  la-rynx  [la-rciks];  lynx  [leiks]; 
o-nyx  [o-niks];  Pol-lux  [po-lyks];  pre-fix  [pre-fiks];  sphinx 
[sfeiks];  si-lex  [si-leks];  tho-rax  [to-raks]. 

311  x  =  k(+s).  x  sounds  as  [k]  in  initial  ex  followed  by 
ce,  ci,  and  s:  ex-ce-dant  [ek-se-dti]  surplus  (not  [eks]  in 
one  syllable,  as  in  the  cases  under  1°  310,  but  the  x  is 
represented  by  [k]  while  the  [s]  represents  the  c  of  the 
second  syllable);  ex-ces  [ek-se];  ex-ces-sif  [ek-se-sif];  ex- 
cep-tion  [ek-sep-sjo];  ex-ci-ser  [ck-si-ze]  to  cut  off;  ex-ci- 
tant  [ek-si-ta]  exciting;  ex-su-der  [ek-sy-de]^o  perspire. 

313  X  =  [gz]  in  the  prefix  ex-  or  hex-  before  a  vowel  or 
silent  h  and  in  Greek  proper  names:  ex-a-men  [eg-za-me] 
examination;  [eg-za-men]  may  still  be  heard  in  the  south 
of  France,  due  to  the  Latin  pronunciation  of  the  word; 
ex-empt  [eg-za]  constable;  ex-er-ci-ce  [eg-zer-sis] ;  ex-hi- 
bi-tion  [eg-zi-bi-sj5];  ex-hor-ter  [eg-zor-te];  ex-i-ger  [eg- 
zi-3e]  to  exact;  ex-i-ler  [eg-zi-le] ;  hex-a-go-ne  [eg-za-gon]  or 
[eg-za-goin]  or  [ek-sa-goin];  hex-a-me-tre  [eg-za-me-tr]. 
Greek  proper  names :  Xan-thus  [gza-tys] ;  Xan-tip-pe  [gza- 
tip];  Xa-vier  [gza-vje];  Xe-no-phon  [gze-no-fon] ;  Xer-xes 
[gzer-seisj;  Xan-the  [gzuit]. 

313  X  =  [s]  when  final  in  a  few  words,  mostly  proper 
nouns  (cf.  267) :  Aix  [eks]  and  [es]  ville  de  Province;  Aix-la- 


CONSONANTS  121 

Chapelle  [es-la-Sa-pel] ;  Aix-les-Bains  [es-lc-be];  Au-xer-re 
[o-seir]  and  [o-seir];  Au-xois  [o-swa];  Au-xon-ne  [o-son] 
and  [o-son].  Also  initial  x  in  Xain-trail-les  =  [s]  [se-traij]; 
Be-a-trix  [be-a-tris];  Bru-xel-les  [bry-sel];  Ca-dix  [ka-dis] 
and  [ka-diks];  dix  [dis]  ten;  six  [sis]  six  (when  these 
numerals  come  at  the  end  of  a  phrase  or  do  not  precede 
and  modify  a  noun) ;  soi-xan-tai-ne  [swa-sa-ten] ;  soi-xan- 
te  [swa-su:t]  sixty;  U-xel-les  [y-sel];  Xer-xes  [gzer-seis]. 

314  x  =  [z]  in  deu-xie-me  [d0-zjem]  second;  dix-huit 
[di-zqit]  eighteen;  dix-hui-tie-me  [di-zqi-tjem]  eighteenth; 
di-xie-me  [di-zjem]  tenth;  dix-neuf  [diz-noef]  nineteen; 
dix-neu-vie-me  [diz-noe-vjcm]  nineteenth;  si-xain  [si-zc] 
six-line  stanza;  si-xie-me  [si-zjcm]  sixth;  and  the  deriva- 
tives in  -ment  of  the  numerals  here  noted. 

315  X  final  is  regularly  silent  (but  see  313) :  aux  [o]  to 
the;  ceux  [so]  those;  che-vaux  [^o-vo]  horses;  choux  [$u] 
cabbages;  creux  [kr0]  hollow;  croix  [krwa]  cross;  cru-ci-fix 
[kry-si-fi];  deux  [d0]  two;  flux  [fly]  flow;  heu-reux  [a3-r0] 
happy;  paix  [pv]  peace;  per-drix  [per-dri]  partridge;  prix 
[pri]  price;  toux  [tu]  cough;  voix  [vwa]  voice,  x  is  silent  in 
six,  dix  (cf.  313)  before  a  consonant  or  h  aspirate:  six 
pom-mes  [si  pjin]  six  apples;  dix  sol-dats  [di  sol-da]  ten 
soldiers;  six  h6-ros  [si-ero]  six  heroes. 

Exercise  LVII,  illustrating  the  various  values  of  x.  Writo,  di- 
viilp,  pronoun(!ing  aloud  syllables  and  words  as  you  write  thciii,  the 
following:  1"  x  =  [k,s]:  ox-ca-va-tion,  cxclamer,  exclure,  excursion, 
expansif,  expat  rier,  Halifax,  plienix,  leStyx.  2°  x  =  [k]:  excddcr,  ex- 
cellence, exceller,  excepts,  exception,  excitation,  exsangue.  3°  x  = 
[gz]:  exact,  ex<5cuter,  exemple,  exhorter,  exhumer,  exiger,  exiler, 
exoliquo.    4"  x  =  (h|:  Bruxelles,  il  en  a  dix,  dix-sept,  dix-sejjtic^me. 


122  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

Luxeuil,  c'est  le  six,  soixantieme,  six-huit,  six-quatre.  5°  x=[z]: 
deuxieme,  deuxiemement,  dix-huit,  dixieme,  dix-neuf,  sixain,  si- 
xiSme.  X  silent:  Citeaux,  courroux,  faux,  houx,  jaloux,  tu  peux,  je 
prevaux,  taux. 

Supplementary  Exercise.  Write  these  words,  dividing  them 
as  in  spoken  French,  pronouncing  aloud  syllables  and  words,  using 
the  key  alphabet. 

316  z  =  [z]  as  in  ze-le  [ze(!)l]  zeal;  ro-se  [roiz],  about  as 
in  English  co^y :  a-zu-re  [a-zy-re]  azure  color;  ba-zar  [ba- 
zair];  vi-zir  [vi-ziir];  ze-ro  [ze-ro];  zo-ne  [zo:n];  gaz  [gaiz] 
gas;  Suez  [sqeiz]. 

317  [z]  is  regularly  represented  by  s  between  vowels 
(268):  ro-se  [roiz];  and  in  deu-xie-me  and  the  other 
numerals  noted  in  314  is  represented  by  x. 

318  z  final  is  regularly  silent:  al-lez  [a-le]  go;  as-sez 
[a-se]  enough;  Du-mou-riez  [dy-mu-rje];  Du-prez  [dy-pre]; 
Ge-ru-sez  [se-ry-ze];  nez  [ne]  nose;  por-tez  [por-te]  carry; 
riz  [ri]  rice;  ve-nez  [va-ne]  come. 

319  z  final  (357-359)  is  pronounced  in  gaz  [gaiz]  gas, 
and  in  a  few  proper  names;  the  sound  is  usually  [z]  after 
vowels  and  [s]  after  consonants:  Aus-ter-litz  [os-ter-lits] ; 
Ber-lioz  [ber-ljaizj;  Biar-ritz  [bja-rits];  Bu-loz  [liy-biz]; 
Diaz  [djaiz];  Fritz  [frits];  Metz  [mes];  Ve-ra-Cruz  [ve-ra 
kryiz]. 

Exercise  LVIII,  illustrating  z  =  [z]  and  [s].  Write,  divide,  pro- 
nouncing aloud  as  you  write  syllable  and  word,  the  following:  1°  z 
=  [z]  gazon,  Sanchez,  Suzanne,  suzerain,  topaze,  zebre,  zigzag.  2°  z 
=  [s]  Aranjuez,  Cortez,  eau  de  seltz;  Goritz,  Leibnitz. 


REVIEW.      VOWEL   COMBINATIONS  123 

Stjpplementart  Exercise.  Write,  divide  as  in  spoken  French, 
pronouncing  aloud  as  you  vrrite  syllable  and  word,  these  same  words, 
using  the  key  alphabet. 

Examples  of  s  =  [z]  written  s,  and  regularly  so  when 
between  vowels,  but  also  in  a  few  other  words  (see  270) : 
Alsace,  amuser,  apaiser,  Asie,  des  oeufs,  des  oignons, 
ecraser,  lisible,  oser,  raser,  resoudre,  ruse.  Examples  of 
x  =  [z]  and  written  x  (see  313):  deux  enfants,  deuxieme, 
dix-huit,  dix-neuf,  six  amis.  Thus,  as  shown  above,  the 
sound  [z]  is  represented  by  the  letters  z,  s  between  vowels 
and  X. 

Vn  REVIEW.    BRIEF  RESUME  OF  THE 
VOWEL   COMBINATIONS 

320  Vowel  combinations  representing  simple  sounds: 
ai,  aie,  ay  =  [e]  (90);  ei,  ey  =  [v]  (90);  au,  eau  =  [o]  (102); 
au  l>efore  r,  etc.,  =  [o]  (112);  eu  (ue  after  c  and  g),  oeu, 
oe  =  [oe]  (118)  or  [0]  (114);  ou  =  [u]  (119).  These  combi- 
nations merely  represent  simple  sounds  and  receive  atten- 
tion under  the  respective  sound  as  indicated  by  the 
reference.     They  are  here  briefly  summarized: 

321  ai,  aie,  ay,  except  as  noted  immediately  below, 
where  the  value  is  [e],  are  pronounced  [v].  This  occurs 
especially  in  the  combinations  aie,  air,  aire,  ais,  aisse,  aix: 
chair  [^eir]  flesh;  chai-se  [Seiz]  chair;  je  chan-tais  [50  Sa-te] 
I  was  sinfjimj;  craie  [krr]  chalk;  grais-se  |fi;rr:s]  f<if;  j'i-rais 
[5  i-rr]  /  should  (jo;  paix  [pr]  peace;  je  par-le-rais  [5,)  ])arl- 
rf]  /  should  speak;  pay-er  [lu-jcj  to  pay;  tai-re  [ttir]  to  be 
silent. 


124  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

333  ai  is  pronounced  [e]  in  the  auxiliary:  j'ai  [3  e]  I 
have;  wherever  it  is  final  in  the  verb-endings:  je  chan-te- 
rai  [39  S&t-re]  /  shall  sing;  j'i-rai  [3  ire]  I  shall  go;  je  par- 
lai  [39  par-le]  /  spoke;  in  the  forms  of  the  verb  savoir 
[sa-vwair]  to  knoio:  je  sais  [39  se]  I  know;  tu  sais  [ty  se] 
thou  knowest;  il  salt  [il  se]  he  knows;  and  in  a  few  words: 
gai  [ge]  gay;  geai  [36]  jay;  quai  [ke]  quay  (82).  ay  =  [e]  in 
a-yez  [e-je]  have  (ye);  a-yons  [e-j5]  let  us  have.  Elsewhere, 
as  noted  in  320,  these  combinations  have  the  sound  of 
e,  that  is  [e]. 

333  ei  and  ey  are  regularly  pronounced  e,  that  is 
[e],  wherever  they  occur:  as-sey-ez-vous  [a-se-je  vu]  be 
seated;  ba-lei-ne  [ba-len]  whale;  gras-sey-er  [gra-se-je] 
to  pronounce  r  ivith  the  uvula;  nei-ge  [ne!3]  snow;  pa-reil-le 
[pa-r8!j]  equal;  pei-ne  [pen]  pain;  Sei-ne  [sem];  sei-ze 
[setz]  sixteen. 

334  au  and  eau  are  regularly  pronounced  [o] :  au  [o]  to 
the;  aus-si  [o-si]  also;  beau  [bo]  beautiful;  ca-deau  [ka-do] 
present;  eau  [o]  water;  nou-veau  [nu-vo]  new. 

335  au  before  r  is  pronounced  as  open  o,  that  is  [0]; 
also  in  the  proper  name  Paul  [pol].  In  j'au-rai  and  j'au- 
rais  the  usage  varies  [3  o-re,  3  o-re]  and  [3  o-re,  3  o-re]. 
Lau-re  [loir];  lau-rier  [lo-rje]  laurel;  Mau-re  [mo:r]  Moor; 
res-tau-rant  [res-to-ra]. 

336  eu  (ue  after  c  and  g),  oeu,  oe  simply  represent  the 
open  sound  of  eu,  that  is  [oe],  or  the  closed  eu,  that  is  [0]. 
eu  has  regularly  the  closed  sound  [0]  when  final  or  fol- 


REVIEW.      CONSONANTAL   COMBINATIONS        125 

lowed  by  silent  final  consonants;  also  usually  before  s  =  [z] 
or  t  within  the  syllable  of  a  word:  dan-seu-se  [da-s0!z] 
dancer;  e-meu-te  [e-m0!t]  riot;  feu-tre  [f0:tr]  felt;  heu-reux 
[oe-r0]  happy;  lieiix  [lj0]  places;  neu-tre  [n0itr]  neuter; 
noeud  [n0]  knot;  peu  [p0]  little;  pre-cieu-se  [pre-sj0:z] 
precious;  voeux  [v0]  vows. 

327  eu  elsewhere,  as  before  pronounced  final  conso- 
nants, and  before  il,  ille  =  [j]  has  the  sound  of  the  open  eu, 
that  is  [oe],  which  is  less  commonly  heard  than  the  closed 
eu  =  [0]:  accueil  [a-koe:j]  reception;  a-veu-gle  [a-voegl] 
blind;  boeuf  [boef]  ox;  jeu-ne  [seen]  young;  meu-ble  [moebl] 
piece  of  furniture;  neuf  [noef]  new,  nine;  ceil  [oe:j]  eye; 
oeil-let  [oe-je]  pink;  or-gueil  [or-goeij]  pride;  peu-ple 
[poe-pl]  people;  veu-ve  [voeiv]  widow. 

328  ou  =  [ul  regularly:  bout  [bu]  end;  e-cou-tez  [e-ku- 
te]  listen;  jou-jou  [5U-5U]  plaything;  loup  [lu]  ivolf;  lou-pe 
[lup]  magnifying  glass;  Lour-des  [lurdj;  tous-se  [tus] 
coughs. 

Vm   REVIEW.     BRIEF  RESUME   OF  THE 
CONSONANTAL   COMBINATIONS 

329  Consonantal  combinations.  Like  the  vowel 
combinatiou.s  or  so-called  digraplis  and  trigraphs,  a  num- 
ber of  consonant  combinations  represent  simple  sounds. 
They  will  be  found  treated  in  more  detail  under  the  re- 
spective sections  to  which  they  belong,  as  indicated  by 
the  reference:  ch  =  [S]  as  in  chas-se  [^as]  hunt  (182); 
l  =  [j]  as  in  gen-til-hom-me  [5u-ti-j.)m]   nobleman   (230); 


126  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

il,  ill  =  [j]  as  in  bail  [baij]  lease;  pail-le  [paij]  straw  (225); 
gn  =  [ji]  in  re-gne  [rcji]  kingdom  (207);  ph  =  f  as  in  phi-lo- 
so-phe  [fi-lo-zofj  philosopher  (191);  double  consonants  in 
general  (167),  as  ss  =  [s]  as  in  as-sez  [a-se]  enough  (267); 
sc  =  [s]  as  in  sce-ne  [sv:n]  (277);  sch  =  [5]  as  in  schis-me 
tSism]  schism  (278);  gu  =  [g]  as  in  gue  [ge]  ford  (195);  qu  = 
[k]  as  in  qui  [ki]  who  (253);  th  =  [t]  as  in  the-a-tre  [te- 
aitr]  (279);  wh  =  [w]  as  in  whist  [wist]  (309). 


IX  LIAISON 

330  In  general.  When  two  or  more  words  are  closely 
connected,  as  with  a  hyphen,  or  as  an  article  or  adjective 
with  its  noun,  a  subject  or  object-pronoun  with  its  verb, 
a  preposition  with  its  object,  an  adverb  with  the  word  it 
modifies,  the  two  words  are  then  regarded  as  a  unit  sound 
group  and  not  as  two  separate  words.  In  such  cases  the 
final  consonant,  whether  silent  or  sounded,  before  a  word 
beginning  with  a  vowel  or  silent  h,  is  carried  over  to  it  in 
pronouncing  the  group : 

331  Article  and  adjective  with  qualifying  noun:  les 
en-fants  [le  za-fa]  the  children;  les  bons  en-fants  [le  bo- 
za-fa]  the  good  children;  un  char-mant  hom-me  [oe  $ar-ma- 
tom]  a  char?ning  man;  ai-ma-bles  a-mis  [e-mabl-za-mi] 
amiable  friends. 

332  Subject  or  object  pronoun  with  the  verb:  nous 
ai-mons  [nu-ze-mo]  we  love;  il  nous  ai-me  [il  nu-zeim]  he 
loves  us;  di-sait-on  [di-ze-to]  said  they;  don-nez-en  [do- 
ne-za]  give  some;  dort-elle  [dor-tel]  does  she  sleep f 


LIAISON  127 

333  Auxiliaries  and  verbs;  words  connected  with  a 
h5T3hen:  vous  avez  eu  [vu-zave-zy]  you  have  had;  je  dois 
al-ler  [50  dwa-za-le]  I  77n(st  go;  il  faut  e-cri-re  [il  fo-te- 
kriir]  it  is  necessary  to  write;  veuil-lez  en-trer  [voe-je- 
za-tre]  please  come  in;  arc-en-ciel  [ar-ka  sjel]  rainhow; 
pied-a-terre  [pje-ta  teir]  temporary  lodging. 

334  Verb  with  ol^ject  or  predicate  complement:  nous 
at-ten-dons  une  let-tre  [nu-za-ta-d5-zyn  letr] ;  il  e-crit 
u-ne  re-pon-se  [i-le-kri-tyn  re-p3:s]  he  writes  a  reply; 
nous  som-mes  a  ta-ble  [nu  som-za  ta-bl]  we  are  at  the 
table;  ce-la  m'est  e-gal  [so-la  me-te-gal]  that  is  all  the  same 
to  me. 

335  Preposition  (except  se-lon,  378)  and  object:  chez 
eux  [Se-zc)]  at  their  house;  sous  un  toit  [su-zoe  twa]  under  a 
roof;  dans  u-ne  ten-te  [dd-zyn  ta'.tj  in  a  tent. 

336  Adverb  with  modifying  word:  beau-coup  ai-me 
[bo-ku-pc-me]  much  loved;  fort  in-struit  [for-te-striiij  well 
instructed;  res-tez  en-co-re  [rcs-te-zd-koir]  stay  longer; 
tres  ha-bi-le  [trr-za-bil]  very  able;  trop  en  a-vant  [tro-pa- 
na-vu]  too  far  forward. 

337  Words  so  closely  related  as  to  represent  but  a 
single  group  or  idea:  bon  a  ri^  [b3-na  rje]  or  [bo-na  rje] 
good  for  nothing;  mot  a  mot  [mo-ta  mo]  word  hy  word;  pas 
a  pas  fpfi-za[)(i]  step  hy  step;  pe-tit  a  pe-tit  fpo-ti-ta  po-ti] 
little  hy  liUlr;  plus  ou  moins  |ply-zu  mwt]  more  or  less; 
pret  a  par-tir  [prt-ta  p.'ir-1i:r|  ready  to  leave;  de  temps  en 
temps  |<l.)  iri-zu  Ui]  from  time  to  time. 


128  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

338  The  letters  j  and  v  do  not  occur  as  final,  hence  the 
question  of  linking  does  not  occur.  The  letters  b,  c,  f 
(but  see  194  and  342),  k,  1,  p,  q,  r,  t,  z  are  carried  over 
without  change  of  sound. 

339  b  final  is  rare,  and  is  usually  silent  (171);  con- 
sequently it  is  seldom  linked,  save  where  difficult  to  avoid 
linking:  Ja-cob  est  ve-nu  [sa-ko-be  v9-ny]  Jacob  has  come; 
Jo-ab  e-tait  ne-veu  de  Da-vid  [30-a-be-te  n8-v0  da  da- 
vid]  Joab  was  David's  neyhew.  But  in  the  commonest 
cases  where  b  occurs  as  final,  as  in  a-plomb  [a-pl5]  assur- 
ance; Chris-to-phe  Co-lomb  [kris-tof  ko-l5] ;  plomb  [pl5] 
lead;  sur-plomb  [syr  pl5]  overhanging,  it  is  not  linked. 

340  c  final  (178)  when  silent,  is  not  usually  linked,  as 
in  the  words:  ac-croc  [a-kro]  hitch;  a-jonc  [a-55]  furze; 
al-ma-nach  [al-ma-na];  banc  [ba]  bench;  ca-out-chouc  [ka- 
ut-Su]  rubber;  clerc  [kleir]  clerh;  eric  [kri]  jackscrew;  croc 
[kro]  hook;  es-croc  [es-kro]  swindler;  fer-blanc  [fer  bla] 
tin;  franc  [fru]  twenty-cent  piece;  jonc  [50]  reed;  marc 
[mair]  mark  {coin);  rac-croc  [ra-kro]  lucky  hit;  tronc  [trS] 
trunk;  le  lion  de  Saint-Marc  [b  lj3  da  se  mair]  Saint 
Mark's  lion;  la  pla-ce  Saint-Marc  a  Ve-ni-se  [la  plas  se 
ma-ra  va-niiz]  Saint  Mark's  square  in  Venice;  marc  d'ar- 
gent  [mair  d  ar-3a]  (ancient  French  money);  du  marc 
de  ca-fe  [dy  mair  da  ka-fe]  coffee-grounds;  Saint-Marc 
Gi-rar-din  [se  mair  3i-rar-de];  banc  a  dos  [ba  a  do]  seat 
with  a  back;  es-croc  in-tel-li-gent  [ts-kro  e-te-li-5a]  in- 
telligent knave;  le  marc  et  le  franc  sont  des  pie-ces  d'ar- 
gent  [I9  ma-re  la  fra  so  de  pjes  d  ar-5a]  the  rnark  and  the 
franc  are  silver  coins. 


LIAISON  129 

341  c  final  is  linked  in  croc-en-jam-be  [kro-ka  5a ib] 
iriyping  up;  du  blanc  au  noir  [dy  blci-ko  ivnuw]  from  black 
to  white;  de  clerc  a  mai-tre  [da  kler-ka  meitr]  from  clerk 
to  master;  franc  al-leu  [fra-ka-l0]  freehold;  franc  e-tour-di 
[fra-ke-tur-di]  giddy-headed  fellow ;  franc  et  net  [fra-ke  net] 
frank  and  plain;  a  franc  e-trier  [a  frci-ke-tri-je]  full  speed; 
Marc  An-toine  [mar-ka-twan] ;  Marc  Au-re-le  [raar-ko- 
rrl]  (cf.  with  preceding  examples  of  marc  340);  il  est  done 
ar-ri-ve  [i-le  d3-ka-ri-ve]  he  has  then  arrived. 

342  f  when  linked,  except  in  the  word  neuf  nine  (305), 
retains  its  proper  value.  Even  in  neuf,  when  linked,  the 
V  pronunciation  is  giving  way  to  the  normal  f :  neuf  en- 
fants  [ncc-fa-fd]  nine  children;  neuf  a  table  [noc-fa  ta-bl] 
nine  at  table.  Thus  the  f  of  neuf  is  following  the  analogy 
of  the  ordinary  cases  like  vif  e-clat  [vi-fe-kla]  loud  report; 
oeuf  a  la  coque  [a'-fa  la  kok]  egg  in  the  shell;  veuf  en  se-con- 
des  no-ces  [voc-fa  s9-g5:dnDs]  vndower  marrying  a  second 
time. 

343  k  final,  whether  before  a  vowel  or  a  consonant,  is 
sounded:  le  co-peck  est  u-ne  mon-naie  rus-se  [lo  ko-pp- 
ke-tyn  mo-nc  rys]  the  copeck  is  a  Russian  coin. 

344  1  final  (221),  whether  before  a  vowel  or  a  conso- 
nant, keeps  its  own  value.  Being  silent  in  the  following 
words,  no  linking  takes  place:  a-nil,  ba-ril,  che-nil,  cour- 
til,  cou-til,  four-nil,  frai-sil,  fu-sil,  nom-bril,  ou-til,  per- 
sil,  pouls,  soul,  sour-cil.  lieing  sounded  in  the  following 
words,  the  Unking  before  a  vowel  occurs  naturally:  bel 
hom-me  [bc-bmj  fine  man;  fil  u-ni-que  [fi-ly-nikj  only 


130  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

thread;  fol  es-poir  [fo-les-pwarr]  foolish  hope;  nou-vel  an 
[nu-ve-ld]  new  year;  seul  ha-bit  [soe-la-bi]  only  coat. 

345  p  final  is  rarely  linked;  it  may  however  be  heard 
not  infrequently  in  the  adverbs  beau-coup  and  trop  be- 
fore a  vowel:  beau-coup  e-tu-die  [bo-ku-pe-ty-dje]  much 
studied;  trop  e-cla-tant  [tro-pe-kla-ta]  too  bright. 

346  q  =  [k]  (252) .  Notice  the  f ollo\Aang :  le  cinq  mars 
[la  seik  mars]  the  fifth  of  March,  the  final  consonant  being 
so  pronounced  when  the  cardinal  nmneral  is  equivalent 
to  an  ordinal;  cinq  en-fants  [se-ka-fa]  five  children;  cinq 
hom-mes  [se-kom]  five  men;  but  cinq  li-vres  [se  livr]  five 
hooks;  cinq  he-ros  [se  e-ro]. 

347  r  final  (262)  of  an  adjective  is  linked  only  before 
a  noun:  le  pre-mier  en-fant  [b  pra-mje-ra-fa]  the  first 
child;  notice  [pra-mje]  but  [pra-mje-rd-fa],  e  becoming  e 
under  the  opening  influence  of  r;  son  der-nier  a-vis  [s5 
der-nje-ra-vi]  his  last  counsel;  but:  il  est  le-ger  et  e-tour-di 
[i-le  le-5e  e  e-tur-di]  he  is  flighty  and  thoughtless;  le  pre- 
mier et  le  deu-xie-me  [la  pra-mje  e  la  d0-zjcm]  the  first 
and  the  second. 

348  r  of  infinitive  endings  in  er  may  be  linked;  and 
in  reading,  especially  verse,  usually  is:  ai-mer  a  chan-ter 
[e-me-ra  S&-te]  to  love  to  sing. 

349  r  final,  when  silent  in  nouns,  is  not  linked:  le 
sen-tier  es-car-pe  [la  sa-tje  es-kar-pe]  the  steep  path; 
mon-sieur  Er-nest  [ma-sj0  er-nest];  im  bou-lan-ger  in- 
tel-li-gent  [ce  bu-la-5e  e-te-li-sci]  an  intelligent  baker. 


LIAISON  131 

350  t  final  (295-298)  of  adjectives,  verbs,  participles 
and  adverbs,  though  silent  in  the  words  themselves,  is 
almost  always  linked :  un  ex-cel-lent  homme  [de  nek-se- 
lu-tom]  an  excelhnt  man;  el-le  est  fort  en  pei-ne  [e-le 
for-ta  pen]  she  is  very  much  troubled;  11  faut  es-say-er 
[il  fo-te-se-je]  it  is  necessary  to  try;  en  al-lant  a  pied  [a-na- 
la-tapje]  i?i  going  on  foot. 

351  t  final  of  verb-endings  -ent,  -lent,  although  silent, 
is  linked:  il  tient  a  cela  [il  tje-ta  sa-la]  he  holds  to  that;  11 
vlent  a  temps  [il  vje-ta  ta]  he  comes  in  time;  el-les  se- 
raient  in-vi-tees  [el  sa-re-te-vi-te]  they  would  be  invited. 

352  t  final  of  the  adjectives  court  and  fort  is  only 
linked  with  the  vowel  of  a  following  noun:  un  court  es- 
pa-ce  [(jb  kur-tes-pu:s]  a  short  space;  un  fort  a-thle-te  [oe 
fjr-tat-let]  a  strong  athlete;  but:  le  che-mln  est  court  et 
fa-cl-le  [la  $8-me  e  kuir  e  fa-si  1]  the  road  is  short  and  easy; 
11  est  fort  et  blen  ba-tl  [i-le  fan-  e  bje  ba-ti]  he  is  strong  and 
well  built. 

353  ect.     Words    ending    in    ect,    ab-ject,    cor-rect 

(800),  in  which  l;oth  c  and  t  are  sounded,  link  over  l)ef()re 
a  vowel,  naturally,  the  t.  —  The  four  words  as-pect,  clr- 
con-spect,  re-spect,  sus-pect  link  over  the  c  (  =  k)  ordi- 
narily, akliouii,!)  the  usage;  varies:  as-pect  ad-mi-ra-ble 
[as-pe-kad-ini-r;ibl],  also  [as-pe  ad-nii-rabl];  cir-con-spect 
en  tout  [sir-kj-spr-kfi-lu],  also  [sir-kj-sprk-tfi-tu];  man- 
quer  de  re-spect  a  quelqu'un  [mu-kc  d.)  n-si){-ka  kti-kd'], 
also  [ma-ke  do  rc-spe  a  kel-kde] ;  11  est  sus-pect  a  son  par-tl 
[i-le  sys-pe-ka  sij  par-ti],  also  [i-le  sys-pe  a  s3  par-lij  he  is 


132  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

an  object  of  suspicion  to  his  party;  re-spect  hu-main  is  al- 
ways pronounced  [re-spe-ky-me]. 

354  Although  the  t  final  of  nouns  is  usually  silent, 
nevertheless  in  the  following  common  expressions  it  is 
linked:  ac-cent  ai-gu  [ak-sa-te-gy] ;  au  doigt  et  a  I'oeil 
[o  dwa-te  a  loeij]  at  beck  and  call;  de  point  en  point  [do 
pwe-ta  pwe]  in  detail;  bout  a  bout  [bu-ta  bu]  end  to  end; 
d'un  bout  a  I'au-tre  [dob  bu-ta  lotr]  from  one  end  to  the 
other;  du  haut  en  bas  [dy  o-ta  ba]  from  top  to  bottom;  d'un 
mo-ment  a  I'au-tre  [d  de  mo-ma-ta  lotr]  from  one  moment 
to  another;  doit  et  a- voir  [dwa-te  a-vwa:r]  debit  and  credit; 
le  fait  est  re-con-nu  [lo  fc-te  ra-ko-ny]  the  fact  is  recog- 
nized; nuit  et  jour  [nqi-te  5u:r]  night  and  day;  par-le-ment 
an-glais  [parl-ma-tu-gle]  English  parliament;  point  ex- 
cla-ma-tif  [pwe-teks-kla-ma-tif]  exclamation  point;  point 
in-ter-ro-ga-tif  [pwe-te-te-ro-ga-tif]  interrogation  point; 
pot  a  fleur  [po-ta  floeir]  flower-pot;  pot  a  eau  [po-ta  o] 
water-pot;  pot  au  lait  [po-to  le]  milk-pitcher;  pot  au  feu  [po- 
to  f0]  boiled  beef  and  broth;  pot  aux  roses  [po-to  ro:z]  pot 
of  face-powder;  mystery. 

355  t  final  of  cent  un  [sa  ce]  a  hundred  and  one,  and  of 
cent  onze  [sa  oiz]  a  hundred  and  eltven,  is  never  linked. 
The  t  of  the  conjunction  et  is  never  linked:  fort  et  ac-tif 
[fo!r  e  ak-tif]  strong  and  active;  Paul  et  Alice  [po-le  a-lis]. 

356  t  final  in  the  endings  -at,  -art,  -ert,  -eurt,  -ort, 
-ourt  (380)  of  verbs,  nouns,  some  adverbs  and  preposi- 
tions is  not  linked,  but  the  r  is  sounded  just  as  though  it 
were  the  final  letter:  il  se-rait  bon  qu'il  ar-ri-vat  aujour- 


LIAISON  133 

d'hui  [il  sa-re  bo  ki-la-ri-va  o-^ur-dni]  it  would  he  well  for 
him  to  arrive  to-dny;  a  part  elle  et  vous  [a  pair  c\  e  vu] 
aside  from  her  and  you;  elle  part  a  regret  [el  pair  a  ra-gre] 
she  leaves  with  regret;  il  s'est  of-fert  a  le  soi-gner  [il  sc-to- 
fcir  a  lo  swa-jie]  he  offered  to  take  care  of  him;  le  de-sert 
a-ri-de  [b  de-zeir  a-rid]  the  arid  desert;  il  meiirt  a-vec 
cou-ra-ge  [il  mopir  a-vek  ku-rai5]  he  dies  courageously ;  a 
tort  et  a  tra-vers  [atoir  e  a  tra-veir]  at  random;  il  court 
au  feu  [il  kuir  o  f0]  he  runs  to  the  fire. 

357  z  final  (319)  of  the  second  person  plural  of  verbs 
is  regularly  linked:  vous  ai-mez  a  li-re  [vu-ze-me-za  liir] 
you  like  to  read;  vous  al-lez  a  Pa-ris  [vu-za-le-za  pa-ri] 
you  are  going  to  Paris. 

358  z  final  of  as-sez,  chez,  is  regularly  linked:  as-sez 
ai-ma-ble  [a-se-ze-mabl]  kind  enough;  chez  eux  [Se-z0]  at 
their  house. 

359  z  final  of  nez  nnd  riz  is  never  linked:  du  riz  au  lait 
[dy  ri  o  Ir]  rice  cooked  icith  milk;  nez  a-qui-lin  [no  a-ki-le] 
aquiline  nose;  nor  is  z  linked  in  the  ex])rcssions:  por-tez 
ar-mes  [por-tc  arm]  carry  arms;  pre-sen-tez  ar-mes  [pre- 
za-te  arm]  'present  arms. 

360  As  may  be  seen  from  the  above  examples  just 
cited,  final  consonants  that  are  regularly  silent  like  p,  q 
or  c  =  k,  t,  z  are  carried  over  without  change  of  sound 
just  as  are  those  usually  [jronounccd  c,  f,  1,  r.  Ncver- 
tiieless  the  linking  of  silent  consonants  of  singular  nouns 
is  usually  av(jided:  mot  an-glais  [nio  fi-glr]  English  word; 


134  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

es-prit  al-le-mand  [es-pri  al-mri]  German  wit;  ob-jet  im- 
por-tant  [ob-3t'  e-por-ta]  iinporfnnt  object.  Common  ex- 
pressions: de  temps  en  temps,  pas  a  pas,  etc.,  enumerated 
in  337,  form  an  exception. 

361  d,  g,  s,  X,  when  linked,  have  respectively  the  sound 

L*      At      2j      Li, 

362  d  =  [t] :  quand  i-rez-vous?  [kai-ti-re  vu]  when  will 
you  go?;  pied-a-ter-re  [pje-ta  teir]  momentary  lodging;  re- 
pond-elle  [re-po-telj  she  replies;  le  froid  et  le  chaud  [b 
frwci-te  b  $0]  the  cold  and  the  heat;  un  froid  ac-cueil  [defrwa- 
ta-koeij]  a  cool  reception;  un  grand  hom-me  [oe  gra-tom]  a 
great  man;  de  pied  en  cap  [do  pje-td  kap]  from,  head  to  foot; 
com-prend-il  [k5-pra-til]  does  he  understand  f;  en-tend-on 
[a-ta-to]  does  one  hear?;  perd-il  [per-til]  does  he  lose? 

363  The  linking  of  d  =  [t]  is  most  usual  in  cases  of  an 
adjective  followed  by  its  noun  as  in  the  example  just 
above  cited:  un  grand  hom-me;  or  as  in:  laid  a-ni-mal 
[le-ta-ni-mal]  an  ugly  animal;  se-cond  e-ta-ge  [sa-go- 
te-ta!5]  third  story;  but  if  the  word  following  the  ad- 
jective is  not  a  noun,  the  d  is  silent:  le  se-cond  et  le 
troi-sie-me  [l.i  so-g.")  e  b  trwa-zjpm]  the  second-  and  the 
third;  grand  et  bien  fait  [gra  e  bje  fe]  tall  and  well  inade; 
es-prit  pro-fond  en  tout  [es-pri  pro-fo  a  tu]  mind  deep 
in  everything,  d  is  linked  as  d  in  nord-est  [nord  est] 
northeast  and  nord-ouest  [nord  west]  northwest  (297). 

364  d  final  of  the  endings  -ard,  -ord,  -curd  (380)  is  not 
usually  linked  over,  but  the  preceding  r  is  linked  to  the 
vowel  of  the  following  word:  un  vieil-lard  in-firme  [de  vje- 


LIAISON  135 

ja:r  e-firm]  an  infirm  old  man;  le  re-nard  et  la  ci-go-gne 
[la  ra-nair  e  la  si-gop]  the  fox  and  the  stork;  lourd  et  indi- 
geste  [luir  e  8-di-5est]  heavy  and  indigestible. 

365  g  when  linked  =  k,  in  long  [15];  rang  [ra]  rank; 
sang  [sa]  blood;  long  hi-ver  [l5-ki-vc:r]  longM)inter;  rang 
e-le-ve  [ru-kcl-vej  JugJc  station;  rang  in-fi-me  [rci-ke-fini] 
lour.st  ra)ik;  sang  im-pur  [sa-kr-p}:rj  impure  blood;  sang 
hu-main  [su-ky-mg]  human  blood.  This  usage,  however, 
is  more  literary  than  colloquial.  Ordinarily,  in  these 
cases,  the  g  may  be  silent:  long  hi-ver  [l5ive:r];  rang 
e-le-ve  [rael-ve];  sang  im-pur  [sae-pyir];  sang  et  eau 
[sd  e  o]  bhxid  and  icater.  Elsewhere  g  final,  except  in 
joug  and  bourg,  where  according  to  some  authorities 
(but  not  generally,  see  205  and  206)  it  has  the  sound  of 
k  ])efore  vowels  and  consonants,  it  is  silent:  le  fau-bourg 
ex-te-rieur  [lo  fo-buir  cks-te-rjoejr]  the  outer  suburb;  I'e- 
tang  est  tout  pres  [le-ta  e  tu  pre]  the  pond  is  quite  near; 
le  coing  est  un  fruit  [lo  kwe  et  de  frqi]  the  quince  is  a  fruit. 

36G  s  when  linked  =  z,  the  most  frequent  of  the  link- 
ings,  l>ecuuse  occurring  so  often  between  closely  related 
words  (330).  This  linking  of  s,  sounded  as  z,  occurs 
in  many  expressions  in  whicii  the  s  of  the  individual  word 
is  silent:  de  plus  en  plus  [do  ])ly-zu  ])Iy]  more  and  more; 
de  temps  en  temps  [do  tTi-zu  tu]  from  time  to  time;  dos  a 
dos  [do-za  iV)\  back  to  back;  les  en-ne-mis  en  fuite  [le-zen- 
mi-zu  fqit]  ///r  mruiics  in.  Jlighl ;  pas  a  pas  [pa-za  ]mi]  step 
by  step;  plus  ou  moins  [|)ly-zu  niwr)  m<n-e  or  less;  tiers 
e-tat  (tjr!r-z<!-tal  third  estate;  un  suc-ces  i-nat-ten-du  [Cn 
syk-se-zi-iKi-tu-dy]  an  unexpected  success. 


136  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

367  s  of  final  cs,  rs  is  silent  in  plural  of  nouns  and  of 
compound  words:  arcs-en-ciel  [ar-ka  sjrl]  rainboivs;  bees 
Auer  [bc-ko-eir]  Auer  burners;  des  dues  et  pairs  [de  dy-ke 
pe:r]  dukes  and  peers;  des  pores-epies  [dc  por-ke-pik]  por- 
cupines. In  these  and  the  following  cases,  the  linking  of 
s,  not  being-pleasant  to  the  French  ear,  is  avoided,  while 
the  c  or  the  r  is  linked  over :  des  vers  a  sole  [de  ve-ra  swa] 
silkworrns;  des  mai-tres  es  arts  [ds  mc-tre-za:r]  masters 
of  arts;  corps  a  eorps  [ko-rako:r]  hand  to  hand  {fight); 
ehars  a  banes  [Su-ra  bu]  jaunting  cars;  vers  un  en-droit 
[ve-rde-(n)a-drwa]  towards  a  place;  en-vers  et  con-tre  tous 
[a-veir-e  ko-tra  tuis]  towards  and  against  all. 

368  s  final  of  a  proper  noun  is  silent:  Geor-ges  est 
ri-ehe  [sor-se  ri$]  George  is  rich;  la  ca-the-drale  d'A-miens 
est  ma-gni-fi-que  [la  ka-te-dral  d  a-mje-(n)8  ma-pi-fik] 
the  Amiens  Cathedral  is  magnificent;  Pa-ris  est  u-ne  bel-le 
vil-le  [pa-ri  e-tyn  bel  vil]  Paris  is  a  beautiful  city. 

369  s  final  is  not  sounded  in  un  a-vis  im-por-tant 
[de-na-vi  e-por-td]  an  important  advice;  vers  les  une 
heu-re  [ver  le  yn  cb ir]  towards  one  o^ clock;  and  the  s  of 
vo-lon-tiers  [vo-lo-tje]  ivillingly  is  never  sounded;  vo-lon- 
tiers  a  mes  or-dres  [vo-l5-tje  a  me-zordre]  willingly  to  my 
orders. 

370  Certain  expressions  contain  the  sound  most  often 
heard  in  linking  [z]  represented  by  s,  x  or  z;  and  this 
sound  may  occur  twice  in  a  short  phrase.  To  avoid  such 
repetition  the  linking  is  made  but  once:  dix  heu-res  un 
quart  [di-zceir-ce  ka:r]  instead  of  [di-zoeir-zde  kair]  quarter 


LIAISON  137 

past  ten;  six  heu-res  et  de-mie  [si-zoe:r-e  da-mi]  half  past 
six;  ai-dez-vous  les  iins  aiix  au-tres  [e-de  vu  le-zoe  o-zotr] 
help  one  another;  les  lar-mes  aux  yeux  [le  lar-mo-zj0]  tears 
in  the  eyes. 

371  Neither  linking  nor  elision  occurs  before  huit,  hui- 
tie-me  (213)  (excepting  dix-huit  and  dix-hui-tie-me),  onze, 
on-zie-me,  oua-te,  oui,  oui-di-re  (215,  390) :  le  huit  du 
mois  [lo  qit  dy  mwu]  the  eighth  of  the  month;  le  on-zie-me 
[lo  o-zjem]  the  eleventh;  la  on-zie-me  heu-re  [la  3-zjem 
oe:r]  the  eleventh  hour;  le  on-ze  [lo  5iz]  the  eleventh  {day  of 
the  month);  qua-tre-vingt-on-ze  [ka-tra  ve  oiz];  la  oua-te 
[lawat]  wadding;  des  oui-di-re  [dewidiir]  hearsay;  les 
on-ze  en-fants  [Ic  3:-zd-fu]  the  eleven  children.  Notice 
the  following:  des  man-teaux  oua-tes  [de  ma-to  wa-te] 
lined  cloaks;  le  uh-lan  [U  ylu]  (Jernian  lancer;  les  uh- 
lans [le  yla] ;  met-tez  le  un  avant  le  deux  [nir-te  lo  db  a-va 
lo  d0]  put  the  one  before  the  two;  hut  un  un  mal-fait  [ce- 
nce  mal  fe]  a  one  badly  made;  trois  un  de  sui-te  [trwci-zde 
do  suit]  three  consecutive  ones;  cent  un  [su  de]  one  hundred 
and  one;  cent  un  [sd-tde]  one  hundred  times  one;  sur  les 
une  heure  [syr  1l- ynoe;r]  about  one  o'clock;  vers  les  une 
heure  [vtr  Ic  ynceir]  towards  one  o'clock  (some  ellipsis, 
such  as  about  or  towards  the  minutes  preceding  or  fol- 
lowing one  o'clock,  seems  to  be  implied);  quatre-vingt-un 
[katro  v£  ce]  ei(jhty-one;  le  yacht  [lo  jak(t)]  (the  word  is 
also  pronounc(;d  «a  I'anglaise))  [jot]  Ijy  those  familiar  with 
English);  la  yole  [la  j.)l]  small  boat  or  canoe. 

372  X  wIhii  linked  z:  aux  ar-mes  [o-zanii]  to  arms; 
des  prix  eleves  [dj;  pii-/,cl-vc|  high  prices;  deux  a  deux 


138  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

[d0-za  d0]  hvo  hy  tuio;  dix  en-fants  [di-za-fa]  ten  children; 
paix  u-ni-ver-sel-le  [pt'-zy-ni-ver-sel]  universal  peace;  six 
hom-mes  [si-zom]  six  inen.  Before  consonants,  x  final 
follows  the  general  rule  and  is  silent :  six  sol-dats  [si  sol- 
da]  six  soldiers;  dix  pom-mes  [di  pom]  ten  apples. 

373  m  usually  has  no  other  function  after  a  vowel 
than  to  nasalize  it,  the  m  itself  not  being  sounded  (283). 
Therefore  in  such  cases  no  Rnking  is  heard:  A-dam  et 
E-ve  [a-dci  e  eiv];  u-ne  faim  ex-ces-si-ve  [yn  fe  ek-s8- 
siiv]  excessive  hunger;  un  nom  il-lus-tre  [de  no  il-lystr] 
an  illustrious  name;  un  par-fum  ex-quis  [oe  par-foe  eks-ki] 
an  exquisite  perfume. 

374  But  when  m  does  occur  as  a  final  pronounced  con- 
sonant, then  it  is  naturally  linked  over  like  any  other 
final  pronounced  consonant:  Je-ru-sa-lem  est  vain-cu 
[SG-ry-za-le-me  vt-ky]  Jerusalem  is  conquered;  le  ha-rem 
at-tray-ant  [lo  a-re-ma-tre-jd]  the  attractive  harem. 

375  n  like  m  after  a  vowel  has  the  function  of  nasaliz- 
ing that  vowel  (129,  239).  It  differs  in  this  case  from  m4n 
that  while  m  nasalizing  the  preceding  vowel  is  never  linked 
over,  n  may  be  when  the  tv/o  words  are  so  inseparably 
connected  as  to  form  but  one  word,  group  or  idea.  Then 
the  nasalized  vowel  usually  retains  its  nasal  quality  and 
the  n  is  carried  over  as  a  consonant:  au-cun  ou-vra-ge 
[o-kce-nu-vra:3]  wo  work;  bien  ai-ma-ble  [bje-ne-mabl] 
very  kind;  bon  a-mi  [bo-na-mi]  good  friend;  bon  en-fant 
[bo-na-fa]  good  fellow;  un  an-cien  a-mi  [ce-na-sje-na-mi] 
a  former  friend;  bien  heu-reux  [bj£--noe-r0]  very  happy; 


LIAISON  139 

rien  ac-cep-ter  [rje-nak-spp-te]  to  accept  nothing;  en  plein 
air  [u-plc-nc:r]  in  the  open  air.  Another  pronunciation 
in  such  cases  and  rather  common  in  colloquial  usage  is 
to  denasalize  the  vowel,  retaining  its  oral  quality,  linking 
the  n  over  as  a  consonant  in  the  usual  way.  Simply 
removing  the  sign  of  nasality  over  the  vowel  in  the  pre- 
ceding examples  will  illustrate  the  second  method  of  pro- 
nunciation in  such  cases;  or:  men  a-mi  [mo-na-mi]  my 
friend,  instead  of  [mo-na-mi];  un  enfant  [oe-na-fa]  a  child, 
instead  of  [oe-na-fa]. 

376  But  when  n  appears  simply  as  a  pure  consonant, 
it  is  then  linked  over  to  the  following  vowel  just  as  m  is 
or  any  other  consonant :  I'hy-men  ac-tuel  [1  i-me-nak-tiiel] 
the  actual  marriage;  spe-ci-men  a-de-si-rer  [spe-si-me- 
na  de-zi-rc]  desirable  specimen. 

377  n  final  of  the  nasal  vowel  of  a  noun  is  not  linked: 
ce  bien  est  a  men  f re-re  [sa  })jg  e-ta-mo  freir]  this  prop- 
erty is  my  brother' f^;  Jean  est  pe-tit  [5a  e  po-ti]  John  is 
little;  le  vin  et  I'eau  [lo  v£  e  1  o]  the  wine  and  water;  le  bon 
et  le  mau-vais  [lo  b3  e  b  mo-vr]  tlie  good  and  the  had. 

378  n  final  in  the  following  common  expressions  is 
not  linked:  c'est  bon  a  manger  [s  8-b3  a  ma-5e]  it  is  good 
to  eat;  se-lon  eux  [so-l.")  p]  according  to  them  (335);  il  se 
con-duit  bien  en  clas-se  [il  so-k.l-dqi  bje  a  klais]  he  he- 
haves  himself  well  in  the  class;  com-bien  y  en  a-t-il?  [k")- 
bje  i  a-na-til]  how  many  of  them  are  there*  I'un  ou  I'au-tre 
[1  d'  u  1  otr]  one  or  the  other. 

371)  h.  Neither  linking  nor  elision  takes  place  before 
an  .■i-|)ir;i(c  h.    Care  should  be  laken  not  to  aspirate  this 


140  FEENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

written  (but  unsounded)  h  as  in  English.  Simply  detach 
the  word  preceding  from  that  beginning  with  h :  la  hon-te 
[la  3:t]  shame;  le  ha-sard  [lo  a-za:r]  chance;  le  cri  des  hi- 
boux  [b  kri  de  i-bu]  the  owls'  cry;  les  hut-tes  des  sau-va- 
ges  [le  yt  de  so-vais]  the  Indians'  huts. 

380  Special  cases.  Consonants  after  r  are  not  usually 
linked.  This  applies  to  the  endings  of  many  words  in 
-ard,  -ord,  -curd,  -art,  -ert,  -eurt,  -ort,  -ourt  (356): 
dard  ai-gu  [dair-e-gy]  sharp  dart;  bord  a  bord  [boir-a  boir] 
alongside;  lourd  et  fort  [luir-e  foir]  heavy  and  strong;  el-le 
part  au-jourd'hui  [el  pair-o-sur-dqi]  she  leaves  to-day;  il 
con-quiert  une  pro-vince  [il  k-l-kjeir-yn-pro-veis]  he  con- 
qners  a  -province;  elle  meurt  ex-pres  [el  moejr-eks-pre]  she 
dies  on  purpose;  fort  et  grand  [foir-e  gra]  strong  and  tall; 
on  ac-coiirt  aus-si-tot  [3-na-ku:r-o-si-to]  they  run  imme- 
diately. 

381  Exceptions  to  the  general  rule  that  consonants 
after  r  are  not  usually  sounded  may  be  noticed  in  the 
flexional  s  which  follows  r:  des  re-gards  ai-ma-bles  [de 
ro-gair-ze-mabl]  kind  attention;  in  the  final  t  or  d  after  r 
of  verbs  before  a  pronoun:  perd-il  [peir-til]  does  he  lose? 
sert-il  [seir-t  il]  is  he  of  use  ?  in  fort  used  as  an  absolute 
superlative,  that  is,  in  the  sense  of  very:  fort  ai-ma-ble 
[foir-te-ma(:)bl]  very  amiable;  but  fort  et  dur  [fo:r-e  dyir] 
strong  and  hard. 

382  In  the  expressions  de  part  en  part  [da-pair-ta  par] 
right  through;  de  part  etd'au-tre  [do  pair-te  dotr]  on  all 
sides;  I'art  o-ra-toi-re  [lair-to-ra-twair]  oratorical  art,  the 
final  t  is  linked  over. 


LIAISON  141 

Exercise  LIX.  Linking  occurs  in  the  expressions  throughout 
this  exercise.  Read  carefully,  pronouncing  aloud  the  following:  1.  A 
neuf  heurea  precises.  2.  Attendez  un  instant.  3.  Beaucoup  aime. 
4.  Bien  ennuyeux.  5.  Bloc  enorme.  G.  C'est  un  enfant  tres  eveille. 
7.  C'est  un  franc  ctourdi.  8.  Cheval  ombrageux.  9.  Cinq  heures. 
10.  Comprend-il  ce  qu'on  dit?  11.  De  fond  en  comble.  12.  Des 
cheveux  epais.  13.  Des  histoires  ctonnantes.  14.  De  part  en  part. 
15.  D'exceUcnts  exercices.  16.  Du  blanc  au  noir.  17.  En  avez- 
vouseu?  18.  Enete.  19.  En  hiver.  20.  lis  etudicnt  bien.  21.  lis 
se  rendent  en  classe  deux  a  deux.  22.  II  y  a  cinq  ans.  23.  Le 
bourg  est  en  fete.  24.  Le  grand  ocean.  25.  Le  nabab  est  un  richard. 
26.  Les  empereurs  Marc  Aurele  et  IMarc  Antoine.  27.  Nous  u-ons 
ensemble.  28.  (Euf  a  la  coque.  29.  Onenaassez.  30.  Parler  franc 
et  net.  31.  Perd-il  son  temps?  32.  Quand  irez-vous?  33.  Qu'en- 
tend-on?  34.  Repond-eUe.  35.  S'il  en  est  ainsi.  36.  Tres  habile. 
37.  Trop  ctroit.  38.  Un  arc-en-ciel.  39.  Un  fort  argument  en  sa 
faveur.  40.  Un  joug  intolerable.  41.  Un  pore-epic.  42.  Vousavez 
ete  au  pare.    43.  Vous  en  avez  assez. 

Exercise  LX,  illustrating  examples  in  which  Unking  is  to  be 
avoided.  Read  carefully  the  following  expressions,  pronouncing 
them  aloud:  1.  AUez-vous-en  avec  cux.  2.  Arcs-en-ciel.  3.  A-t-on 
6te  aimable?  4.  Bees  Auer.  5.  Bordeaux  est  une  belle  ville.  6.  C'est 
le  huit.  7.  Colomb  a  erre  longtemps.  8.  Combien  en  demande- 
t-il?  9.  Do  demain  en  huit.  10.  Du  plomb  argon tifere.  11.  Du  riz 
au  lait.  12.  Enfin  on  arriva.  13.  Envers  cux.  14.  II  est  grand  ct 
beau.  15.  Jean  et  Alexis.  10.  Le  loup  court  encore.  17.  Le 
second  et  lo  troisiome.  18.  Le  surpkjmb  en  est  visible.  19.  Le 
trente  et  un  octobre.  20.  Mais  oui.  21.  Mario  coud  a  merveille. 
22.  Nez  a  nez.  23.  Paris  est  la  capitalo.  24.  Quatre-vingt-onze. 
25.  Quatre-vingt-sc-pt.  26.  Saint-Marc  k  Vonise.  27.  Sourd  k 
toutes  les  demandos.  28.  Sourd  et  muet.  29.  Trop  hardi.  30.  Un 
banc  k  dos.  31.  Une  faim  excessive.  32.  Un  et  deux  font  trois. 
33.  Un  gargon  indolent.     34.  Un  nom  anglais. 

Exercise  LXI.  State  briefly  tli(!  i)rin(i|)lo  by  rea.son  of  which 
linking  takes  place  in  each  example  given  in  Exercise  LIX  and 
doc8  not  take  place  in  each  of  the  examples  given  in  Exercieo  LX. 


142  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


X  ELISION 

383  Elision,  or  the  dropping  of  the  final  vowel  of  a 
monosyllable  before  the  initial  vowel  of  the  next  word, 
is  indicated  by  the  apostrophe  (31).  In  certain  cases  the 
letters  e,  a,  i,  the  vowels  undergoing  elision,  are  entirely 
silent.  The  monosyllables  ehding  final  e  are  de,  le,  ne, 
que;  the  pronouns  je,  ce,  le,  me,  se,  te  when  followed  by 
a  verb,  by  en  or  by  y. 

384  Elision  of  e :  I'e-co-le  [1  e-kol]  the  school;  d'un  en- 
fant [d  de-na-fa]  of  a  child;  n'est-ce  pas  [n  es  pa]  is  it  not 
so?  j'ai-me  [5  F:m]  /  love;  c'est  [s  e]  it  is;  il  I'a  [i-1  a]  he  has 
it;  m'a-t-elle  vu  [m  a-tel  vy]  has  she  seen  me  f  il  s'en  va 
[il  s  a  va]  he  goes  away;  qu'a-vez-vous  [k  a-ve  vu]  what  is 
the  matter  with  you  ?  tu  t'y  es  mis  [ty  ti  e  mi]  you  have  put 
yourself  there;  en-voy-ez-1'y  [u-vwa-je  1  i]  send  him  there.  J 

385  The  vowels  of  the  pronouns  ce,  je,  la,  le  are  not 
elided  when  these  monosyllables  come  after  the  xevh: 
est-ce  vrai  [ts  vre]  is  it  true?  ai-je  rai-son  [e:3  rc-zo]  atn  I 
right?  fai-tes-le  [fet  b]  do  it;  voy-ez-le  [vwa-je  h]  see 
him. 

386  The  final  e  of  jusque  is  elided  in  jus-qu'a  [5ys-k  a] 
up  to;  jus-qu'a-lors  [5ys-k  a-loir]  up  to  that  time;  jus-qu'en 
[sys-ku  ]  up  to;  jus-qu'i-ci  [sys-k  i-si]  up  to  this  time;  the 
final  e  of  lorsque,  puisque,  quoique  is  also  elided,  but  only 
before  elle,  il,  on,  vm:  lors-qu'il  [lors-k  il]  when  he;  puis- 
qu'el-le  [pqis-k  el]  since  she;  quoi-qu'on  [kwa-k  5]  although 
one. 


ELISION  143 

387  A  few  words,  generally  ha\nng  quelque,  entre  or 
presque  in  their  composition,  elide  final  e:  quel-qu'un 
[kcl-kde  ]  some  one;  en-tr'ac-te  [a-tr  akt]  interval  between 
the  acts;  pres-qu'i-le  [pres-k  il  ]  peninsula;  also  au-jour- 
d'hui  [o-5ur-d  qi]  ]  to-day. 

388  Elision  of  a.  a  is  only  elided  in  the  article  or 
pronoun  la  before  the  verb:  I'a-me  [1  aim]  the  soul;  I'his- 
toi-re  [1  is-twair]  the  story;  11  I'aime  [i-1  eim]  he  loves  her; 
but  ai-mez-la  [c-me  la]  love  her. 

389  Elision  of  i.  i  is  elided  only  in  the  conjunction  si 
before  il  or  ils :  s'il  va  [s  il  va]  if  he  goes;  s'ils  vien-nent 
[s  il  vjcn]  //  they  come. 

390  Elision  does  not  take  place  before  the  aspirate  h, 
nor  before  on-ze,  on-zie-me,  oui,  oui-di-re,  oua-te  (371, 
215),  oh  que  oui  [o  ka  wi]  wJiy  yes;  la  on-zie-me  [la  5-zjcm] 
the  eleventh. 

391  While  the  preceding  examples  illustrate  elision  as 
shown  by  the  apostrophe,  the  great  majority  of  cases 
may  be  said  to  occur  where  no  apostrophe  marks  the 
suppression  of  an  e  mute  before  a  word  beginning  with  a 
vowel  or  silent  h.  In  fact  e  is  silent  at  tlie  end  of  most 
words  (but  cf.  8i)o):  pla-ce  [plus];  pren-dre  [pruidr];  ta-ble 
[ta(:)bl];  (except  where  the  e  itself  is  the  only  vowel  in  the 
worfl,  as  in  le,  me,  te):  in  verbal  endings  -es,  -ent  (tu 
ai-mes  [ty  cim];  ils  ai-ment  |il-zr:m]);  and  after  a  vowel 
that  just  precedes  the  finiil  e:  rue  [ry]  .street. 

392  In  very  many  instances,  two  or  more  words  are 

pronounr-ed  just  as  though  i)arts  of  one  entire  word,  that 


144  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

is,  together  in  one  breath,  just  as  though  each  formed  a 
component  part  of  one  entire  word.  The  final  e  in  such 
cases  is  absolutely  mute  and  the  preceding  consonant  is 
linked  over  with  the  initial  vowel  of  the  following  word: 
fa-ci-le  a  li-re  [fa-si-la  liir]  easy  to  read;  la  guer-re  e-cla-te 
en-tre  eux  [la  gP!-re-kla-ta-tr0]  war  breaks  out  between 
them;  la  ro-be  est  rou-ge  [la  ro-be  ruis]  the  dress  is  red; 
I'ex-er-ci-ce  o-ral  [1  eg-zcr-si-so-ral]  the  oral  exercise;  u-ne 
an-cien-ne  e-le-ve  [y-na-sje-ne-leiv]  a  former  pupil;  u-ne 
au-tre  an-nee  [y-no-tra-ne]  another  year. 

393  Compare  the  following  pairs  of  words,  in  the 
former  of  which  the  e  is  elided  and  in  the  latter  (70,  71) 
it  is  not:  Allemagne  and  Angleterre;  bulletin  and  porte- 
feuille;  causerie  and  brusquerie;  joyeusement  and  triste- 
ment;  legerete  and  fermete;  logement  and  appartement; 
longuement  and  largement;  maintenant  and  autrefois; 
mugissement  and  hurlement;  salete  and  proprete;  samedi 
and  vendredi. 

394  Compare  again  in  the  same  manner  the  following 
pairs,  each  of  which  is  composed  of  two  or  more  words 
(cf.  74).  In  the  first  group  composing  the  pair,  the  e  is 
not  pronounced;  in  the  second  it  is:  A  de-main  and  pour 
demain;  au-dessus  and  par-dessus;  je  ne  sais  pas  and  il 
ne  sait  pas;  la  demande  and  leur  demande;  la  petite  and 
eette  petite;  la  semaine  and  une  semaine;  les  cheminees 
and  une  cheminee;  le  velours  and  quel  velours;  mademoi- 
selle and  une  demoiselle;  monsieur  De  Vire  and  madame  De 
Vire;  on  recommence  and  elle  recommence;  roi  de  France 
and  reine  de  France;  sa  fenetre  and  cette  fenetre;  sans  le 


CAPITALS         .  145 

chien  and  avec  le  chien;  sous  le  pont  and  sur  le  pont;  un 
demi-litre  and  une  demi-livre;  un  pot  de  biere  and  un 
verre  de  biere;  vin  de  Champagne  and  biere  de  Munich. 

Exercise  LXII.  A  most  useful  exercise  may  be  had  by  writing 
the  two  pairs  above  given  in  393  and  394,  first  as  usual  in  ordinary 
writing  and  printing  of  French,  dividing  them  into  syllables  and  pro- 
nouncing aloud  each  syllable  and  word;  secondly,  performing  the 
same  operation  and  using,  in  so  doing,  the  key  alphabet. 

395  The  following  sentences  illustrate  the  usual 
elision  of  e  when  occurring  in  ordinary  phrases.  The 
elided  e  is  italicized:  1.  Cette  phrase  est  facile  a  lire  et 
a  comprendre.  2.  Elle  raconte  encore  une  histoire  ab- 
surde.  3.  Elise  a  une  autre  idee  en  tete.  4.  La  balle 
^tait  derriere  une  chaise  au  salon.  5.  La  campagne  est 
belle  et  agreable  en  juin.  6.  Laissez  la  porte  et  la  fe- 
netre  ouvertes. 


XI    CAPITALS 

396  Capitals  are  used  as  in  English  to  begin  a  sen- 
tence, quotation  or  a  proper  name :  Les  oiseaux  chantent, 
The  birds  are  .nnging.  II  m'a  dit:  «Faites-le  toujours.)) 
He  said  to  me:  "Keep  on  doing  it.'^    Felix  Faure. 

397  Small  letters,  contrary  to  English  usage,  are  used 
to  begin  the  pronoun  je  =  English  /.•  Eh,  bien,  je  m'en 
vais,  Well,  Fm  going  away.  Enfin,  j'y  suis,  j'y  reste, 
In  short,  Fm  here,  Fm  going  to  stay  here;  and  in  writing 
the  interjection  6  =  English  oh  or  0:  —  6  Dieu,  0  Heavens! 
6  douleur,  0  grirf!  6  ma  jeunesse,  0  imj  youth! 


146  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

398  Small  letters  are  used  to  begin  the  names  of  the 
days  of  the  week  and  of  the  month:  C'est  aujourd'hui 
lundi  le  dix  aout,  To-day  is  Monday  the  tenth  of  August; 
n  est  venu  vendredi  le  trois  mars,  He  came  Friday  the 
third  of  March. 

399  Small  letters  are  used  to  begin  adjectives  derived 
from  proper  nouns:  un  noble  venitien,  a  Venetian  noble- 
man; un  savant  allemand,  n  German  scholar;  le  rivage 
troyen,  the  Trojan  shore;  le  chant  gregorien,  the  Gregorian 
chant;  11  etudie  le  franpais,  he  studies  the  French  language; 
also  in  writing  the  expressions:  catholique,  lutherien, 
mahometan,  protestant,  puritain,  pharisien,  voltairien; 
also  catholicisme,  christianisme,  judaisme.  But  when  the 
adjective  is  used  substantively,  then  it  is  treated  as  a 
proper  noun:  le  Frangais,  the  Frenchman;  im  Irlandais, 
on  Irishman;  un  riche  Americain,  a  rich  American;  les 
Asiatiques,  the  Asiatics;  les  Europeens,  the  Europeans; 
im  illustre  Parisien,  an  illustrious  Parisian.  v 

400  When  to  a  product  or  object  of  manufacture,  the 
name  of  the  town  or  locality  of  production  or  fabrication 
is  given,  this  name  is  treated  like  a  proper  adjective  and 
begins  with  a  small  letter:  un  metre  d'angleterre;  une 
statue  en  carrare ;  un  bel  angora ;  une  bouteille  de  cognac ; 
fumer  du  maryland;  une  robe  de  florence;  une  robe  de 
madras, 

401  In  titles  of  books,  companies,  associations  and 
the  like,  but  one  word  usually  begins  with  a  capital, 
generally  the  first  noun,  unless  preceded  by  a  preposi- 


CAPITALS  147 

tion:  Dans  les  gardes  frangaises,  la  Jerusalem  delivree, 
le  Malade  imaginaire.  la  Mare  au  diable,  le  Paradis 
perdu,  Pour  la  couronne,  les  Precieuses  ridicules. 

403  If  an  adjective  (or  numeral)  precedes  the  noun, 
instead  of  following  it  as  in  the  above  examples,  then 
both  adjective  (or  numeral)  and  noun  begin  with  a  cap- 
ital: I'Ancien  Testament;  les  Deux  Sceurs;  la  Divine 
Comedie;  les  Fausses  Confidences;  la  Jeune  Femme 
colere ;  la  Nouvelle  Heloise ;  la  Petite  Fadette ;  Un  beau 
mariage ;  Un  Mariage  dans  le  monde.  The  article  (defi- 
nite) when  u.sed  as  the  first  word  of  the  title,  as  in  these 
examples,  is  written  with  a  capital  only  when  it  begins 
the  sentence. 

Notice  the  usage  in  the  following  titles  of  literary 
works:  le  Vieux  celibataire;  le  Vieux  fat;  les  Vieux  gar- 
50ns;  Une  Vieille  maitresse;  le  Vieux  neuf;  la  Vieille 
roche;  la  Vieille  tante. 

403  When  the  title  of  a  word  is  accompanied  by  the 
author's  name,  both  title  and  name  are  written  with  a 
capital:  la  Biographie  Didot;  les  Coramentaires  de  Cesar; 
le  Dictionnaire  de  I'Academie;  I'Encyclopedie  de  Diderot; 
les  Essais  de  Montaigne;  la  Geographie  de  Crozat;  le 
Glossaire  de  du  Cange. 

404  When  two  substantives  figure  as  the  title  of  a 
puhlication,  a  society  or  order,  the  sc^cond  substantive 
being  merely  th(^  complement  of  the  first,  tlu^n  the  first 
only  is  written  with  a  (•a|)ital:  Bulletin  des  lois;  Cours 
d'astronomie ;  Dialogue  des  morts;  Elements  de  phy- 


148  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

sique;  Essai  sur  les  moeurs;  Histoire  des  croisades; 
Voyage  autour  du  monde;  I'Academie  des  sciences;  le 
Conservatoire  de  musique;  le  Conservatoire  des  arts  et 
metiers;  I'Ecole  des  chartes;  I'ordre  de  I'Aigle  de  fer; 
I'ordre  de  la  Legion  d'honneur ;  I'ordre  de  la  Toison  d'or. 

405  Nevertheless,  it  frequently  happens  that  when  two 
substantives  figure  in  the  title  of  a  book,  society  or 
order,  that  it  is  the  second  that  is  written  with  a  capital 
while  the  first  is  written  with  a  small  letter.  This  is  so 
because  in  such  cases  the  second  word  characterizes  and 
epitomizes  more  appropriately  the  entire  title :  le  cap  des 
Tempetes;  la  cour  des  Miracles;  la  fontaine  des  Inno- 
cents; I'hotel  des  Ambassadeurs ;  Pile  de  la  Reunion;  les 
montagnes  de  la  Lune;  le  quai  aux  Fleurs,  meaning  a 
particular  quay  in  Paris  where  flowers  are  sold;  while 
quai  aux  fleurs  designates  a  quay  given  over  to  the  sale 
of  flowers  in  any  city, 

406  Occasionally  it  happens  that  two  words  in  the 
title  of  a  publication  or  association  are  written  with  a 
capital :  Memoires  de  la  Societe  nationale  des  antiquaires 
de  France;  Memoires  de  la  Societe  de  linguistique ;  la 
Critique  de  I'Ecole  des  femmes;  Defense  du  Genie  du 
christianisme ;  Observations  sur  I'Esprit  des  lois;  Journal 
des  Savants.  In  such  cases  two  titles  are  considered  as 
combined  in  one,  or  the  two  words  are  of  such  importance 
that  it  appears  inappropriate  to  write  either  with  a  small 
letter. 

407  Capitals  are  used  in  writing  the  title  of  a  fable, 
comedy  or  farce,  the  characters  of  which  appear  in  the 


CAPITALS  149 

title  and  are  considered  as  personified:  le  Chene  et  le 
Roseau;  la  Genisse,  la  Chevre  et  la  Brebis;  le  Flatteur 
et  I'Envieux;  le  Maitre  et  le  Valet. 

408  Two  capitals  are  necessary  in  a  compound  proper 
noini  joined  by  a  h^-phen,  as:  les  Anglo-Saxons;  les  Gallo- 
Grecs;  les  Moldo-Valaques;  and  the  name  of  a  dynasty, 
when  preceded  by  that  of  the  race  over  which  the  dynasty 
ruled,  is  written  -with  a  capital:  les  Francs  Merovingians; 
les  Turcs  Osmanlis ;  but  not  when  the  name  of  the  dynasty 
is  used  adjectively,  as:  la  dynastie  merovingienne ;  la 
dynastie  napoleonienne ;  likewise  ecriture  anglo-norman- 
nique;  ecriture  nonnanno-saxonne. 

409  The  word  saint  before  its  noun  begins  with  a 
small  letter:  saint  Denis,  saint  Francois,  saint  Martin; 
but  when  used  as  a  part  of  a  proper  name  with  a  noun  to 
which  it  is  joined  by  a  hyphen,  it  is  never  abbreviated 
and  is  always  written  with  a  capital:  le  due  de  Saint- 
Simon;  I'eglise  Saint-Germain-des-Pres ;  I'eglise  Sainte- 
Marie-aux-Neiges ;  I'eglise  Sainte-Marie-des-Fleurs ;  (in 
the  three  cxamijles  ju-<t  cited  tlie  two  last  hyphens  in 
each  example  are  sometimes  omitted,  but  the  more  com- 
mon usage  appears  to  be  in  favor  of  connfrtiufj;  all  the 
parts  with  hyphens);  I'eglise  de  Saint-Pierre;  le  mont 
Saint-Michel;  la  porte  Saint-Martin;  but  if  the  entire 
expression  is  merely  used  as  a  name  to  indicate,  for  ox- 
ample,  a  prison  or  a  theater,  the  usage  is:  les  prisonniers 
du  Mont-Saint-Michel,  le  theatre  de  la  Porte-Saint- 
Martin. 


150  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

410  The  names  of  avenues,  boulevards,  qviays,  squares, 
streets,  etc.,  are  written  with  a  capital,  but  the  word  for 
avenue,  boulevard,  square,  street,  etc.,  is  written  with  a 
small  letter:  allee  de  I'Observatoire ;  avenue  des  Champs- 
Elysees;  avenue  de  I'Opera;  barriere  de  rEtoile;  boule- 
vard Montparnasse;  carrefour  de  1' Abattoir;  chaussee 
des  Mmimes ;  cour  des  Fontaines ;  place  de  la  Concorde ; 
quai  de  I'Horloge ;  rue  de  Rivoli. 

Small  letters  are  used  in  writing  the  articles  le,  la,  les, 
du,  de  la,  des  before  the  name  of  a  town  or  of  a  person: 
le  Cairo,  Cairo;  la  Havana;  le  Havre;  le  Mans;  le  Puy; 
la  Rochelle;  la  Bruyere;  le  Camoens;  le  Cid;  la  rue  de  la 
Bruyere;  la  rue  de  I'Ecluse;  le  comte  de  la  Guiche;  le 
prince  de  la  Pak;  Peveril  du  Pic;  le  Tintoret;  Bar-le- 
Duc;  Choisy-le-Roy;  Foulenay-aux-Roses ;  Villeneuve- 
le-Comte.  Also  in  writing  adjectives  not  joined  to  the 
noun  by  a  hyphen,  as:  la  basse  Bretagne,  le  bas  Canada; 
but  les  Basses-Pyrenees,  la  Haute-Marne. 

411  Small  letters  are  used  to  begin  titles  before  proper 
nouns:  le  president  Fallieres;  le  prince  de  Galles;  le  roi 
Alfonse;  le  czar  Nicholas;  lord  Ruthven;  le  comte  de 
Monte-Cristo;  le  general  Boulanger;  le  roi  d'Angleterre ; 
le  professeur  Croizet;  I'abbe  de  I'Epee;  le  due  d'Enghien; 
I'empereur  de  la  Chine,  le  docteur  Allard;  I'archeveque 
Blanchet. 

412  Titles  of  honor,  being  considered  as  proper  names, 
whether  in  speaking  to  or  of  the  honored  personage,  are 
wTitten  with  a  capital:  Votre  Majeste;  Vos  Majestes;  Sa 
Majeste;  Ses  Majestes;  Sa  Saintete,  in  speaking  of  the 


CAPITALS  151 

Pope;  Son  Eminence,  in  speaking  of  a  cardinal;  Sa  Gran- 
deur, in  speaking  of  a  bishop;  Son  Altesse,  in  speaking  of 
a  prince  of  the  royal  line. 

413  Capitals,  therefore,  are  used  in  the  following  cases 
for  the  titles  and  small  letters  for  the  common  names, 
king,  queen,  emperor,  czar,  etc.:  Sa  Majeste  le  roi;  Sa 
Majeste  la  reine;  Sa  Majeste  imperiale;  Son  Altesse 
royale;  Sa  Majeste  I'empereur  Napoleon  III;  Sa  Majeste 
la  reine  d'Angleterre ;  Sa  Majeste  le  czar,  I'autocrate  de 
toutes  les  Russies;  Sa  Majeste  le  sultan  Abdul  Medjid; 
Sa  Saintete  le  pape  Pie  IX ;  Son  Eminence  le  cardinal  de 
Retz;  Sa  Grandeur  I'eveque  de  Marseille;  Son  Altesse 
I'electeur  de  Saxe. 

414  Capitals  are  used  on  the  al)Ove  principle  when  the 
title  is  extended:  Sa  Majeste  Catholique,  la  reine  d'Es- 
pagne;  Sa  Majeste  Fidele,  le  roi  de  Portugal;  Sa  Majeste 
Britannique,  la  reine  d'Angleterre. 

415  Small  letters  are  used  to  write  the  titles  monsieur, 
madame  and  mademoiselle  when  not  beginning  the 
sentence,  although  not  infrequently  capitals  are  used. 
These  words  are  generally  abbreviated,  M.  being  written 
for  monsieur,  English  Mr.,  MM.  (with  a  full  stop)  for 
messieurs;  M""^  for  madame,  luiglish  Mrs.;  and  M"«  for 
mademoiselle,  I'jiglish  Ml.s.^.  M.  Blondel,  monsieur 
VAuiuM;  M'"*--  Blondel,  madame  Blondel;  M''^  Blondel, 
mademoiselle  lilondd.  Tlicy  avr  more  convenient  terms 
than  their  English  ( (|ui\;il(nls,  licing  used  with  equal 
apj)roi)riat('ness  with  oi'  wilhoiil  the  namc^:  oui,  made- 
moiselle; oui,  madame;  oui,  monsieur.     In  wiiting  the 


152  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

abbreviated  forms,  usually  printed  M"^  and  M"e,  no  punc- 
tuation whatever  is  used;  and  this  is  the  customary  usage 
in  French  in  writing  abbreviations  which  include  the  final 
letter  as  Me^  =  monseigneur,  D'^=docteur.  No  stop  is 
used  after  Roman  numerals  with  names  of  sovereigns  or 
divisions  of  a  book:  Louis  XTV  et  Charles  X  celebrant 
.  .  .  Voir  tome  III,  chapitre  IV  de  I'ouvrage.  1st,  2d, 
3d,  4th,  etc.,  are  usually  written  P^,  IP,  Ule^  lye^  etc. 

416  Small  letters  are  used  to  begin  names  designating 
political,  religious  and  monastic  schools:  les  republicains, 
les  legitimistes,  les  orleanistes,  les  socialistes ;  les  calvi- 
nistes,  les  catholiques,  les  jansenistes,  les  lutheriens, 
les  voltairiens,  les  benedictins,  les  cordeliers,  les  do- 
minicains. 

417  The  name  of  the  order  itself,  being  considered  a 
proper  noun,  is  written  with  a  capital:  I'ordre  de  Saint- 
Benoit;  la  congregation  de  Saint-Lazare ;  I'ordre  du 
Mont-Carmel;  I'ordre  de  I'lncarnation ;  I'ordre  de  la 
Visitation ;  I'ordre  de  la  Jarretiere ;  la  reforme  de  Samte- 
Therese.  The  word  order,  congregation,  etc.,  is  often 
understood,  as  in  prendre  le  voile  (de  I'ordre)  de  Sainte- 
Claire ;  prendre  I'habit  (de  I'ordre j  de  Saint-Frang ois. 

Exercise  LXIII.  Note  the  following  giving  practice  on  the  use 
of  capitals;  the  words  and  expressions  appear  here  according  to 
recognized  standard  usage:  anabaptiste,  gentil  (Gentile),  hussite, 
malthusien,  pythagorien;  bouddhisme,  islamisme,  paganisme;  carme, 
chartreux,  cordelier;  bey,  calif e,  consul,  due,  pacha,  schah;  druide, 
mage,  pontife,  pythonisse;  les  bacchanales,  les  saturnales;  une 
dryade,  un  faune,  un  satyre,  une  su-ene,  un  triton;  un  missel;  Con- 
siderations sur  I'histoire  de  France;  Discours  sur  I'histoire universelle 
(only  one  capital  here  in  each  instance  is  used,  as  but  one  work  is  really 


CAPITALS  153 

comprised  in  each  title) ;  I'esplanade  des  Invalides,  faubourg  Poisson- 
niere,  passage  des  Panoramas,  place  de  I'Estrapade;  I'aigle  de  Meaux 
(Bossuet);  I'aigle  de  Patmos  (saint  Jean),  I'ange  des  tenebres  (le 
diable),  le  pere  du  mensonge  (Satan),  le  pere  de  misericorde  (Dieu), 
I'Ange  de  I'ecole  (saint  Thomas  d'Aquin),  I'Oint  du  Seigneur  (Jesus- 
Christ),  rOrateur  romain  (Ciceron),  le  Sage  (Salomon);  un  arabe, 
un  cajaque,  une  megere,  un  mentor,  un  tartufe  {originally  proper 
nouns,  frequent  usage  has  caused  them  to  be  regarded  simply  as  common 
nouns);  un  dedale,  un  hermes,  du  mithridate,  un  phaeton;  des  Cal- 
lots,  des  Elzevirs,  des  Plines  {meaning  editions  of  Elzevir  and  Pliny, 
and  collections  of  Callot) ;  empire  frangais,  empii'e  des  Perses,  princi- 
paut6  d'Orange,  repubhque  romaine;  Tambassade  tui'que  a  Paris, 
I'amirautee  de  Londi'es,  la  chancellerie  de  la  Legion  d'honneur,  la 
chambre  des  pairs,  la  chambre  des  lords,  le  consulat  de  SmjTne, 
I'hotel  de  ville  de  Paris,  la  legation  russe  a  Berlin,  la  musee  de  Ver- 
sailles, le  parlement  d'Angloterre,  le  senat  de  Rome;  I'Arsenal,  bi- 
bUotheque  de  Paris,  la  Bastille,  ancienne  prison  d'Etat,  le  Chatelet, 
ancien  tribunal  de  Paris,  le  Cirque,  theatre  de  Paris,  la  Tom*  de 
Londres,  prison  d'Etat;  la  tour  de  Babel  {thai  is,  de  la  Confusion), 
la  tour  des  Vents  a  Athenes,  la  vallee  de  la  Vision;  I'administration 
des  postes,  des  monnaies,  des  douanes,  des  domaines,  le  comptoir 
d'escompte,  la  caisse  d'opargne,  le  couvent  des  dominicains,  I'eglise 
des  penitents  gris,  la  halle  aux  bles,  aux  cuirs,  aux  draps,  aux  pois- 
Bons,  le  marche  au  charbon,  aux  fleurs,  le  ministere  de  I'interieur, 
le  ministere  des  finances,  le  palais  de  justice,  la  regie  des  tabacs;  il 
est  alI6  aux  Arts  et  metiers,  a  1' Instruct  ion  pubhque,  a  la  Monnaie 
{instead  of  saying:  il  est  alle  a  I'administration  des  Arts  ct  metiers,  de 
rinstruction  publique,  de  la  Monnaie) ;  le  Capitole  a  Toulouse  trans- 
form6  en  hotel  de  ville,  le  Louvre  en  musee,  le  Luxembourg  en  senat, 
le  Palais-Royal  en  tribunal;  ce  temple  des  protestants  s'appelle  le 
Temple  des  protestants,  cet  hotel  de  ville  s'appelle  I'llotel  de  ville, 
cette  prison  militaire  s'appelle  la  Prison  militaire,  ce  palais  de  jus- 
tice s'appelle  le  Palais  de  justice,  ce  musee  s'appelle  le  Musee. 

418  WhothcT  a  capital  ])c  used  or  not  depends  on  the 
sense  of  the  expression.  For  instance,  cote  d'or  may 
mean  any  fine  coad  renowneil  fur  its  vineyards;  la  cote 


154 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


d'Or  is  a  name  applied  particularly  to  a  region  near 
Dijon;  la  Cote-d'Or  is  the  name  of  one  of  the  French 
departments. 


XII  PUNCTUATION 

419  The  same  marks  of  punctuation  are  used  in  French 
as  in  English.     The  most  commonly  used  are: 


le  point 

full  stop 

. 

la  vir-gu-le 

comma 

* 

le  point  et  vir-gu-le 

semicolon 

• 

le  deux  points 

colon 

: 

le  point  d'in-ter-ro-ga-tion 

interrogation 

? 

le  point  d'ex-cla-ma-tion 

exclamation 

I 

le  trait  d'u-nion 

hyphen            \ 

- 

le  ti-ret  (de  se-pa-ra-tion) 

dash 

— 

les  points  sus-pen-sifs 

three  dots 

les  guil-le-mets 

quotation  marks 

«  » 

la  pa-ren-the-se 

parenthesis 

() 

les  cro-chets 

brackets 

[] 

I'ac-co-la-de 

brace 

} 

I'as-te-ris-que 

asterisk 

* 

la  croix  de  ren-voi 

dagger 

t 

420  In  general  it  may  be  said  that  French  punctua- 
tion is  more  subject  to  the  caprice  of  the  individual 
writer  than  is  the  case  in  English.  The  following  points 
deserve  notice:  1°  In  a  case  like  the  following:  7ne7i, 
women,  and  children,  where  good  usage  may  be  found 
sanctioning  the  comma  before  the  conjunction,  no  comma 
is  used  in  French:  les  hommes,  les  femmes  et  les  enfants. 
2°  The  colon,  le  deux  points   (notice  the  form  of  the 


PUNCTUATION  155 

article),  is  rather  more  freely  used  than  in  English,  not 
infrequently  replacing  the  comma  before  phrases  which 
explain,  amplify  or  resume  the  subject-matter:  de  la 
deux  sortes  de  devoir :  les  uns  negatif s  .  .  .  consequently 
two  kinds  of  duty,  the  one  negative  ...  3°  Quotation 
marks,  le  guillemet  ouvrant,  le  guillemet  fermant,  are 
less  common  than  in  English,  a.  In  giving  the  text  of  a 
letter  they  ate  used  precisely  as  in  English,  h.  If  a 
quotation  extends  through  several  paragraphs,  the  marks 
are  used  at  the  beginning  of  every  paragraph,  and  at  the 
end  of  the  last.  c.  In  the  interior  of  a  paragraph,  the 
marks  are  used  as  in  English,  d.  If  the  quotation  coin- 
cides with  the  paragraph,  no  quotation  marks  are  used, 
the  paragraph  usually  beginning  with  a  dash.  The 
writer's  aim  is  to  try  to  put  each  short  quotation  into  a 
separate  paragraph,  each  beginning  with  a  dash  (see 
the  example  under  421).  e.  Single  quotation  marks 
('   ')  are  not  used  at  all. 

421  The  dash,  tiret  as  just  indicated,  serves  in  dialogue 
to  note  a  change  of  speaker,  and  is  often  used  where 
quotation  marks  would  be  used  in  English.  It  also 
serves  to  replace  the  words:  re-pon-dit-il,  dit-il: 

—  Allons,  ton  dernier  mot,  bonhomme! 

—  F'aut-ii  vous  parler  clair? 

—  Oui. 

—  C'est  que  je  garde  mon  moulin. 

To  denote  incompleteness  or  interruption  three  dots 
(.  .  .)  are  used  oftener  than  the  dash:  Enfin,  comment 
vous  dire  .  .  .  nous  avons  peur! 


156  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

423  The  hyphen,  le  trait  d'union,  is  used  between  two 
names  forming  an  indivisible  whole:  les  Etats-Unis;  le 
Nouveau-Bnmswick ;  la  Nouvelle-Ecosse ;  la  Nouvelle- 
Orleans;  les  Pays-Bas;  le  Royaume-Uni  de  Grande- 
Bretagne  et  (d')Irlande,  Terre-Neuve  (see  409  for  more 
diversified  examples). 

Exercise  LXIV,  for  general  practice.  Words  apt  to  be  badly 
pronounced:  agneau,  aigue,  aiguille,  aiguiser,  album,  Allemagne,  al- 
manach,  Alsace,  amen,  amer,  Angleterre,  anguille,  aotit,  appendice, 
archange,  Asie,  aspect,  athee,  atlas,  atome,  autocratic,  autographe, 
automate,  automne,  Auxerre,  avril,  ayant,  ayez,  ayons,  baionette, 
balbutier,  bapteme,  baptiser,  baril,  bataille,  Bengale,  benzine,  bille- 
vesee,  bloc,  bceuf,  boeufs,  broc,-  Bossuet,  Bruxelles,  calvitie,  capi- 
taine,  cauchemar,  cent  un,  chef,  chef-d'oeuvre,  cher,  Christ,  chut, 
cinq,  le  cinq  mars,  Cinq-Mars,  cinq  robes,  clerc,  Colomb,  compter, 
consequenunent,  consciemment,  conscience,  coq,  correct,  croc,  croup, 
crucifix,  cuiller,  damner,  David,  decemment,  des  haricots,  dessous, 
dessus,  diplomatic,  distiller,  distinct,  dix,  le  dix  avril,  dix  chevaux, 
dix-huit,  dix-neuf,  dix-sept,  dix  sous,  dot,  Duguesclin,  echecs,  Eden, 
elever,  eloquemment,  eminemment,  emmener,  enfer,  en  haut,  enno- 
blir,  ennui,  equinox,  essentiel.  Test,  escroc,  est-ce,  Estienne,  estomac, 
eteint,  ether,  eurent,  examen,  exempt,  exempter,  excellent  (adj.), 
excellent  (verb),  facetie,  faience,  faim,  je  faisais,  faisons,  faon,  fat, 
femme,  fier  (adj.),  fier  (verb),  fini,  fleur  de  lis,  flux,  gageur,  galop,  gen- 
til,  gratis,  grenouille,  guerilla,  gueule,  gueux,  hair,  ils  haissent,  helas, 
hennir,  heureux,  hiatus,  hier,  hiver,  huit,  huit  jours,  le  huit  mai, 
huit  enfants,  hymen,  hymne,  idylle,  immense,  immeuble,  immobile, 
immodeste,  immoler,  immoral,  incroyable,  initial,  inne,  innombrable, 
innovation,  inoui,  inutile,  isthme,  jadis,  Jesus,  Jesus-Christ,  joug, 
legs,  lendemain,  linguiste,  lis,  lui,  magnifique,  mais,  mangeant,  mar- 
tial, mars,  mauvais,  mayonnaise,  messieurs,  merinos,  Michel-Ange, 
mille,  minutie,  minutieux,  moelle,  monsieur,  moyen,  murmurer,  mu- 
seum, myosotis,  nef,  nerf,  nerfs,  net,  neuf,  neuf  ans,  le  neuf  du  mois, 
neuf  francs,  neuf  heures,  neuf  soldats,  nuptial,  observer,  obtenir, 
ceil,  oeuf,  oeufs,  oignon,  un  os,  osciller,  ouest,  paille,  paon,  partial,  par- 


FORMS   USED    IN    LETTER- WRITING  157 

tiel,  patient,  payer,  pays,  peine,  pensum,  peril,  peripetie,  persuader, 
philosophe,  poignard,  poison,  poisson,  post-scriptum,  pouls,  prece- 
demment,  prompt,  prudemment,  puis,  punch,  pupille,  pusillanime, 
quatre-vingt-cinq,  quatre-vingt-six,  quatre-vingt-un,  quelques-uns, 
quotient,  R(h)eims,  reserve,  resignation,  respect,  ressembler,  res- 
sentir,  ressource,  rosbif,  je  romps,  science,  sculpteur,  second,  sens, 
bon  sens,  sens  commun,  sept  enfants,  le  sept  mai,  sept  plumes, 
eignifie,  simple,  six  chaises,  six  et  dix,  six  heures,  le  six  mars,  soleil, 
Bongea,  specimen,  Strasbourg,  sud,  suggerer,  suprematie,  tabac,  tact, 
tandis,  temps,  thym,  tient,  tilleul,  toast,  tous,  tranquille,  travail, 
vasistas,  veille,  vendetta,  vieille,  vingt,  le  vingt  aoUt,  vingt-deux, 
vingt  chevaux,  le  vingt-sept  mars,  vingt-huit,  vingt-neuf . 


Xm   CONVENTIONAL  FORMS   USED 
IN   LETTER-WRITING 

423  Address  on  the  envelope.  It  is  now  customary  to 
write  out  the  words  Monsieur,  Madame  and  Made- 
moiselle. Sometimes  the  following  ex})ressions  are  em- 
ployed on  the  outside  of  a  letter  or  missive:  Envoi  de 
(Monsieur  Dupee),  Sent  by  (Mr.  Dupeo);  Recommandee 
or  Chargee,  Registered;  aux  soins  de  or  chez,  care  of; 
(Priere  de)  faire  suivre  (Please)  forward;  Faire  parvenir, 
Send  on.    The  following  are  specimen  superscriptions: 

Monsieur  Georges  Pelletier 
chez  Madame  Laforet 

31,  place  de  la  Republiquo 

Paris,  France 

Madame  Henri  de  la  Tour 
aux  Boins  de  Monsieur  Loubet-Andrc 

26,  boulevard  Saint-Michel 

Paris,  France 


158  FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

Monsieur  le  Professeur  Georges  Blondel 
7,  rue  Carnot 

Chartres 
Priere  de  faire  suivre  France 

Mesdemoiselles  Longuemare 

16,  rue  Montmartre 
Faire  parvenir  Paris,  France 

424  Business  houses.  In  addressing  firms,  such  ad- 
dresses as  the  following  are  usual:  Messieurs  Favreau  et 
Delrue;  Messieurs  Larousse  &  C'^;  Madame  V^^  La- 
foret  et  Fils;  Messieurs  L.  Tremblay  Freres;  Monsieur 
le  Directeur  du  Credit  Lyoimais. 

Instead  of  prefixing  Monsieur,  Messieurs,  sometimes 
other  general  names  are  employed:  Maison  Chagnon- 
Asselin,  Firm  of  C.-A.;  Librairie  Gamier  Freres,  Messrs. 
Gamier  Brothers,  Publishers  {Booksellers) ;  Etablisse.tnents 
Archambault-Belanger,  The  A.-B.  Business  Houses. 

425  Dates.  With  the  exception  of  le  premier,  the 
cardinal  nmnbers  are  used  for  the  days  of  the  month. 
The  name  of  the  month  itself  is  written  with  a  small 
letter  (398).  In  commercial  letters,  September,  October, 
November  and  December  are  frequently  abbreviated: 
7bre^  8'"'®,  9^"^^,  lO'"'®.  The  following  examples  illustrate 
current  usage,  the  article  before  the  date  being  sometimes 
omitted.  Sometimes  ce  is  used:  Marseille,  le  1^*^  mars 
1912;  Toulon,  7,  rue  Saint-Georges,  le  18  aout  1911; 
Londres,  19  juillet  1910;  Bruxelles,  ce  13  fevrier  1908; 
Bourges,  le  1 1  mai  1909 ;  Ce  vendredi  matin. 

426  Forms  of  address.  The  following  illustrate  the 
ordinary  usage  in  addressing  friends :  Cher  Georges,  Dear 


FORMS   USED    IN    LETTER- WRITING  159 

George;  Mon  cher  Jean,  My  dear  John;  (Mon)  cher  ami, 
{My)  dear  friend ;  Mon  cher  Delille,  My  dear  DeliUe; 
Cher  Monsieur  Belisle,  Dear  Mr.  Belisle;  Monsieur  et 
cher  confrere,  My  dear  colleague.  Monsieur,  Sir,  is  more 
formal  than  Cher  Monsieur,  (My)  dear  Sir.  It  should  be 
noted  that  «Mon  cher  Monsieur))  is  generally  avoided 
when  used  without  the  noun;  like  «Ma  chere  Madame)) 
it  is  redundant. 

In  addressing  ladies,  the  adjective  chere  is  not  usual 
except  among  relatives  and  very  intimate  friends:  Madame, 
Dear  Mrs.;  Mademoiselle,  Dear  Miss. 

427  Endings  of  letters.  INIuch  variety  exists  in  the 
conclusion  of  French  letters.  This  depends  on  the  age, 
rank,  sex  of  the  person  addressed,  as  well  as  on  circum- 
stances. Much  used  familiar  forms  are  the  following: 
Bien  a  vous  or  Tout  a  vous,  Sincerely  yours;  A  vous  de 
tout  coeur,  Ever  sincerely  yours;  Une  poignee  de  main, 
Yours  most  sincerely;  Votre  ami  sincere  (fidele).  Yours 

faithfully  {sincerely);  Je  vous  serre  cordialement  la  main, 
^lost  sincerely  yours;  Salut  amical,  -4.s-  ever,  yours;  Votre 
tout  devoue,  Faithfully  yours;  Croyez  a  ma  vive  et  sin- 
cere amitie,  Believe  me,  as  ever,  sincerely  yours. 

428  More  formal  (^x]iressions  corresponding  to  Very 
tridy  yours,  but  ill  adapted  to  translation:  Agreez,  Mon- 
sieur, mes  cordiales  salutations;  Veuillez  agreer.  Mon- 
sieur, I'assurance  de  mes  sentiments  distingues;  Recevez, 
Monsieur,  les  meilleures  amities  de  votre  bien  devoue; 
Agreez,  Monsieur,  mes  salutations  amicales. 

Notice  tlic  follo\\in<i:  Je  vous  prie  d'agreer  I'expres- 
sion  de  ma  consideration  distinguee.     Haute  (parfaite) 


160  FKENCH   PRONUNCIATION 

consideration  is  frequently  used  in  closing  a  letter  among 
equals,  while  Consideration  alone  is  generally  not  used 
except  to  inferiors.  Je  vous  prie  de  croire  a  I'expression 
de  mes  meilleurs  sentiments ;  Veuillez  agreer,  cher  Mon- 
sieur, avec  tous  mes  remerciements,  I'assurance  de  mes 
sentiments  bien  devoues. 

429  In  addressing  ladies :  Veuillez  accepter,  Madame, 
mes  salutations  respectueuses ;  Veuillez  accepter,  Ma- 
dame, I'assurance  de  ma  parfaite  et  affectueuse  con- 
sideration; J'ai  I'honneur  d'etre,  Madame,  votre  tres 
devoue  et  respectueux  ami;  Je  vous  prie,  Madame, 
d'agreer  I'expression  de  mes  hommages  respectueux. 
A  lady  addressing  a  lady  friend  might  write:  Toute  a 
vous;  Je  vous  embrasse  tendrement  (affectueusement) ; 
Votre  amie  affectionnee ;  Votre  bien  sincere. 

430  The  following  expressions  are  much  used  in  clos- 
ing a  letter:  Agreez  mes  civilites  empressees.  Accept  my 
kind  regards;  Dites  bien  des  choses  de  ma  part  a  .  .  ., 
Please  remember  me  to  .  .  .;  Je  vous  souhaite  une  bonne 
et  heureuse  annee,  /  wish  you  a  Happy  New  Year; 
Joyeu'se  Noel,  Merry  Christmas;  Mes  amities  chez  vous, 
My  regards  to  your  family;  Mille  amities.  Kind  regards; 
Une  bonne  annee,  A  Happy  New  Year;  Veuillez  me 
rappeler  au  bon  souvenir  de  .  .  .,  Please  remember  me 
to  .  .  . 

431  Note  the  following:  Ci-inclus,  Trois  cents  francs. 

Value,  Three  hundred  francs;  Echantillons  sans  valeur. 
Patterns  (Samples)  of  no  value;  E.  V.  (  =  En  ville),  Local; 
Imprimes,  Book-post  or  Printed  tnatter;  Papier  d'affaires. 


ABBREVIATIONS   IN   COMMON   USE 


101 


Commercial  papers;  Personnelle  or  En  mains  propres, 
Private  or  Personal  (to  he  hancltnl  over  to  addressee  in 
person);  Poste  restante,  To  he  called  for  (Poste  Restante); 
Urgent  or  Presse,  Urgent  or  Important. 


XIV  ABBREVIATIONS  IN  COMMON  USE 


a.  c. 

annee  courante 

N.-D. 

Notre-Dame 

av.  J.-C. 

avant  Jesus- 

N.-S. 

Notre-Seigneur 

Christ 

n" 

numero 

c.  a.  d. 

c'est  a  dire  ' 

p.  p.  c. 

pom-  prendre  conge 

C.  (0°"=) 

centime 

p.  r.  V. 

pour  rendre  visite  ' 

cap. 

capital 

R.  S.  V.  P 

.  Ropondez,s'ilvous  plait 

Cie  (C«) 

compagnie 

S.  A.  R. 

Son  Altesse  Royale 

Qmfetre   (cm.) 

centimetre 

s.  d. 

sans  date 

ct.  (crt.) 

courant ' 

s.-ent. 

sous-entendu  ' 

d° 

dito 

S.  Exc. 

Son  Excellence 

etc. 

et  ca?tera 

S.  G. 

Sa  Grandeur 

fr(3)  (f.) 

franc  (s) 

s.  1.  n.  d. 

sans  lieu  ni  date 

h. 

heure 

S.  M. 

Sa  Majeste 

ib.  (ibid.) 

ibidem 

SS. 

saints 

id. 

idem 

s.  s. 

Sa  Saintete 

in-P 

in-folio 

S.  (S*) 

saint 

J.-C. 

Jf'sus-Clirist 

iS** 

sainte 

M. 

Monsifiir 

S^  (]<>) 

lo  Sieur  (for  Monsieur) 

MM. 

IVIcssiciirs 

Slice. 

suceursalc 

m<» 

marchand 

suiv. 

suivant 

M*»  (pi.  M-"") 

maitre  (a  //;»•- 

S.  V.  p. 

s'il  vous  plait 

yrr's  title) 

f  liin. 

trimesfre 

M"-- 

IVIonsoignour 

t.  s.  V.  p. 

fournez  s'il  vous  plait 

M""  (rl-  M "'''') 

Maflemoiseilc 

V  (Vvo) 

veuve  ' 

M""*  (pi.  Nr") 

Madame 

V" 

vicomte 

m"""  (m") 

maison   ^ 

Y  tfssc 

vicomtesse 

ms. 

niaiuiscrit 

162  FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 

Exercise  LXV,  on  proper  names.  For  the  pronunciation,  con- 
sult the  Passy-Hempl,  Uniform  International  Dictionary,  Lesaint's 
Traite  complet  de  la  prononciation  frangaise,  or  Miiller's  Allgemein.es 
Worterbuch:  Achab,  Acheron,  Achille,  Azores,  Adam,  Agamemnon, 
Abruzze,  Abyssinie,  Adriatique,  Agnes,  Aix-Ia-Chapelle,  Ajaccio, 
Alger,  Algerie,  Algesiras,  Alpes,  Alsace,  Apennins  (les),  Aristophane, 
Aristote,  Asie,  Athenes,  Atlantique,  Australie,  Autriche,  Bade,  Bale, 
Baptiste,  Barcelone,  Barthelemy,  Beatrice,  Beatrix,  Bengale,  Ben- 
jamin, Berlin,  Boulogne,  Bresil,  Bretagne  (la),  Bruxelles,  Buenos- 
Ayres,  Caen,  Cain,  Caire  (le),  Calabre  (la),  Camille,  Camoens, 
Campagne,  Castille  (la),  Caucase  (le),  Cayenne,  Cesar,  Ceylan, 
Chambery,  Champagne  (la),  Chanteclair,  Charlemagne,  Charles, 
Charon,  Charybde,  Cherboui'g,  Chili  (le),  Chretien,  Ciceron,  Cleo- 
patre,  Colomb,  Crimee  (la),  Danemark  (le),  Dcmosthene,  Denis, 
Dieppe,  Diogene,  Dordogne  (la),  Doubs(le),  Douvres,  Dresde,  Dubhn, 
Dunkerque,  Edimbourg,  Egj'pte  d'),  Equateur,  Europe,  Faust,  Fer- 
rare,  Fiesque,  Finlande  (la),  Franche-Comte  (la),  Friedland,  Galaad, 
Galatee,  Galilee  (la),  Gahlee,  Gascogne  (la),  Gaule  (la),  Glascow, 
Gracques  (les),  Greenland  (le),  Guadalquivir  (le),  Guadeloupe  (la), 
Guernesey,  Guyana  (la),  Guyenne  (la),  Hambourg,  Havana  (la), 
Hawai,  Himalaya,  Hudson,  Hugues,  Hyacintha,  Hymen,  Islande 
(1'),  Leipsick,  Lydie,  Luxembourg,  Lys,  Machiavel,  Madrid,  Maas- 
tricht, Mandchourie,  Marango,  Marseille,  Michel-Ange,  Millet, 
Miltiade,  Munich,  Niger,  Nuremberg,  Regnauld,  Reims  (Rhaims), 
Roch,  Saint-Roch,  Rubens,  Ruisdael,  Saint-Gaudans,  Saona  (la), 
ScyUa,  Titian,  Versailles,  Vosges,  Washington. 

Exercise  LXVI,  on  words  apt  to  be  mispronounced.  Abbaye, 
abdomen,  accessit,  accroc,  agenda,  albumen,  aluminium,  ananas, 
angelus,  antipathic,  aout,  aquarelle,  aquarium,  archeologie,  aristo- 
cratic, as,  bas-relief.  Bayard,  Bayonne,  bayonetta,  bis,  blocus,  bourg, 
bourgmastre,  Bruxelles,  Cadix,  calcium,  cantaloup,  caoutchouc,  cap, 
carf-volant,  chaos,  chat-huant,  chef-lieu,  chiromancie,  chrysantheme, 
circonspect,  clef,  condamner,  congres,  credo,  cric-crac,  czar,  demo- 
cratic, depens,  De  profundis,  desert,  dessert,  direct,  doigte,  dompter, 
Dumas  (A.),  echec,  echo,  equateur,  equation,  equestre,  equinoxe, 
Equitation,  equivalent,  equivoque,  examen,  exempt,  exemptar,  faix, 


EXERCISES  163 

fils,  flanc,  foyer,  franc,  fret,  fuchsia,  fusil,  gentilhomme,  gentils- 
hommes,  geolicr,  geranium,  gigot,  Goethe,  Gounod,  gi-anit,  grief, 
gril,  guet-apens,  guichet,  Guizot,  haine,  hennir,  heros,  hiatus,  honte, 
idem,  immediat,  in-douze,  ineptie,  inertia,  in-octavo,  in-quarto,  in- 
stinct, Jeanne,  juillet,  Lafayette,  laudanum,  loquace,  Madrid,  mil- 
lion, maeurs,  INIoise,  monarchie,  Montreal,  New-York,  omnibus, 
orchestre,  os  (pi.),  pcrsil,  plomb,  poele,  preterit,  prospectus,  qua- 
druple, quai,  quatuor,  quinine,  quotidien,  reflux,  revolver,  rez-de- 
chaussee,  rhum,  sculpter,  Sinai,  sourcil,  succinct,  sud,  Suez,  suspect, 
tournevis,  vermout,  vis,  vis-a-vis,  volubiUs,  Vosges  (les),  Wagner, 
Weber,  zinc. 

Exercise  LXVII.  Pronounce  aloud  the  following  words,  in  re- 
gard to  which  there  may  be  a  difference  of  opinion:  aspect,  but,  fat, 
granit,  hennir,  jadis,  legs,  immediat,  nenni,  ours,  Cadix,  subit,  exact, 
cresson,  fils,  hclas,  hennissement,  joug,  hnccul,  moems,  obus,  peril, 
Boulier,  soit,  fait. 


INDEX^ 


Arabic  numerals  refer  to  the  paragraph  sections;  Roman  numerals 
to  the  exercises.  As  regards  quantity,  only  full  length  is  indicated  by 
two  dots  (:),  thus:  rouge  [ru!3],  r&L  It  wU  be  remembered  (19) 
that  a  vowel,  either  nasal  or  oral,  long  in  the  final  syllable,  as  in 
rouge  [ru:5],  demands  [damaid],  when  occurring  in  the  penult,  is 
usually  half  as  long,  as  in  rougeur  [ru'3oc:r],  redness;  demander 
[damu-de],  to  ask.    Therefore  half  length  is  not  indicated. 

Variations  not  noted  in  the  text  may  frequently  be  found  in  the 
Index. 

aboime  [abone]  n  p.  57  xxn 
^  abord  [abo:r]  o  105 

aboyer  [abwaje]  oy  p.  G2  xxrv 
Abraham  [abraam]  am  132 
abricotier  [abrikotjo]  o  109 
abrupt  [alirjTt]  p.  248;  t  299 
Abnizze  [abry:z]  e  p.  162  Lxrv 
Absalom  [:q)sal.")]  ?«  236 
absent  [apso] b  170,  246 
absinthe  [ai).st:t]  b  170 
absolument  [apsolyniu]  b  170 
absolution  [apsolysj  5]  b  170 
absolvons  [aps.)lv5]  b  170 
absoudre  [apsu(:)dr]  b  170,  p.  98 

XLVIII 

abstenir  [apstoni:r]  b  170 

•  Prepared  by  the  Boston  University  1913  CUisr  in  Phonetics,  under  the  general 
direction  of  Miss  Man,'  Camiel  Fox,  candidate  for  the  desrec  of  A.M.  and  especially 
aided  by  the  followinj?  candidates  for  the  degree  of  A.Ti.:  Miss  A.  M.  Gorman, 
MisHR.  K.  .Jolmston,  Miss  M.  Metcaif,  Miss  I..  M.  Pahiier,  Miss  E.  M.  Robin- 
son. These  aids  were  jLssisU-d  l)y  .Miss  A.  E.  Fisher,  A.R.,  and  by  the  following 
camlidates  for  the  degree  of  A.B.:  Miss  G.  H.  Kennedy,  Miss  C.  E.  Macom- 
»>er.  Miss  .M.  .1.  .Mahoney,  Mr.  F.  B.  Mitchell,  .Miss  .M.  M.  Mitchell,  Mi.ss  E.  H. 
.Mosher,  Mr.  F.  H.  Peterson,  .Mr.  B.  Stinclifield,  Ml.ss  11.  T..  Stone,  Mi.s8  M.  B. 
Sullivan,  Mi.s»  J.  M.  Thornell,  Miss  M.  ('.  Whitaker,  Miss  H.  A.  Williams. 

1G5 


a  [a]  22,  24;  [a]  28;  elision  383, 

388 
a  [a]  28,  49 
a  [a]  58,  98 
abbaye  [abo(j)i]  ay  p.  49  xvi, 

p.  162  Lxvi 
abbe  [abc]  bh  42,  167,  170 
abbesse  [tibcs]  bb  p.  68  xxvii 
abdomen   [al)d.)iiun]   n  241,   p. 

I(i2  LXVI 

abeille  [:il)r:j] '^  91;  «7fc  226 
Abencerage  [abcserais]  en  137 
abime  [.ihiim]  i  15,  95,  p.  37  ix 
abject  [:il)3r(kt)]  t  3fK),  353 


166 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


abstinence  [apstinais]  b  170,  p. 

98  XLviii 
abstrait  [apstre]  s  267 
absurde   [apsyrd]  b  246,   p.  98 

XLVIII 

Abyssinie  [abisini]  p.  162  lxv 
academie    [akademi]    c    p.    69 

XXVIII 

accabler  [akable]  a  63;  cc  p.  69 

XXVTII 

accapara  [akapara]  a  52 
accaparer    [akapare]    cc    p.    69 

XXVIII 

accelerer  [akselere]  cc  p.  69  xxix 
accent  [aksa]  27;  cc  176 
accent  aigu  [aksat  egy]  t  27,  354 
accent  circonflexe    [aksa    sirko- 

fieks]  29 
accent  grave  [aksa  graiv]  28 
accepter  [aksepte]  cc  p.  69  xxix 
acception    [aksepsjS]    pp.    98 

XLVIII 

acces  [akse]  cc  p.  69  xxix 
accessit  [aksesit]  t  p.  162  lx\t 
accident  [aksida]  cc  176,  p.  69 

xxix 
acclama  [aklama]  a  52 
accolade  [akala(:)d]  419 
accord  [ako:r]  cc  173 
accoter  [akote]  cc  p.  69  xxviii 
accroc  [akro]  c  ISO,  340,  p.  162 

LXVI 

accueil  [akoe:j]  ueil  226;  eu  118, 

127,  327,  p.  45  xiii 
accueille  [akoe:j]  ueille  226 
Achab  [akab]  b  171,  p.  162  Lxv; 

ch  186 


achat  [a^a]  a  53 

Acheron  [akero]  ch  p.  162  lxv 

achete  [a^et]  e  87,  p.  36  viii 

acheter  [a^te]  e  70,  p.  30  vi 

acheterai  [a^etre]  e  88,  p.  36  vin 

acheve  [a^eiv]  e  13 

achever  [a^vc]  ch  40;  e  p.  30  vi 

Achille  [a^il]  ch  p.  72  xxxii;  iU 

232,  p.  162  LXV 
acolyte  [akolit]  c  p.  69  xxviii 
aconit  [akonit]  t  299 
Afores  [aso:r]  p.  162  lxv 
acoustique    [akustik]    c    p.    69 

xxviii 
acquerir  [akeriir]  qu  254 
acquiers  [akjerr]  r  264 
acquit  [aki]  qu  p.  101  xux 
acre  [u:kr]  re  260 
acteur  [aktoeir]  c  177 
action  [aksjo]  on  141;  ion  162; 

c  177 
actium  [aksjom]  t  288 
active  [akti:v]  v  p.  118  lv 
acumine  [akymine]  c  p.  69  xx\aii 
Adam  [ada]  am  132,  p.  51  xviii, 

p.  1G2  Lxv;  m  236 
Adam  et  Eve  [ada  e  eiv]  w  373 
Adda  [ada]  A  p.  74  xxxv 
addenda  [addcda]  dd  188 
addition  [addisjo]  dd  188 
additionnel  [ad(d)isJ3nel]  d  42 
adducteur  [addyktceir]  dd  188 
adduction  [addyLsjo]  dd  188 
a  demain  [a  dme]  e  394 
Aden  [aden]  n  241 
adequat  [adekwa]  ua  156 
adequate  [adekwat]  qu  256 


INDEX 


167 


ad  hoc  [ad  ok]  d  p.  74  xxxv 

adjoint  [adswe]  d  p.  74  xxxv 

ad  libitum  [ad  libit  om]  wot  145 

admirer  [admire]  38 

Adonis  [adoni:s]  s  274 

ad  rem  [ad  rem]  dp.  74  xxxv 

Adriatique  [adriatik]  p.  162  lxv 

adroite  [adrwat]  oi  156 

aerer  [aere]  30 

aerostat  [aerosta]  36 

affaire  [afc:r]/  p.  76  xxxvi 

affut  [afy]  t  295 

a  franc    etrier   [a  fruk  etrije]  c 

341 
Agamemnon  [agamemno]  em  p. 

162  Lxv 
age  [(1:5]  [a:3]  a  29 
agenda  [aseda]  en   137,  p.   162 

Lxvi;  ge  p.  80  xxxrx 
agglomeration    [agbmerasjo]   gg 

p.  79  xxxviii 
agglomerer  [aglomore]  gg  195 
agglutinative  [aglytinatiiv]  gg  p. 

79  XXXVIII 
agglutiner  [aglytinc]  gg  195 
aggrava  [agrava]  a  52 
aggravation  [agrava.sjj]  gg  p.  79 

XXXVIII 

aggraver  [agravc]  gg  195 

agir  [a3i:r]  g  201 

agneau  (ajio]  p.  18  11,  p.  81  xl, 

p.  156  Lxiv 
Agnes  [aju:s]  gn  p.  1()2  lxv 
Agram  [agram]  dm  132 
Agreez  mes  civilites  empressees 

[agri'f  iiic  si\  ililcz  nprrsf]  130 
Agreez,  Monsieur,  mes  cordiales 


salutations  [agree,  masje,  me 
kordjal  saMasjo]  428 

Agreez,  Monsieur,  mes  saluta- 
tions amicales  [agree,  mosjo, 
me  salytasjoz  amikal]  428 

ah  [a:]  a  63 

aha  [aha]  h  216 

-ai  [e]  [e]  82,  84,  90,  122-124, 
320-322 

-ai  [e]  [e]  84,  90,  122 

aidez-vous  les  ims  aux  autres 
[ede  \'u  lez  de  oz  otr]  s  370 

-aie  [e]  90,  123,  320,  321 

aieul  [ajoL'l]  i  p.  60  xxiii 

aigle  [8(:)gl]  le  222 

aigre  [eigr]  re  260 

aigreur  [egroeir]  eu  p.  45  xiii 

aigu  [eg}-]  [egy]  27,  90;  gu  p.  79 

XXXVIII 

aigue  [egy]  gue  33;  e  p.  156  lxiv 

aiguille  [egqi(:)j]  [egqi(:)j]  ai  90; 

gid  198;  uille  226;  u  p.   156 

LXIV 

aiguillon  [egqijo]  [egqijj]  gui  198 
aiguiser  [eg(;q)ize]  [eg(ii)ize]  gui 

198;  u  p.  156  LXIV 
ai-je  [c:5]  p.  36  viii;  c  69 
ai-je  raison  [e:3  rcz5]  e  385 
-aU   [a:j]    a   61;   il    226,    p.    90 

XLIV 

-aille  [a:j]a61;  i«  226 

-aim  [e]  135 

aimable  (cnui(:)bl]  [ema(:)I)l]  m 

]).  9()  XLVII 

aimables  amis  [tinahlz  ami]  s  331 
aimee  [niic]  [cine]  6  89 
aiment  [run]  e  72 


168 


FKENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


aimer  [erne]  [erne]  10,  p.  18  ii;  r 

262 
aimer  a  chanter  [emer  a  Sate]  r 

348 
aimes  [e:m]  e  72 
aimez-la  [eme  la]  a  388 
-ain  [e]  135 

ainsi  [esi]  ain  p.  53  xix 
-air  [f:r]  ai  84,  123,  321 
-aire  [e:r]  ai  84,  123,  321 
-ais  [e]  ai  84,  90,  123,  321 
-aise  [e:z]  ai  84,  123 
Aisne  [e:n]  s  272 
-aisse  [e:s]  ai  84,  123,  321 
-ait  [e]  90 

-aix  [e]  84,  123,  321 
Aix  [cks]  [es]  x  267,  313 
Aix-la-Chapelle    [es  la  Sapel]    x 

267,  313,  p.  162  lxv 
Aixjles-Bains    [es  le  be]    x  267, 

313 
Ajaccio  [asaksjo]  c  p.  162  lxv 
Ajax  [asaks]  x  310 
a  jeiin  [a  3oe]  eun  144,  p.  56  xxi; 

j  p.  86  XLii 
ajonc  [asa]  c  340,  p.  71  xxxi 
a  la  Momiaie  [a  la  mane]  M  p. 

153  Lxiii 
albatros  [albatrais]  s  275 
Albert  Diirer  [albeir  dyreir]  r  p. 

103  L 
albinos  [albinais]  s  275 
albtun  [albam]  u  113,  p.  43  xi, 

p.  156  Lxiv;  um  145;  m  235 
albumen    [albymen]    n    p.    162 

LXVI 

Alexandre  [aleksaidr]  x  310 


Alfred  [alfred]  d  190 
Alger  [al3e]  r  p.  162  lxv 
Algerie  [alseri]  p.  162  lxv 
Algesiras    [alsezirais]   s   p.    162 

lxv 
alguazil  [algwazil]  ua  156;  gua 

199 
&  I'Instruction  publique  [a  1  es- 

tryksja  pyblik]  /  p.  153  lxiii 
allah  [alia]  h  209 
allee  de  I'Observatoire  [ale  d9 

1  apserv'atwair]  O  410 
allegori  [allcgari]  II  168 
alleguer  [allege]  II  168 
alleluia   [alelqija]   [alelyja]  I  p. 

87  XLiii 
AUemagne  [almaji]  e  393;  p.  156 

Lxiv;  gn  p.  81  xl 
allemand  [alma]  e  70;  d  p.  74 

xxxiv 
aller  [ale]  II  42,  169 
allez  [ale]  z  318 
Allez-vous-en  avec  eux  [alevuz 

5  avek  0]  n  p.  141  lx 
allier  [alje]  ie  p.  60  xxiii 
allure  [aly:r]  up.  46  xv 
ahnanach  [almana]  a  53;  c/j  185, 

p.  156  lxiv;  /i  209;  c  340 
aloes  [aloes]  s  275 
alors  [alair]  0  105 
Alpes  [alp]  6-  p.  162  lxv 
Alphonse  [alf5:s]  -ph  p.  76  xxxvi 
Alsace  [alzas]  s  271,  319,  p.  156 

LXIV,  p.  162  lxv 
aluminium    [alyminjam]  u  113, 

li.  162  LXVI 
alun  [aide]  un  p.  56  xxi 


i 


INDEX 


169 


-am  [a]  131;  [am]  am  132 
amalgama  [anialgama]  a  52 
amarra  [amara]  a  52 
amateur  [amatcjcir]  in  p.  57  xxri 
Amazone  [amazon]  [amazoin]  o 

111 
ambiguite  [dbigqite]  gu'i  198 
ambitieux  [cihisjo]  t  284 
ambulance  [abylu:s]  am  131 
ame  [n:m]  31;  a  p.  25  iv 
amen  [amen]  [onieu]  n  241 ;  en  p. 

156  Lxiv 
amenerions  [amenrj5]  e  88 
amer  [anie:r]  r  203,  p.  1.56  Lxrv 
americain   [amerike]  ain  p.   53 

XIX 

-ames  [am]  d  15,  51,  58 
ameublement  [amocblama]  e  p. 

30  V 
amitie  [amitje]  ie  152;  ti  293;  m 

p.  94  XLv,  p.  9G  XLVii 
ammonium  [anmi.>nj.)m]  mm  168 
amnistie   [amiiisti]  am   132;    m, 

234 
amollir  [am.)li:r]  //  169 
amour  [amu:r]  ou  119,  p.  45  xiv 
amoureuse    [amuroiz]  rn   p.   96 

XLVII 

ample  [n:\>]]  am  131 
Amsterdam   [airLsterdam]  a  54; 

am  132;  rn  235 
amuse  [aiiiy:z]  u  121 
amuser  [amyzt!]  .s  319 
an  [u]  n  p.  %  xlvii 
-an  [fi]  131,  161;  [an]  146 
anabaptiste  [anabatiat]  a  p.  152 

LXIIX 


anachorete  [anakoret]  ch  p.  73 

XXXIII 

ananas  [anana]  [anana]  p.  18  ii; 

71  p.  57  XXII ;  s  p.  162  lx\t 
anatomic  [anatami]  n  p.  96  xlvii 
ancien  [asje]  an  45,  131;  ien  162; 

en  p.  53  xix 
ancienne    prison    d'Etat    [asjen 

prizo  deta]  E  p.  153  LXiii 
ancien  tribunal  de  Paris   [asje 

tribj-nal   da   pari]    P   p.    153 

LXIII 

ane  [a:n]  n  4,  239,  p.  96  xlvii;  e 

69 
aneantie  [ancati]  tie  292 
a  neuf  heiu-es  precises  [a  noev 

a':r  prosi:z]/p.  141  lix 
angelus  [u5ely:s]  s  275;  e,  s  p.  162 

LXVI 

anglais  [figlr]  ai  p.  49  x\i 

angle  [u:gl]  ,7  195 

Angleterre  [ugloteir]  e  71,  393,  p. 

30  V,  p.  156  LXIV 
anguille  [dgi(:)j]  gu  195,   p.  79 

xxxviii;  ill  226,  p.  156  lxiv 
anil  [anil]  il  229;  I  344 
animal   [animal]  n   239;    p.    18 

II 
anjou  [("1511]  j  p.  86  xlii 
Anna  [ana]  a  54;  n  p.  57  xxii 
annates  [a(n)nal]  nn  168,  239;  n 

p.  57  xxii 
annaliste  [annalLst]  nn  168 
anneau  [ano]  nn  169,  239 
annee  [ane]  nn  146,  169 
annee  courante  [ane  kuru:t]  p. 

161  XIV 


170 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


Annibal  [anibal]  nn  p.  96  xlvi 
annonce  [an5:s]  on  141 
annoter  [anote]  n  p.  57  xxii 
annuaire  [anijeir]  ua  p.  64  xxv 
annuel  [anqel]  n  p.  57  xxii;  ue 

p.  64  xxv 
anse  [a:s]  an  p.  56  xxi  B;  s  p. 

108  LI 
antechrist    [atekri]    [atekrist]    s 

272 
antienne  [utjen]  ti  294 
Antiochus  [atjoky:s]  ch  186 
antipathic  [atipati]  th  p.  117  lii; 

h  p.  162  Lxvi 
antiquaille  [citikaij]  qu  254 
antiseptique  [atiseptik]  s  269 
antisocial  [utisosjal]  s  269 
Anvers  [dve:r]  r  264 
aout  [u]  [ut]  [au]  [aut]  a  57;  oil  p. 

45  xiv;  a,  t  p.  Ill  liv;  p.  156 

LXIV,  p.   162  LXVI 

apaiser  [apeze]  s  319 

a  part  elle  et  vous  [a  pair  el  e  vii] 

<356 
apathie  [apati]  th  p.  117  lii 
Apennins  (les)  [apene]  en  p.  162 

LXV 

aperfu  [apersy]  f  p.  69  xxix 
aplatie  [aplati]  t  281 
aplomb  [apl5]  b  339 
apoplexie    [apopleksi]    p    p.    98 

XLVIII 

apostrophe  [apostrof]  31 
appartement  [apartomu]  e  393 
appeler  [aple]  e  46,  70,  p.  30  vi 
appendice    [aptidis]    [apedis]   en 
137,  p.  156  LXIV 


appetit  [apeti]  pp  245;  t  p.  117 

LIV 

apprete  [apreit]  e  85 

appreter  [aprete]  e  86 

appuyer  [apqije]  uy  159,  p.  64 

xxv 
aprete  [aprate]  e  71 
apte  [apt]  p  p.  98  xlviii;  t  p.  117 

LII 

aquarelle  [akwarel]  ua  156,  p.  62 
xxiv;  qu  256;  up.  162  lxvi 
aquarelliste    [akwarelist]    qu   p. 

101   XLES 

aquarium  [akwarjora]  u  113,  p. 

162  lxvi;  ua  156;  qu  256 
aqxmtinta  [akwat£ta]  qu  p.  101 

XLIX 

aquatique  [akwatik]  ua  156,  p.  62 

xxiv;  qu  256 
aqueduc  [akadyk]  e  71;  c  178, 

340,  341 
a  quia  [a  kqia]  qu  p.  101  xlix 
aquilin  [akile]  qu  254 
aquilon  [akilo]  qu  254 
Aranjuez  [aragqes]  z  p.  122  lviii 
arbre  [arbr(9)]  e  69;  re  260 
arc  [ark]  c  178,  340,  341 
arc-boutant  [arbuta]  c  p.  71  xxxi 
arc-en-ciel  [ark  asjel]  34;  c  333 
archaique  [arkaik]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 
Archambauld   [arSfibo]  d  p.   74 

XXXIV 

archange  [arkais]  ch  p.  156  lxiv 
archeologie  [arkeobsi]  ch  p.  162 

LXVI 

archeologue  [arkeolo(:)g]c/i"p.  73 

XXXIII 


INDEX 


171 


archeveche  [arSaveSe]  ch  184 
archeveque  [ar^aveik]  ch  184 
archi-  [ary]  ch  1S3 
archidiacre  [ar^idjakr]  ch  183 
archiduc  [ar^lidyk]  ch  183 
archiduche    [ar^idySe]   ch   p.   72 

XXXII 

archiduchesse  [arJidySes]  ch  p.  72 

XXXII 

archiepiscopal  [arkiepiskopal]  ch 

183 
archiepiscopat  [arkiepiskopa]  ch 

183 
archifolle  [ar^ifol]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
archifou  [ar^ifu]  ch  183 
archipel  [ar^iprl]  ch  183 
archipretre  [ar^iprcitr]  ch  183 
architecte  [ar^tckt]  ch  183 
architecture  [arSitektyir]  c/i  p.  72 

XXXII 

architrave    [ar^itraiv]   ch   p.    72 

XXXII 

archives  [ar^iiv]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
archiviste     [arSivist]    ch    p.    72 

XXXII 

archonte  [ark5:t]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 
arcs-en-ciel  [ark  u  sjel]  s  367,  p. 

141   LX 

-ard  [a:r]  356,  364,  380 
ardetnment  [ardamu]  e  55;  em 

134 
arguames  [argqam]  ud  160 
arguer  |arKM<']  yn  197 
argutie  [arKysi]  I  2S1 
aride  [.iriil]  r  25!) 
aristocratie  (aristakrasi]  <  281,  p. 

102  Lxvi 


Aristophane    [aristofan]    p.    162 

LXV 

Aristote  [aristot]  o  p.  162  lxv 
arithmetique  [aritmetik]  h  209 
Amaud  [arno]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
Amauld  [arno]  I  223 
Arnold  [arnold]  d  p.  74  xxxv 
arome  [aro:m]  o  111 
arquebuse  [arkaby:z]  e  71 
arrangeons     [arasS]    ge    p.    80 

xxxix 
Arras  [ara:s]  s  274 
arriere  [arje:r]  rr  169;  r  p.  103  l 
arrive  [ari:v]  i  12 
arrive  [arive]  rr  169 
arriver  [arive]  rr  167 
arrondir  [arodiir]  n  p.  96  XLVii 
arroser  [aroze]  rr  169 
arsenic  [ars(9)ni(k)]  k  181 
art  [a:r]  t  p.  117  liv 
-art  [a:r]  t  356,  380 
artichaut  [arti^o]  au  p.  49  xvi 
as  ((i:s]  a  60;  s  275,  p.  162  lxvi 
asbeste  [azht-st]  s  271 
Asdrubal  [azdrj-bal]  s  271 
-ase  [(i:z]  a  60 
Asie  [azi]  s  319,  p.  156  lxiv,  p. 

162  lxv 
-asion  [azj5]  a  60 
Asnieres  [anjr:r]  s  272 
aspect  [a.spe(k)]  e  92;  eel  353,  p. 

156  lxiv;  c  p.  71  xxxi;  t  300, 

p.  163  Lxvii 
aspect  admirable   [anpck   adiiii- 

rahl]  \nspv  adinirahl]  eel  353 
assassinat  [asasina]  .s  p.  108  n 
-asse  [a:s]  a  (50 


172 


TRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


assemblant  [asabla]  em,  an  p.  51 

XVIII 

asseyez  [aseje]  ey  90,  125,  159, 

p.  49  XVI 
asseyez-vous  [aseje  vu]  ey  323, 

p.  36  VIII 
assez  [ase]  s  42;  e  80;  z  318;  ss 

267,  329;  e  p.  32  vii 
assez    aimable    [asez   emabl]   z 

358 
assieds  [asje]  e  p.  32  vii 
-assion  [asjo]  a  60 
assomption  [asopsjo]  p  248 
aster  [aste:r]  r  263 
asterisque  [asterisk]  419 
asthme  [asm]  [azm]  t  301 
-at  [a]  d  51,  58;  <  356,  380 
ataqua  [ataka]  a  52 
atelier  [atslje]  e  71,  p.  30  v 
-ates  [at]  a  15,  51,  58 
athee  [ate]  th  p.  156  Lxrv 
Athenes  [atein]  h  p.  162  lxv 
athenien  [atenje]  th  40 
-atie  [asi]  /  281 
-ation  [asjo]  a  60 
Atlantique  [atlatik]  p.  162  lxv 
atlas  [atla(:)s]  a  60,  p.  156  lxiv; 

s275 
atmosphere  [atmosfe:r]  44 
atome  [atom]  [atonn]  o  111,  p. 

156  Lxiv 
atone  [aton]  [atom]  o  111 
A-t-on-ete      aimable      [a  t  5  ete 

ema(:)bl]  n  p.  141  lx 
a  tort  et  i  travers  [a  to:r  e  a  tra- 

ve:r]  t  356 
attaque  [atak]  p.  18  ii 


Attendez  xxn  instant  [atadez  den 

esta]  z,  n  p.  141  lix 
-au  [o]  97,  102,  112,  126,  320, 

324;  before  r  etc.  [o]  104,  112, 

126,  320,  325 
aube  [o:b]  au  102 
Auber  [obe:r]  r  263,  p.  104  L 
au  bout  [o  bu]  ou  p.  46  xiv 
Auch  [oS]  Au  112 
auctm  [okde]  un  144 
aucim  ouvrage  [okojn  uvra!5]  n 

375 
au-dessus  [o  dsy]  e  394 
audience  [odju:s]  icn  p.  65  xxvi 
au  doigt  et  a  I'oeil  [o  dwat  e  a 

1  oe:j]  t  354 
auguste  [ogyst]  [ogyst]  au  112 
aujourd'hui  [osurd  \\\\  387 
-auld  [o]  I  223 
-ault  [o]  I  223 
-aulx  [o]  I  223 
au   moins    [o  mwe]    oin    p.    65 

XXVI 

aimione  [omon]  [omom]  o  111 
aurai  [ore]  [ore]  au  112,  126,  p. 

43  XI ;  au,  ai  p.  49  xat 
aurais  [ore]  [ore]  au  112,  126,  p. 

43  XI ;  au,  ai  p.  49  xvi 
aureole  [oreol]  [oreol]  au  112;  au, 

o  p.  43  XI 
aiu-ont  [oro]  [oro]  r  259 
aurore  [oro:r]  an  p.  49  xvi 
Australie  [ostrali]  au  p.  162  lxv 
aussi  [osi]  au  102,  126,  324 
Austerlitz  [osterlits]  z  319 
autel  [otel]  au  102,  p.  39  x 
auto-  [oto]  au  109,  112 


INDEX 


173 


autocratie  [otokrasi]  au,  t  p.  156 

LXIV 

autographe  [otograf]  au  p.   156 

LXIV 

automate    [atomat]   au   p.    156 

lOCIV 

automnal    [otjnal]    [jtonal]    om 

143;  in  234 
automne   [oton]  [otjn]  om   143; 

vi  237;  au,  m  p.  156  lxiv 
automobile  [atomabil]  [otomobil] 

o  109;  au  112;  o  p.  43  xi 
autorite  [otorite]  [otorite]  au  112 
autrefois  [otrofwa]  e  71,  393,  p. 

30  V 
autrement  [otroma]  e  71 
Autriche  [otriS]  au  p.  162  lxv 
Autim  [otre]  wn  p.  56  xxi  B 
aux  [o]  102;  x  315 
aux  armes  [oz  arm]  x  372 
Auxerre   [ase:r]  [o.se:r]   Au  112; 

X  2G7,  313,  p.  156  lxiv 
auxerrois  [oscnva]  x  267 
aux  habits  [oz  abi]  h  208 
aux  haricots  [o  ariko]  h  210 
aux  heros  [o  cro]  /t  210 
aux  heures  [oz  u.':r]  h  208 
aux  hommes  [oz  am]  /i  208 
Auxois  [oswa]  x  267,  313 
Auxomie  [osjn]  [json]  x  267,  313 
aux  soins  de  [o  swe  do]  423 
avant  Jesus-Christ  [ava  3czy  kri] 

p.  161  XIV 
avec  [avck]  c  91,  j).  36  viii;  c  165, 

p.  70  XXX 
avec   le  chien   [avtk  b  SJ^l  « 

394 


Avenue    de    1' Opera    [avny    da 

1  opera]  0  410 
Avenue     des     Champs-Elysees 

[avny  de  5&zelize]  C,  E  410 
avertie  [averti]  t  281 
aveugle  [ava?gl]  eu  127,  327,  p. 

45  XIII,  p.  49  XVI 
avez-vous  [ave  vu]  34 
avions  [avj5]  ion  p.  65  xxvi 
avoir  [avwa:r]  78,  112,  116,  126 
a  votre  aise  [a  votr  e:z]  e  73 
A  vous  de  tout  coeur  [a  vu  da  tu 

k(t:r]  427 
avril  [avril]  [avriij]  [avri]  il  228;  I 

p.  156  LXIV 
-ay  [e]  [e]  84,  90,  122-124;  225; 

320-322 
ayant  [t:ja]  [eja]  ay  p.  156  lxiv 
ayez  [(>je]  [eje]  ay  124,  322,  p. 

156  lxiv 
ayons  [ej5]  [cj5]  ay  124,  322 
-azon  [az5]  o  60 
azur  [azy:r]  u  p.  46  XV 
azure  [azyre]  z  316 

B 

b  [be]  [ba]  22,  24;  final  [b]  165, 
171,  338,  339,  342;  [p]  170, 
246;  silent  172 

baba  [baba]  a  p.  21  in;  h  p.  68 

XX  VII 

babel  [babel]  h  p.  68  xxvii 
babiche  [babiSJ  h  p.  68  xxvii 
babil  [habil]  [babi:j]  [babi]  il  228 
babiller  [baljijc]  h  p.  68  xxvii 
babine  [babiu]  b  p.  68  xxvii 


174 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


babouin  [babwe]  ouin  162 
Babylone  [babibn]  o  111 
bac  [bak]  a  54;  c  178,  340,  341 
Bacchus  [bakky:s]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 
Bade  [bad]  a  p.  162  lxv 
bafouer  [bafwe]  oue  156,  p.  62 

XXIV 

Bagdad  [bagdad]  d  p.  74  xxxv 

bagne  [baji]  gn  207 

baie  [he]  aie  90 

baignoire  [bejiwair]  gn  p.  81  xl 

baU  [ba:j]  ail  226;  il  329 

bailie  [bciij]  a  64 

bain  [be]  ain  p.  56  xxi  B 

baionette ,  [bajonet]    io    p.    60 

XXIII ;  p.  156  LXiv 
bal  [bal]  I  165 
balai  [bale]  at  90 
balbutiement  [balbysima]  ti  293 
balbutier  [balbysje]  ti  293;  h  p. 

68  XXVII ;  t  \).  117  liii,  p.  156 

LXIV 

Bale  [bail]  a  p.  162  lxv 
baleine  [bale(:)n]  ei  90,  125,  323 
ballast  [balast]  t  297 
balsamine  [balzamin]  s  271 
balsamique  [balzamik]  s  271 
bambou  [babu]  h  p.  68  xxvii 
ban  [ba]  an  p.  56  xxi  B 
banane  [banan]  n  p.  96  xlvii 
banc  [ba]  an  131;  c  340 
banc  a  dos  [ba  a  do]  c  340 
bande  [bu:d]  an  p.  56  xxi  B 
banlieu  [baljo]  eu  p.  49  xvi 
banquet  [bake]  t  295 
bapteme  [bate:m]  p  247,  p.  156 

LXIV 


baptiser  [batize]  p  247,  p.  156 

LXIV 

Baptiste  [batist]   -p  247,  p.  162 

LXV  ■f 

baptistere  [batisteir]  p  247 
baquets  [bake]  e  92 
baragouin  [baragwe]  ouin  162 
barbare  [barbair]  h  p.  68  xxvii; 

r  p.  104  L 
barbe  [barb(a)]  a  p.  21  iii;  e  69 
barbier  [barbje]  b  p.  68  xxvii 
barbouiller    [barbuje]   ill   p.   90 

XLIV 

Barcelone    [barsalon]    o   p.    162 

LXV 

barU  [bari]  il  230;  I  344,  p.  156 

LXIV 

Bar-le-Duc    [ba:rbdyk]    B,    D 

410 
barriere  de  I'Etoile  [barjsir  da 

1  etwal]  E  410 
Barthelemy  [bartelmi]  e  p.  162 

LXV 

Baruch  [baryk]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 
bas  [ba]  a  59;  s  273 
base  [bu:z]  a  60;  s  p.  109  li 
bas-relief    [ba  raljef]   /   p.    162 

LXVI 

basse  [ba:s]  a  60 

bastion  [bast j  5]  ti  290 

bat  [ba]  a  58 

bataille  [bata(:)j]  [bata(:)j]  e  46, 

a  61,  p.  25  iv;  aille  155,  226; 

ill  p.  90  XLiv;  p.  156  lxiv 
bataillon  [batajS]  ill  155 
batelier  [batalje]  e  71 
battu  [baty]  tt  42 


INDEX 


175 


bavarda  [bavarda]  a  52 

Bayard  [bajair]  a  p.  162  Lxvi;  d 

p.  74  XXXIV 
Bayeux  [bajo]  y  154 
bayonette    [bajonet]    a    p.    162 

LXVI 

Bayonne  [bajon]  a  p.  162  lxvi; 

y  154 
bazar  [baza:r]  z  316 
bb  [!)]  42,  16S,  170 
Beatrice  [beatri.s]  p.  162  Lxv 
Beatrix  [beatris]  x  267,  313,  p. 

162  LXV 
beau  [bo]  au  102,  126,  324 
beaucoup  [boku]  p  249 
beaucoup  aime  [bokup  erne]  p 

336,  p.  141  Lix 
beaucoup    de    monde    [boku  d 

ni5:d]  e  73 
beaucoup  etudie  [bokup  etydje] 

■p  345 
beau-frere  [])o  frr:r]  34 
Beaumarchais  [ijomar^e]  au,  ai 

p.  49  XVI 
bebe  [bebe]  b  p.  68  xxvai 
bee  [btk]  e91;c  178,  340,  341 
bees  Auer  [bek  oe:r]  s  367,  p.  141 

LX 

bedeau  [bado]  e  p.  30  v 
bedouin  [borlwC]  ouin  p.  65  xxvi 
Beethoven  [bctovcn]  en  133,  241 
begayer  Ibf-Kcjc]  ay  p.  49  xvi 
beguin  [bcKt]  gu  195 
bel  [bt:l]  e  91;  I  221 
bele  (bi::ll  6  85 
beler  (bdcl  ^  86 
Belfort  |b(;f.j:rl  I  223 


bel  homme  [bel  om]  I  344 

belle  [l)d]  c  46,  91 

Belt  [belt]  t  299 

Bengale  [begal]  en  137,  p.  156 

LXIV,   p.   162  LXV 

bengali  [begali]  en  137 
Benjamin   [besame]   en   137,   p. 

162  LXV 
benzine  [bezin]  en  137,  p.  156 

LXIV 

Beotien  [beosje]  [beasje]  t  286 
bequille  [beki:j]  ill  226 
bequilles  [beki(:)j]  ill  p.  90  xliv 
Beranger  [berase]  r  262 
berceuse  [bersoiz]  eu  p.  44  xii 
-berg    [be:r]    in    proper    names 
♦.  205 

berger  [brrso]  e91;  r  262 
bergers  [l^-r^o]  r  262 
Berlin  [hrrlt]  p.  162  lxv 
Berlioz  [hcrljoiz]  z  319 
Bernard  [bcrna:r]  r  p.  104  l 
Berthauld  [bcrto]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
beryl  [beril]  il  229 
besoin   [bozwe]  oin   162,   p.  65 

XXVI 

bestiaire  [bestjrn-]  ini  p.  60  xxiii 
bestial  [l)rstja,I]  l  290 
betail  [l)ofa:j]  a  61,  il  p.  90  xliv 
bete  [bfit]  e  85 
Bethleem  [betleem]  m  235 
beurre  [b(t:r]  eu  118 
bey  [be]  /;  p.  152  lxiii 
Biarritz  [bjarits]  z  319 
bibelot  [biblo]  h  p.  68  xxvii 
bibliotheque    de    Paris    [bil>li.)- 
tc(!jk  d.>  pari]  P  p.  153  lxiii 


176 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


biceps  [biscps]  s  p.  108  li 

bien  [bje]  en  p.  53  xix;  ie  4,  p. 

60  xxin;  ien  162 
bien  aimable  [bjcn  f  mabl]  n  375 
Bien  a  vous  [bjcn  a  vu]  427 
bien  ennuyeux  [l^jen  anqo]  n  p. 

141  LIX 
bien  heureux  [bjen  cero]  n  375 
biere  [bjpir]  h  p.  68  xxvii 
biere  de  Munich  [bjeir  da  mynik] 

c394 
biffer  [bife]/p.  76  xxxvi 
bifteck  [biftek]  k  218 
bijou  [biju]  oil  p.  45  xrv 
billet  [bi(:)je]  ill  p.  90  xliv;  t  p. 

117  LIV 
billevesee  [bilvoze]  ill  p.  156  Lxrv 
biUion  [bi(l)j5]  ill  232 
binde  [bt:d]  in  p.  56  xxi  B 
bis  [biis]  s  275,  p.  162  lxvi 
bise  [bi:z]  s  p.  109  li 
bismuth  [bismyt]  Ih  299 
bisulfate  [bizylfat]  s  269 
bivouac  [bivwak]  oua  156;  c  p. 

70  XXX 
blame  [bkism]  d  58,  p.  25  iv 
blanc  [bla]  c  179;  an  p.  51  xviii 
blanche  [blai^i]  an  p.  51  xviii 
blason  [blazo]  n  60 
bleme  [ble:m]  e  15 
bleu  [bio]  eu  114 
bleuatre  [bloaitr]  eu  114 
bleuet  [bloe]  eu  114 
bloc  [blok]  c  178,  340,  341;  o  105, 

p.  43  xi;  c  p.  156  lxiv 
bloc  enorme  [bbk  enorm]  c  p. 

141  LDC 


blocus   [bloky:s]  s  275,   p.    162 

I.XVI 

blond  [bl5]  on  4 

blonde  [bl5:d]  on  141 

blouse  [blii:z]  on  p.  45  xiv;  s  p. 

109  LI 
bobine  [bobin]  6  p.  68  xxvii 
bobo  [bobo]  b  p.  68  xxvii 
boeuf  [boef]  «  118,  127,  327;  / 

192,  p.  156  LXIV 
boeuf  a  la  mode  [boef  a  la  mod]  / 

p.  76  XXXVI 
boeufs  [b0]  eu  114;/  193,  p.  156 

LXIV 

boire  [Ijwair]  oi  56 

bois  [bwa]  oi  62,  156,  p.  62  xxiv 

boise  [bwcize]  oi  64 

boit  [bwa]  oi  56 

boite  [bwait]  [bwa:t]  oi  156,  p.  21 

III 
bol  [bol]  I  p.  87  XLiii 
bombe  [bSib]  h  p.  68  xxvii 
bon  [bo]  on  p.  56  xxi  B;  n  p.  96 

XLVII 

bon  ami  [ban  ami]  n  375 

bon  a  rien  [bon  a  rje]  [bon  a  rje] 

47; n  337 
bonde  [bo:d]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
bon  enfant  [bon  afa]  n  375 
bonheur  [bonceir]  o  109;  eu  p.  45 

XIII 

bonne  [lion]  o  107,  p.  43  xi;  nn 

146,  p.  96  XLVII 
bonnement  [bonma]  e  70 
bon  sens  [bo  sa:s]  s  p.  157  lxiv 
bonte  [bSte]  10;  on  p.  55  xx 
borax  [boraks]  z  310 


INDEX 


177 


bord  [bo:r]  d  189;  r  1G6;  o  p.  43 

XI 

bord  a  bord  \\y.y.v  a  bo:r]  d  3S0 
Bordeaux    est    une    belle    ville 
[bordoet  yn  bel  vil]  x  p.  141  lx 
Bossuet  [bosqe]  ue  159,  p.  156 

LXIV 

bouc  [buk]  ou  119;  c  178,  340, 

341 
bouche  [bii^]  on  119 
boucher  [bu^o]  r  262 
boucle  [bukf]  Ic  222 
bouddhisme   [budisni]   [budizm] 

h  p.  152  Lxiii 
boueux  [bwo]  oueu  156 
bougie  [buji]  g  201 
boulevard    Montpamasse    [bul- 

va:r  m.lijariias]  M  410 
Boulogne  [biil.jji]  gn  p.  162  lxv 
bourg  [hu:r]  [l)ur:k]  g  205,  365, 

p.  162  Lxvi 
-bourg   [bu:r]   in   proper  names 

205 
Bourges,  le  11  mai  1909  [burs,  1^ 

5:z  mc  diz  noef  so  nri'f]  425 
bourgmestre    [Ijiirfttnistr]    g    j). 

162  I  A- VI 
bout  |l)u]  h  4,  170;  ou  128,  328 
bout  a  bout  [but  a  bu]  47;  /  354 
bouteille  [bulj:j]  ill  [).  90  xuv 
bouvreuil     [l)uvrii:j]    il    p.    90 

xuv 
brancard  |bruku:r]  r  j).  101  l 
bras  [bra]  n  59;  «  273 
bravo  [bravo]  o  99,  p.  39  x 
brebis  [bntl^i]  h  p.  6S  xxvii 
bredouiller  [brodujc]  ///  p.  90  x  i,i  v 


bref  [l)ref]  /  191 

Bresil  [l)rpzil]  I  p.  162  lxv 

Brest  [brcst]  t  297 

Bretagne  (la)  [brotap]  gn  p.  162 

LXV 

brief  [l)ricf]/192 
briguer  [iirigc]  gu  195 
broc  [l)ro]  c  ISO,  p.  156  lxiv 
brocard  [brokair]  r  p.  104  l 
brodeuse  [brodo:z]  eu  p.  44  xii 
Broglie  [brjjo]  g  204 
brosse  [liros]  o  107,  p.  43  xi 
brouillard  [brujair]  ill  p.  90  xliv 
brouter  [brute]  ou  p.  49  xvi 
bruine  [brqin]  ui  p.  64  xxv 
bruire  [bnpir]  ui  p.  64  xxv 
brun  [brd']  un  144,  p.  56  xxi;  n 

p.  96  XLVii 
brune  [bryn]  n  p.  96  xLvn 
Brunswick  [brSsvik]  iin  142;   w 

307 
brusquerie  [bryskori]  c  393 
brut  [bryt]  t  298,  p.  117  lii 
Bnixelles  [brysel]  x  267,  313,  p. 

121  Lvii,  p.  156  LXiv,  p.  162 

LXV 

Bruxelles,    ce    13    fevrier    1908 

[brysfl,  so  trc:z  fovrie  diz  nouf 

so  qit]  425 
bruxellois  [l)iysrl\va]  x  267 
bubon  (l)ybr)]  b  p.  68  xxvii 
Buenos-Ayres  [bqenjz  t:r]  p.  162 

LXV 

buis  [l)qi]  u  158;  ui  160,  p.  64 

xxv 
bulletin  [l)ylte]  e  70,  393,  p.  30 

VI 


178 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


Bulletin  des  lois  [bylte  de  Iwo]  B 

404 
Buioz  [byb:z]  z  319 
bun  [bob]  wn  p.  56  xxi  B 
bunde  [boeid]  un  p.  56  xxi  B 
but  tby(t)]  t  298,  300;  u  121;  t  p. 

163  Lxvii 


c  [se]  [so1[ka]22,  24;  91;  110;  127; 
300;  [k]  [s]  165,  173-175,  177, 
178,  181,  219,  255,  267,  311, 
340;  341;  [g]  174;  sUent  164, 
175  Remark,  179-181  • 

S  [s]  176,  267 

ga.  [sa]  d  28,  50 

cab  [kab]  b  171 

cable  [ka:bl]  d  p.  25  rv 

cacao  [kakao]  c  p.  69  xxvm 

cache  [ka^]  ch  182 

cachot  [ka^o]  o  99 

cadavre  [kadavr]  [kadavr]  a  64 

cadeau  [kado]  an  126,  p.  49  xvi; 
eau  324 

Cadix  [kadis]  [kadiks]  x  267,  313, 
p.  162  Lxvi,  p.  163  LXVII 

cadre  [kaidr]  a  63 

caduc  [kadyk] c  255 

caduque  [kadyk] qu  255 

Caen  [ka]  a  57;  e  p.  162  lxv 

cage  [ka:3]  a  49 

cahier  [kaje]  e  80;  h  209 

cahiers  [kaje]  e  80,  p.  32  vii 

caille  [ka(:)j]  ill  p.  90  xliv 

Cain  [kae]  p.  162  lxv 

Caire  (le)  [ke:r]  ai  p.  162  lxv 


Calabre  (la)  [kalabr]  p.  162  lxv 
calamite    [kalamite]    7n    p.    96 

xlvii 
calcium  [kalsjom]  u  p.  162  lxvi 
calcul   [kalkyl]  I  221;   u  p.  46 

XV 

Caleb  [kaleb]  b  171 

calef  on  [kalsS]  46 

calembour    [kalabuir]  m  p.   96 

xlvii 
calfeutre  [kalfoitr]  eu  p.  44  xii 
calice  [kalis]  c  p.  69  xxviii 
calif e  [kalif]  c  p.  152  lxiii 
caUner  [kaline]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
calme  [kalm]  a  54 
calomnie  [kalomni]  om  143;  to 

234,  p.  94  XLV 
calvitie   [kalvisi]  t  281,   p.   156 

LXIV 

camarade  [kamara(i)d]  e  69 
camaraderie  [kamaradri]  p.  18  ii 
CamiUe  [kamiij]  ill  p.  162  lxv 
Camoens    [kamoeis]    s    p.    162 

LXV 

camp  [ka]  am  p.  51  xviii,  p.  56 

XXI  B 
campagne  [kapap]  gn  207,  p.  162 

LXV 

campe  [ka:p]  a7n  p.  56  xxi  B 
campement  [kapma]  am  131 
Canada  [kanada]  p.  18  ii 
canaille  [kana(:)j]  ill  p.  60  xxiii 
canal  [kanal]  p.  18  ii 
cancan  [kaka]  an  p.  51  xvm 
cancer  [kase:r]  r  263 
canif  [kanif]  /  192 
canne  [kan]  a  54;  n  p.  57  xxii 


INDEX 


179 


cantaloup  [katalu]  p  249,  p.  162 

LXVI 

cantique  [katik]  c  p.  69  xxviii 
caoutchouc  [kaut^u]  c  ISO,  340; 

t,  c  p.  162  LXVI 
cap  [kap]  a  54;  p,  245,  250  p.  162 

LXVI 

Capetien  [kaposje]  t  286 
capitaine    [kapiten]    ai    p.    156 

LXIV 

capital  [kapital]  p.  18  ii,  p.  161 
XIV 

captieux  [kapsjo]  I  284;  p  p.  98 

XLVIII 

car  [ka(:)r]  c  4,  173;  a  54;  r  165 
carat  [kara]  <  p.  117  liv 
carbone  [karbon]  [karboin]  o  111 
careme  [kare:m]  e  85,  p.  36  viii 
caricatiu-e   [karikaty:r]  c  p.   69 

XXVIII 

Carlsbad  [karlsbad]  d  p.  74  xxxv 
carme  [karm]  c.p.  152  lxiii 
camaval  [kamaval]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
carre  [kure]  rr  169 
carrefour  de  I'Abattoir  [kunu:r 

do  1  abat\va:r]  A  410 
carte  [kart]  r  p.  104  l 
cas  [ko] a  59;  s  273 
case  (k(i:z]  a  60 
cassation  [k:usQsj5]  s  p.  108  li 
casse  [ku:.s]  a  60 
casser  [kase]  ss  167,  267 
cassis  [ka.sis]  s  275 
Castille   (la)  [kasti:j]  ill  p.  162 

lxv 
cataracte  [katarakt]  p.  18  ii 
cathedrale  [katcdral]  h  209 


catholicisme   [katalisism]   [kato- 

li.sizm]  c  399 
catholique  [katalik]  c  399 
Caucase    (le)    [koka:z]  c   p.    69 

xxviii;  a  p.  162  lxv 
cauchemar    [ko^mair]   [koSmair] 

au,  e  p.  156  lxiv 
causerie  [kozri]  e  70,  393,  p.  30 

VI 

caustique  [kostik]  c  p.  69  xxviii 

caution  [kosjo]  au  102 

cave  [ka:v]  a  13 

Cayenne  [kajen]  ay  p.  162  lxv 

fa  y  est  [sa  ]  e]  y  153 

CO  [k]  173,  176,  219;  [ks]  176 

ce  [so]  e  66;  c  267;  383,  385,  425 

ce  bien  est  a  mon  frere  [so  bje  et 

a  m3  fre:r]  n  377 
ceci  [sosi]  c  267,  p.  69  xxix 
cecite  [sesite]  c  175 
cede  [se(:)d]  e  87 
cederai  [scdre]  e  88 
cedille  [swliij]  32 
ceintirre  [sety:r]  ein  135 
cela  [s(o)Ui]  c  p.  69  xxix 
cela  m'est  egal  [sola  m  et  egal]  t 

334 
cele  [scl]  e  87 
celebre  [sok;brc]  e  79 
celerai  [scire]  e  88 
celle  [scl]  c  91 
cellule  [sclyl]  I  p.  87  xliii 
ce  musee  s'appelle  le  Musee  [so 

myzo  s  apcl  lo  myzc]  M  p.  153 

LXIII 

cens  [su:s]  s  275 

cent  [sa]  c  267;  p.  69  xxix 


180 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


centaure  [sato:r]  au  112 
centieme  [satjem]  ti  293,  p.  117 

LII 

centiemement  [satjrmma]  ti  293 
centime  [scitim]  p.  161  XIV 
centimetre   [satim8(:)tr]  p.    161 

XIV 
cent  neuf  hiboux  [sa  noev  ibu]  / 

p.  76  XXXVII 
cent  onze  [su  5:z]  t  355 
centre  [saitr]  re  260;  en  p.  51 

XVIII 

cent  un  [sa  ce]  t  301,  355,  371,  p. 

156  Lxiv 
cep  [sep]  p  250 
ce  palais  de  justice  s'appelle  le 

Palais  de  justice  [sa  pale  da 

3ystis  s  apel  la  pale  da  3ystis] 

P  p.  153  Lxiii 
cercler  [serkle]  38 
cercueil  [serkoeij]  il  p.  90  xliv 
cerf  [seir]  /  193 
cerfs  [se-.r]  /  193 
cerf-volant  [servolu]/193,  p.  162 

LXVI 

cerise  [sariiz]  s  268 

cerisier  [sarizje]  ie  p.  60  xxiii 

certain  [serte]  c  p.  69  xxix 

ces  [se]  [se]  e  93 

Cesar  [sesa:r]  r  p.  162  lxv 

cession  [sesjS]  c  175 

c'est  [s  e]  384 

c'est  a  dire   [s  et  a  di:r]  p.   161 

XIV 
c'est   aujourd'hui   lundi   le   dix 

aout  [s  et  osurdqi  fcedi  la  dis  u] 

I,  a  398 


c'est  bon  a  manger  [s  e  b5  a 

mase]  n  378 
c'est  le  huit  [s  e  la  qit]  e  p.  141 

LX 

c'est  le  six  [s  e  la  sis]  x  p.  122 

LVII 

c'est  im  enfant  tres  eveille  [s  et 
cen  ofa  tres  evcje]  t,  n,  s  p.  141 

LIX 

c'est  un  franc  etourdi  [s  et  ob  frak 
eturdi]  t,  c  p.  141  lix 

ce  temple  des  protestants  s'ap- 
pelle le  Temple  des  protes- 
tants [sa  ta:pl  de  protest  a  s  apel 
la  ta:pl  de  protesta]  T  p.  153 

LXIII 

cet  hotel  de  viUe  s'appelle  I'Ho- 
tel  de  ville  [s  et  otel  da  vU 
s  apel  1  otel  da  vil]  H  p.  153 

LXIII 

cette  fenetre  [set  faneitr]  e  394 
cette  petite  [set  patit]  e  394 
cette  phrase  est  facile  a  lire  et  k 

comprendre  [set  fra:z  e  fasil  a 

li:r  e  a  kopruidr]  c  395 
cette  prison  militaire   s'appelle 

la  Prison  militaire  [set  prizo 

militeir  s  apel  la  prizo  milite:r] 

P  p.  153  LXIII 
ceux  [s0]  eu  114,  p.  44  xii;  x  315 
Ce  vendredi  matin  [sa  vadradi 

mate]  425 
Ceylan  [selu]  y  p.  162  lxv 
ch  [k]  185,  186,  219;  [S]  182-184, 

329;  silent  185 
chacun    [^akde]   un    144,   p.    56 

XXI 


INDEX 


181 


chaine  [Se:n]  at  p.  36  vju,  p.  49 

XVI 

chair  [Sc:r]  ai  84,  123,  321 
chaise  [Se:z]  ai,  84,  123,  321;  s  p. 

109  LI 
Chaldee  [kaldo]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 
Chalons  [Stilo]  on  p.  55  xx 
Cham  [kam]  ch  p.  73  xxxin 
Chambery  [Sdbcri]  p.  162  lxv 
chambre  [^aibr]  am  131;  ch  182 
chamelier  [^amaljcO  e  71 
champ  [^u]  am  p.  51  xviii;  ch  p. 

72  xxxii 
champagne  [Stipaji]  ayn  131;  gn 

207,  p.  162  LXV 
champs  [^a]  ps  164 
Chanaan  [kanaa]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 
chancelier  [ylsolje]  e  71,  p.  30  v 
changeant  ['^fi^a]  an  p.  51  xviii 
changement    [^asmu]    ge   p.    SO 

XXX  LX 

chanson  [Susj]  on  141 
chant  ["^u]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
chantais  (Sute]  ai  84,  123 
chantait  [Sate]  ait  p.  36  viii 
Chanteclair   [^fitklcir]   e  p.    162 

LXV 

chanter  {^<iio]  an  p.  51  xviii 
chantier  IS'-itj'-]  ti  293 
chaos  [kao]  ch  186;  s  p.  162  lxvi 
chaotique  lka.)tik]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 
chapelier  ISapIjc]  46;  c  71,  p.  30  v 
chaperon  ISapr."))  46 
chargee  ISar.vl  423 
chargera  l^ar^.tra]  c  p.  30  v 
Charlemagne  [^arlomap]  «  71,  p. 
30  v,  ]).  162  LXv;  gn  p.  81  xl 


Charles  [^arl]  s  p.  162  lxv 
Charles-Quint  [^arlo  ke]  e  71;  qu 

254 
Charon  [kar5]  ch,  a  p.  162  lxv 
charpentier  [^arpatje]  ti  293 
chars  a  bancs  [^ar  a  ba]  s  367 
Chartres  [^artr]  r  p.  104  l 
chartreux  [^artro]  c  p.  152  lxiii 
Charybde     [karibd]    ch    p.    73 

xxxiii,  p.   162  LXV 

Chasles  [^a-A]  s  272 

chasse  [Sas]  a  65;  ch  182,  329,  p. 

72  XXXII 
chastete  [^astate]  e  71 
chat  [Sa]  ch  4,  182;  a  p.  21  iii 
chat-huant  [^a  qa]  t  p.  162  lxvi 
chatier  [Satjc]  r281;  ti  293 
chaud  [So]  d  189 
chaussee  des  Minimes  [^ose  de 

minim]  .1/  410 
chef  [Sef]  e  91;/  165,  192,  p.  156 

Lxrv 
chef-d'oeuvre  [^e  d  oe:vr]  / 193,  p. 

156  Lxiv 
chef-lieu  \^d  Ijo]  /  p.  76  xxxvi, 

p.  162  LXVI 
chemin  [S(o)me]  10 
chene   [Sc:n]  c  p.  36  viii 
chenil  IS^'ni]  I  344 
chenille  [S;>ni:j]  ill  p.  90  XLiv 
Cheops  [k('.)p.s]  ch  p.  73  xxxiil 
Cher  [Sc:r]  e  91;  r  263,  p.   156 

LXIV 

Cherbourg  [Srrbiiir]  g  205,  p.  162 

LXV 

chere  [Sr:rl  426 

Cher  Georges  [5c:r  3.)r5]  426 


182 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


Cher  Monsieur  [^c:r  mosjo]  426 
Cher     Monsieur     Belisle     [^eir 

mosj0  beli(:)l]  426 
cherubin  [^erybe]  ch  184 
chetive  [Seti:v]  i  94 
cheval  [Saval]  a  54;  Z  221 
chevalier    [S(a)valje]    ch    p.    72 

XXXII 

cheval  ombrageux  [Saval  obraso] 

I  p.  141  LIX 

chevaux  [^avo]  [S(3)vo]  x  315;  au 

p.  39  X 
cheville  [Savi:j]  ill  p.  90  xliv 
chevre  [^eivr]  e  87 
Chez  [Se]  e  80,  p.  32  vii;  423 
chez  eux  [^ez  0]  z  335,  358 
chien  [^je]  en  p.  53  xix;  ie  p.  60 

xxiii;  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
chiens  [$J8]  en  135 
Chili  (le)  [Sill]  c/i  p.  72  xxxii;  p. 

162  Lxv 
chimere  [^imeir]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
chimie  [Simi]  ch  184 
Chine  [Si(:)n]  ch  182 
chirologie    [kirobsi]    cA    p.    73 

XXXIII 

chiromancie  [kiromasi]  ch  p.  73 

XXXIII,  p.  162  Lxvi 
chirurgie  [^iryrsi]  c/i  p.  72  xxxii 
chirurgien  [Siryr3Je]  ch  184 
choc  [Sok]  c  178,  340,  341 
choeur  [kceir]  ch  186;  eu  p.  45  xiii 

ceu  p.  49  XVI 
Choisy-le-Roy  [^wazi  la  rwa]  C, 

72  410 
cholera  [kolera]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 
chome  [Soim]  6  97 


chomer  [Some]  6  98 

choquer  [Soko]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 

chorus  [kory:.s]  s  275 

chose  [So:z]  o  101,  p.  39  x;  ch 

182 
chou  [Su]  07/  p.  45  xiv 
chouan  [^wa]  ouan  p.  65  xxvi 
chouette  [Swet]  oue  156 
choux  [^u]  X  315 
chrestomathie  [krestDmati]  <,  th 

p.  117  LII 

Chretien  [kretje]  ch  185;  fo"  294;  t 

p.  117  Lii;  en  p.  162  lxv 
chretienne  [kretjen]  ti  294 
chretiente    [kretjete]  ien  p.   65 

xxvi 
Christ  [krist]  ch  185;  t  297,  301; 

st  p.  156  Lxiv;  <  p.  117  lii 
christianisme  [krist janism]  [kris- 

tjanizm]  c  399 
Christiansand  [kristjasaid]  d  p. 

74  XXXV 
Christiansfeld  [kristjasfeld]  d  p. 

74  XXXV 
Christophe  Colomb  [kristof  kol5] 
•      h  339 
chronique     [kronik]    ch    p.     73 

XXXIII 

chronologie  [kronobsi]  ch  185 
chrysantheme  [krizate:m]  ch  185; 

h  p.  162  LXVI 
chuchoter  [SySote]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
chuinter  [Sqete]  uin  162 
chut  [Syt]  [S:t]  t  279,  298;  u  p.  156 

LXIV 

ci  [si]  311 

Ciceron  [sisero]  p.  162  lxv 


INDEX 


183 


ciel  [sjel]  e  91,  p.  36  viii;  c  p.  69 

xxrx 
cieux  [sjo]  eu  p.  44  xn 
ci-git  [si  si]  t  95 
Ci-inclus,    Trois    cents    francs 

[si  ekly,  inva  sa  fra]  431 
cU  [sil]  [siij]  il  224,  228;  c  p.  69 

XXIX 

cimetiere  [simtjeir]  46;  c  p.  69 

xxrx 
cinq  [se:k]  q  165,  219,  252,  p.  156 

LXIV  • 

cinq  enfants  [sek  afa]  q  346 
cinq  heros  [se  cro]  q  346 
cinq  heures  [sek  oe:r]  q  p.  141  lix 
cinq  hommes  [stk  om]  q  346 
cinq  livres  [se  livr]  q  346 
cinq-mars  [se  ma:r]  q,  s  p.  156 

LXIV 

cinq  robes  [se  r.}('.)b]  q  p.   156 

LXIV 

circonflexe  [sirkSfieks]  29 
circonspect  [sirkospek]  [sirkSspe] 

[sirkSspekt]    ct    181,    p.    162 

Lxvi;  t  300;  ect,  353 
circonspect  en  tout  [sirkospek  a 

tu]  [.sirkrjsi)ekt  u  tu]  cct  353 
circonstance  [sirk5stu:s]  on  141 
cire  [siirj  i  13;  c  p.  69  xxix 
cirque  [sirk]  i  p.  37  ix 
ciselure  |sizly:r]  c  70,  p.  30  vi 
Citeaux  [sito]  x  p.  122  lvii 
citoyen  [sitwaje]  oy  156 
citrouille  |sitni(:)jl  ouille  226 
civil  [sivii]  il  229;  c  267 
classe  [klu:s]  [kla«]  a  60,  65;  c  69; 

p.  18  ii;  a  p.  25  IV 


cle  [kle]  193 

clef  [kle]/  193,  p.  162  lxvi;  e  p. 

32  VII 
clefs  [kle]  e  80 
Cleopatre    [kleopaitr]   d  p.    162 

LXV 

clerc  [kle:r]  r  166,  264;  c  180,  340, 

p.  156  LXIV 
client  [klijd]  ien  135 
climat  [klima]  [klima]  a  64 
clouer  [klue]  on  p.  49  xvi 
club  [klyb]  b  171 
Clugny  [kl>Tii]  g  204 
cobalt  [kobalt]  t  299 
codiciUe  [kodisil]  ill  232 
coeur  [k«?:r]  eu  118,  p.  45  xiii;  r 

261;  CBU  p.  49  xvi 
cognac  [kojaak]  c  178,  340,  341 
cogne  [kjjie]  gn  p.  81  xl 
cognition  [kogiiisjo]  gn  200 
coin  [kwe]  in  136;  oi  p.  62  xxiv 
coke  [k.)k]  k  218 
Colas  [kola]  a  59 
colere  [kole:r]  e  87,  p.  36  vin 
college  [kolers]  e  87 
coller  [kole]  U  167,  220 
Colomb    [k,)l5]    b    171,    p.    156 

LXiv,  p.  162  Lxv;  om  p.  55  xx 
Colomb  a  erre  longtemps  [kolo  a 

ere  lota]  b  p.  141  lx 
colonel  [kolonel]  I  p.  87  xliii 
combien  [kol)je]  icn  162 
combien  en  demande-t-il  [kobjC 

u  doinuid  t  il]  n  p.  141  LX 
combien  y  en  a-t-il  [kobje  i  an 

a  I  il]  Ii  37S 
comble  [ko:l)l]  om  p.  55  xx 


184 


FKENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


I 


combustion  [kobystjo]  ti  290 
comme  [kom]  o  p.  43  xi 
commenfons    [komuso]  q   p.   69 

XXIX 

commotion   [komosjo]   [kamosjS] 

0  100 
commun  [komde]  un  144,  p.  56 

XXI 

compact  [kSpakt]  t  296 
compagnie  [kapajii]  p.  161  XIV 
compagnon  [kSpajiS]  gn  p.  81  xl 
compassion  [kopasjo]  a  60 
compendium  [kopedjom]   [k5pa- 

dj.jm]  en  137;  um  145 
compose  [kopoiz]  o  101,  p.  39  x 
comprend-il  [kSprat  il]  d  362 
comprend-il   ce   qu'on   dit    [ko- 

prat  il  sa  k  5  di]  d  p.  141  lix 
comprenez    [kSprane]    n    p.    96 

XLVI 

comprenons  [koprano]   e  71,  p. 

30  V 
compte  [k5:t]  om  141;  p  247 
compter  [kote]  p  p.  156  kxiv 
comptons  [kotS]  om  141;  om,  on 

p.  55  XX 
concession  [kosesjo]  s  p.  108  li 
congu  [kosy]  g  p.  69  xxix 
condamnable  [kodanabl]  m  237 
condamnation  [kodanasjo]  m  237 
condamner  [kodane]  am  p.  162 

LXVI 

conditionnel  [kodisjonel]  i  p.  117 

LIII 

conduire  [k5dqi:r]  d  187 
confiance  [k5fju:s]  ian  162 
confidentiel  [kSfidasjel]  t  283 


conge  [k53e]  on  p.  55  xx 
congestion  [k538stj5]  ti  290 
congres  [kogre]  s  p.  162  lxvi 
conjuguant  [kosyga]  ua  156 
conquerir  [kokeriir]  qu  254 
conquiert  [kokJ8:r]  r  264 
Conrad  [korad]  d  p.  74  xxxv 
consanguinite  [kosugqinite]  [k5- 

suginite]  gui  198 
consciemment  [kSsjama]  em  p. 

156  Lxiv 
conscience  [kSsjurs]  ien  135,  p. 

65  xxvi;  p.  156  lxiv 
conseU  [kossij]  e  91;  eil  226 
conseiUer  [koseje]  ill  p.  90  xliv 
consequemment  [kosekama]  em 

p.  156  lxiv 
considerablement     [kosiderabla- 

ma]  e  71 
consideration  [k5siderasj5]  428 
Considerations  sur  I'histoire  de 

France    [kosiderasjo    syr   1  is- 

tvv-a:r  da  fra:s]  C,  F  p.  152  lxiii 
consolation  [kosolasj5]  t  162 
consomptif  [kSsoptif]  p  248 
comsomption    [k5s5psj5]    38;    p 

248,  p.  98  XLViii 
conspire  [kospire]  on  44 
consul   [kosyl]  I  221;  c  p.   152 

LXIII 

contact  [kotakt]  t  296 

conte  [k5:t]  on  141,  p.  55  xx,  p. 

56  XXI  B 
content  adj.  [k5ta]  e  72 
content  verb  [koit]  e  72 
contiguite  [katigqite]  giii  198 
convaincs  [k5ve]  c  p.  71  xxxi 


INDEX 


185 


convenable  [kjvnabl]  e  70 

coq  [kok]  q  4,  165,  219,  252,  p. 

156  Lxiv 
coquin  [kake] in  p.  53  xls 
cor  [ko:r]  c  173 
corbeille  [korbe:]]  eillc  226 
cordelier    [kordolje]    c    p.     152 

LXIII 

corps  [k.):r]  r  166;  p  2-17 
corps  a  corps  [kor  a  ko:r]  s  367 
correct  [kjrrkt]  [korrekt]  t  296, 

300,  353;  ct  p.  156  lxiv 
cortes  [kortes]  s  275 
Cortez  [kortes]  z  267,  p.  122  lviii 
cosinus  [kosinyis]  s  269 
cote  [ko:t]  6  4,  6,  29,  97,  p.  39  x; 

c7 
cote  d'or  [kot  d  o:r]  c,  o  418 
cotele  [kotlo]  6  98 
cotignac  [kotijia]  c  p.  71  xxxi 
couenne  [kuan]  e  55 
couenneux  [kwano]  e  55 
couleuvre  [kulceivr]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
coup  [ku]  p  164,  249;  ou  p.  45  xiv 
coupe  (kup]  /;  p.  98  XLViii 
cour  [kuir]  r  p.  101  l 
courant  [kurfi)  p.  161  XIV 
cour  des  Fontaines  [ku:r  de  fS- 

tf;(:)n]  /-'  110 
courez  [kurc]  ou  p.  45  xiv 
courir  [kuriir]  168 
couroime  [kiir.>n]  nn  167 
courrai  [kiirrc]  rr  259 
courrier  |kiirj(-]  r  262 
courroux  [kiirii]  x  p.  122  lvii 
Cours  d'astronomie   [ku:r  d  as- 

tr.ni.>iiiij  C  101 


court  [ku:r]  t  352 

courtil  [kurti]  il  230;  I  344 

coutelas  [kutki]  a  59 

couteUer  [kutalje]  e  71 

couter  [kute]  ow  p.  49  xvi 

coutil  [kuti]  I  344 

couvert  [kuve:r]  ou  p.  45  xiv 

couvre-pieds  [kuvropje]  d  p.  74 

XXXIV 

crac  [krak]  c  178,  340,  341 
craie  [krc]  ni  84,  123;  aie  90,  321 
craindre  [kre:dr]  ain  14 
cravate  [kravat]  p.  18  ii 
crayon  [krej5]  4:6;  ay  90;  y  154 
credo  [kredo]  e  p.  162  lxvi 
creee  [kree]  e  89 
cresson  [krasS]  [kresS]  e  p.  163 

LXVII 

creuse  [kroiz]  eu  4,  14,  114 
creux  [kro]  eu  114,  p.  44  xii;  x 

■315 
crever  [kr^ve]  e  4,  66,  67,  p.  30  v 
eric  [kri]  c  180,  340 
cric-crac   [krik   krak]   c  p.    162 

LXVI 

Crimee  (la)  [krime]  p.  162  lxv 

crin  |kre]  in  p.  53  xix 

crise  |kri:z]  i  94 

crise  de  nerfs  [kri:z  do  ne:r]  /  p. 

76  XXXVII 
cristal  [krlstal]  ,s  267 
croc  [kro]  c  ISO,  340,  p.  156  lxiv 
croc-en-jambe  [kr.)k  d  3d:b]  c  341 
crochets  [kro^t]  419 
crocus  |kr.)ky:.s]  .s  ]).  108  li 
croire  |kr\V(i:r]  |kr\va:rj  a  62 
crois  [krwii]  oi  156 


186 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


croix  [krwa]  [krwa]  a  62;  x  315 
croix  de  renvoi  [krwa  da  ravwa] 

419 
CromweU  [kromvel]  w  306 
croup  [krup]  p  250,  p.  156  lxiv 
croyez  [krwcije]  oy  p.  62  xxiv 
Croyez  a  ma  vive  et  sincere  ami- 
tie  [knvaje  a  ma  viv  e  ses8:r 

amitje]  427 
crucifix  [krysifi]x  315,  p.  156  lxiv 
ct  final  296 

cueillir  [koeji:r]  ue  p.  49  x\T 
cuiller    (cuilliere)    [kyjeir]    [kqi- 

ie:r]  [kyljcir]  u  121,  uill  226;  r 

263;  p.  156  lxiv 
cuir  [kqiir]  u  158;  ui  p.  64  xxv 
cuisine  [kqizin]  ui  p.  64  xxv 
cuisinier  [kqizinje]  r  262 
cuivre  [kqi:vr]  ui  p.  64  xxv 
cul  [ky]  I  223 

culbute  [kylbyt]  u  p.  46  xv 
Curasao  [kyraso]  a  57 
cure  [ky:r]  c  173 
cuve  [kyiv]  u  120;  c  p.  69  xxviii 
cyclone  [sikloin]  o  HI,  p.  39  x;  c 

267 
cygne  [siji]  c  175;  gn  207 
cylindre  [sileidr]  c  267 
cymbale  [sebal]  c  p.  69  xxrx 
cypres  [sipre]  c  p.  69  xxix 
cyr  [si:r]  c  175 
czar  [gza:r]  [tsa:r]  [tza:r]  c  174, 

p.- 162  Lxvi 


d  [de]  [da]  22,  24;   [d]  190;  [t] 
362-364,  381 


dahlia  [dalja]  h  209 

daim  [de]  aim  135,  p.  53  xrx,  p. 

56xxi  B 
Dalmatie  [dalmasi]  t  281 
damas  [dama]  a  59 
damasser  [damase]  a  59 
dame  [dam]  m  4,  233;  d  187;  a  p. 

21  III 
damner  [dane]  a  63,  p.  25  iv,  p. 

156  lxiv;  a?n  132;  m  237 
Damon  [dam 5]  m  p.  96  xlvii 
Danemark   (le)   [danmark]  e,  k 

p.  162  Lxv 
danger  [da3e]  r  262 
dans  [da]  an  p.  51  xviii 
dansant  [dasa]  an  p.  51  xviii 
danse  [duis]  s  4,  266 
danseuse  [dasoiz]  eu  115,  127, 

326,  p.  44  XII 
Dans  les  gardes  frangaises  [da 

le  gard  fruseiz]  D  401 
dans  ime  tente  [daz  yn  ta:t]  s  335 
dard  aigu  [da:r  egy]  d  380 
David  [david]  d  190;  a,  d  p.  156 

LXIV 

Dax  [daks]  a;  310 

dd  [d]  42,  168,  187,  188 

de  [do]  e  4,  17,  66,  383 

de  beaux  boeufs  [da  bo  bo] /p.  76 

XXXVII 

deblayer  [debleje]  ay  p.  49  xvi 
dega  [dasa]  a.  50 
decede  [desede]  e  79 
decembre  [desaibr]  425 
decemment  [desama]  em  p.  156 

LXIV 

decemvir  [desemvi:r]  m  235 


J 


INDEX 


187 


de  ce  que  je  ne  te  le  demande 

pas  [do  8  ka  3  no  t  lo  cbnuid  pa] 

e  75 
dechu  [de$y]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
declamer    [deklome]    [deklame] 

a  64 
declare  [dokla:r]  a  p.  21  iii 
de  clerc  a  maitre   [do  klerk  a 

me:tr]  c  341 
decorum  [dekorom]  um  145 
decret  [dckre]  et  92 
defu  [desy]  f  176 
dedaigneux  [dedejio]  gn  p.  81  xl 
de  demain  en  huit  [do  dame  a 

qit]  n  J).  141  lx 
dedier  [dodjo]  d  187 
defaire  [defc:r]  /  191 
defaut  [dcfo]  au  p.  49  xvi 
Defense  du  Genie  du  christia- 

nisme  [dofu:s  dy  3eni  dy  kris- 

tjanism]  D,  G  406 
deficit  [defisi(t)]  t  299;  c,  <  300; 

p.  117  LII 

de  fond  en   comble    [do  fot  a 

k5:bl]  p.  141  Lix 
defunt  [dof(L']  un  144,  p.  56  xxi 
defunte  [doftErt]  un  14 
degat  [dega]  d  p.  25  iv;  t  p.  117 

LIV 

degenere  [dcsenere]  e  79 
degout  [dcgu]  oH  p.  45  xiv,  p.  49 

XVI 

de  haut  en  bas  [do  o  a  ha]  47 
deja  [dcsa]  6-4,  79;  d  28,  50 
dejeuner  [flcsunc]  cu  114;  [do- 

3a'nc]  t;u  1 18 
dela  [dola]fi,  Z  410 


delabrer  [dclaljre]  [delabrc]  a  64 
de  la  deux  sortes  de  devoir:  les 

uns  negatifs  [do  la  do  sort  do 

dovwair:  Icz  re  negatif]  420 
Delille  [delil]  ill  232 
deliquescence  [delik(q)esa:s]  qu 

257 
demi  [d(o)mi]  i  p.  37  ix 
democratic  [demokrasi]  t  281,  p. 

162  Lxvi 
demoiselle  [domwazel]  e  67 
demon  [demS]  on  p.  55  xx 
Demosthene    [demostein]    h    p. 

162  Lxv 
Denis  [doni]  s  p.  162  lxv 
dent  [da]  (/  4;  e/i  p.  51  xviii,  p. 

56  XXI  B 
de  part  en  part  [do  pa:rt  u  pa:r] 

t  382,  p.  141  LIX 
de  part  et  d'autre  [do  pa:rt  e 

d  otr]  t  382 
depens  [dcpd] s  p.  162  lxvi 
de  pied  en  cap  [do  pjet  a  kap]  d 

362 
de  plus  en  plus  [do  plyz  u  ply]  s 

366 
de  point  en  point  [do  pwCt  a  pwe] 

t  354 
depot  [dcpo]  p  245;  «  p.  117  Liv 
de  profundis  [de  prof5di(:)s]  un 

142,  p.  162  lxvi 
deraille  [dnraje]  ill  p.  90  xliv 
des  [df]  [do]  e  28,  93;  d  410 
des  [drj  ;•  28 
des  bas  reliefs  [de  ba  roljrf)  /  p. 

76  xxxvi 
desCaUotstdekalo]C'p.  153  lxiu 


188 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


Descartes  [dekart]  s  272 

des  cheveux  epais  [de  Savoz  epe] 

a;  p.  ]41  Lix 
des  dues  et  pairs  [de  dyk  e  peir] 

s367 
des  Elzevirs  [dez  elzeviir]  E  p. 

153  Lxiii 
desert  [dezeir]  r  2G4;  s  p.  1G2 

LXVI 

deshabiller  [dezabije]  s  2GS,  p. 

lOU  LI 

des  habits  [dez  abi]  h  208 

des  haricots  [de  ariko]  h  210,  p. 

15G  Lxiv 
des  heros  [de  ero]  h  210 
des  heixres  [dez  cp:r]  h  208 
des    histoires    etonnantes    [dez 

istwarrz  etonfct]  s  p.  141  lix 
des  homines  [dez  om]  h  208 
deshoimeiir  [dezonoe:r]  s  268,  p. 

109  LI 
desire  [dezire]  e  27 
des  maitres  es  arts  [de  me:tr  ez 

a:r]  s  3G7 
des  manteaxix  ouates  [de  mato 

wate]  371 
Desmoulins  [demule]  s  272 
des  oeufs  [dez  o]  s  319 
des  oignons  [dez  ajio]  s  319 
desormais  [dezorme]  ais  p.  49  xvi 
des  oui-dire  [de  wi  di:r]  371 
des  Plines   [de  plin]  P  p.  153 

LXIII 

des  pores  epics  [de  pork  epik]  s 

367 
des  prix  eleves  [de  priz  elve]  x 

372 


desquels  [dekel]  [dekel]  s  272 
des  regards  aimables  [de  ragairz 

emabl]  s  381 
dessaisir  [desezi:r]  e  81 
desseeher  [dese^e]  e  81 
dessein  [dese]  e  81;  ein  135 
desseller    [desele]    e   81,    p.    32 

VII 

desserrer  [dcsere]  e  81 

dessert  [deseir]  e  81,  p.  32  vii; 

ss  p.  162  LXVI 
desservir  [deserviir]  e  81,  p.  32 

VII 

dessiUer  [desije]  e  81 
dessin  [dese]  e  p.  32  viz 
dessouder  [desude]  e  81 
dessous  [d(o)su]  [tsu]  e  68,  p.  30 

v,  p.  156  LXIV 
dessus[d(o)sy]  [tsy]  e  68,  81,  p.  30 

V,  p.  156  LXIV 
desuetude  [desqetyid]  s  269 
des  vers  a  soie  [de  ve:r  a  swa]  s 

367 
detail  [deta:j]  a  61 
de  temps  en  temps  [da  tuz  a  ta] 

47;s337,  360,  366 
detroit  [detrwa]  t  295 
dette  [det]  e  18,  91,  p.  36  viii 
deuil  [doe:j]  eu  118,  p.  45  xiii; 

euil  226;  p.  90  xliv 
deux  [do]  .r  315 
deux  a  deux  [doz  a  do]  x  372 
deux  enfants  [doz  afa]  x  319 
deuxieme  [dozjem]  x  314,  317, 

319,  p.  122  LVii 
deuxiemement    [d0zjem(m)a]   x 

p.  122  Lvii 


INDEX 


189 


detix-points  [do  pwe]  419 
developper  [devbpe]  e  89 
devenir  [da\^ni:r]  c  G7,  70,  p.  30 

VI 

deviner  [davine]  16 
devotietix  [devosjo]  t  284 
devotion    [devosjo]    [devosj5]    o 

100 
d'excellents    exercices    [d  ekse- 

iQz  egzersis]  s  p.  141  lix 
dextre  [dc(k)str]  x  310 
diable  [dju:bl]  [dja(:)bl]  a  64,  p. 

25  IV 
diademe  [djade:m]  ni  p.  94  xlv 
diagnostique  [djagn.jstik]   [djag- 

no.stik]  (jii  200 
Dialogue  des  morts  [djab(i)g  de 

mjir]  D  404 
Diaz  [dja:z]  z  319 
Dieppe  [djep]  p.  162  lxv 
diete  [dje(:)t]  ie  p.  60  xxiii 
dieu  [djo]  ieu  152;  cu  p.  44  xu 
dieux  [djo]  eu  114 
differ entier  [difcrasjc]  li  293;  t 

p.  117  LIII 

difficile  [difisil]  i  p.  37  ix;/  p.  76 

XXXVI 

digestion  [discstjO]  ti  290 
digne  |diji]  (/n  p.  81  XL 
dignite  [dijiitc]  gn  40 
digue  [di(:jg]  f/'*  p-  79  xxxviii 
dilemme  Idiltm]  iitiu  p.  94  xlv; 

III  [).  96  XLV II 
diligemment    [dilisamu]    mm    p. 

94  xLv;  7ft  p.  9()  XLVii 
dime  (dif:jrri]  i  29,  95,  |).  37  ix 
Diocletien  [di.>kl(;.sjt;J  I  286 


Diogene  [dio3e:n]  p.  162  lxv 
diplomatic  [diplomasi]  t  281,  p. 

156  Lxiv 
diplome  [diploim]  6  97,  p.  39  x 
diplomer  [dipk)me]  6  98 
dire  [di:r]  i  94 
direct  [direkt]  t  296;  ct  p.  162 

LXVI 

disait-on  [dizet  5]  s  332 
discipline  [disijilin]  t  p.  37  ix 
Discours  sur  I'histoire  univer- 

selle  [diskuir  sjt  1  istwair  yni- 

vcrstl]  D  p.  152  lxiii 
dispenser  [dispose]  s  p.  108  li 
distUler  [disti(l)le]  ill  232,  p.  156 

LXIV 

distinct  [disteikt]  [diste]  t  300; 

ct  p.  156  lxiv 
distinctement    [distektma]    c,    t 

300 
distinctif  [distektif]  c,  t  300 
distinction  [disttksjS]  c,  t  300 
distingua  [distega]  ua  156 
distinguons    [distegS]   gu   p.    79 

XXXMII 

distribuons  [distribt[5]  oun  162 
district  [distri]  [distrikt]  cl  300 
Dites  bien   des  choses  de  ma 

part  a  [dit  bje  dc  5o:z  da  ma 

I)a:rt  a]  430 
dit-U  [dit  il]  421 
dito  [dito]  p.  161  XIV 
dix  [di.s]  X  213,  267,  313,  315, 

372,  J).  156  lxiv 
dix  chevaux  [tli  S('>)vo]  x  p.  156 

LX  I  V 

dix  enfants  [diz  ufu]  x  372 


190 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


dix  heures  un  quart  [diz  oeir  de 

ka:r]  s  370 
dix-huit  [diz  qit]  x  314,  319,  371, 

p.  122  Lvii,  p.  150  Lxiv 
dix-huitieme  [diz  qit  jem]  x  314, 

371 
dixieme  [dizjcm]  x  314,  p.  122 

LVII 

dix-neuf  [diz  noef]  x  314,  319,  p. 

122  LVII,  p.  156  LXIV 
dix-neuvieme     [diz  noevjem]     x 

314 
dix  pommes  [di  pom]  x  372 
dix-sept  [dis  set]  x  p.  121  lvii,  p. 

156  LXIV 
dix-septieme    [dis  setjem]    x   p. 

121   LVII 

dix  soldats  [di  solda]  x  315 

dix  sous  [di  su]  x  p.  156  lxiv 

docteur  [doktoeir]  415 

dogue  [dog]  g  4 

doigt  [dwa]  oi  bQ;  g  205;  f  p.  117 

LIV 

doigte  [dwate]  g  p.  162  lxvi 

doigts  [dwa]  gts  164 

doit  et  avoir  [dwat  e  avwair]  t 

354 
Domitien  [domisje]  t  286 
dommage  [doma:3]  m  42 
dompter  [dote]  om  45,  p.  55  xx; 

p  247,  p.  162  LXVI 
dompteur  [dotoeir]  p  247 
Donu"emy  [dorami]  om  p.  55  xx 
don  [do]  dl;  on  \i.  56  xxi  B 
done  [do]  [d5:k]  c  181 
donnais  [done]  ais  90 
donnas  [dona]  a  59 


donnat  [dona]  &  p.  21  iii 
donne  [don]  o  18 
doime-je  [doneis]  e  88 
doiment  [don]  e  72 
dormer  [done]  n  42;  nn  239 
donnes  [don] e  72 
doimez-en  [donez  a]  z  332 
Dordogne    [dordoji]    gn   p.    162 

LXV 

dort-elle  [dort  el]  t  332 
dortoir  [dortwair]  r  261 
dos  [do]  o  100,  p.  39  x;  s  164,  273 
dos  a  dos  [doz  a  do]  s  366 
dossier  [dosje]  o  100,  p.  39  x 
dot  [dot]  0  105,  p.  43  xi;  f  298, 

p.  117  Lii,  p.  156  LXIV 
doua  [dwa]  ona  p.  62  xxiv 
douane  [dwan]  oua  156,  p.  62 

xxiv 
Douay  [due]  mj  90 
Doubs  [du]  6  172;  fes  p.  162  lxv 
douce  [dus]  c  p.  69  xxrx 
douons  [dwo]  ouon  p.  65  xxvi 
Douvres  [du:vr]  p.  162  lxv 
doux  [du]  ou  p.  45  xiv 
douze  [du:z]  ou  p.  45  xiv 
doyen  [dwaje]  7/154 
drap  [dra]  r  4;  a  53;  p  249 
Dresde  [drezd]  s  271,  p.  162  lxv 
drogue  [dro(:)g]  gue  197;  gu  p. 

79  xxxviii 
droite  [drwat]  oi  p.  21  iii 
druide  [drqi(:)d]  d  p.  152  lxiii 
du  [dy]  u29;d  410 
du  [dy]  iL  29 
du  blanc  au  noir     [dy  blak  o 

nwa:r]  c  341,  p.  141  nx 


INDEX 


191 


Dublin  [flyblf]  p.  162  lxv 

du  bceuf  sale  [dy  boe  sale]  /  193 

due  [dyk]  c  178,  340,  341;  d  p. 

152  Lxiii 
Duels  [d}-si:s]  s  274 
Dueroe  [dykro]  c  p.  71  x30j:i 
duel  [dqcl]  ue  p.  64  xxv 
Dugas  [dyga]  a  59 

Du  Guesclin  [dy  geklf]  s  272,  p. 

156  Lxiv 
du  haut  en  bas  [dy  ot  a  ba]  t  354 
du  marc  de  cafe   [dy  ma:r  do 

kafo]  c  340 
Dumas  [dynid]  a  59,  p.  162  lxvi 
du  mithridate  [dy  mitridat]  m  p. 

153  LXIII 
Dumouriez  [dj^murje]  z  318 
d'un  [d  d]  un  p.  56  xxi  B 
d'un  bout  a  I'autre  [d  d>  but  a 

1  otr]  /  354 
Duncan  [djka]  un  142 
d'un  enfant  [d  dm  ufu]  384 
Dunkerque  [dJkerk]  un  142,  p. 

162  i^xv 
d'un    moment    a    I'autre    [d  cje 

mama  a  1  otr]  t  354 
duo  [dyo]  0  99,  p.  39  x 
du    plomb    argentifere    [dy   pl5 

ar^fitifiir]  /*  i).  141  lx 
Duprez  [dyprc]  z  318 
Duquesne  [flykcin]  s  272 
dur  |dy:r|  //  13 
du  riz  au  lait  [dy  ri  o  Ii]  z  359,  p. 

141   LX 

dynastie  [dina,sti]  li  290;  t  p.  117 

LI  I 

dysenteric  [di.sdfri]  s-  269 


E 

e  [e]  [a]  22,  24;  mute  [a]  66-71, 
89;  155;  silent  72,  73,  77,  78; 
before  a,  o,  u  202;  silent  and 
mute  74,  75;  final  76;  without 
written  accent  [e]  80,  81;  [e] 
91-93;  elision  384-387,  393- 
395. 

e  ferme  [e]  written  e,  e,  ai  79 

e  [e]  84-88 

e  [f]  84-86,  98 

e  197 

eau  p.  39  X 

-eau  [o]  97,  102,  112,  126,  320, 
324 

eau  de  Seltz  [o  da  sels]  z  267,  p. 
122  Lviii 

eblouir  [cljluiir]  36 

ecaille  [ekuij]  a  61 

ecart  [oka:r]  t  p.  117  liv 

Echantillons  sans  valeur  [e^atijo 
su  valocir]  431 

echee  [eSe(k)]  c  181,  p.  162  lxvi 

echecs  [e5e(k)]  c  p.  156  lxiv 

echo  [cko]  o  99;  ch  186,  p.  162 

LXVI 

eclair  [ckleir]  r  p.  104  l 
eclate  [cklate]  e  27 
eclipse  [('khi)s]  p  245 
ecole  [ck.)!]  o  106;  c  173,  p.  19  ii 
econome  [ck.injm]  o  111 
Ecouen  [ckwu]  oucn  162 
ecoutez  [ckute]  ou  128,  328 
ecraser  (ckruzc]  s  319;  a  p.  25  xv 
ecrasons  [ckruza]  a  60 
ecrevisse  [okrovis]  e  89 


192 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


ecriture  a n g  1  o-n ormannique 

[ckrityir  agio  nonnimik]   a,    n 

408 
ecriture  normanno-saxonne 

[ckrityir  normano  sakson]  n,  s 

408 
-ect  92,  353 
ecueil  [ekoe:j]  veil  226;  ue  p.  45 

XIII 

ecuelle  [ekijcl]  ue  p.  64  xxv 
ecureuil  [ekyrocij]  euil  226 
Edda  [edda]  (/  p.  74  xxxv 
Eden  [eden]  n  241,  p.  156  kxiv 
Edimbourg  [edebuir]  ^205,  p.  162 

LXV 

Edouard  [edwa:r]  d  189;  oua  p. 

62  XXIV 
Edmond  [edmo]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
-een  [ee]  en  136 
effare  [efare]  e  81 
effectuerent  [efektiisir]  ue  p.  64 

xxv 
effemine  [efemine]  e  81 
effet  [efc]  e  81,  p.  32  vii 
efficace  [efikas]  e  81 
efiigie  [efisi]  gi  p.  80  xxxix 
effleure  [efloere]  e  81 
efflorescent  [effloresa]  ff  191 
effluent  [efflyfi]  ff  191 
effluve  [efflyiv]  ff  191 
effort  [efo:r]  e  SI;  o  105 
effrayer   [efreje]  e  81;  y  p.   60 

XXIII 

effrene  [efrene]  e  81 
effroi  [efrwa]  e  81,  p.  32  vn 
efifronterie  [efrotri]  e  81 
egalite  [egalite]  35 


Eginhard  [esinair]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
eglogue    [egbg]    gl,    gu    p.    79 

XXXVIII 

egrener  [ograne]  e  89 
Egypt  {!')  Hipt]  p.  162  LXV 
egyptiaque    [e3ipsjak]   t   p.    117 

LIII 

Egyptien  [esipsje]  t  286 

Eh  bien,  je  m'en  vais  [e  bje  53 

m  a  ye]  E  397 
-ei  [e]  84,  90,  122,  125,  320,  323 
-ei  [e]  122,  125 
eider  [edcir]  r  263 
-eU  [e:j]  il  226 
-eUle  [r:j]  ill  226 
-eim  [c]  135 
-ein  [e]  135 
Elements  de  physique  [elema  da 

fizik]  E  404 
eleve  [elciv]  e  p.  36  viii 
elever  [elve]  35;  e  46,  70,  p.  156 

Lxiv;  e  89 
eleverais  [elevre]  e  88 
EUsabeth  [elizaliet  ]  th  299 
Elise  a  une  autre  idee  en  tete 

[eli:z  a  ya.  otr  ide  a  teit]  e  395 
eUe  [el]  386 

elle  coud  [cl  ku]  fZ  p.  74  xxxiv 
elle  est  fort  en  peine  [el  e  fort  a 

pen]  /  350 
elle  meurt  expres  [el  moe:r  eks- 

pre]  /  380 
elle  part  a  regret  [el  pair  a  ragre] 

t  356 
elle    part    aujourd'hui    [el    pa:r 

05urdqi]  t  380 
Elle  raconte  encore  une  histoire 


INDEX 


193 


absurde    [cl   rak5:t   akoir   jn 

istwair  apsyrd]  e  395 
elle  recommence  [el  rakomais]  e 

394 
elles  aiment  [elz  e:m]  e  p.  30  vi 
elles  seraient  invitees  [el  saret 

evite]  /  351 
eloigner  [clwajio]  gn  p.  SI  xl 
eloquemment    [ebkama]    em   p. 

156  LXiv 
-em  [u]  131;  [em]  134,  235 
embeter  [abeto]  e  86 
embryon  [ubriS]  yon  p.  65  xx\t; 
emeraude  [emroid]  au  102 
emeute  [omoit]  eu  326 
eminemment   [eminama]  em  p. 

156  LXIV 
emm-  [um]  134 
-emm-  [am]  134 
Emma  [emma]  m  p.  57  xxn,  p. 

96  XLVii;  mm  p.  94  lxv 
emmagasiner     [amagazine]     em 

134;  m  p.  96  XLVii;  mm  147 
emmailloter  [amajote]  m  p.  96 

XLVII 

Emmanuel  [emanqel]  vim  p.  57 

XXII,  p.  94  XLv;  m  p.  96  xlvii 

emmenager  [f"imcna5f]  m  p.  96 

XLVII 

emmener  [umnf]  em  134,  p.  156 

LXIV 

-emment  [anifi]  c  55;  em  134 
emotion  [crnosjo]  o  100,  p.  39  X 
empecher  [dpeSe]  em  131 
empereur  [dpnjL'ir]  c  70 
empire    [api:r]    em    131,    p.    51 

XVIII 


empire  des  Perses  [api:r  de  pers] 

P  [).  153  lociii 
empire  franf  ais  [api:r  frase]  /  p. 

153  Lxiii 
emploi  [uplwa]  em  p.  51  xviii 
emprunt  [aprce]  un  p.  56  xxi 
emprunte  [dprteit]  un  14,  144 
emprunter  [ai)rcete]  un  p.  56  xxi 
en  [d]  4,  17,  131,  383,  p.  51  xviii, 

p.  56  XXI  B 
-en  [e]  135;  [en]  133,  240 
en  allant  a  pied  [dn  aldt  a  pje]  t 

350 
en  avez-vous  eu  [on  ave  wlz  y] 

n,  s  p.  141  Lix 
encens  [dsdis]  [dsu]  c  p.  70  xxix 
enchanter  [d^dte]  en,  an  45 
encrier  [dkrije]  [dkrie]  en  131 
endosser  [ddose]  o  100 
en  ete  [dn  cte]  n  p.  141  lix 
enfant  [ufd]  an,  en  131,  p.  51 

xviii 
enfer  [dfe:r]  r  263,  p.  156  Lxrv 
Enfin,  comment  vous  dire  .  .  . 

nous  avons  peur!  [dfe,  komu 

vii  di:r  .  .  .  nuz  av.!  pcrir]  421 
Enfin,  j'y  suis,  j'y  reste  [dfe,  5  i 

sqi,  :-,  i  rest]  E  397 
Enfin  on  arriva  [dfe  on  ariva]  n  p. 

1  1  1    LX 

enflammer    [dflamc]    [dflamc]    a 

M,  p.  25  IV 
enfouir  [df\vi:r]  oui  156 
Enghien  [dgt]  ien  p.  79  xxxviii 
en  haut  [d  o]  /i  p.  156  lxiv 
en  hiver  [dn  ive:r]  n  p.  141  i-ix 
enigme  [ciiiKin]  (jm  ]>.  79  xxxviii 


194 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


enivrer  [anivre]  en  133,  147 

enjeux  [fiso]  eu  p.  49  xvi 

En  mains  propres  [a  me  propr] 

431 
-enn  [an]  134 
enneml  [emni]  n7i  146 
ennoblir  [anobliir]  en  133,  p.  156 

ennoblit  [anobli]  n7i  p.  96  xlvi 
ennui  [ciniii]  en  133,  p.  156  lxiv; 

nn  147 
Enoch  [enok]  ch  185 
enorgueilUr  [onorgcejirr]  en  133, 

147 
enorme  [enorm]  ?i  239 
en  plain  air  [a  plen  e:r]  ?i  375 
enquete  [akc:t]  qii  254 
enroler  [arole]  6  98 
enseigne  [aseji]  ci  p.  49  xvi 
enseigner  [asejie]  gii  p.  81  xl, 
ensemble  [usaibl]  en,  em  131 
ensus  [cisys]  s  275 
-ent  of  verbs  t  351 ;  e  391 
entendant  [atfida]  an,  en  p.  51 

XVIII 

entend-on  [atat  5]  d  362 
enthousiasme    [utuzjasm]    [atu- 

zjazm]  m  p.  60  xxiii 
entier  [atje]  ti  293;  ie  p.  60  xxiii 
entiere  [atje:r]  li  293;  ie  p.  60 

XXIII 

entoure  [atu:r]  ou  119 

entr'acte  [atrakt]  387 

entrant  [atra]  an,  en  p.  51  xviii 

entre  [a:tr(9)]  e  387 

entrer  [aire]  en  131 

entresol  [atrssol]  s  269 


envers  [aveir]  r  264 

envers  et  centre  tous  [av8:r  e 

kStro  tu:s]  s  367 
envers   eux   [aveir  o]    s  p.    141 

LX 

En  vUle  [a  vil]  431 

Envoi  de  [avwa  da]  423 

en  voila  neuf  [a  vwala  ncef]  /  p. 

76  XXXVI 
envoy ez  I'y  [avwaje  1  i]  384 
epanouir    [epanwi:r]    oni   p.    62 

XXIV 

epargner  [eparjie]  gn  p.  81  xl 

epaules  [epo:l]  au  102 

eperon  [epro]  e  89 

ephod  [efad]  d  190 

Ephraim  [efraim]  im  139;  m  235 

epicier  [episje]  r  262 

epinard  [epinair]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 

epizooti  [epizoosi]  [epizooti]  t  281 

epopee  [epope]  p  p.  98  xlviii 

epoque  [epok]  o  106 

epouse    [epuiz]    ou    119,    p.   45 

XIV 

epoux  [epu]  ou  p.  45  xiv 
Epsom  [epsom]  m  235 
equateur  [ekwatoeir]  ua  156;  qu 

256;  u  p.  162  lxv,  lxvi 
equation  [ekwasjo]  ua  156,  p.  62 

XXIV ;  qu  256,  p.  101  xlix;  u, 

a,  t  p.  162  LXVI 
equestre  [ek(q)estr]  qu  257;  u  p. 

162  LXVI 
equi-  [ek(q)i]  qu  257 
equidistant  [ek(q)idista]  qu  257 
equinoxe    [ekinoks]    u    p.    156 

LXIV,  p.  162  LXVI 


i 


INDEX 


195 


equitable  [ekitabl]  qu  254,  p.  101 

XLIX 

equitation  [ek(q)itasj5]  qu  257; 

u,  a,  t  p.  162  Lxvi 
equivalent  [ekivala]  qu  254,  p. 

101   XLIx;  U  p.   162  LXAT 

equivoque  [ckivak]  qu  254,  p.  101 

XLix;  u  p.  162  LXVI 
-er  [e]  r  262,  347-349;  final  [er] 

263 
Ernest  [emest]  t  297 
erratum  [e(r)ratom]  u  113 
errer  [crre]  r  259 
erreur  [erroeir]  r  259 
-ers  [e]  262 
-ert  [8:r]  I  356,  380 
-es  391 
es  [es]  s  275 
escalier  [eskaljc]  38 
esclaffer  [csklaf (f)e]  c  p.  70  xxx 
esclandre  [eskludr]  c  177;  sc  276 
esclavage  [csklava:5]  c  p.  70  xxx 
esclave  [eskluiv]  [esklaiv]  a  64; 

c  177; s  267 
esclavon  [e.sklav5]  c  p.  70  xxx 
escrime  [cskrim]  c  j).  70  xxx 
escroc  [e.skro]  c  180,  340,  p.  150 

LXIV 

escroc  intelligent  [cskro  etelisu] 

c  340 
espace  [cspais]  [csi)a.s]  a  14,  64, 

65 
esperance  [t.spcrui.s]  38;  an  131 
esperer  [cspere]  e  91,  p.  36  vin 
Espinasse  [fpina-s]  .s  272 
espionnage   [(•H[)j.;na:3]  iu  p.  60 

XXIII 


esprit  allemand   [espri  almu]  t 

360 
esprit    profond    en    tout    [espri 

profo  a  tu]  d  363 
essai  [ese]  e  81,  p.  32  vii 
essaim  [ese]  aim  135 
Essai  sur  les  moeurs  [ese  sy:r  le 

mccrs]  E  404 
essayer  [eseje]  y  154 
essentiel  [esasjel]  t  283,  p.  117 

Liii;  c  p.  156  LXIV 
essor  [esoir]  [eso:r]  e  81,  p.  32  vii; 

o  105,  p.  43  XI 
essouffle  [esufle]  e  81 
essuie-main  [esqimc]  e  81,  p.  32 

VII 

essuie-plume  [esqi  plym]  e  81,  p. 

32  VII 
essuyer  [csqije]  e  81,  p.  32  vii; 

laj  159,  160,  p.  64  xxv 
est  [e]  92;  s  272;  [est]  92;  t  297 
est-ce  [e:s]  e  p.  156  lxiv 
est-ce  vrai  [e  s  vre]  e  385 
Esther  [este:r]  r  263 
Estienne   [etjen]  s  272,   p.   156 

LXIV 

estime  [estim]  s  p.  109  li 
estoc  [estok]  c  178,  340,  341 
estomac  [estjma]  a  53;  c  180,  p. 

156  LXIV 
et  [e]  e  80,  92;  t  355,  p.  117  liv 
-et  92 
fitablissements      Archambault- 

Belanger     [etablisma     ar^abo 

hrla.v]  424 
etape  [etap]  c  69,  p.  30  vi 
etat  [eta]  I  295,  p.  117  liv 


196 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


et  caetera  [et  setcra]  t  299,  p.  161 

XIV 
ete  [ete]  c  4,  6,  17,  27,  79;  t  279 
eteint  [ete]  cin  p.  156  lxiv 
eternite  [etemite]  e  p.  32  vii 
etes  [et]  e  15 
etes-vous  [et  vu]  34 
Ethelred  [etelred]  d  p.  74  xxxv 
ether  [ete:r]  r  263,  p.  156  lxiv 
Etienne  [etjeii]  ti  294 
etiez  [etje]  ti  294 
etioler  [etjole]  li  294 
etions  [etjo]  ti  294 
etoffe  [etof]  o  107 
etoile  [etwal]  oi  156 
etrennes  [etren]  nn  146 
etroite  [etrwcit]  [etrwat]  oi  62 
etudiant  [etydja]  ian  162 
-eu  [y]  e  78,  116;  [0]  [oe]  114,  115, 

117,  118,  122,  127,  320,  326; 

+ final  pronounced  consonant 

[oe]  327;  +il,  ille  [oe]  327;  +s, 

t  [0]  115,  326 
-eu  [y]  e  116;  [0]  [cc]  114,  117,  127 
Eugene  [osein]  [y3e.'n]  Eu  116 
Eugenie  [03eni]  [y3eni]  Eu  116 
eue  [y]  eu  116 
-euil  [oe:j]  226 
-euUle  [oe:j]  226 
eumes  [y(:)m]  e  78,  116;  eH  77, 

78,  116. 
-eun  [&]  eun  144 
eurent  [y:r]  c  p.  156  lxiv 
Europe  [oerop]  Eu  p.  162  lxv 
europeen  [oeropee]  en  136 
europeenne   [oeropeen]  n  p.  57 

XXII 


-eurt  [oe:r]  t  356,  380 

-euse  [0:2]  eu  115 

-eute  [ot]  eu  115 

-autre  [oitr]  e«  115 

evanoui  [evanwi]  oui  p.  62  xxiv 

evanouir  [evanwi:r]  oui  156 

evasion  [evasjo]  a  60 

eveil  [eve(:)j]  c  p.  36  viii 

evenement  [evenmu]  e  89 

eventail  [evutaij]  ail  226 

ex-  [eks]  and  popular  [es]  310; 

initial   followed   by   ce,   ci,    s 

[k(+s)]311;  before  vowel,  etc. 

[egz]  [egz]  312 
exact  [cgza(kt)]   [egzakt]  t  296, 

300,  p.  121  Lvii;  ct  p.  163  lxvii 
exacte  [egzakt]  [egzakt]  x  41 
exactement  [egzaktoma]  [egzak- 

tonia]  e  71,  p.  30  V 
examen  [egzame]  [egzame]  [egza- 

men]  [egzamen]  x  41,  312;  en 

137,  p.  156  lxiv,  p.  162  lxvi 
excavation  [ekskavasjS]  x  p.  121 

lvii 
excedant  [ekseda]  a;  311 
exceder  [eksede]  x  p.  121  lvii 
excellence    [ekseluis]    x    p.    121 

lvii 
excellent  adj.    [eksela]  x  41;  e 

72;  X  p.  156  lxiv;  verb  [eksel] 

e  72;  X  p.  156  lxiv 
exceller  [eksele]  x  p.  121  lvii 
excepte  [eksepte]  x  p.  121  lvii 
exception  [eksepsjS]  x  311,  p.  121 

lvii 
exces  [ekse]  x  311 
excessif  [eksesif]  x  311 


INDEX 


197 


exciser  [eksize]  x  311 
excitant  [eksita]  x  311 
excitation  [eksitasjj]  x  p.  121  LVii 
exclamation  [e(k)skl.imasj5]x  310 
exclamer  [eksklame]  x  p.  121  lvii 
exclure  [eksklyir]  x  p.  121  lvii 
excursion   [ekskyrsjo]  x  p.    121 

LVII 

exeat  [pgzeat]  [egzeat]  t  299 
executer  [egzekyte]  [egzekyte]  x 

p.   121  LVII 

exemple  [cgzupl]  [egzapljx  41,  p. 

121    LVII 

exempt   [egzfi]   [egza]   -p  247;  x 

312;  -pt  p.  15G  Lxiv 
exempter  [egzate]  [egzate]  p  247, 

p.  150  LXIV,  p.  162  Lxvi 
exemption   [egzapsjS]   [egzapsjo] 

p  248 
exequatur  [egzakatyir]  <ia  p.  101 

XLIX 

exercise  [egzersis]  [egzersis]  x  312 
exhibition  [egzibisja]  [egzibisj5]  x 

312 
exhorter  [egzorte]  [egzorte]  x  312, 

J).    121   LVII 

exhumer  [egzymc]  [pgzyme]  x  p. 

121    LVII 

exiger  [rgzise]  [egziso]  x  312,  p. 

121    LVII 

exiguite  |fgzigtptc]  [("gzigqite]  gui 

198 
exil  [cgzil]  [cgzill  U  229 
exiler  (egziU-]  [ogzik;]  x  312,  p. 

121    LVII 

exotique  |{gz.)tik]  [cgz.jtik]  x  p. 

121    LVII 


expansif  [ekspasif]  x  p.  121  lvii 
expatrier  [e(k)spatrie]  x  310,  p. 

121   LVIII 

expedier  [e(k)spedje]  x  310 
explorer  [e(k)splore]  x  310 
expres  [ekspre]  x  41 
express    [eksprcs]    [espres]   s   y>. 

109  LI 
exprimer  [fksprimo]  x  41 
exsangue  [cksaig]  x  p.  121  lvii 
exsuder  [cksyde]  x  311 
extenso  [rksteso]  en  137 
extirper  [c(k)stirpe]  x  310 
extraordinaire     [ekstraordine:r], 

old  [ckstrordineir]  x  41 
-ey  [e]  84,  90,  122,  125,  320,  323 

F 

f  [if]  [fo]  22,  24;  [f]  91;  final  [f] 

Kif),  342;  [v]  30') 
fable  [fdhl]  46;  a  63,  65,  p.  25  iv 
fabliau    [fal)li()]    [fal)ljol    [fublio] 

[f(il)lj()]  i  153 
fabrique  [fabrik]  qii  254 
Fabvier  [favje]  h  172 
facade  [fasa(:)d]  q  32,  267,  p.  70 

XXIX 

faces  [fas]  e  72 

facetie    [fasesi]    t   281,    p.    156 

LXIV 

facetieux  [fasosjo]  t  p.  117  liii 
facheux  [fu^o]  ch  1S2 
facile  |f;isi]]  <■  69;/  191 
facile  a  lire  [fasil  a  li:r]  e  392 
fagon  Ifas.')]  f  p.  70  xxix 
facteur  (fak<(r:r]  c  p.  70  xxx 


198 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


factieux  [faksjo]  t  284 

faction  [faksj5]  t  162;  c  p.  70  xxx 

faience  [fajais]  a  p.  156  lxiv 

faille  [faij]  a  61 

faim  [fe]  aim  135,  p.  53  xix,  p. 

156  lxiv;  m  p.  96  xlvii 
faire  [fe:r]  ai  68 

Faire  parvenir  [fe:rparv9ni:r]  423 
faisait  [faze]  a  68;  ai  p.  30  v 
faisons  [fazo]  ai  p.  156  lxiv 
fait  [fe]  [fe]  ai  4,  17,  84,  p.  163 

Lxvii;  [fe(t)]  t  300 
faite  [feit]  at  90,  p.  36  viii 
faites-le  [fet  la]  e  385 
faix  [fe]  X  p.  162  lx\t 
famille  [famiij]  ill  46,  p.  60  xxiii 
faon  [fa]  o  103,  p.  156  lxiv 
farceur  [farsoeir]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
fat  [fat]  [fa]  a  54;  t  298,  300,  p. 

156  LXIV,  p.  163  Lxvii 
fatal  [fatal]  I  p.  87  xliii 
fatigua  [fatiga]  ua  156 
faubourg    Poissonniere    [fobu:r 

pwasonje:r]  P  p.  153  lxiii 
faulx  [fo]  I  223 

Faure  [foir]  au  112,  p.  43  xi 
fausse  [fo:s]  e  69 
Faust  [foist]  aw  p.  162  lxv 
fauteuil  [fotoeij]  euil  226;  il  p.  90 

XLIV 

faux  [fo]  X  p.  122  LVii 

Fayence  [fajais]  y  154 

feindre  [feidr]  ein  p.  53  xix 

feinte  [fe:t]  ein  14 

Felix  [feliks]  x  310 

Felix  Faure  [feliks  fo:r]  F  396 

femme  [fam]  e  55;  em  134,  p.  21 


III,  p.  156  LXiv;  m  p.  96  xlvii; 

mm  233 
femmelette  [famlet]  c  55 
fend  [fu]  en  p.  56  xxi  B 
Fenelon  [fen(a)l5]  on  p.  55  xx 
fenetre  [f  (8)ne:tr]  e  85,  p.  36  viii 
fenil  [foni]  [faniij]  il  228 
fenouil  [fanuij]  ouil  226 
fer  [feir]  r  263 
fera  [fara]  e  67 
ferblanc    [ferbla]   c   340,    p.    71 

XXXI 

fermete  [fermate]  e  393 
fermez  [ferme]  e  80 
fermier  [fermje]  r  262 
Ferrare  [fe(r)ra!r]  r  p.  104  l,  p. 

162  LXV 
fete  [feit]  e  85,  p.  36  viii 
feter  [fete]  e  86,  p.  36  viii 
fetichisme    [fetiSism]    ch    p.    72 

XXXII 

feu  [fo]  eu  114,  p.  44  xii 
feuille  [foeij]  eu  118;  euille  226; 

ill  p.  90  XLIV 
feutre  [fo:tr]  eu  115,   127,  326, 

p.  44  XII 
feux  [fo]  eu  p.  44  xii 
fevrier  [fe\Tie]  [fevrje]  i  153 
ff  [f]  191 

fiacre  [fjakr]  ia  152 
fiance  [fjfise]  ian  p.  65  xxvi 
fidele  [fidcl]  d  187 
fidelite  [fidelite]  p.  19  ii 
fieffe  [f  jcfe]  /  p.  76  xxxvi 
fier    adj.    [fje:r]    r   263,    p.  156 

lxiv;  verb  [fje]  ie  p.  60  xxiii, 

r  p.  156  LXIV 


INDEX 


199 


Fiesque  [fjesk]  ie  p.  162  LXV 

figue  [fig]  giie  33 

figure  [figj'ir]  u  p.  46  xv 

fil  [fil]  /  224;  a  229 

filigrane  [fUigran]  i  p.  37  rx 

fiUe  [fil,:)j]  i  94;  ill  226 

filleul  [fijoel]  eu  p.  49  x\z 

fils  [fi(:)s],  old  [fi]/191;  1223;  s 

275,  p.  163  Lx\i,  LX\^I 
fil  unique  [fil  jiiik]  I  344 
fin  [fc]  in  p.  53  xix,  p.  56  xxi  B; 

n  p.  96  xLVii 
fine  [fin]  n  p.  96  xlvii 
fini  [fini]  i  p.  37  ix,  p.  156  lxiv 
finir  [fini:r]  i  19;  r  261 
finirons  [finiro]  i  19 
Finlande  (la)  [ftla:<l]  p.  162  lxv 
fiscal  [fi.-^kiil]  .sc  276 
flambeau  [ffubo]  am  p.  51  x\aii; 

m  p.  96  XLVII 
flamber  [flabe]  am  131 
flamme  [flaim]  a  14,  63,  p.  25  iv 
flanc  [fla]  c  179,  p.  163  lxvi 
flanelle    [flanel]  n   p.    96  XL^^, 

xlvii 
flegme  [flcgm]  ffm  p.  79  xxxviii 
fleur  de  lis  [flft:r  do  li]  e  p.  30  v; 

s  273,  p.  156  LXIV 
fleurs  [fla-ir]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
fleuve  [flcje:v]  eu  118,  p.  45  xiii 
flot  [flo]  o  p.  39  x 
flux  [tty]  X  315,  p.  156  lxiv 
foetus  (fcty(:)s]  ce  83,  p.  32  vii 
foi  [fwd]  [fwa]  (ri  j).  62  xxiv 
foin  [fvvf]  (rin  162,  p.  53  xix 
fois  [fwa]  (ti  56 
fol  [f.>l]  r22I;  i)  105 


fol  espoir  [fol  espwarr]  I  344 
foUe  [fol]  0  107 
follicule  [folikyl]  I  p.  87  xliii 
fonction  [foksjo]  t  285;  on  p.  55 

XX 

fond  [f5]  on  p.  55  xx,  p.  56  xxi  B 
font  [fo]  on  p.  55  xx 
fonte  [fo:t]  on  14,  46 
Fontenoy  [fotnwa]  oy  56 
force  [fors]  o  p.  43  xi 
foret  [fore]  e  29 
formation  [formcisjS]  a  60 
fort  [fo:r]  /  4;  76;  r  264;  I  352,  p. 

117  LIV 

fort     aimable     [fo:rt     8ma(:)bl] 

[fo:rt  ema(:)bl]  t  381 
forte  [fort]  e  76,  p.  30  \t;  o  106 
fort  et  actif  [fo:r  e  aktif]  i  355 
fort  et  dur  [fo:r  e  dy:r]  t  381 
fort  et  grand  [fo:r  e  gra]  t  380 
fort  instruit  [fort  estrqi]  i  336 
fosse  [fois]  o  100,  p.  39  x 
fossette  [foset]  [foset]  o  100 
fou  [fu]  ou  p.  45  XIV 
fouace  [fwas]  oua  p.  62  xxiv 
fouet  [fwc]  [fwa]  owe  p.  62  xxiv 
fougere  [fu5f:r]  e  12 
foulard  [fiil:i:r]  ou  p.  45  xiv 
Fould  [fuld]  (I  p.  74  xxxv 
Foulenay-aux-Roses    [fulene    o 

roiz]  /-',  R  410 
foumU  [furni]  il  230;  I  344 
Fox  [fok.s]  X  310 
foyer  [fwaji^]  oy  56,  p.  62  xxiv, 

J).  163  lxvi;  y  154 
frac  [frak]  c  p.  70  xxx 
fracas  [frakci]  a  p.  25  IV 


200 


FKENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


fraise  [freiz]  s  268 

fraisU  [frezi]  il  230;  I  344 

franc  [fru]  an  131,  p.  51  xviii;  c 

164,  179,  340,  p.  J  63  lxvi 
franc(s)  [fra]  p.  161  XIV 
frangais  [frase]  ais  p.  49  xvi;  f 

p.  70  XXIX 
franc  alleu  [frak  alo]  c  341 
France  [frd.-s]  an  131 
franc  et  net  [frak  e  net]  c  341 
franc  etourdi  [frcik  eturdi]  c  341 
Franche-Comte  [fraS  kSte]  p.  162 

LXV 

f rapper  [frape]  pp  167 
frayeur  [fiTJa^ir]  eu  p.  49  xvi 
fredonner  [frodone]  e  67,  392,  p. 

30  V 
frein  [fre]  ein  p.  53  xix 
Frejus  [fre3y:s]  s  274 
frere  [freir]  e  28 
freres  [freir]  e  72 
fret  [fre]  t  p.  163  lxvi 
Friedland    [friedlaid]    d    p.    74 

XXXV ;  ie  p.  162  lxv 
Fritz  [frits]  z  319 
froc  [frok]  c  165,  p.  70  xxx 
froid  [fi-wa]  [frwa]  oi  62;  d  189 
froisse  [frwas]  oi  156 
froisser  [frwase]  ss  267 
fromage  [framais]  a  12 
frontiere  [frotjeir]  lih  293;  i  p.  117 

LI  I 

f rotter  [frote]  it  167 
froufrou  [frufru]  oa  p.  45  xiv 
fruit  [frqi]  u  158;  ui  p.  64  xxv 
fruitier  [frqitje]  ie  152;  tie  293;  ui 
p.  64  xxv 


fruitiere  [frqitje:r]  tie  293 
fuchsia  [fyksja]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii, 

p.  163  LXVI 
fumer   du   maryland    [fyme   dy 

mariluid]  m  400 
fun  [foe]  un  p.  56  xxi  B 
fusU  [fyzi]  il  230;  I  344,  p.  163 

LXVI 

fut  [fy]  u  121 

future  [fytyir]  u  p.  46  xv 


g  [5e]  [5a]  [go]  22,  24;  127;  before 
a,  o,  u  or  consonant  [g]  195;  be- 
fore e,  ^,  2/  [3]  77,  201;  final  [k] 
[g]  205,  206;  365;  silent  204, 
205 
gage  [ga:5]  a  p.  21  iii 
gageons  [gaso]  ^c  p.  80  xxxix 
gageur  [gasceir]  e  p.  156  lxiv 
gageure  [ga3y:r]  eu  77,  116;  geu 
202;   u   p.   46  xv;   ge   p.    80 

XXXIX 

gagner  [gajie]  a  63;  gn  p.  81  xl 
gai  [ge]  ai  82,  124,  322,  p.  32  vii, 

p.  49  xvi;  ga  p.  79  xxxviii 
gain  [ge]  ain  p.  56  xxi  B 
Galaad  [galaad]  dp.  74  xxxv,  p. 

162  LXV 
Galatee  [galate]  p.  162  lxv 
Galilee  (la)  [galile]  p.  162  lxv 
galimatias  [galimatja]  [galiinatja] 

ti  294 
galop  [galo]  p  249,  p.  156  lxiv 
galoper  [galope]  o  109 
gamme  [gam]  a  54 


I 


INDEX 


201 


gangrene  [gugren]  ga,  gr  p.  79 

XXXVIII 

gant  [ga]  g  4;  an  p.  56  xxi  B;  ga 

p.  79  xxxviii 
garantie  [g:irut  i]  lie  292 
gargon  [garso]  f  32,  176,  267;  a 

54;  g  195 
gardien  [gardjf]  ieri  162 
gargotte    Igargjt]   ga,    go   p.    79 

xxxviii 
gargouille  [gargu(:)j]  ga,  go  p.  79 

XXXVIII 

gamir  [garni :r]  r  p.  104  L 

gars  [ga:r]  [gci]  r  265 

Gascogne  [gji-skoji]  gn  p.  81  xl, 

p.  162  Lxv 
gate  [gate]  g  195 
gateau  [gato]  cau  102 
Gaule  (la)  [go:l]  au  p.  162  lxv 
gaz  [ga:zj  a  60,  p.  25  iv;  z  316, 

319 
gaze  [ga:z]  a  13,  60,  p.  25  iv 
gazon  [guz3]  a  60,  p.  25  iv;  z  p. 

122  Lviii 
ge  before  a,  o,  u  [3]  202 
geai  [5e]   [3c]  e  77;  ai  82,  124, 

322 
geindre  [3r:flr]  cin  p.  56  xxi  B; 

gf  p.  SO  XXXIX 
gele  [5c(:;l]  e  87; -(/c  ]).  80  xxxix 
gelerais  [sflrr]  b  88 
gemir  [3emi!r]  ge  p.  80  xxxix 
gemme  [3iin]  Ttun  j).  94  xlv;  hi 

p.  96  xi-vii 
gendre  Isrndr)  en  p.  51  xviii 
gene  Lv  :ii]  «  p.  9()  xi.vii 
generation  (5ciier(i.<j:)|  <i  p.  25  iv 


gens  [3d]  [3a:s]  3  201;  s  275;  n  p. 

96  XLVii 
gent  [3u]  [5a:t]  t  300 
gentil  [3ati]  il  230;  g  p.  152  lxiii; 

/  p.  156  Lxiv 
gentilhoniine  [3atijom]  il  230;  I 

230,  329,  p.  163  lxvi 
gentilshommes    [scitizom]    [3ati- 

jjiii]  il  230;  I,  s  p.  163  lxvi 
gentiment    [scitimu]    ge    p.    SO 

XXXIX 

Geoffrey  [3offrwa]  e  77 
geographie  [seografi]  p.  19  11 
geole  [50:]]  geo  202 
geolier  [jolje]  0  77,  p.  103  lxvi; 

gco  202 
George  [3or3]  e  p.  30  vi 
Georges  [sors]  e  77;  Gco  202,  p. 

SO  XXXIX 
George  Sand  (sjrs  sa:d]  d  p.  74 

XXXV 

Georges  est  riche  [5jr5  e  ri^]  s 

368 
geranium  [3('ranj,)ni]   u  113,   p. 

43  XI,  p.  163  LXVI 
gerce  [smse]  gc  p.  SO  xxxix 
germaine  Istrmcn]  ge  p.  80  xxxix 
Gertrude     [sntryd]     Ge    p.     80 

XXXIX 

Gerusez  [serj^ze]  z  318 

gesir  [5('zi:rj  s  269 

gestes  (3t\st]  ge  p.  80  xxxix 

gg  Ig]  195;  before  e  [g3]  203 

gibbosite     [sibozite]    bb    p.    08 

X  X  \  1 1 

gibeciere     [jip.'^ji::!"]     gi     p.     SO 

XXXIX 


202 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


gibier  [sibje]  ^'  p.  80  xxxix 
gibus  [3iby:s]  s  p.  109  li 
gigantesque  [sigatesk]  gi  p.  80 

XXXIX 

Gigogne  [sigoji]  Gi  p.  80  xxxix 
gigot  [sigo]  gi  p.  80  xxxix;  t  p. 

163  Lxvi 
Gil  Bias  [5il  bla:s]  s  274 
gilet  [sile]  et  92;  gi  p.  80  xxxix 
gingembre  [sesfubr]  gi,  ge  p.  80 

XXXIX 

Girault  [siro]  I  223 

girouette  [sirwet]  gi  p.  80  xxxix 

gisant  [sizci]  s  2G9 

gisent  [3i:z]  s  269 

gisons  [siso]  [3izo]  s  269 

gite  [5i(:)t]  i  95;  g  201;  gi  p.  80 

XXXIX 

Glascow  [glazko]  s  p.  162  lxv 
gloire  [glwair]  g  195 
glorieuse  [gbrjo:z]  eu  115 
glose  [gloiz]  0  101 
gn  [ji]   195,  207,  329;  [gn]  200, 

207 
gnome  [gnoim]  [gno:m]  gn  200 
gnostiques  [gnostik]  gn  200 
gnou  [gnu]  gn  200 
gobbe  [gob]  66  p.  68  xxvii 
Goethe  [goit]  p.  163  lxvi 
gogo  [gogo]  ^0  p.  79  XXXVIII 
golfe  [golf]  0  p.  43  XI 
gomme  [gom]  go  p.  79  xxxviii 
gond  [go]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
gonfler  [gofle]  go  p.  79  xxxviii 
Gonzague     [gozag]     Go    p.     79 

XXXVIII 

Goritz  [gorits]  z  p.  122  lviii 


gosse  [gos]  0  107 
Goth  [go]  t  301 
gouache  [gwa^]  oua  156 
gouleux  [gulo]  I  p.  87  xliii 
Gounod  [guno]  d  p.  74  xxxiv,  p. 

163  LXVI 
gout  [gu]  ou  119,  128; g  195 
gouvernail  [guvernaij]  a  61 
grace  [gra:s]  d  58 
Gracques  (les)  [grak]  p.  162  lxv 
graiUon  [graj5]  a  63 
graisse  [gre:s]  ai  84,.  123,  321 
grammaire  [grameir]  mm  233 
grammatical    [gra(m)matikal] 

?nm  238;  m  p.  96  xlvii 
grammaticalement   [gramatikal- 

ma]  7nm  p.  94  xlv 
grand  [gra]  c?  189;  gr  195 
grande  [gru:d]  an  p.  51  xviii 
grandement  [grfidma]  en  131 
grand  et  bien  fait  [gra  e  bje  fe]  d 

363 
granit  [granit]  [grani]  t  299,  300, 

p.  117  LII,  p.  163  LXVI,  lxvii 

grasse  [gru:s]  a  60 

grasseyer  [graseje]  ey  90,   125, 

159,  323,  p.  36  viii,  p.  49  xvi 
gratis  [grati:s]  s  275,  p.  156  lxiv 
grave  [gra:v]  28" 
grec  [grek]  c  p.  70  xxx 
greffier  [grefje]  ff  167 
grele  [gre:l]  e  85 
greler  [grele]  e  86 
grenouille    [granuij]   oidlle   226; 

e  p.  30  v;  p.  156  lxiv 
gresil  [greziij]   [grezi]  [grezil]  il 

226,  228,  229 


INDEX 


203 


grief  [grief]  /  p.  76  xxx\a,  p.  163 

LXVI 

gril  [gri]  il  230,  p.  163  Lxvi 
Grimm  [grim]  imm  139 
Gringoire     [gregwair]     p.     79 

XXXVIII 

grise  [gri:z]  p.  19  ii;  i  p.  37  ix 
Greenland       [groela],       popular 
[groenlu]  d  p.  74  xxxiv;  p.  162 

LXV 

grog  [gro(:)g]  g  206 

grognon  [grojio]  gn  p.  81  XL 

gros  [gro]  o  100 

groseille  [groze:j]  ill  p.  90  xliv 

grosse  [gro:s]  [gros]  o  100 

grosseur  [grosceir]  cu  p.  45  xiii 

grossier  [grosje]  o  100 

gu  l)cfore  e,  i,  ij  [g]  195,  196,  329; 

before  i  [gip]  198;  before  a  [gw] 

199 
Guadalaxara  [gwadalaksara]  (hia 

199 
Guadalupe  [g\vad;ilyp]  Gua  199 
Guadalquivir    [gwadalkivi:r]   ua 

156;  p.  162  LXV 
Guadeloupe   [gsvadlup]  vxi  156, 

]).  162  LXV 
Guam  [gAvam]  Giia  199 
guano  [gwano]  ua  156 
Guarda  [gwarda]  Grm  199 
Guarini  [gwarinij  Gua  199 
Guatemala  [gwatemala]  lui  156; 

(ilia  19'.) 
Guayaquil  [gwajakil]  Giui  199 
gue  Ige]  (ja  195,  329 
guenille  [gimi(!)j]  e  p.  30  v;  gu  j). 

79  xxxviii 


guepe  [gc:p]e85;  gup. 79  xxxviii 
-guer  [ge]  u  197 
guerilla  [gerilla]  ill  p.  156  lxiv 
guerir  [geri:r]  gu  p.  79  xxxviii 
Guemesey  [gernze]  e  p.  162  lxv 
guerre  [ge:r]  gu  p.  79  xxxviii 
guet  [ge]  gu  p.  79  xxxviii 
guet-apens    [get  apa]    t    p.   163 

lxvi 
gueule  [goel]  [go:!]  eu  p.  156  lxiv 
gueuse  [go:z]  eu  14,  p.  44  xii,  p. 

49  XVI 
gueux  [go]  eu  p.  49  xvi,  p.  156 

lxiv 
guichet  [gi^e]  t  p.  163  lx\t: 
guide    [gi(:)d]    gu    195,    p.    79 

xxxviii 
Guillaume  [gijo:m]  ill  224 
guillemets  [gijme]  419 
Guise  [gi:z]  gu  195 
guitare  [gita:r]  gu  p.  79  xxxviii 
Guizot    [gizo]    [gwizo]    gu    195, 

p.  163  LXVI 
gun  [g(t']  un  p.  56  xxi  B 
Gunther  [g5te:r]  un  142 
guttural     [gytyral]     gu    p.     79 

XXXVIII 

Guy  [gi]  Gu  p.  79  xxxviii 
Guyane  [gqijan]  uy  p.  162  lxv 
Guyenne  (laj  [gqijen]  uy  p.  162 

lxv 
Guyot  [gijo]  gu  195 
gymnase  IsiiniuKz]  ijmn  140;  gij 

J).  SO  XXX LX 

gymnaste  [^iiima-sl]  g  201 
gymnastique  [simnastik]  m  234; 
gij  p.  SO  XXXIX 


204 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


As  neither  h  aspiree  nor  h  muette  are  pronounced  (210),  they  are 
absent  phonetically.  But  as  neither  elision  nor  linking  take  place 
before  h  aspiree,  this  fact  is  shown  by  writing  all  words"  containing  h 
aspiree  with  an  inverted  comma  before  the  h,  thus  'h. 

Nevertheless  an  h  more  or  less  aspirate  may  be  heard:  1°  In  cer- 
tain interjections:  ha!  halte!  han!  hop  la!  hue!  ohe!  oho!  2o  In 
words  of  an  onomatopoetic  origin,  particularly  when  expressive  of 
violent  emotion :  haleter,  Han  d'islande,  heler,  hennir,  hurler.  3o  In 
emphatic  utterance:  une  haine  effroyable;  la  houle  s'enfle;  c'est  une 
honte!  4°  Even  in  some  words  where  no  h  is  written:  Baal  [bahal]; 
fleau  [fleho];  geant  [sehu];  monstrueux  [mostryho],  and  sometimes  in 
le  onze  [la  ho:z]  most  probably  due  to  analogy  of  la  honte.  But  such 
cases  do  not  appear  to  represent  normal  usages.  Cf.  Kr.  Nyrop: 
Maiiuel  phonetique  dufrangais  parle,2''  ed.,  traduite  et  remaniee  par 
Emmanuel  Philipot,  Paris,  1902. 


h  [aS]  [(h)a]  22,  24;  [h]  210,  mute 
and  aspirate  208-215;  309, 
312,  379,  390,  391 

habillons  [abijo]  ill  p.  90  xliv 

habit  [abi]  t  295 

'hache  [a^]  c/i  4;  /i  211 

'hachis  [a^i]  h  211 

'hagard  [aga:r]  A  211 

'haie  [v]  h  211 

'haillon  [a jo]  a  63,  p.  25  iv 

'haillons  [cijo]  h  211 

'haine  [en]  /i  211,  p.  163  lxvi 

'hair  [ai:r]  33;   /i  211;   i  p.  156 

LXIV 

haleine  [al8(:)n]  ei  p.  49  xvi 

'haler  [ale]  h  211 

'haler  [ale]  h  211 

'haleter  [alte]  A  211 

'Halifax  [ahfaks]  x  p.  121  lvii 

'halle  [al]  /i211 

'haUier  [alje]  h  211 

'halte  [ah]  /i  211 


'hamac  [amak]  c  178,  340,  341; 

A  211 
'Hambourg  [abu:r]  ^205;  H  211 

g  p.  162  Lxv 
'hameau  [amo]  h  211 
'hanap  [anap] p  250 
'hanche  [5^]  h  211 
'hangar  [aga:r]  h  211 
'hanneton  [ant5]  h  211 
'hanter  [ate]  A  211 
'harangue  [ara:g]  A  211 
'harasser  [arase]  h  211 
'hardes  [ard] A  211 
'hardi  [ardi]  h  211 
'hareng  [ara]/(  211 
'hargneux  [arjio]  h  211;  gn  p.  81 

XL 

'haricot  [ariko]  h  211 
'harnais  [arne]  h  211 
'Harold  [arold]  d  p.  74  xxxv 
'harpe  [arp]  h  211 
'harpon  [arp5]  h  211 


INDEX 


205 


•hart  [a:r]  h  211 

'hasard  [aza:r]  h2ll 

'hate  [dit]  /i  211;  d  p.  25  iv 

'haubert  [obe:r]  /t  211 

'hausser  [ose]  /i  211 

'haut  [o]  h2ll]  t  p.  117  liv 

'Haute   (parfaite)   consideration 

[o:t  (parfet)  k5sidcrasj5]  428 
'hauteur  [ota?:r]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
'Havane  [avan]  //  211;  a  p.  162 

LXV 

'have  [a:v]  h  211 

'Havre  [u:vr]  [a:vr]  H  211 

'havresac    [avrasak]    [a\'Tasak] 

/t  211 
'Hawai  [awai]  p.  162  lxv 
'helas  [clu:s],  old  [elci]  a  60,  p.  25 

IV ;  s  275;  p.  163  lxvii;  a,  s  p. 

156  LXiv 
Helvetien  [elvesje]  t  286 
'hennir  [ani:r],  popular  [eni:r]  e 

55;  en  134,   p.  21  in,  p.  156 

LXiv,  p.  163  Lxvi;  h  211;  nn 

p.  96  XLVi 
'hennissement  [anismu],  popular 

(tnisinri]  en  j).  163  Lxvii 
'Henri  (aril  7/211 
Herault  [cro]  /  223 
'heraut  (heraut j  [cro]  /t  21 1 ;  <  2'J5, 

p.  117  Liv; 
herbe  [rrb]  c  91,  p.  36  viii 
Herculanum  [crkylanam]  m  235 
hermes  [( Tmt(:)s]  «  j).  109  Li 
Hermione  |(;niij.>ii]  o  111 
heroicomique  |fT.)ik.)iiiik)  k  214 
heroine  |ir.)iii|  It  211 
heroique  |ir.)ik|  //  21  1 


heroiquement  [eroikmu]  /i  214 

heroisme  [eroism]  [eroizm]  h  214 

'heron  [er5]  /i  211 

'heros  [ero]/i211,214,  p.  163lxvi 

'hetre  [e:tr]  e  85;  h  211 

heure  [oe:r]  eu  p.  45  xiii,  p.  161 

XIV 
heureuse  [a-roiz]  eu  115 
heureux  [cxto]  [oro]  [are]  eu  114, 

127,   326,   p.   44  xii,    p.   156 

Lxiv;  X  315 
'heurter  [oert  e]  /i  21 1 ;  cm  p.  45  xiii 
hex-  310,  312 
hexagone    [ogzagon]    [egzagoin] 

[egzagon]  [egzagoin]  [eksago:n] 

o  111;  X  312 
hexametre  [cgzametr]  [egzametr] 

[eksainctr]  x  312 
hiatus  [jaty:s]  s  275,  p.  156  lxiv, 

J).  163  Lxvi;  linking  or  elision 

optional 
'hibou  [ibu]  h  211 
'hideuse  [idoiz]  eu  p.  44  xii 
'hideux  [i.lo]  h  211 
hier  [jt;:r]  [i(j)e:r]  ie  152,   p.  60 

XXIII ;  r  263,  j).  156  lxiv;  link- 
ing or  elision  optional 
'hierarchie  [jerar^i]  h  211 
Himalaya  [inialaja]  p.  162  LXV 
hippodrome  [ipodrom]  [ipodronn] 

o  \\\ 
hippopotame  [ip;)pjtani]  ;;  p.  98 

XLVIII 

'hisser  [isc]  h  211 

Histoires  des  croisades  (istwa:r 

(If  krw(iza(:)(l]  //   101 
hiver  (ivt:r]  r  2(>3,  p.  150  lxiv 


206 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


*hoia  [ola]  a  50 
•HoUande  [ola:d]  ff  211 
'homard  [oma:r]  h  211 
homme  [om]  mm  233 ;  in  p.  57  xxii 
•Hongrie  [5gri]  H  211 
honnetete  [onette]  nn  146 
honneur  [onoeir]  nn  239;  ew  p.  49 

XVI 

honorable  [onora(:)bl]  n  146 

'honte  [5:t]  h  4,  211,  p.  163  lxvi 

hopital  [opital]  6  97,  p.  43  xi 

'hoquet  [oke]  h  211 

Horatien  [orasje]  t  286 

Horatius  [orasjys]  t  p.  117  liii 

horrible  [orribl]  rr  168 

'hors  [o:r]  h  211 

*hors  d'oeuvre  [or  d  oe:vr]  h  2\l 

'hors  ligne  [or  liji]  h  211 

hosanna  [oza(n)na]  o  101 

hospice  [ospis]  o  110,  p.  43  xi 

hostie  [osti]  ti  290 

hostile  [ostil]  o  108,  p.  43  xi 

hotel  [otel]  6  97,  p.  43  xi 

'houblon  [ublo]  h  211 

'houille  [u:j]  h  211 

'hourra  [ura]  /i  211 

'housse  [us]  /i  211 

*houx  [u]  h  211;  ou  p.  45  xiv; 

X  p.  122  LVii 
'huant  [ija]  wan  162 
'huche  [ySl  h  211 
Hudson  [ytso]  d  p.  162  lxv 
'Hugo  [ygo]  //  211 
'huguenot  [ygno]  /i  211 
'Hugues  [yg]  p.  162  lxv 
huile  [iii(:)l]  ui  4,  p.  64  xxv 
huissier  [qisje]  mi  p.  64  xxv 


♦halt  [qit]  h  31,  211,  213,  371;  t 

298,  302;  p.  156  lxiv 
'huitaine  [ijiten]  h  213 
*huit  enf  ants  [qit  afa]  I  p.  156  lxiv 
'huit  heures  [qit  a'lr]  t  302 
'huitieme  [qitjem]  h  31,  213,  215, 

317,  371,  390 
'huitiemement  [qitjemma]  h  213 
'huit  jours  [qi  suir]  t  p.  156  lxiv 
'huit  poire  s  [qi  pwa:r]  t  302 
Humbert  [5be:r]  um  142 
humble  [de:bl]  um  4,  14,  144,  p. 

56  XXI 
humblement  [oebbma]  um  144, 

p.  56  XXI 
'huppe  [yp]  /i  211 
'hurlement  [yrbma]  e  393 
'hurler  [yrle]/i211 
'hussard  [ysa:r]  h2\l 
'hussite  [ysit]  h  p.  152  lxiii 
'hutte  [yt]  h  211 
'hyacinthe  [jase:t]  ?/a  152;  ?/  154; 

/t211 
'Hyacinthe  [jaseit]  p.  162  lxv 
hygiene  [i3Je:n]  ih  p.  60  xxiii 
hymen  [imen]  [ime]   en   133;  n 

241,  p.  96  XLVi,  p.  156  lxiv, 

p.  162  lxv 
hjonne  [imn]   ymn  140,  p.  156 

LXIV 

hypocrite  [ipokrit]  y  96 


i  [i]  22,  24;  94,  120;  [j]  153;  383, 

389 
i  [i]  94,  95 


INDEX 


207 


-ia  [ja]  152 

-iai  [je]  152 

-ian  [ja]  161,  162 

-iau  [jo]  152 

ibidem  [ibidem]  p.  161  XIV 

ibis  [ibi:s]  s  275 

ici  [isi]  i  p.  37  ix 

idem  [idem]  em  134,  p.  163  Lxvi; 

p.  161  XIV;  m  235 
idiome  [idjomi]  o  14,  111 
idiote  [id jot]  io  152 
idyUe  [idil]  ijll  232,  p.  156  lxiv 
-ie,  -ie  [je]  [je]  152 
-ieil  [je:j]  il  226 
-ieille  [jeij]  iU  226 
-ien  [je]  en  135,  136,  161,  162; 

[ja]  en  135,  Note 
-lent  of  verbs  ^351 
-ieu  [jo]  152 
if  [if]/  p.  76  XXXVI 
ignoble  [iji,)bl]  (jn  p.  81  XL 
ignorant  [ijura]  gn  p.  81  xl;  o  p. 

43x1 
(i)il  [(i)j]  il  226 
(i)ille  [(i)j]  ill  226 
U  [il]  [i]  31,  386,  389 
-il  [j]  [il]  01,  118,  127,  150,  155, 

224-227,  329;   final  [il]   [i]   [j] 

228-230 
il    conquiert    une    province    |il 

kr)kj(:r  yn  i)r.)vf:.s]  /  MSO 
il  court  au  feu  [il  kii:r  o  fo]  I  356 
(ilj  coiite  [(ilj  kiit]  on  j).  45  xiv 
ile  |ir:jl)  i  29,  95 
il  ecrit  une  reponse  [il  ckrit  yn 

rop.ji.s]  I  334 
il  en  a  dix  [ilrmadi.s]  J- p.  121  i-\ii 


il  est  alle  aux  Arts  et  metiers  [il 
et  ale  oz  a:rz  e  metje]  A  p.  153 

LXIII 

il  est  done  arrive  [il  c  dok  arive] 

c341 
il  est  fort  et  bien  bati  [il  e  fo:r  e 

bje  buti]  t  352 
il  est  grand  et  beau  [il  e  gra  e 

bo]  (/  p.  141  LX 
il  est  leger  et  etourdi  [il  e  le5e  e 

eturdi]  /•  347 
il  est  suspect  i  son  parti  [il  e 

sj'spek  a  so  jjarti]  [il  c  sj'spc  a 

s5  parti]  ccl  353 
il  est  venu  vendredi  Ie  trois  mars 

[il    8    vany    vadrodi    la    trwa 

mars]  v,  m  398 
il  etudie  Ie  franfais  [il  etydi  la 

frase]  /  399 
il    extravaguait    [il    ckstravage] 

(]\i(i  197 
il  faut  ecrire  [il  fot  ekrin]  t  333 
il  faut  essayer  [il  fot  eseje]  t  350 
il  harangua  [il  araga]  gua  197 
m-  [il]  232 
-m  [j]  [il]  42,  168;  91,  118,  127, 

150,  155,  224-227,  232,  329 
il  I'a  [i  1  a]  384 
il  I'aime  [il  e:m]  388 
illegal  [illegal]  II  168;  ill  231 
illettre  [ilictre]  I  43 
illimite  [illimite]  II  108 
illisible  [i(ljlizi(:)bl]  I  43;  ill  231; 

i  p.  37  IX 
illusion  [illyzjo]  II  168 
illustre  [illystr]  II  168 
illustrer  [idjiysire]  ill  231 


208 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


n  m'a  dit:  «Faites-le  toujours)) 

[il  ni  a  di:  ((fct  lo  tu3u:r»]  7,  F 

396 
(il)  meurt  [(il)  mcc:r]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
il  meurt  avec  courage  [il  moe:r 

avck  kuniis]  t  356 
il  ne  salt  pas  [il  na  se  pa]  e  394 
il  nous  aime  [il  nuz  e:m]  s  332 
il  rompt  [il  r5]  om  p.  55  xx 
ils  [il]  [i]  31,  389 
ils  aiment  [ilz  c:m]  n  244;  e  391 
ils  aimerent  [ilz  emeir]  n  244 
il  salt  [il  se]  [il  se]  ai  82,  124,  322, 

p.  32  VII,  p.  49  XVI 
ils  chantent  [il  yi\\]  n  244 
ils  chanterent  [il  ^uteir]  n  244 
ils  content  [il  k5:t]  e  p.  30  vi 
ils  haissent  [il  ais]  i  p.  156  lxiv 
il  se  conduit  bien  en  classe  [il 

S9  k.xlqi  bj£  a  kla:s]  n  378 
ils  entendent  [il  utu:d]  n  p.  96 

XLVII 

il  s'en  va  [il  s  u  va]  384 

il   serait  bon   qu'il   arrivat   au- 

jourd'hui  [il  sare  b5  k  il  ariva 

03urdqi]  t  356 
ils  se  rendent  en  classe  deux  a 

deux  [ilsora:dta  klaisdoz  ado] 

d,  X  p.  141  Lix 
il  s'est  offert  a  le  soigner  [il  s  et 

ofe:r  a  b  swajie]  t  356 
ils  etudient  bien  [ilz  etydi  bje]  s 

p.  141  LIX 

ils  excellent  [ilz  eksel]  e  p.  30  vi 
ils  finirent  [il  fini:r]  n  244 
ils  finissent  [il  finis]  n  244 
ils  querront  [il  kerro]  rr  168 


il  tient  a  cela  [il  tjet  a  sala]  t  351 

il  vainc  [il  ve]  c  p.  71  xxxi 

il  vient  a  temps  [il  vjet  a  tu]  t 

351 
il  y  a  [il  j  a]  ?/  153 
il  y  en  a  [il  j  un  a]  y  153 
H  y  a  cinq  ans  [il  j  a  sek  a]  q  p. 

141  LIX 

il  y  en  a  neuf  [il  j  dn  a  ncef]  /  194 
il  y  en  a  sept,  huit,  vingt  [il  j  u 

a  set,  qit,  veit]  t  302 
im  [e]  135;  [im]  138 
image  [ima:5]  im  138;  m  p.  57 

XXII 

imbecile  [ebesil]  im  135 
imbecillite  [ebesi(l)lite]  ill  232 
imbroglio  [ebroljo]  g  204 
-imes  [im]  i  15 
imltable  [imitabl]  im  138 
imite  [imite]  i  p.  37  ix 
imm-  [im]  138,  168,  238 
immacule    [iinakyle]   imm    138; 
7nm,  p.  94  xlv;  m  p.  96  xlvii 
immanent  [immana]  mm  168 
immediat  [i(m)medja]  m  43;  im, 

p.    163  LXVI,  LXVII 

immense  [imu:s]  imm  138;  mm 

168,  p.  94  xLv;  m  p.  96  xlvii; 

im.  p.  156  lxiv 
immeuble    [i(m)moe(:)bl]    m   p. 

90  xlvii;  im  p.  156  lxiv 
immigration  [imigrasjo]Mnm  138, 

146 
imminent  [i(m)mina]  mm  p.  57 

XXII 

immobile  [immobil]  m.m  168;  iin 
p.  156  LXIV 


INDEX 


209 


immodeste  [i(m)mod8st]  mm  p. 

57  XXII ;  im  p.  156  lxiv 
hmnoler  [imolo]  m  p.  96  xlvii; 

im  p.  156  LXIV 
immonde  [immoid]  m  43 
immoral    [i(m) moral]    mm    168, 

238;  im  p.  156  lxiv 
immortel  [i(in)mortel]  mm  p.  94 

XLv;  m  p.  96  xlvii 
immune  [immyn]  mm  168 
impartial  [t-parsjal]  I  282 
impartialite  [eparsjalite]  t  p.  117 

Mil 

impatiemment  [epasjama]  t  287 
impatience  [fpasjuis]  t  287 
impatient  [epasja]  t  287 
impatientant  [fpasjata]  I  287 
impatienter  [r-pasjuto]  t  287 
importun  [fi).)rt(l']  un  p.  56  xxi 
imposant  [r-poza]  im  45 
impot  [v]io]  I  295 
Imprimes  [rprime]  431 
impromptu  [r-pr5i)ty]  p  248 
in  l£i  135,  243,  p.  56  xxi  B;  161; 

[in]  138,  146,  242 
inaction  [inaksj")]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
inadequat  [inadckvva]  p.  117  liv 
inanime  [iniiniriic]  n  146,  239 
inaper^u  [iiiaprrsy]  in  138 
inattentif  (inatfitif]  /(  146 
incognito  |rk.)jiito]  (jii  40 
incomprehensibilite    [rk.lprcd- 

.sil)ilit(l  25 
inconstant  [ek.lstu]  in  45 
incorrect  Irkarfkt]  t  296 
incroyable    [tkrwaja(:)bl]   oij   [). 

156  LXIV 


indemniser  [edamnize]  e  55 
indemnite  [cdamnite]  c  55;  m  234 
index  [cdeks]  x  310;  in  p.  53  xix 
indigo  [edigo]  o  99 
indirect  [edirekt]  I  296 
in-dix-huit  [e  diz  qit]  t  299 
in-douze  [£  du:z]  in  243,  p.  163 

LXVI 

indult  [edylt]  t  299 

inegal  [inegal]  in  44 

inerte  [inert]  in  138 

ineptie  [incpsi]  ti  292;  t  p.  117 

Liii;  in,  t  p.  163  lxvi 
inertia  [incrsi]  ti  292;  t  p.  117  liii; 

in,  t  p.  163  LXVI 
inexact  [inegzakt]  in  44;  t  296 
inexpugnable  [ine(k)spygna(:)bl] 

(jn  200 
in  extenso  [in  rksteso]  n  242 
in  extremis  [in  ekstremis]  n  242 
infect  [tfekt]  /  296 
in-folio   [ffjljo]  in  243,  p.   161 

XIV 
ingredient    [igredju]    ien   p.    65 

XXVI 

inhabile  [inabil]  h  39,  209;  in  138; 

n  p.  96  XLVI 
inhabitable  [inahitahl]  h  39 
inherent  liiicra]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
inhospitable  [inospitahl]  h  39 
inhumain  [iiiyniC]  h  39 
inimitie  [iiiiniiljc]  ti.  293;  /  p.  117 

Lll 

initial  linisjai]  t  267,  282;  in,  I  p. 

156  lxiv 
initiation  |ini.sja.sj5]  ti  293 
initiative  |illi^jati:v]  i  p.  37  ix 


210 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


initier  [inisje]  ti  293;  t  p.  117  liii 
inn-  [in]  138 

inne  [inne]  n  43;  inn  138,  168; 

nn  239,  p.  57  xxii,  p.  156  lxiv 

innocemment  [inosama]  n  p.  57 

XXII 

innocence  [inosais]  in  44;  nn  239 
innocent  [inosa]  inn  138;  «n  146 
innombrable    [innSbrabl]   n   43; 

in  4A,  p.  156  lxiv;  inn  138;  nn 

p.  96  XL VI 
innovation    [inovasjo]    n    p.    96 

XLVii;  in  p.  156  lxiv 
innover  [innove]  nn  p.  57  xxii 
in-octavo  [inoktavo]  n  242;  in  p. 

163  lxvi 
inodore  [inodo:r]  n  p.  57  xxii 
inoui  [inwi]  n  p.  57  xxii;  in  p. 

156  LXIV 
in  pace  [in  pase]  n  242 
in  partibus  [in  partibys]  n  242 
in  petto  [in  petto]  n  242 
in  piano  [in  piano]  n  242 
in-quarto  [ekwarto]  in   243;  qu 

256;  in,  u  p.  163  lxvi 
inquiet  [ekje]  qu  254 
in-seize  [ese.:z]  in.  243 
insomnie  [esomni]  m  234 
inspirer  [espire]  in  44 
instant  [esta]  in  38,  44 
in  statu   quo    [in  staty   kwo]   n 

242 
instiller  [esti(l)le]  il  232 
instinct  [este]  in  135;  ct  164,  p. 

163  lxvi;  c  p.  71  xxxi;  n  p. 

96  XLVii 
instruire  [estrijiir]  in  44 


instrument  [estryma]  38 

intact  [ttakt]  t  296 

intelligence    [etelisais]    I   p.    87 

XLIII 

intelligent  [etelisa]  II  220 
interet  [etere]  t  295 
interim  [eterim]  m  235 
inutile    [inytil]    in    44,    p.    156 

LXIV 

invasion  [evasjS]  a  60 

-io  [jo]  152 

-ion  [j5]  161,  162 

iris  [iri:s]  s  275 

irr-  initial  [irr]  rr  168,  259 

irraisonnable    [i(r)rezona(:)bl]   r 

p.  104  L 
irrationnel  [irrasjonel]  rr  168 
irreconciliable  [i(r)rek5silja:bl]  r 

p.  104  L 
irregulier  [i(r)regylje]  r  p.  104  l 
irreparable  [irreparabl]  rr  168 
irritable  [irritabl]  r  43 
irritant  [irrita]  rr  168 
irruption  [irrypsjS]  rr  168;  r  p. 

104  L 
Islam  [islam]  a  54 
islamisme    [islamism]   i  p.    152 

LXIII 

Islande  (1')  [isla:d]  s  p.  162  Lxv 

Israel  [izrael]  s  271 

isthme   [ism]   t  301;  th  p.    156 

LXIV 

italien  [italje]  ien  p.  65  xxvi 
item  [item]  m  235 
-ites  [it]  i  15 
-itie  [isi]  t  281 
-iu  [jy]  152 


INDEX 


211 


j  [31]  [39]  22,  24;  [5]  217,  338 

Jacob  [sakob]  b  171 

Jacob  est  venue  [sakob  e  vanj^] 

6  339 
Jacques  [5a:k]  j  p.  86  xlii 
jadis    [3adi.s]    [3adis],   old   [3adi] 

[3adi]  a  64;  s  275,  p.  156  lxiv, 

p.  163  Lxvii 
j'ai  [5  e]  31;  ai  82,  124,  322,  p.  49 

x^^;  J  p.  86  xlii 
J'ai  rhonneur  d'etre,  Madame, 

votre  tres  devoue  et  respec- 

tueux  ami  [5  v  1  jna'ir  d  e:tr, 

madam,  voir  tre  devwe  e  re- 

spektq0z  ami]  429 
j'aime  [3  e:m]  384 
jais  [5c]  j  p.  86  XLII 
jalap  [5alap]  p  250 
j'aUai  I5  ale]  ai  82 
jalouse  [3alu:z]  ou  p.  45  xrv 
jaloux  [5alu]  ou  p.  45  xiv;  x  p. 

122  Lvii 
jamais  [3ame]  ais  90;  j  217;  ai  p. 

36  VIII 
jambe  [30  :b]  am  131 
Japhet  isafct  ]  t  299 
jardin  [3ardf]  j  p.  86  xlii 
jardiner  [sardine]  r  262 
j'argue  I5  argy]  gw;  197 
jars  [3a:r]  j  p.  86  xlii 
jase  [3'i:zJ  a  60 

j'assieds  I3  asje]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
jatte  l3at]  j  p.  86  xlii 
jaune  l3o:ii] .;'  201 
j'aurai  [3  .jre]  I3  ore]  ai  82;  au, 

112,  126,  325 


je  [39]  e  66;  383,  385,  397 
Jean  [5a]  i  4,  217;  e  78,  116,  p. 

30  ^t;  an  p.  51  xviii,  p.  56 

XXI  B 
Jean  est  petit  [3U  e  pati]  n  377 
Jean  et  Alexis  [3a  e  aleksi]  t  p. 

141  LX 

Jeanne  [30:11]  e  78,  116,  p.  30  vi; 

ca  p.  163  Lxvi 
je  chantai  [3a  Sate]  ai  124,  321 
je  chanterai  [3a  Satre]  ai  322 
je  conduirai  [3a  kodqire]  ai  p.  49 

XVI 

je  confonds   [3a  kofo]  d  p.   74 

xxxiv 
je  conjuguais  [5a  kosyge]  gua  197 
je  courrai  [3a  kurre]  rr  168 
je  distinguai  [3a  distege]  gua  197 
je  dois  aller  [3a  dwaz  ale]  s  333 
je  donnerai  [3a  donre]  ai  p.  32 

VII 

je  faisais  [30  faze]  ai  p.  156  lxiv 
je  le  crois  [3a  1  krwa]  e  73 
je  le  donne  [3a  1  don]  e  73 
je  louerai  [3a  lure]  e  p.  30  vi 
je  mangeai  [3a  ma3e]  ai  82 
je  m'assieds  [3a  m  asje]  e  80 
je  mords  [3a  m,):r]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
je  ne  sais  pas  [3a  n  se  pa]  c  394 
Jenny   Lind    [3cni    lind]    [senni 

lind]  d  p.  74  XXXV 
je  paierai  [3a  pejre]  e  p.  30  vi 
je  parlai  [3a  parle]  ai  322 
je  parlerais  [3a  parlrc]  ai  321, 

p.  32  VII 
je  prevaux  [30  prcvo]  x  p.  122 

LVII 


212 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


je   repands   [59  repa]   d  p.   74 

XXXIV 

je  romps  [59  r5]  p  p.  157  lxiv 

Jersey  berze]  s  271 

Jerusalem  [seryzalem]  em  134, 

235 
Jerusalem  est  vaincu  [seryzalem 

e  veky]  m  374 
je  sais  [3a  se]  [30  se]  ai  82,  124, 

322,  p.  32  VII 
Jesus  [3ezy(:s)]  j  p.  86  xlii,  p. 

156  lxiv 
Jesus-Christ     [5ezy    kri]     [5ezy 

krist]  s  272;  <  301;  s,  st  p.  156 

lxiv,  p.  161  XIV 
jet  bd  j  217 

jeu  [50]  j  201 ;  eu  p.  44  xii 
jeudi  [30di]  eu  114,  p.  44  xii,  p. 

49  XVI 
jeun  [3*]  eun  p.  56  xxi  B 
jeune  [30011]  eu  118,  127,  327,  p. 

45xiii;i217 
jeune  [30:11]  eu  114,  127 
jeuner    [50ne]    eH    114,    p.    49 

XVI 

jeunesse  [scenes]  eu  p.  44  xii 

jeuneur  [30noe:r]  eH  p.  49  xvi 

jeuneuse  [30n0!z]  etl  p.  49  xvi 

(j')eus  [3y]  u  p.  46  xv 

je  verrai  [53  verre]  ai  82 

je  viendrai  [50  vjSdre]  ai  82 

Je  vous   embrasse   tendrement 

(affectueusement)      [39      vuz 

ahras  tcidroma   (af8ktii0zmu)] 

429 
Je  vous  prie  d'agreer  I'expres- 

sion  de  ma  consideration  dis- 


tingue e  [30  vu  pri  d  agree 
1  ekspresjo  da  ma  kosiderasjS 
distege]  428 

Je  vous  prie  de  croire  a  I'expres- 
sion  de  mes  meilleurs  senti- 
ments [■59  vu  pri  dd  krwair  a 
1  ekspresjo  do  me  mejocir  su- 
tima]  428 

Je  vous  prie,  Madame,  d'agreer 
I'expressionde  meshommages 
respectueux  [33  vu  pri,  ma- 
dam, d  agree  1  ekspresjo  da 
mez  oma:3  respektqo]  429 

Je  vous  serre  cordialement  la 
main  [39  vu  se:r  kordjalina  la 
me]  427 

Je  vous  souhaite  une  bonne  at 
heureuse  annee  [39  vu  swet  yn 
bon  e  oer0:z  anc]  430 

j'irai  [5  ire]  ai  p.  49  xvi 

j'irais  [3  ire]  ai  321,  322 

Joab  [3oab]  b  171 

Joab  etait  neveu  de  David  [scab 
cte  novo  da  duvid]  b  339 

Joad  [3oad]  d  p.  74  xxxv 

joaillerie  [swajri]  oaille  226 

joaillier  [5wajc]  oaille  226 

Job  [30b]  b  171 

jockey  [soke]  [soke]  k  218 

joindre  [sweidr]  in  136,  p.  53  xix 
oi  p.  62  xxiv;  j  p.  86  xlii 

joint  [swe]  j  p.  86  xlii 

joli  [3oli]  [3a-li]  j  201,  217 

jonc  [30]  c  179,  340;  on  p.  56  xxi 
B;j  p.  86  XLII 

jonquille  [s^kiCOj]  j  P-  86  xlii 

Joseph  [sozef]  j  p.  86  xlii 


INDEX 


213 


Josephine  [sozefin]  j  p.  86  xlii 
jouai  [3we]  oua  p.  62  xxrv 
jouant  [5\va]  ouan  p.  65  xxvi 
jouer  [5we]  oue  156,  p.  62  xxiv; 

j  p.  86  XLII 
jouer  aux  echecs  [5we  oz  c^e]  c 

p.  71  XXXI 
jouet  [5\\t]  oue  156 
joueur  [5\va?:r]  oueii  156 
joueuse  (5\vo:z]  oiieu  156 
joug  (5u]  [5u(:)g]  g  205,  206,  365, 

p.  156  LXiv,  p.  163  Lxvii 
jouir  f5\vi:r]  36 
joujou  [5U5U]  on  128,  328,  p.  45 

xiv;i217 
jouons  [5w5]  ouon  162 
jour  \yr.r\  on  1 10,  p.  45  xiv 
Journal  des  Savants  [suriial  dc 

savul  ./,  .S  406 
joumee  [surne]  j  p.  86  xlii 
joute  [sut]  j  p.  86  xlii 
jouter  [suto]  on  p.  49  xvi 
joyeusement  [swajozma]  e  393 
Joyeuse  Noel  [3wajo:z  noel]  430 
joyeux  (swajit]  _;  p.  86  xlii 
judaisme  [sydaisin]   [^ydaizm]  ./ 

399 
Judas  (,syd(i]  (I  59 
Judith  l.sydil)  Ih  299 
juge  Liyi.il  "  1-0 
juif  l^qifl  /  192;  j  \).  86  xlii 
juillet    (syjfftjl    [3yljt-(t)l    (z'li- 

jcftj]  uille  226,  p.  1()3  lxvi 
juin  \^\\£\  in  136,  p.  53  xix;  %dn 

162; ./  1).  86  XLii 
julep  l.iylcpl  i>  250 

Jules  l.yVl]./   p.   SC)  XI-! I 


Julian  [syljc]  j  p.  86  xlii 

jumelles  [symel]  j  p.  86  xlii 

Jupiter  [3ypitc:r]  r  263 

jus  [3y]  s  273 

jusqu'a  [3ysk  a]  386 

jusqu'a   la   mort   de   Henri   IV 

[3y,sk  a  la  mo:r  d  ari  katr]    // 

212 
jusqu'alors  [3ysk  al.iir]  386 
jusque  [3y.sk(3)]  e  386 
jusqu'en  [5ysk  a]  386 
jusqu'ici  [3\'sk  isi]  386 
juste  [s.yst]  j  217;  u  p.  46  xv 
jute  [3yt]  j  p.  86  xlii 


k  [ka]  [ko]  22,  24;  [k]  218,  255; 

final  [k]  165,  343 
kepi  [k(>pi]  k  218 
kilo  [kilo]  k  21s      . 
kilogramme  [kibgram]  k  218 
kilometre  [kibmctr]  22;  k  218 
kiosque  [kj.)sk]  k  218 
kirsch  Ikir^]  .sc/i  278 
Kleber  [klchfir]  r  263 
knout  lUnut]  /  299 
Kremlin  [krcinlf]  m  235 


1  |fl]  [b]22,  24;  91;  final  [1]  165, 
221,  344;  liquid  [j]  155,  224- 
228,  329;  .silent  223,  230 

la  llal  a  31,  49,  385,  3S8,  p.  21 
III,  p.  S7  xLHi;  I  220;  110 

la  llal  //  .")() 


214 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


La  balle  etait  derriere  une  chaise 
au  salon  [la  bal  ete  derjeir  yn 
5e:z  o  sal3]  e  395 

la  basse  Bretagne  [la  bas  brataji] 
5  410 

la  BastiUe  [la  basti(:)j]  B  p.  153 

LXIII 

I'abbe  de  I'Epee  [1  abe  da  1  epe] 

^411 
la  Beotie  [la  beosi]  t  281 
la  Biographle  Didot  [la  biografi 

dido]  B,  D  403 
laboureur    [laburoc:r]    on    p.    45 

XIV 

la  Bruyere  [la  bryjc:r]  B  410 
lac  [lak]  a  p.  21  iii;  c  p.  70  xxx 
I'Academie  des  sciences  [1  aka- 

demi  de  sjciis]  .4  404 
la    caisse    d'epargne     [la    ke:s 

d  eparji]  c,  e  p.  153  lxiii 
La  campagne  est  belle  et  agre- 

able  en  juin  [la  kapaji  e  bel  e 

agrea(:)bl  a  3we]  e  395 
la  cathedrale  d' Amiens  est  ma- 

gnifique  [la  katedral  d  aniji(n) 

e  majiifik]  s  368 
lacet  [Inse]  [lase]  a  64 
la  chambre  des  lords  [la  5a:br  de 

b:r]  I  p.  153  lxiii 
la  chambre  des  pairs  [la  Su:br  de 

pe:r]  p  p.  153  lxiii 
la    chancellerie    de    la    Legion 

d'honneur    [la    ^us^lri    da    la 

le5J5  d  onoe:r]  L  p.  153  lxiii 
lache  [la:S]  ch  182 
la  Chevre  et  la  Brebis  [la  Se:vr  e 

la  brobi]  C,  B  407 


la  congregation  de  Saint-Lazare 

[la  kogregasjo  da  se  laza:r]  S, 

L417 
la  cote  d'Or  [la  kot  d  oir]  c,  O  418 
la  cour  des  Miracles  [la  ku:r  de 

miraikl]  M  405 
la     Critique     de     I'Ecole     des 

femmes  [la  kritik  da  1  ekol  de 

fam]  C,  E  406 
lacs  [lak]  a  54;  c  180 
la  demande  [la  dma:d]  e  394 
la  Divine  Comedie  [la  divin  ko- 

medi]  D,  C  402 
I'administration     des     domains 

[1  administrasjo   de   dome(!)n] 

p.  153  lxiii 
I'administration     des     douanes 

[1  administrasJD   de   dwan]   p. 

153  lxiii 
I'administration    des    monnaies 

[1  administrusj5   de   mone]    p. 

153  lxiii 
I'administration  des  postes  [1  ad- 

ministrasjS    de    post]    p.    153 

lxiii 
la    dynastie   merovingienne    [la 

dinasti  merovesjen]  d,  m  408 
la    dynastie    napoleonienne    [la 

dinasti  napoleonjen]  d,  n  408 
La  Fayette  [la  fajet]  y  154;  ay  p. 

163  Lxvi 
la   fontaine    des   Innocents    [la 

f5te(:)n  dez  inosa]  /  405 
la  Genisse  [la  genis]  G  407 
la  Geographie  de  Crozat  [la  seo- 

grafi  da  kroza]  G,  C  403 
La  Guar  da  [la  gwarda]  Gua  199 


INDEX 


215 


la  guerre  eclate  entre  eux   [la 

geir  eklat  atr  o]  e  392 
la  hache  [la  aS)  h  216 
la  haie  [la  e]  h  216 
la  halle  aixx  bles  [la  al  o  ble]  h 

p.  153  Lxiii 
la  halle  aiix  cuirs  [la  al  o  kqi:r] 

h  p.  153  LXIII 
la  halle  aux  draps  [la  al  o  dra] 

h  p.  153  LXIII 
la  halle  aux  poissons    [la  al  o 

pwaso]  h  p.  153  lxiii 
la  harpe  [la  arp]  h  21Q 
la    Haute-Mame   [la   o:t  mam] 

H,  M  410 
la  Havane  [la  avan]  //  410 
laHaye  [la  e]  7/211 
la  honte  [la  5:t]  h  210,  379 
laid  [It]  c  76 

laid  animal  [kt  animal]  d  363 
laide  [le:d]  c  76,  p.  30  vi 
I'aigle     de     Meaux     (Bossuet) 

[1  e(:)gl  da  mo  (bosqe)]  M,  B 

p.  153  LXIII 
I'aigle  de  Patmos   (saint  Jean) 

[1  e(:)gl  do  patmjs  {av.  3uj]  /-", 

J  p.  153  LXIII 
Laissez  la  porte   et  la  fenetre 

ouvertes  [If.sc  la  port  e  la  fnc:tr 

uvert]  e  395 
lait  [Ic]  I  p.  87  XLiii 
laiterie  [ktri]  46 
la  Jeune  Femme  colere  [la  5(111 

faiFi  koU:r|  ./,  F  402 
la   legation   russe   k   Berlin    [la 

ic(^(isjo  rys  a  btrlt]   r  p.    153 

LXIII 


la  Mare  au  diable  [la  ma:r  o 
dja(:)bl]  [la  ma:r  o  dja:bl]  M 
401 

Tambassade  tiirque  a  Paris 
[labasa(:jd  tyrk  a  pari]  t  p. 
153  LXIII 

lame  [lam]  ;«  233 

I'ame  [I  aim]  388 

Lamennais  [lamne]  e  p.  30  \t: 

I'amirautee  de  Londres  [1  ami- 
rote  da  lo:dr]  L  p.  153  lxiii 

lampe  [lu:p]  am  131,  p.  51  x^^II 

la  musee  de  Versailles  [la  myze 
do  ^■tTsu:j]   V  p.  153  lxiii 

I'an  [1  a]  an  p.  56  xxi  B;  I  p.  87 

XLIII 

I'Ancien  Testament   [1  usje  tes- 

taiim]  A,  T  402 
I'Ange  de  I'ecole  (saint  Thomas 

d'Aquin)    [1 0:3    do    1  ok,)l    (sc 

t  JUKI  d  akt-)]  -1,  T  p.  153  lxiii 
I'ange  des  tenebres  (le  diable) 

[1  ("1:5  de  tene(:)br  (lo  dja:bl)]  I 

]).  153  lxiii 
langue  [ld:g]  ayi  p.  56  xxi  B 
langue     d'ofl     [la:g  d  ail]    [la:g 

d  j(:)j]  (7  229 
la    Nouvelle-Ecosse    [la    nuvtl 

ckos]  422 
la   Nouvelle   Heloise    [la  nuvel 

(■l.)i:z]  .V,  //  402 
la    Nouvelle-Orleans    [la    nuvel 

orlc'u]  422 
lanteme  [lot  em]  t  279 
Laon  |lu]  o  103 
la  onzieme  [la  ozjnn]  390 
la  ouate  [la  wat]  215,  371 


216 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


la  petite  [la  ptit]  e  394 

la  Petite  Fadette  [la  patit  fadet] 

P,  F  402 
lapis  [lapiis]  s  p.  109  li 
la  place  Saint-Marc  a  Venise  [la 

plas  semair  a  vaniiz]  c  340 
la  porte  Saint-Martin  [la  jaort  sg 

iiiarte]  S  409 
laps  [laps]  p  248;  s  275 
I'archeveque  Blanchet  [1  ar^svek 

blaSe]  B  41 1 
la  reforme  de  Sainte-Therese  [la 

reform  da  se:tterE:z]  S,  T  417 
la  regie  des  tabacs  [la  resi  de 

taba]  r,  t  p.  153  lxiii 
la   reine    d'Angleterre    [la    rem 

d  agbteir]  .4  414 
la  reine  d'Espagne  [la  rem  d  es- 

paji]  E  414 
largeraent  [larsama]  c  393 
largeur  [lar3oe:r]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
la  robe   est  rouge   [la  ro(:)b  e 

ru:5]  c  392 
La  Rochefoucauld  [la  rj^fuko]  I 

223;  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
la  RocheUe  [la  roSel]  i?  410 
I'Arsenal    [1  arsonal]    A    p.    153 

LXIII 

I'art   oratoire    [1  a:rt  oratwa:r]    t 

382 
la  rue  de  la  Bruyere  [la  ry  da  la 

l)ryje:i]  B  410 
la   rue    de    I'Ecluse    [la    ry    da 

1  ekly:z]  E  410 
larynx  [lareiks]  yn  135;  x  310 
las  [la]  a  59;  s  273;  I  p.  87  xliii 
la  semaine  [la  sme(:)n]  e  394 


lasser  [Icise]  a  59 

lasting  [laste:g]  g  206 

Latium  [lasjom]  t  288 

la  tour  de  Babel  (c'est  a  dire,  de 

la  Confusion)  [la  tu:r  da  babel 

(s  et  a  di:r  da  la  kofyzj5)j  B,  C 

p.  153  Kxiii 
la  toty  de  Londres  [la  tuir  da 

l5:dr]  L  p.  153  lxiii 
la  tour  des  Vents  a  Athene  [la 

tu:r  de  vaz  a  atem]  V,  A  p. 

153  lxiii 
laudanimi  [lodanom]  u  113;  um 

p.  163  Lxvi 
Laure  [b:r]  au  112,  126,  325,  p. 

43  XI,  p.  49  XVI 
laurier  [brje]  au  112,  126,  325 
I'autocrate  de  toutes  les  Russies 

[1  ot  jkrat  do  tut  le  rysi]  /?  413 
Lauzun  [lo3fJe]  un  p.  56  xxi 
la  vallee  de  la  Vision  [la  vale  da 

la  vizjo]  V  p.  153  lxiii 
lave  [la:v]  a  p.  21  iii 
la  Vieille  roche  [la  vje(:)j  ro^]  V 

402 
la  Vieille  tante  [la  vje(:)j  ta:t]  V 

402 
la  yole  [la  jol]  371 
le  [la]  e  66,  383,  385,  391;  I  410 
-le  final  222,  260 
I'eau  [1  o]  I  p.  87  xliii 
le  bas  Canada  [la  ba  kanada]  C 

410 
le  Beam  [ijeair]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
le  bceuf  gras  [la  boe  graj  /  193 
le  bon  et  le  mauvais  [la  bo  e  la 

move]  n  377 


INDEX 


217 


le  bon  sens  [lo  bo  sci]  s  275 

le  bourg  est  en  fete  [lo  bmrk  et 
u  fc:t]  g  p.  1-11  Lix 

le  Caire  [lo  ke:r]  C  410 

le  Camoens  [lo  kamotis]  C  410 

le  cap  des  Tempetes  [lo  kap  de 
tai.fit]  T  lOr, 

le  Capitole  a  Toulouse  trans- 
forme  en  hotel  de  ville  [la  ka- 
pitol  a  tulu:z  trusforme  an 
otel  do  vil]  C,  T  p.  153  lxiii 

le  chant  gregorien  [b  $&  gre- 
gorjt]  ;/  :i\}{) 

le  chapeau  d'Henri  [b  Sapo  d  dri] 
H  212 

le  Chatelet  [lo  ^dtk-]  C  p.   153 

LXIII 

le  chemln  est  court  et  facile  [lo 

Some  e  ku:r  e  fat^il]  I  352 
le  Chene  et  le  Roseau  [lo  $t:n  e 

lo  rozo]  C,  R  407 
le    cheval    d'Henri    [lo    5<^o)val 

(luril  //  212 
le  Cid  [lo  si(:jd]  d  190;  ('  410 
le  cinq  mars  (lo  sf:k  mcirs]  q  346; 

7,  .s  ]).  150  LXiv 
le  Cirque  [lo  sirk]  C  p.  153  lxiii 
Leclerc  [lokIc:r|  c  p.  71  xxxi 
le  coing  est  un  fruit  [lo  kwe  ct  (b 

frqi]  (/  3(55 
I'ecole  [1  ckol]  3.S4 
I'Ecole    des    chartes    [1  <kol    di; 

Sarlj  A'  101 
le   comptoir  d'escompte   |li   k.">- 

t \va:r  d  »sk."»:l  |  c,  r  \>.  153  LXiii 
le  comte  de  la  Guiche  [lo  ko:t  do 

lagi!>16'4IO 


le  comte   de  Monte   Cristo   [la 

koit  do  mote  kristo]  M,  C  411 

lefon  [l(o)s5]  on  p.  55  xx;  f  p.  70 

XXIX 

le  Conservatoire  de  musique  [lo 

kof:crvatwa:r  do  myzik]  C  404 

le  Conservatoire  des  arts  et  me- 
tiers [lo  koservatwair  dez  a:rz 
c  metje]  C  404 

le  consulat  de  Smyrna  [la  kSsyla 
do  smirn]  .S  p.  153  lxiii 

le  copeck  est  une  monnaie  russe 
[lo  koi)fk  ft  yii  inonc  rys]  k  343 

le  couvent  des  dominicains  [b 
kuvd  de  dominike]  c,  d  p.  153 

LXIII 

le  cri  des  hibottx  [lo  kri  de  ibu]  h 

379 
lecture  (Iikl\':r]  u  p.  46  xv 
le  czar  Nicholas  [b  tsa:r  nik,)ki] 

X  411 
le  desert  aride  [lo  dezeir  arid]  t 

35(5 
le  deux  points  [1.)  do  pwP]  le  420 
le    Dictionnaire    de   I'Academie 

[lo  diksjoueir  do  1  akadt'iiii]  I), 

A  403 
le  dix  avril  [lo  dis  avri(l)J  x  j). 

156  LXIV 
le    docteur  -Allard    [I o    dokt(i:r 

ala:r]  .1  411 
le  due  d'Enghien  (l>  dyk  d  ugi] 

A'  J 1 1 
le  due  de  Saint-Simon  [1  >  dyk  do 

sf-  .siiii:)]  S  109 
le  fait  est  reconnu  [lo  ft  t  e  ro- 

k.iny]  L  354 


218 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


le  faubourg  exterieur  [h  fobuir 

eksterjoe:r]  g  365 
Lefebvre  [lofevr]  6  172 
le  Flatteur  et  I'Envieux  [b  fla- 

ta?:r  e  1  avjo]  F,  E  407 
le  fleau  [b  fleho]  /i  216 
le  Franfais  [lo  frdse]  F  399 
le  froid  et  le  chaud  [b  frwat  e  b 

So]  d  362 
le  general  Boulanger  [b  3eneral 

bulase]  fi  411 
leger  [lese]  r  262;  Z  p.  87  XLiii 
legerete  [leserte]  e  393 
I'eglise  de  Saint-Pierre  [1  cgliiz 

cb  se  pje:r]  S  409 
I'eglise  des  penitents  gris  [1  egliiz 

de  penita  gri]  e,  p,  g  p.  153 

LXIII 

I'eglise  Saint-Germain-des-Pres 
I  [1  egliiz  se  serme  dc  pre]  *S'  409 
I'eglise  Sainte-Marie-aux-Neiges 

[1  egli:z  se:t  mari  o  ne.'s]  >S'  409 
I'eglise  Sainte-Marie-des-Fleurs 

[1  egliiz  S8:t  mari  de  flceir]  *S' 

409 
le   Glossaire   de   du   Cange    [b 

gbseir  d3  dy  ka:3]  G,  C  403 
Le  grand  ocean  [b  grat  osea]  d 

p.  141  LIX 
legs  [Ic]  [le(:)g]  g  205,  p.  156  lxiv, 

p.  163  Lxvii 
le  guillemet  fermant   [b  gijme 

ferma]  420 
le   guillemet   ouvrant   [b  gijme 

uvra]  420 
le    harem    attrayant    [la    arem 

atreja]  m  374 


le  haricot  [b  ariko]  h  210 
le  hasard  [b  aza:r]  h  379 
le  Havre  [b  a:vr]  [b  a:vr]  v  304; 

H  410 
le  heraut  [b  ero]  h  214 
le  heros  [b  ero]  h  210,  214,  216 
le  huit  du  mois  [lo  ijit  dy  mwa]  371 
le  huit  Janvier  [b  ijit  savje]  t  302 
le  huit  mai  [b  ijit  me]  t  p.  156 

LXIV 

le  huit  mars  [b  qit  mars]  h  213 
Leibnitz  [lebnits]  z  p.  122  lviii 
Leipsick  [Icpsik]  i  p.  162  lxv 
le    Jerusalem   delivre    [b   3ery- 

zalem   delivre]    [b   zerysalem 

deli\Te]  J  401 
le  lion  de  Saint-Marc  [la  lj5  da 

se  mair]  c  340 
Le  loup  court  encore  [la  lu  ku:r 

akair]  t  p.  141  lx 
le  Louvre  en  musee  [la  lu:vr  a 

myze]  L  p.  153  lxiii 
le  Luxembourg  en  senat  [b  lyk- 

sabu:r  a  sena]  L  p.  153  lxiii 
le  Maitre  et  le  Valet  [b  me:tr  e 

la  vale]  M,  V  407 
le  Malade  imaginaire  [b  malad 

imasineir]  M  401 
le  Mans  [la  ma]  M  410 
le   marc   et   le   franc   sont   des 

pieces  d'argent  [la  ma:r  e  b 

fra  so  de  pjes  d  arsa]  c  340 
le  marche  au  charbon  [b  mar^e 

o  5arb5]  ?n  p.  153  lxiii 
le  marche  aux  fieurs  [b  mar^e 

o  floeir]  m  p.  153  lxiii 
le  ministre  de  I'interieur  [b  mi- 


INDEX 


219 


nistr  da  1  eterjoeir]  m,  i  p.  153 

LXIII 

le  ministre  des  finances  [la  mi- 
nistr   de   finais]    m,  /  p.    153 

LXIII 

le  mont  Saint-Michel  W^  m3  se 

mijcl]  .S  409 
I'empereur  de  la  Chine  [1  uproeir 

dohiSicjn]  r  411 
Le  nabab  est  un  richard  [lo  nabab 

ft  (Je  ri\;a:i]  h,  t  p.  141  lix 
TEncyclopedie  de  Diderot  [1  asi- 

kljpcdi  da  didrol  E,  D  403 
lendemain    [ladmC]    [lanme]    p. 

15tj  LXIV 

le  neuf  aout  [la  ncrf  u]  /  p.  76 

XXXVI 

le  neuf  decembre   [la  nccf  do 

sa:br]  /  194 
le  neuf  de  pique  [la  na'f  da  pik] 

/  p.  70  XXXVI 
le  neuf  du  mois  [la  ncef  dy  mwa] 

/  p.  156  LXIV 
le  neuf  fevrier  [la  ncef  fevric]  / 

p.  76  xxxvi 
le  Nil  [la  nil]  il  229 
le  notre  (la  no:tr]  6  97 
le  Nouveau-Brunswick  [la  nuvo 

Imlzvikl  422 
lente  [lu:t]  en  p.  51  xviii 
le  onze  [la  .iiz)  215,  371 
le  onzieme  (la  azjcm]  215 
Leopold  (lcop.)ldl  d  190 
le  oui  (la  wi)  215 
le  palais  de  justice  (la  j)alc  da 

3y.stis[  /(,  j  \).  153  LXIII 
le  Palais-Royal  en  tribunal   [la 


palerwajal  a  tribynal]  P,   R 

p.  153  LXIII 
le  Paradis  perdu  [la  paradi  perdy 

P401 
le    parlement    d'Angleterre    [la 

parlania  d  aglateir]   A  p.   153 

LXIII 

le  pere  de  misericorde  (Dieu) 
[la  i)c:r  da  mizerikord  (djo)] 
D  p.  153  LXIII 

le  pere  du  mensonge  (Satan)  [la 
peir  dy  mas5:3  (sata)]  S  p.  153 

LXIII 

le  preau  [la  preho]  h  216 

le  premier  [la  pramje]  425 

le    premier    enfant    [la    pramjer 

fifd]  r  :!47 
le   premier   et  le   deuxieme   [la 

prainjc  v  la  dozjcin]  r  347 
le  president  Fallieres  [la  prezida 

faljtir]  f'411 
le  prince  de  Galles  [la  pre:s  da 

gal]  G'411 
le  prince  de  la  Paix  [la  preis  da 

la  i.t]  P  410 
le  professeur  Croizet  [la  i)r.)fe- 

s(i>:r  krwazr]  C  411 
le  Puy  jla  pqi]  P  410 
le  quai  aux  Fleurs  [la  ke  o  flcEir] 

/''  405 
le  renard  et  la  cigogne  [la  rana:r 

e  la  sigaji]  d  364 
le  rivage  troyen  [la  riva:3  trwaje] 

/  399 
le  roi  Alfonse  (la  rwu  alfais]  A  41 1 
le  roi  d'Angleterre  [la  rwu  d  ugla- 

tcir]  A  411 


220 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


le  roi  de  Portugal  [b  rwa  do  por- 

tygal]  P  414 
le    Royaume-Uni    de    Grande- 

Bretagne    et    (d')Irlande    [la 

rwajoim  yni  do  gru:d  brotaji 

e  d  irlaid]  422 
les  [le]  [le]  e  93;  Z  410 
le  Sage  (Salomon)  [b  sa:3  (sa- 

lomo)]  .S'  p.  153  Lxiii 
les  Anglo-Saxons  [lez  agio  sakso] 

A,  S  408 
les  Asiatiques  [\vz  azjatik]  A  399 
les  bacchanales   [le  bakanal]  b 

p.  152  LXIII 
les  Basses-Pyrenees  [le  bas  pi- 

rene]  B,  P  410 
les  benedictins  [le  benedilcte]  b 

416 
les  bons  enfants  [le  boz  ufa]  s 

331 
Lesbos  [lesbo:s]  s  274 
les  calvinistes  [le  kalvinist]  c  416 
les  catholiques  [le  katolik]  c  416 
les  cheminees  [le  ^mine]  e  394 
les  Commentaires  de  Cesar  [le 

komateir  da  sezair]  C  403 
les  cordeliers  [le  kordalje]  c  416 
les  Deux  Soeurs  [le  do  scE:r]  D, 

S  402 
les  dominicains  [le  dominike]  d 

416 
le  second  et  le  troisieme  [b  sagS 

e  b  trwazjem]  d  363,  p.  141  lx 
Les  empereurs  Marc  Aurele  et 

Marc     Antoine     [lez     aproe:r 

mark  orel  e  mark  atwan]  s,  c,  I 

p.  141  LIX 


le  senat  de  Rome  [b  sena  da 

r.)in]  R  p.  153  lxiii 
les  enfants  [lez  ufa]  s  331 
les  eimemis  en  fuite  [lez  enmiz  a 

fqit]  s  366 
le   sens  comun   [la  sa  komoe]  s 

275 
le  sentier  escarpe  [la  satje  es- 

karpe]  r  349 
le  sept  mai  [b  set  me]  t  302,  p. 

157  Lxiv 
les  Essais  de  Montaigne  [lez  ese 

da  m5te:ji]  E,  M  403 
les  Etats-Unis  [lez  etaz  yni]  422 
les  Europeens  [lez  a^ropee]  E  399 
les  Fausses  Confidences  [le  fos 

kofidcKs]  F,  C  402 
les  Francs  Merovingiens  [le  fra 

meravesje]  F,  M  408 
les  Gallo-Grecs  [le  gab  grek]  G 

408 
les  habits  [lez  abi]  h  208 
les  hardes  [le  ard]  /i  216 
les  haricots  [le  ariko]  h  210 
les  heures  [lez  oe:r]  h  208 
les  hommes  [lez  am]  h  208 
les  hommes,  les  femmes  et  les 

enfants  [lez  om,  le  famz,  e  lez 

ufa]  420 
les  Huns  [le  re]  im  p.  56  xxi 
les  huttes  des  sauvages  [le  yt  de 

sova:.,]  h  379 
le  Sieur  [b  sjce:r]  p.  161  XIV 
lesion  [lezja]  s  p.  109  li 
le  six  mars  [b  sis  mars]  x  p.  157 

LXIV 

les  jansenistes  [le  sasenist]  j  416 


INDEX 


221 


les  larmes  aux  yeux  [le  larm  oz 

jo]  s  370 
les  legitimistes  [le  lesitimist]  I 

-110 
les  lutheriens  [k  lytcrje]  I  416 
les    Moldo-Valaques    [le    moldo 

vahik]  M,  V  40S 
les  montagnes  de  la  Lune   [le 

motaji  <lo  la  lyii]  L  405 
les  nerfs  de  la  guerre  [le  ne:r  da 

la  gc:r]  /  p.  7G  xxxvii 
Les  oiseaux  chantent  [lez  wazo 

Sa:t]  L  396 
les  onze  enfants  [le  5:z  afu]  371 
les  orleanists  [lez  jrlcanist]  o  416 
les  Pays-Bas  [le  poi  ha]  422 
I'esplanade  des  Invalides  [1  es- 

])laiiaf:jd   dez   fvali(:jd]    /   p. 

153  LXiii 
les  Precieuses  ridicules  [le  pre- 

sjo:z  ridikyl]  P  401 
les  prisonniers  du  Mont-Saint- 
Michel  [le   priz.jiije  dy  m5  se 

iiii\elj  ,S'  409 
lesquels  [lekei]  [lekel]  s  272 
les  republicains  [le  ropyblike]  r 

416 
les  saturnales  [le  satymal]  s  p. 

152  LXIII 
Lesseps  [Icseps]  p  p.  98  XLViii 
les  socialistes  [le  sjsjali.st]  s  416 
Test  [1  est]  .st  p.  156  LXiv 
le  steamer  [I.t  stiifidir]  rp.  104  l 
les    Turcs    Osmanlis    [le    tyrk 

jsinfilis]  T,  0  408 
le  Styx  |l.»  stiks]  x  p.  121  lvii 
les  uhlans  [le  yld]  371 


le  Sund  [b  soe:d]  d  p.  74  xxxv 
le    surplomb    en  est  visible  [b 

sjTplj  un  e  vizibl]  h  p.  141  lx 
les  Vieux  gargons  [le  vjo  garso] 

y  402 
les  voltairiens  [le  volterje]  v  416 
I'etang  est  tout  pres  [1  etu  e  tu 

jire]  (J  365 
le  tender  [lo  tadeir]  r  p.  104  l 
le    theatre    de    la   Porte-Saint- 
Martin  [lo  tea:tr  do  la  pjrt  se 

martc]  S  409 
le  Tintoret  [lo  tetore]  T  410 
le  trente  et  un  octobre  [la  tru:t 

e  (I>  oktobr]  I,  n  p.  141  lx 
le  uhlan  [lo  yla]  371 
leunge  [kris]  eun  p.  56  xxi  B 
leur  [l(X':r]  r  261;  eu  p.  45  xiii;  I 

p.  87  XLiii 
leur  demande  [loer  damuid]  e  394 
leve  [le:v]  e  87 
le  velours  [lo  vlu:r]  e  394 
lever  [love]  e  67,  p.  30  v 
le  Vieux  celibataire  [la  vjo  scli- 

hate:ii  V  402 
le  Vieux  fat  [lo  vjo  fat]  V  402 
le  Vieux  neuf  [lo  vjo  na3f]  V  402 
le  vin  et  I'eau  [lo  ve  c  1  o]  n  377 
le  vingt  aout  [lo  vet  u]  t  p.  157 

LXIV 

le  vingt  juin  [lo  vet  3ne]  t  302 
le  vingt-sept  mars  [b  ve  set  mars 

t  ]).  157  LXIV 
le  v6tre  [lo  vo:tr]  6  97 
I'exercice  oral  [I  cgzersis  oral]  c 

392 
le  yacht  [lo  jak(t)]  [lo  jot]  371 


222 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


I'habit  [1  abi]  h  208 

I'heure  [1  CE:r]  h  208 

I'histoire  [1  istwa:r]  388 

rhomme  [1  om]  h  208 

I'hotel  des  Ambassadeurs  [1  otel 

dez  abasadcEir]  A  405 
I'hotel  de  ville  de  Paris  [1  otsl  da 

vil  d9  pari]  P  p.  153  lxiii 
I'hymen  actuel  [1  imen  aktiiel]  n 

376 
liaison  [IjezS]  iai  152 
liasse  [Ijas]  ia  p.  60  xxiii 
Librairie  Gamier  Freres  [libreri 

garnje  freir]  424 
lichen   [liken]  n  241;  ch  p.   73 

XXXIII 

Liebig  [libig]  g  206 

liege  [lje:3]  e  87 

lien  [Ije]  en  135;  I  p.  87  xun 

lier  [Ije]  ie  152 

lieu  [1J0]  eu  114,  p.  44  xii;  ieu  152 

lieutenant  [Ijotna]  eu  114 

lieux  [1J0]  eu  127,  326,  p.  44  xii 

lievre  [Ijeivr]  ie  152 

ligne  [liji]  gn  207 

I'ile  de  la  Reunion  [1  i(:)l  da  la 

reynjo]  R  405 
Liliputien  [lilipysje]  t  286,  p.  117 

LIII 

Lille  [lil]  ill  232 
limaille  [lima:j]  a  61 
limbes  [le:b]  mw  135 
limites  [limit]  i  p.  37  DC 
limon  [lim5]  irn  138 
limpide  [lepiid]  im  p.  53  xix 
lin  [Ie]  in  p.  53  xix,  p.  56  xxi  B; 
I  p.  87  XLiii 


linceul  [lesoe(:)j]  [lesoel]  I  p.  163 

LXVII 

linge  [le:3]  in  p.  56  xxi  B 
lingual   [legw'al]   uu   156,   p.   62 

XXIV ;  gua  199 
linguiste  [legiiist]  gui  198,  p.  156 

LXIV 

lion  [lj5]  ion  p.  65  xxvi 
liquation  [lik(w)asj5]  qu  p.  101 

XLIX 

liquefie  [likefje]  qu  255 

liquefier  [likefje]  qu  254 

liqueur  [likoeir]  qu  254 

lis  [li:s]  s  275,  p.  156  LXiv 

Lisbonne  [lizbon]  s  271 

lisible  [lizi(:)bl]  s  319 

lisse  [lis]  i  18 

lit  [li]  n64;  Z  p.  87  xliii 

litre  [litr]  i  94 

livre  [li:vr]  I  220 

11  [1]  43,  220 

local  [lokal]  I  p.  87  xliii 

loch  [lok]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 

loge  [10:3]  0  106,  p.  43  xi;  I  p.  87 

XLIII 

logement  [bsma]  e  393 

loi  [Iwa]  [Iwa]  oi  56,  p.  21  iii 

loin  [Iwe]  oin  162;  in  p.  53  xix; 

oi  p.  62  XXIV 
I'Oint     du     Seigneur     (Jesus- 
Christ)  [1  we  dy  sepcEir  (3ezy 
kri)]  0,  S,  J,  C  p.  153  lxiii 
Londres  [l5:dr]  on  p.  55  xx 
Londres,   19  juillet  1910   [l5:dr, 
diz  noef  3iiiJE  diz  noef  sa  dis] 
425 
long  [I5]  1 4,  p.  87  xliii;  g  164, 365 


INDEX 


223 


longe  [13:5]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
long  hiver  [lok  ive:r]  [I5  iveir]  g 

365 
longue  [loig]  on  14,  p.  55  xx 
longuement  [l5gma]  c  393 
loquace  [lokwas]  [lokas]  qu  256; 

u  p.  163  Lxvi 
loque  [lok]  ^m  254 
loquele  [lokqcl]  qu  p.  101  xlix 
I'Orateur  romain  (Ciceron)  [1  ora- 

ta':r  rome  (sisero)]  0,  C  p.  153 

LXIII 

I'ordre  de  I'Aigle  de  fer  [1  ordr  da 

I  e(:)gl  da  ff  :r]  A  404 
I'ordre  de  la   Jarretiere   [1  ordr 

da  la  3artjr:r]  ./  417 
I'ordre  de  la  Legion  d'honneur 

|1  ordr  do  la  k'sjod  on(r:r]  L404 
I'ordre  de  la  Toison  d'or  [1  ordr 

do  la  twazo  d  o:r]  T  404 
I'ordre  de  la  Visitation  [1  ordr  do 

la  vizitdsjo]  V  417 
I'ordre   de   I'Incamation    [1  ordr 

do  1  rkarmisjo]  7  417 
I'ordre    de    Saint-Benoit    [1  ordr 

do  .sC  hoiiwa]  ,S',  B  417 
I'ordre  du  Mont-Carmel  [1  ordr 

dy  iiio  kannrll  M,  C  417 
lord  Ruthven  |lo:r  rytven]  72  411 
lorgnon  [lorfio]  qn  p.  81  xl 
lorsque   [lorH(ojk(a)]  e  69,  386, 

f).  30  V 
lorsqu'il  (lor«k  11]  386 
Loth  [lot]  III  299 
lotion  [loHJJ]  o  100 
lotus  [lotyi.s]  s  p.  109  u 
I'on  (lo]  on  p.  56  XXI  li 


louames  [Iwam]  ond  156 
louange  [hvais]  ouan  162;  oic  p. 

62  XXIV 
louche  [luS]  I  p.  87  xliii 
loue  [Iwe]  one  156 
loueur  [lwoe:r]  oneu  156;  I  p.  87 

XLIII 

Louis  [l^i]  Old  156,   159,  p.  62 

XXIV 

Louise  [Iwiiz]  oui  156,  p.  62  xxiv 
Louis  XIV  et  Charles  X  celS- 

brent  [hvi  katorz  e  Sari  dis  se- 

lc(:)br]  415 
louons  [hv5]  ouon  162 
loup  [lu]  OM  119,  128,  328,  p.  45 

XIV ;  p  249 
loupe  [lup]  ou  328 
lourd  [lu:r]  ou  p.  45  xiv 
Lourdes  [lurd]  ou  128,  328,  p.  45 

XIV 

lourd  et  fort  [hi:r  e  fj:r]  d  380 
lourd  et  indigeste  [lu:r  e  cdisest] 

,1  364 
louve  [lu:v]  ou  119,  p.  45  xiv 
loyal  [Iwajal]  ay  56;  y  p.  60  xxiii; 

/  p.  87  XLIII 
loyer  [hvajo]  oy  p.  62  xxiv 
lu  [ly]  u  {).  46  XV 
Lucas  [lykd]  a  59 
lueur  [Iqtt'ir]  ueu  160;  I  p.  87  XLiil 
lui  [Iqi]  ui  158,  159,  160,  p.  64 

XXV,  p.  156  Lxiv 
lumbago  [lobago]  um  142 
I'un  [1  <li]  tin  p.  56  xxi  B 
lunatique  [lynatik]  n  p.  57  xxix 
lundi  [IcLdij  un  p.  56  xxi;  n  p.  96 

XLVII 


224 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


lune  [lyn]  I  220;  u  p.  46  xv;  n 

p.  96  xLvii 
I'un  ou  I'autre  [1  re  u  1  otr]  n  378 
lut  [lyt]  t  298 
luth  [h-t]  th  299 
Luther  [lyte:r]  r  263 
lutherien  [lyterje]  I  399 
lutrin  [l>i:re]  in  135 
lutte  [lyt]  u  18 
Luxembourg  [lyksabu:r]  g  p.  162 

LXV 

LuxeuU   [lysoe:]]  x  267,   p.    122 

LVII 

lyceen  [lisee]  en  136 

Lydie  [lidi]  p.  162  lxv 

lynx  [le:ks]  x  310;  yn  p.  53  xix 

lyre  [li:r]  y  96 

Lys  [li:s]  s  p.  162  lxv 

M 

m  [em]  [ma]  22,  24,  [m]  129,  132, 
134,  139,  143,  233,  236,  373 
final  [m]  165,  233,  373,  374 
followed  by  n  132,  143,  234 
silent  237 

ma  [ma]  a  p.  21  iii 

macadam  [makadam]  a  54;  m  p. 
94  XLV 

Ma  chere  Madame  [ma  Se:r  ma- 
dam] 426 

Machiavel  [makjavel]  ch  p.  73 
XXXIII,  p.  162  LXV 

magon  [mas5]  [maso]  a  64,  p.  25 
iv; f  176 

madame  [madam]  o  49,  p.  21  iii; 
415,  423,  426,  p.  161  XIV 


madame  Da  Vire  [madam  da viir] 

c  394 
madame  Lebianc  [madam  labia] 

<'  74,  393,  394 
Madame    V^e    Laforet    et    Fils 

[madam  voe:v  lafore  e  fis]  424 
mademoiselle      [m  a  d  m  w  a  z  8 1  ] 

[mamzfl]    46;   e    70,    394;    m 

415,  423,  426,  p.  161  XIV 
Madras  [madrais]  s  p.  109  li 
Madrid  [madri(d)]  d  p.  74  xxxiv, 

p.  162  lxv,  p.  163  lxvi 
Maestricht  [mastrik]  e,  t  p.  162 

LXV 

mage  [mais]  m  p.  152  lxiii 
Magenta  [maseta]  en  137 
magister  [ma^isteir]  r  263 
magnanime  [majianim]  gn  p.  81 

XL 

magnesie  [majiezi]  gn  p.  81  xl 
magnetisme  [majietism]  gn  p.  81 

XL 

magnificat  [magnifikat]  gn  200 
magnifique  [majiifik]  gn  p.  81  xl, 

p.  156  LXiv 
magnolier  [magnolje]    [manolje] 

gv.  200 
mahometan  [maameta]  m  399 
mai  [mc]  ai  90 
maigrir  [megriir]  37 
maille  [maij]  a  61 
main  [me]  ain  p.  56  xxi  B 
mainte  [me:t]  ain  p.  53  xix 
maintenant   [metna]  ain  135;  e 

393 
maintien  [metje]  ien  \&1;  ti  294; 

ain,  en,  p.  53  xix 


INDEX 


225 


mais  [mais]  s  275,  p.  156  Lxrv 
maison  [mez5]  s  268,  p.  161  XIV 
Maison  Chagnon-Asselin  [mezo 

Sajio  lusle]  424 
Mais  oui  [ine  wi]  s  p.  141  lx 
maitre  [msitr]  i  29;  p.  161  XIV 
majordome     [inasordom]     [ma- 

3orfl():m]  o  111,  p.  43  xi 
mal  [inal]  a  54 
malades  [mala(:)d]  e  72 
Malaga  [inalaga]  a  \).  21  in 
malheur  [mulopir]  h  39,  209;  Ih 

44;  eu  p.  45  xiii 
malle  [mal]  e  69,  p.  30  \t 
malmener    [malmone]   m   p.    94 

XLV,  p.  96  XLVII 

malt  [malt]  t  299 

malthusien  [maltyzjc]  m  p.  152 

LXIII 

maman  [mama]  [mama]  m  233, 

p.  (Hi  XLVII 

mammelle  [inamel]  m  p.  96  xlvii 
mammifere    [ma(m)mifc:r]    nun 

p.  94  XL\-;  m  p.  96  xlvii 
mammouth  [mamut]  Ih  299;  mm 

p.  94  xLv;  m  p.  96  xlvii 
manchette  [muSct]  aii  131 
mandat  [mrifjo]  p.  19  ii 
Mandchourie  [mrit^uri]  d  p.  162 

LXV 

mangeaiUe  [mrivi:jl  "  61 
mangeant  [ma^a]  (tn  p.  51  xviii; 

'  p.  i5r)  Lxiv 
mangeons  Imd^.l]  ga  p.  80  xxxix 
manoeuvre   [mainrivr]  au   p.  49 

XVI 

manquer  de  respect  k  quelqu'un 


[make    da    respek    a    kelkde] 

[make  da  respe  a  kelkde]   ect 

353 
mansuetude  [masi[et3'(:)d]  we  p. 

64  XXV 
manuscrit   [manyskri]   t   p.    117 

Liv,  p.  161  XIV 
marais  [mare]  ais  p.  49  x\t 
marc  [ma:r]  r  166;  c  180,  340 
Marc   Antoine    [mark   atwan]   c 

340,  341 
Marc  Aurele  [mark  orcl]  c  341 
marc  d'argent  [ma:r  d  arsu]  c  340 
marchand  [mar^u]  p.  161  XIV 
marcher  [marSe]  p.  19  ii 
Marengo  [marego]  en  137,  p.  162 

LXV 

Marie  coud  a  merveille  [mari 
ku  a  merve(:)j]  d  p.  141  lx 

marin  [marf]  in  p.  53  xix 

marmite  [marmit]  p.  94  xlv;  m 
]).  96  XLVII 

marmotter   [marmote]  m  p.   94 

XLV 

mars  [mars]  s  275,  p.  156  LXiv 
Marseille  [marse:j]  i  p.  162  LXV 
Marseille,  le  l^'  mars  1912  [mar- 

isc(:)j,  la  pnimje  mars  diz  noef 

sa  du:z]  425 
marsouin  [marswe]  oiiin  162 
marteau  [marto]  cau  102 
martial   [marsjal]  t  282,   p.   117 

LI  II,   p.   156  LXIV 

Martin  [riiartr]  in  p.  53  xix 

martyr  [inartiir]  38 

masse  [miis]  a  65 

masure  jiiifizyir]  [mazy:r]  a  64 


226 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


mat  [mat]  /  298 

mat  [ina]  d  58 

matelas  [mathi]  [matla]  a  59,  p. 

25  IV 
m'a-t-elle  vu  [mat  c\  vy]  384 
matelot  [matlo]  e  70 
Maure  [mair]  au  112,  126,  325 
mauvais  [move]  [move]  au  112, 

126,  p.  43  XI,  p.  156  LXiv 
mauvaise  [move:z]  [move:z]  e  76 
Mayence  [maja:s]  y  154 
mayomiaise  [majoneiz]  y  154,  p. 

156  LXIV 
maxillaire  [maksileir]  ill  232 
maximimi    [maksimom]    u    113, 

p.  43  XI ;  um  145 
M.Blondel  [masjo  blodel]  M  415 
me  [ma]  e  66;  383,  391 
Meaux  [mo]  eau  p.  49  xvi 
medaille  [meda:j]  a  61 
medecin  [metse]  [mctse]  6  89 
medecine  [metsin]  [metsin]  e  89 
mediocre    [medjokr]    io    p.    60 

XXIII 

medire  [mediir]  m  p.  94  XLV 

medium  [medjjm]  ti  113 

Mehung  [mce]  p.  56  xxi 

mele  [me:l]  e  85 

meler  [mele]  c  86 

Melun  [malde]  un  p.  56  xxi 

membre  [ma:br]  p.  51  xviii 

meme  [me:m]  e  85 

memement   [memma]   m   p.  94 

XLV,  p.  96  XLVII 

memoire  [memwair]  m  p.  94  xlv, 

J).  96  XLVII 
Memoires  de  la  Societe  de  lin- 


guistique  [memwair  da  la  so- 
sjete  do  legqistik]  M,  S  406 
Memoires  de  la  Societe  natio- 
nale  des  antiquaires  de  France 
[memwair  da  la  sosjete  nasja- 
nal  dez  atike:r  da  frais]  M,  S 
406 
Memphis  [mefiis]  em  137;  s  274 
m'en  [m  5]  en  p.  56  xxi  B 
menacer  [manase]  16 
menage  [mena:3]  a  p.  21  iii 
mendiante   [mddjait]  ian  p.  65 

XXVI 

mene  [me(!)n]  e  28,  87 

mener  [mane]  e  67 

menerez  [menre]  e  88 

menil  [meni]  il  230 

menu  [many]  e  p.  30  v;  u  p.  46  xv 

menuisier  [manqizje]  e  p.  30  v 

mer  [me:r]  91,  p.  36  viii;  r  263 

mere  [me:r]  e  87 

meres  [me:r]  e  p.  30  vi 

merinos  [merina(:)s]  s  275,  p.  156 

LXIV 

merle  [merl]  e  91 

merveilleuse    [mervejoiz]   eu  p. 

44  XII 
Mes    amities    chez    vous    [mez 

amitje  $e  vu]  430 
mesdames   [medam]   [medam]  s 

272 
mesdemoiselles     [medmwazel] 

[medmwazel]  s  272 
messe  [mes]  e  91 
messieurs  [mesJ0]  [mesjo]  r  265, 

415,  424;  e,  r  p.  156  lxiv,  p. 

161  XIV 


INDEX 


227 


Messieurs  Favreau  et  Delrue 
[mesJG  favro  e  dolry]  424 

Messieurs  Larousse  &  C'^  [mesjo 
lams  e  kopajii]  424 

Messieurs  L.  Tremblay  Freres 
[mesjo  el  trable  fre:r]  424 

metis  [meti:s]  s  275 

mats  [me]  t  p.  117  liv 

Mettemich  [metemik]  ch  p.  73 

XXXIII 

mettez  le  un  avant  le  deux  [mete 

1<)  (0  avu  1.)  do]  371 
Metz  [me:s]  z  267,  319 
meuble  [moebl]  eu  127,  327,  p. 

49  XVI 
meubles  [mcebl]  eu  118 
meunerie  [monri]  eu  p.  44  xii 
Meung  [moe]  eun  144,  p.  56  xxi 

H 
meunier  [monje]  eu  114,  p.  44  xii 
meuniere  [monjeir]  eu  p.  44  xii 
meurtre  [moertr]  eu  p.  45  xiii;  r 

p.  104  L 
Meuse  [moiz]  eu  p.  44  xii 
meute  [moit]  eu  14,  115,  p.  44 

XII 

Mexico  [mek.siko]  x  310 
miauler  [mjolc]  iau  152 
Michel  [irii^el]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
Michel-Ange  [mikcl  0:3]  ch  p.  73 
xxxiii,   p.    156  Lxiv,   p.    162 

LXV 

midi  [niidi]  i  p.  37  ix 
miel  [nijel]  I  p.  87  XLiu 
mienne  [mjcn]  n  p.  57  xxii 
miette  [rnjct]  ie  p.  60  xxili 
mieux  [mjo]  ieu  p.  60  xxia 


mil  [mi:j]  [mU]  I  224;  il  226,  228 

milice  [milis]  i  p.  37  ix 

milieu   [miljo]   [mijo]  ieii  p.   60 

XXIII ;  m  p.  94  xlv 
militaire  [miLite:r]  16;  i  p.  37  ix 
mille  [mil]  iU  232,  p.  156  lxiv;  i 

p.  37  IX 
Mille  amities  [mil  amitje]  430 
Millet  [mile]  ill  p.  162  lxv 
milliard  [milja:r]  ill  232 
million    [miljo]   ill   232,    p.    163 

LXVI 

milord  [mib:r]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
Miltiade  [milsjad]  t  p.  162  lxv 
mince  [me:s]  in  14 
TninimiiTTi   [minimom]  u  113,  p. 

43  XI ;  um  145 
ministre  [ministr]  i  p.  37  rx 
minuit  [ininqi]  i  p.  37  ix 
minutie   [minj'si]  t  281,   p.   156 

lxiv 
minutieux  [minysjo]  t  284,  p.  156 

LXIV 

miracle  [mirakl]  [mirakl]  a  14,  64 

mire  [mi:r]  i  94 

miroir  [inir\va:r]  oi  56 

misere  [mizcir]  s  268,  p.  109  li 

mitraille  [mitraij]  o  61 

mixtion  [mistjo]  [mikstj.)]  t  280; 

a  290 
mixtionner  [mistjone]  [mikstjone] 

/(•  290 
M^^   Blondel   [madmwazcl    bl5- 

(h:l]  .U  115 
mm  [fmjiii]  43, 146, 168,  233,  238 
M™*    Blondel    [madam    blSdclj 

M415 


228 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


mobile  [mobil]  I  p.  S7  xliii 
modele   [mode(:)l]  e  p.  36  viii; 

m  p.  94  XLV 
modelerai  [modelre]  e  88,  p.  36 

VIII 

moelle  [mwal]  [niwel]  oe  156,  p. 

156  Lxiv 
moelleux  [mwalo]  oe  p.  62  xxiv 
moellon  [mwal5]  oe  p.  62  xxiv 
mceurs  [mcers]  [moeir]  oeii  118;  s 

275,  p.  163  Lxvii;  oeu  p.  49  xvi 
moi  [mwa]  oi  56,  156,  p.  21  in 
moins  [mwe]  in  p.  53  xix 
mois  [mwa]  [mwa]  oi  62,  156,  p. 

62  XXIV 
Moise  [nioiiz]  p.  163  lxvi 
moitie  [mwatje]  t  279;  ti  293 
Moloch  [mobk]  ch  185 
momerie  [inomri]  ?n  p.  94  xlv, 

p.  96  XLVii 
mon  [ni5]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
mon  ami  [mon  ami]  [mon  ami]  7i 

375 
monarchic    [monar^i]    ch   p.    72 

xxxii,  p.  163  Lxvi 
monarchique  [monar^ik]  ch  p.  72 

xxxii 
monarque  [monark]  n  p.  57  xxii 
(Mon)  cher  ami  [(mo)  Se:r  ami] 

426 
Mon  cher  DeliUe  [mo  Se:r  dalil] 

426 
Mon  cher  Jean  [mo  5c:r  3a]  426 
Mon    cher    Monsieur    [mo    ^cir 

masjo]  426 
monosyllabe  [monosilab]  s  269 
monotone  [monoton]  0  111 


mon  petit  [mo  pti]  e  74 

Mons  [m5:s]  s  274 

monseigneur  [moscjioeir]  415 

Monseigneur  [m5sepoe:r]  p.  161 
XIV 

monsieur  [m(o)sJ0]  [moesjo]  on 
68,  142;  ieu  152;  r  265;  m  415, 
423,  424,  426;  on,  r  p.  156  lxiv 

Monsieur  [m(o)sJ0]  p.  161  XIV 

monsieur  De  Vire  [masjo  d  vi:r] 
e394 

monsieur  Ernest  [masjo  ernest] 
r  349 

monsieur  et  cher  confrere  [ma- 
sjo  c  5e:r  kofreir]  426 

monsieur  Leblanc  [mosjo  1  bla] 
e  74,  393,  394 

Monsieur  le  Directeur  du  Cre- 
dit Lyonnais  [masJ0  la  direk- 
toe:r  dy  kredi  Ijone]  424 

montagnard  [motajia:r]  gn  p.  81 

XL 

montagneux  [mStape]  gn  p.  81  xl 
monte  [mo:t]  on  p.  55  xx 
Montreal  [moreal]  t  p.  163  lxvi 
monimient   [monyma]   m  p.   94 

XLV,  p.  96  XLVII 

morceau  [morse]  p.  18  11 

mortaUte  [mortalite]  16 

mosquee  [moske]  o  110 

mot  [mo]  m  4,  233 

mot  a  mot  [mot  a  mo]  47;  t  337 

mot  anglais  [mo  agle]  t  360 

motif  [motif]  /  p.  76  xxxvi 

motion  [mosjo]  [mosj5]  o  100 

mots  [mo]  0  99 

motus  [moty:s]  s  p.  109  li 


INDEX 


229 


mou  [mu]  OH  p.  45  xiv 
mouille  [mii:j]  oiiille  226 
moiirir  [muri:r]  168 
mousse  [mus]  ou  18,  p.  46  xiv 
moyen  [inwaje]  y  154;  oy   156, 
p.  156  Lxiv;  yen  162;  en  p.  53 

XIX 

moyenne  [mwajen]  n  p.  57  xxii 
mu  [my]  u  p.  46  xv 
muant  [mqa]  uan  p.  65  xx\T 
mue  [mqe]  ue  p.  64  xxv 
muet  [mqc]  uc  160 
mugissement  [mysisma]  e  393 
multitude  [myltityd]  u  p.  46  xv 
Munich  [mjTiik]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii, 

p.  162  Lxv 
mur  [my it]  u  29,  p.  46  xv;  r  261 
mur  [my:r]  u  29,  120 
miuTnure  [mymiy:r]  u  121,  p.  46 

XV ;  m  p.  94  xlv,  p.  96  xlvii 
murmurer  [myrmyre]  p.  156  lxiv 
muse  [mysk]  c  p.  70  xxx 
muse  [niy:z]  s  p.  109  li 
museum   [myzeain]   u   113;   um 

145,  p.  156  LXIV 
myope  [mjop]  yo  152 
myosotis  [mjoz.^ti:s]  s  p.  109  li, 

p.  156  LXIV 
myrtille  [inirtil]  ill  232 
mystere  [luistt.T]  y  96 


N 

n  [en]  [no]  22,  21;  [n]  129,  210; 
final  [n]  129,  165,  234,  241, 
37.5-378;  niouillo  [ji]  207;  si- 
lent in  -enl  244 


nabab  [nabab]  b  171 
nagea  [na.^a]  gen  202 
naguere  [nage:r]  gu  p.  79  xxxviii 
naif  [naif]  l  33;  /  p.  76  xxxvi 
naln  [ne]  ain  p.  56  xxi  B 
naivete  [naivte]  e  70,  p.  30  vi 
nanan  [nana]  [nuna]  n  239 
Nantes  [na:t]  an  p.  56  xxi  B 
Napoleon  [napoleo]  36 
nappe  [naj)]  a  54;  pp  245 
Narbonne    [narbon]    nn    p.    96 

XLV  I 

narguant  [narga]  gu  p.  79  xxxviii 

nasse  [na:s]  [na:s]  a  64 

nation  [nasjo]  [nasjS]  t  267,  285, 

p.  117  Liii;  a  p.  25  iv 
navrer  [navre]  a  63 
ne  [no]  e  66,  383 
Necker  [neke:r]  k  218;  r  263 
nee  [nc]  e  89 
nef  [iitf]  /  p.  76  xxx^^,  p.  156 

LXIV 

negligeons    [nogli55]    ge    p.    80 

XXXIX 

negociait  [negosje]  iai  p.  60  xxiii 
negociant  [negosja]  ian  162 
neige  [ne:5]  ei  90,  125,  323;  ge  p. 

SO  xxxix 
Nemrod  [nrmrod]  m  235;  d  p.  74 

xxxv 
nenni  [nani],   popular  [neni]  en 

55,  134;  p.  163  lxvii;  nn  p.  96 

XLVI 

nerf  [nc:r]  [ntrf]/  193,  p.  156  lxiv 
nerf  de  bceuf  [nr:r  do  btuf]  /  193 
nerfs  |ii(:r]  /  193,  p.  156  lxiv 
Nesle  [rit:lj  .s  272 


230 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


n'est-ce  pas  [n  e  s  pa]  384 

net  [nrl]  [ne]  e  91;  t  298,  300,  p. 

15G  Lxiv 
nette  [net]  tt  279 
nettoyer  [netwaje]  [netwaje]  07j 

p.  62  XXIV 
neuf  [ncEfJ/4,  191,  192,  305,  342, 

p.  156  lxiv;  eu  118,  127,  327, 

p.  45  XIII 
neuf  ans  [noev  a]  /  p.  156  lxiv 
neuf  a  table  [nocf  a  tabl]  /  342 
Neufbourg  [na-biiir]  /  193 
Neuf  Brisach  [noe  brizak]  /  193 
neuf  cents  francs  [noe  sa  fra]  /  p. 

76  XXXVII 
Neufchateau  [noeSato]  /  193 
Neu(f)chatel  [noSatel]   [noeSatel] 

eu  114;/ 193 
neuf  enfants  [noev  afa]  / 194, 305; 

[nctf  afd]  342 
neuf  francs   [noe  fru]  /  p.    156 

LXIV 

neuf  hameaux  [noev  amo]  /  p. 

76  XXXVII 
neuf  heures  [noev  oeir]  /  305,  p. 

156  LXIV 
neuf  homards  [noe  omair]  /  194 
neuf  hommes  [noev  om]  /  194 
neuf  livres  [noe  liivr]  /  194 
neuf  mille  [na-  mil] /p.  76  xxxvii 
neuf  personnes  [noe  person]  /  p. 

76  xxxvii 
neuf  soldats  [noe  solda]  /  p.  156 

LXIV 

Neuilly  [noeji]  eu  118;  euil  226 
neutre  [n0:tr]  eu  115,  127,  326, 
p.  44  xii 


neuvieme  [ncpvjem]  eu  p.  44  xii 
New-York  [nee  jork]  ew  p.    163 

LXVI 

Ney  [ne]  ey  90, 125,  159,  p.  36  viii 
nez  [ne]  e  80,  p.  32  vii;  z  164,  318, 

359 
Nez  a  nez  [ne  a  ne]  z  p.  141  lx 
nez  aquilin  [ne  akile]  z  359 
ni  [ni]  i  4,  94;  w  4,  239 
niais  [nje]  iai  152 
Nicolas  [nikola]  a  59 
niece  [njes]  ie  152 
Niger  [niseir]  r  p.  104  l,  p.  162 

LXV 

Nil  [nil]  I  224 

nn  [n]  43,  239 

noble  [nobl]  o  106 

noble  animation  [nobl  animasja] 

c73 
noble  ardeur  [nobl  ardoeir]  e  73 
noce  [nos]  o  106 
Noel  [noel]  e  33;  I  221 
noeud  [no]  eu  127,  p.  44  xii;  oeu 

326,  p.  49  XVI 
noir  [nwair]  oi  p.  21  iii 
noire  [nwa:r]  oi  p.  62  xxiv 
noisette  [nwazet]  [nwazet]  oi  64 
noix  [nwa]  oi  62,  p.  62  xxiv 
nombril  [nobri]  il  230;  I  344 
nominatif  [nominatif ]  n  p.  96  XLVi 
non  [no]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
nonante  [nonciit]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
nonnain  [none]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
nonobstant   [nonopstfi]  n  p.   96 

xlvi 
nonsens  [nosa]  [nosais]  s  p.  109 

LI 


INDEX 


231 


nord  [no:r]  r  166;  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
nord-est    [nor(d)  est]    t   297;    d 

363 
nord-ouest  [nor(d)  west]  t  297; 

d363 
nos  [no]  s  273 
nos  intentions  [noz  etasjo]  t  p. 

117  LII 

nostalgic  [nostalsi]  o  110 
notiez  [notje]  ti  291 
notion  [nosjo]  [nosjo]  o  100 
notions  [notjj]  ti  291 
notre  [notr]  o  106;  re  260 
notre  [no:tr]  o  p.  39  x 
Notre-Dame   [natr  dam]  p.    161 

XIV 
notre  oncle  [notr  5:kl]  e  73 
Notre-Seigneur  [notr  sejioe:r]  p. 

161  XIV 
noueux  [nwo]  oueu  156 
nouons  [nw5]  ouojt,  162 
nous  aimames  [nuz  emam]  d  51 
nous  aimons  [nuz  pm5]  s  332 
nous  attendons  une  lettre  [nuz 

atdd.lz  yn  Iftr]  «  334 
nous  briguons  [nu  brigo]  giw  197 
nous  contractions  [nu  kotraktjS] 

t  p.    1  17   LII 

nous  dimes  [nu  di(:)m]  i  95 
nous  eiimes  [nuz  y(:)m]  eu  116 
nous  gitions  [nu  gat  jo]  t  ]).  117 

LII 

nous  irons   ensemble  [iniz  iroz 

risrnhl]  .s-  p.  141  Lix 
nous  le  savons  [nu  1  savo]  c  73 
nous   liguimes    [nu    ligam]    (jud 

197 


nous  mangeames  [nu  masam]  e 

77 
nous  mangeons  [nu  masS]  e  77 
nous  parlames  [nu  parlam]  d  51 
nous  sommes  a  table  [nu  somz  a 

tabl]  s  334 
nouveau   [nuvo]   can    102,    126, 

324;  ou  p.  46  xiv 
nouvel  [nuvel]  I  221 
nouvel  an  [nuvel  a]  I  344 
novembre  [novaibr]  425 
noyau  [nwajo]  oy  p.  62  xxiv 
nuage  [ni^ais]  ua  4,  160 
nuance  [nqfus]  uau  p.  65  xx\T 
nuee  [nqe]  we  160 
nuit  [nqi]  t  295 

nuit  et  jour  [nqit  e  5u:r]  47;  t  354 
numero  [nymero]  p.  161  XIV 
nun  [nob]  tin  p.  56  xxi  B 
nuptial   [nyijsjal]   t  282,   p.    156 

LXIV 

nuque  [nyk]  q  254 

Nuremberg  [nyrubeir]  g  p.   162 

LXV 

nymphe  [ne:f]  ym  135,  p.  53  xix; 

ph  191 

O 

0  [n]22,  24;  [n]  [o]  97-113;  silent 

103 
6  [o]  97,  98;  [o(:)]  397;  [o]  97 
-oaille  [\vu:j]  ail  226 
oasis    [oazi(:),s]    [oazi(:).s]    36;    s 

275 
obedience  [obcdjdis]  icn  135 
obeissance  [obeisuis]  36 


232 


FKENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


objet  [obsc]  o  104;  p.  43  xi;  e  p. 

3(j  VIII 

objet  important  [obse  eporta]  t 

;3()0 
obliquite  [.)blik(q)ite]  qu  257 
Observations    sur    I'Esprit    des 

lois  [opservasjo  syw  1  espri  de 

Iwci]  0,  E  406 
observer  [opserve]  h  170,  p.  98 

xLviii,  p.  156  Lxiv;  s  267 
obstacle    [opstakl]    [opstciikl]    h 

170,  p.  98  XLVIII ;  c  p.  70  xxx 
obtenir  [optaniir]  h  170,  246,  p. 

98  XL^^^,  p.  156  lxiv 
obus  [oby(:)s]  [oby(:)s]  s  p.  163 

LXVII 

occasion  [okasjo]  a  60 
occiput  [oksipy(,t)]  t  299 
ocean  [jsea]  o  110,  p.  43  xi 
octobre  [okto(:)br]  o  l08,  425,  p. 

43  XI 
Oder  [ode:r]  r  p.  104  l 
odeur  [odoeir]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
6  Dieu  [o  dj0]  6  397 
odorat  [odo:ra]  t  p.  117  liv 
6  douleur  [o  duloeir]  6  397 
-oe  [e]  83;  [o]  [a-]  114,  117,  118, 

122,  127,  320,  326;  [wa]  156 
-oe  [wa]  156 

oecumenique  [ekj^menik]  83 
oedipe  [odip]  83 
ceU    [ce(:)j]  ce    127,   327,   p.   45 

XIII,  p.  49  XVI ;  il  226,  p.  90 

XLIV,  p.   156  LXIV 

-ceU  [a-:j]  il  226 

ceil  de  boeuf  [oeij  da  beef]  aeil  226 

ceil  de  chat  [ce:j  da  Sa]  aeil  226 


oeillade  [cpjad]  oeill  226 

-oeUle  [ce:j]  ill  226 

ceillere  [ct-jrir]  cdl  226 

oeiUet  [ccje]  eu  127,  327,  p.  45 

xiii;  ceil  226 
cesophage  [ezofa:3]  ce  83 
-oeu     [o]     [oe]     114,     117,     118, 

122,  127,  320,  326 
oeuf  [cef]  oeu  118,  p.  45  xiii;/ 192, 

p.  156  LXIV 
oeuf  a  la  coque  [cef  a  la  kak]  / 

342,  p.  76  XXXVI,  p.  141  lix 
oeufs  [o]  oeu  114,  p.  44  xii;  /  193, 

p.  156  lxiv 
oeufs  d'autruche  [0  d  otry$]  /  p. 

76  xxxvii 
ceuvre  [a3:vr]  eu  118,  p.  45  xiii 
officier  [ofisje]  r  262 
offrir  [ofri:r]  37 
ohe  [ohe]  /t  216 
oho  [ohodj]  h  4 
oh  que  oui  [o  ka  wi]  390 
-oi  [wa]  [wa]  62,  156 
-oi  [wa]  156 

oignon  [jjio]  i  p.  156  lxiv 
-oin  [we]  136,  161,  162 
-oir  [wa:r]  oi  56 
-oire  [wa:r]  oi  56 
Olympe  [jleip]  ym  p.  53  xix 
-om  [5]  141,  p.  55  xx;  [om]  143, 

234,  237 
6  ma  jeimesse  [o  ma  scenes]  u 

397 
ombre  [5:br]  arn  p.  55  xx 
ombrelle  [Sbrel]  om  p.  55  xx 
-ome  [o:m]  [om]  106,  111 
omnibus    [omnibys]    om    143;    s 


INDEX 


233 


275,  p.  163  lx\t;  m  p.  94  xlv, 

p.  96  XLV II 
omnipotent  [omnipota]  o  108,  p. 

43xi;  om  143;  m  234 
omniscience  [omnisjais]  om  143; 

s  p.  109  LI 
omniscient  [amnisja]  m  234 
omnivore  [omnivjir]  om  143 
-on  [5]   [on]   141,   146,  161;   [a] 

142       * 
on  [5]  386;  p.  56  xxi  B 
on  accourt  aussitot  [5n  aku:r  osi- 

to]  t  380 
oncle   [5:kl]   46;   on   141,  p.   55 

XX 

onction  [5ksj5]  on  p.  55  xx 

-one  lo:nl  [on]  106,  111 

on  en  a  assez  [5n  an  a  ase]  n  p. 

141  LIX 
onereux  [.mero]  n  p.  57  xxii 
onomatopee  [ononiatope]  n  239 
on  perd  [o  pe:r]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
on    recommence    [5   rkomuis]   e 

:',<M 
onyx  [jniks]  x  310 
onze  (5:z]  31,  215,  371,  390;  on 

p.  55  XX,  p.  56  XXI  B 
onzieme    iSzjem]   31,   215,    371, 

390 
opiat  [.)pja(t)]  1299 
opium  [.tpjjm]  um  145;  m  235 
oracle  [omkl]  [orakl]  a  64 
orage  [ira:.-^!  ye  p.  80  xxxix 
orageux  l.tni^o]  r;  201 
orchestra  [orkcstr]  cfi  186 
orchestral    [orkcstnil]    ck    j).    73 

x  \  \  1 1 1 


orchestration  [orkestrasjo]  ch  p. 

73  xxxiii 
orchestre    [orkestr]    ch    p.    163 

LX\T 

orchide  [orkid]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 

-ord  [o:r]  356,  364,  380 

ordre  [ordr]  re  260 

oreille  [ore:j]  ill  226,  p.  90  XLiv 

orfevre  [orfe:\T]  o  108 

orgue  [org]  op.  43  xi 

orgueil   [orgoe(:)j]   ue   118,    127, 

327,  p.  45  XIII ;  il  226 
orgueilleux  [orgcejo]   ill  226,  p. 

90  XLiv;  ue  p.  49  x\T 
orient  [orjci]  ten  135,  162 
-ort  [o:r]  t  356,  380 
orteil  [orte:j]  il  p.  90  xliv 
ortie  [orti]  ti  292 
OS  [os]  [o:s]  s  275;  (pi.)  [o]  [o:s] 

s  p.  163  lxvi 
osciller   [osile]  [osije]  ill  232,  p. 

156  Lxiv 
oseille  [oze(:)j]  o  101 
oser  [ozf]  o  101,  p.  39  x;  s  319 
Ostrogoth  [ostrogo]  t  301 
ote  [o:t]  6  97 
oter  [ote]  6  98,  p.  39  x 
-otie  [osi]  t  281 
ou  [u]  p.  40  XIV 
-ou  [u]  28,  119,  122,   128,  320, 

328;  [w]  158 
oft  [u]  28,  119,  122,  p.  46  xiv 
-oft  [u]  ou  119,  122,  128 
-oua  [\v:i]  15() 
-ouan  [\v("i]  161,  162 
ouate   [vv!it|  oua  156,   215,   371, 

390,  1).  62  XXIV 


234 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


-oue  [wc]  156 

-oue  [we]  156 

-ouen  [wa]  161,  162 

ouest  [west]  t  297,  p.  156  lxiv 

-oueu  [wo]  [woe]  156 

oui  [wi]  4,  31,  156,  215,  371,  390, 

p.  62  XXIV 
oui-dire  [wi  di:r]  215,  371,  390 
-ouil  [u:j]  il  226 
-ouille  [u:j]  ill  226 
oui,    madame    [wi    madam]    ?n 

415 
oui,  mademoiselle  [wi  madmwa- 

zel]  m  415 
oui,  monsieur  [wa  masjo]  ?«  415 
-ouin  [we]  161,  162 
ouir  [wi:r]  oui  156 
-ouon  [w5]  161,  162 
-ourd  [u:r]  356,  364,  380 
ours  [urs],  old  [u:r]  s  275,  p.  163 

LXVII 

-ourt  [u:r]  t  356,  380 
outU  [uti]  il  230,  344 
ouvrier  [uvrije]  37 
oil  y  a-t-il  [u  j  a  t  U]  ?/  153 
Oxford  [oksfoir]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
oxygene  [oksisen]  x  310 
-oy  [wa]  56,  156 
ozone  [ozon]  [ozom]  [ozon]  [ozo:n] 
0  111 


p  [pe]  [pa]  22,  24;  [p]  245,  248; 
final  249,  250;  345;  followed 
by  n,  s,  i  251;  silent  247 

pacha  [pa^a]  p  p.  152  lxiii 

paf  [paf]  a  54 


paganisme     [paganism]     [paga- 

nizm]  p  p.  152  lxiii 
page   soixante-neuf    [pa:3   swa- 

sat  noef] /p.  76  xxxvi 
paillasse  [pajas]  ill  224 
paille  [pa(!)j]  a  61,  p.  25  iv;  ill 

224,  225,  329,  p.  156  lxiv 
pain  [pe]  ain  135,  p.  54  xix,  p. 

56  xxi  B 
(pain-)bis  [pe  bi]  s  273 
paix  [pe]  ai  84,  123,  321;  x  315 
paix  universelle  [pez  yniversel] 

X  372 
pale  [pa:I]  a  19,  58 
paleur  [paloeir]  d  19 
palper  [palpe]  p  p.  98  xlviii 
palpitant  [palpita]  p  p.  98  xlviii 
pampre  [pu:pr]  p  p.  98  xlviii 
Panama  [panama]  p.  19  ii 
Pandectes  [padekt]  c  p.  70  xxx 
panier  [panje]  [pajie]  ni  207 
panorama  [panorama]  an  146 
paon  [pa]  o  103,  p.  156  lxiv 
papa  [papa]  a  p.  21  iii;  p  p.  98 

xlviii 
pape  [pap]  p  p.  98  xlviii 
papier  [papje]  p  245 
Papier  d'affaires  [papje  d  afeir] 

431 
papillon  [papij5]  p  p.  98  xlviii 
paquets  [pake]  ets  92 
paragraphe  [paragraf]  p.  19  ii 
parapluie    [paraplqi]    p    p.    98 

XLVIII 

parasol  [parasol]  5  269 

pare  [park]  c  p.  70  xxx 

parce  que  je  ne  me  le  demande 


INDEX 


235 


pas  [pars  ka  3  no  m  la  dma:d 

pa]  e  75 
par-dessus  [par  dasy]  e  394 
pareil  [pare:j]  eil  226 
pareiUe  [pare(:)j]  ei  90,  125,  323 
parent  [para]  en  131 
parenthese  [parate:z]  419 
parfum  [parfde]  38;  um  144,  p. 

5G'  XXI 
Paris  [pari]  i  p.  37  ix 
Paris  est  la  capitale  [pari  8  la 

kapital]  s  p.  141  lx 
Paris  est  une  belle  ville  [pari  8t 

yn  hel  vil]  s  368 
parisien  [parizje]  icn  162 
parla  [parla]  a  p.  21  iii 
parlait  [park]  37;  ail  90 
parlement  anglais  [parhnat  agle] 

/  :i.-)4 
parier  [parlc]  r  262 
parler  franc  et  net  [parle  frak  e 

net]  c  p.  141  Lix 
paries  [pari]  e  72 
paroisse  [panN'ae]  oi  156 
part  [pa:r]  a  4,  19 
partageons    [partasS]    ge.    p.    80 

xxxix 
partial    [parsjal]   I   282,    p.    15(5 

LX!V 

partialite  [parsjalitc]  I  282 
partie  [parli]  lie.  292 
partiel  [parsjf;!]  /  267,  283 
partir  (parti:r]  a  19,  p.  19  11 
partner  [paHnr:r]  r  263 
parvenu  [|)arv;»nyj  c  71,  |).  30  v 
pas  [pa]  II  4,  245;  a  4,  59,  p.  25 
iv; s  273 


pas  a  pas  [paz  a  pa]  47;  s  337, 

360,  366 
Pascal  [paskal]  sc  276 
passage  [pasa.'s]  p.  19  11 
passage  des  Panoramas  [pasa:3 

de  panorama]  P  p.  153  lxiii 
passe  [pa:s]  a  60 
passer  [pase]  a  59,  65;  ss  267 
passif  [pasif]  a  65 
passion  [pasjo]  a  60 
pate  [pa:t]  &  4,  58,  p.  25  iv;  e  p. 

30  VI 
pater  [pateir]  r  263 
pathos  [patois]  s  275 
patiemment  [pasjama]  t  287 
patience  [pasjciis]  ien  135,  162; 

/  280,  287,  p.  117  Liii;  en  p. 

51  XVIII 
patient  [pasja]  I  287,  p.  157  lxiv 
patienter  [pasjdto]  t  287 
patriarchal  [patriarkal]  ch  p.  73 

XXXIII 

patriarche  [patriar^]  ch  184 
patrie  [i)atri]  e  69 
patte  [pat]  It  279;  e  p.  30  VI 
Paul  [pol]  au  112,  126,  325,  p. 

49  XVI 
Paul  et  Alice  [pol  e  alls]  t  355 
pauvre  [poivr]  un  102,  p.  39  x 
pauvre  animal   jpovr  animal]  e 

73 
pavot  [pavo]  i  p.  117  uv 
paye  [pcjo]  [peje]  y  224 
payer  [ptjc]  [peje]  46;  mj  90,  321, 

p.  157  i.xiv;  y  154 
peau  [po]  cii\i  102 
pecheur  [pc^cjuir]  cu  p.  45  xiil 


236 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


pecheur  [pp^fi'ir]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 

peigne  [\w]\]  gn  4,  207 

peine  [pcCOnj  ei  90,  125,  32.3,  p. 

\')7  LXIV 

peinture  [pety:r]  ein  135,  p.  54  xix 
pellicula  [pclikyl]  I  p.  87  xliii 
pendant  [pada]  e7i  45 
pende  [pa:d]  en  p.  56  xxi  B 
Peimsylvanie    [pesilvani]    [pasil- 

vani]  en  137;  s  270 
penser  [pose]  s  p.  109  li 
pensum  [pesom]  u  113;  en  137; 

7im  145;  en,  um  p.  157  lxiv 
pente  [pa:t]  en  14;  46 
penultieme  [penyltjem]  ti  293 
perga  [pcrsa]  f  176 
per? ait  [perse]  g  p.  70  xxix 
percevoir   [persavwa:r]  ce  p.  70 

XXIX 

perd-il  [pert  il]  d  362,  381 
perd-il  son  temps  [pert  il  s5  to] 

(/  p.  141  LIX 
perdre  [perdr]  d  187;  re  260 
perdrix  [perdri]  x  315 
perdrons  [perdrS]  38 
perdront  [perdro]  37 
pere  [pe:r]  p  7;  e  28,  87 
peremptoire  [peraptwair]  p  248, 

p.  98  XLViii 
peres  [pc:r]  e  p.  30  vi 
peril  [peril]  [periij]  il  228,  229; 

I  p.  157  LXIV,  p.  163  Lxvii 
peripetie  [peripesi]  t  281,  p.  157 

LXIV 

Perrault  [pero]  I  223 

persU  [persi]  il  230;  I  344,  p.  163 

LXVI 


Personnelle  [personel]  431 
persuader  [jiersqade]  s  p.  109  li; 

]).  157  LXIV 
perte  [pert]  e  91 
peser  [paze]  e  p.  30  v 
petit  [p(3)ti]  e  74,  76 
petit  a  petit  [patit  a  poti]  t  47, 

337 
petite  [patit]  e  76,  p.  30  vi 
peu  [pa]  eu  4,  17,  114,  127,  326 
peuple  [poejil]  eu  118,  127,  327, 

p.  45  xiii,  p.  49  XVI ;  le  222 
peur  [poe:r]  eu  4,  117,  p.  45  xiii; 

r  165,  261,  p.  104  l 
peureux  [j)tTer0]  eu  p.  44  xii 
Peveril  du  Pic  [pevaril  dy  pik]  P 

410 
ph  [f]  191,  329;  followed  by  n,  s, 

1251 
Pharamond    [faramo]    dp.    74 

xxxrv 
phare  [fa:r]  a  13;  ph  191 
pharisien  [farizje]  p  399 
Phedre  [fe:dr]  Ph  p.  76  xxxvi 
phenix  [feniks]  x  p.  121  lvii 
philosophe  [filozof]  ph  191,  329, 

p.  157  LXIV 
Phoebe  [febe]  ce  83,  p.  32  vii 
phonographe  [fonograf]  ph  40 
pht(h)isie  [ftizi]  ph  251 
pht(h)isique  [ftizik]  ph  251 
physiognomonie   [fizjognomoni] 

gn  200 
physique  [fisik]  y  96 
piano  [pjano]  o  99;  ia  152 
piauler  [pjole]  iau  152 
piece  [pjes]  e  87 


INDEX 


237 


pied  [pje]  e  80,  p.  32  vii;  ie  152 
pied  a  terre  [i)jet  a  te:r]  d  333, 

362 
pieds  [pje]  e  80;  ds  164 
pieu  [pjo]  iea  p.  60  xxiii 
pieux  [pjo]  eu  114,  p.  44  xii 
pigeon  [pi55]  c  77;  gc  p.  80  xxxix 
pin  [pe]  in  p.  54  xix 
pinacle  [pinakl]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
pince  [pe:s]  in  p.  56  xxi  B 
pingouin  [pegwc]  ouin  p.  65  xxvi 
pioche  [i)joS]  io  p.  60  xxiii 
pion  [pjj]  p  p.  98  XLViii 
pipe  [pii)]  p  p.  98  xlviii 
piqure  (i)iky:r]  xi  p.  46  xv 
pire  [pi:r]  i  4,  94 
piste  [pist  ]  i  94 
pistil  [i)i.stil]  il  229 
pitie  [pitjc]  ie  152;  ti  293 
pla^a  [plasa]  f  176 
place  [pla-s]  a  65;  e  391 
place    de    I'Estrapade    [plaa    da 

Irstrapad]  E,  \).  153  LXiii 
place  de  la  Concorde  [plaa  d.j  la 

k:>k.jr<l]  (•  410 
plage  (pla:5]  a  13 
plaideur  [phdceir]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
plaisir  (]»kzi:r]  r  261,  p.  104  l 
plante  [i»lu:t]  an  p.  51  xviii 
plat  li)la]  a  53 
piatre  [pl(i:fii  d  5S 
plenipotentiaire     (plciiip,jtdsjr:r] 

L  p.  1 17  Mir 
plomb  [pl.i]  om  111;  h  171,  339, 

plongeons  [pl.j^.')]  (jco  202 
plonger  [plj3<']  on  j».  55  xx 


pluie  [plqi]  id  160 

plus  [pl\'s]  [ply]  s  275 

plus  ou  moins  [plyz  u  mwe]  s  337, 

366 
plus-que-parfait     [plys  ka  parfe] 

&•  p.  109  LI 
pneu  [pno]  p  p.  98  xlviii 
pneumatique  [pnomatik]  p  251 
pneumatologie    [pnomatobsi]    p 

p.  98  XLVIII 
pneumonie  [pnomoni]  p  251 
poele,  poUe  [p\va:l]  [pwa(:)l]  4;  oi, 

oi  62,  156,  p.  25  iv,  p.  163  Lxvi 
poelee  [pwale]  oe  p.  62  xxiv 
poelette  [pwcilet]  oe  p.  62  xxiv 
poelier  [pwalje]  oe  p.  62  xxiv 
poete  [poe:t]  p.  19  ii 
poids  [pwa]  [pwa]  oi  62,  p.  62 

xxiv;  dp.  74  xxxiv 
poignard  [pwajia:r]  [pojiair]  oi  p. 

157  Lxiv 
poignet  [pwajie]  [pojie]  gn  p.  81 

XL 

poing  [p\v£]  oin  162 

point  [pwf]  419 

point  d'exclamation  [pwe  d  eks- 

kiaiiKisj.-)]  419 
point  d'interrogation  [pwe  d  e- 

<c(r)r.JK(i'^Jj]  419 
pointe  [p\vi;:(]  oin  14,  p.  65  xxvi 
point  et  virgule  [pwe  c  virgyl]  419 
point    exclamatif    [i)wet   ekskla- 

iiKilif)  i  351 
point  interrogatif  [pwet  eteroga- 

\i[\l  354 
points  suspensifs  [pwe  eyspasif] 

419 


238 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


pointure  [pwety:r]  in  136 

poire  [pwa:r]  oi  56 

pois  [pwa]  oi  62 

poison  [pwazo]  oi  p.  21  iii,  p.  157 

LXIV 

poisson  [pwas5]  oi  p.  157  lxiv 
Poitiers  [pwat.je]  ti  293;  t  p.  117 

LII 

poix  [pwa]  oi  p.  62  xxiv 

p61e  [po!l]-o  15 

pollen  [polen]  n  241 

Pollux  [polyks]  X  310 

poltron  [poltro]  38 

Polymnie  [polimni]  ymn  140 

polysyllabe  [polisilab]  s  269 

pomme  [pom]  o  107 

pompe  [p5:p]  om  p.  55  xx;  p  p. 

98  XLviii 
Ponsard  [p5sa:r]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
pont  [p5]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
pontife  [p5tif]  p  p.  152  lxiii 
Pont-Neuf  [p5  noef]/p.  76  xxxvi 
popularite  [pjpylarite]  35 
pore  [po:r]  o  105;  r  166;  c  180 
port  [pair]  o  13;  76 
porte  [port]  c  76,  p.  30  vi;  o  106 
porte-feuiUe  [porta  foe(:)j]  e  393 
portez  [porte]  z  318 
portez  armes  [porte  arm]  z  359 
portier  [portje]  ti  293;  i  p.  117 

LII 

portiere  [portje:r]  ti  293 
portiez  [portje]  ti  291 
portion  [porsjS]  t  162,  285;  ti  291 
Port- Said    [po:r  said]    dp.    74 

XXXV 

pose  [po:z]  0  101,  p.  39  x 


positif  [pozitif]  o  p.  39  x 
position  [pozisjo]  o  101,  p.  39  x 
possedera  [posedra]  e  88 
poste  [post]  o  106;  s  267 
Poste  restante  [post  restait]  431 
postiche  [posti^]  o  110 
post-scriptiun     [pDs(ts)  kxiptom] 

um  145;  t  300;  m  p.  94  xlv,  p. 

96  XLvii;  t,  u  p.  157  lxiv 
pot  [po]  o  4,  6,  17,  97; « p.  117  liv 
pot  a  eau  [pot  a  o]  t  354 
pot  a  fleur  [pot  a  flceir]  t  354 
pot  a  I'eau  [pot  a  lo]  47 
pot  au  feu  [pot  o  fo]  I  354 
pot  au  lait  [pot  o  le]  t  354 
pot  aux  roses  [pot  o  ro:z]  i  354 
poteau  [poto]  o  109 
potentiel  [potasjcl]  t  283 
potion  [posjo]  o  100,  p.  39  x 
pouce  [pus]  ou  119 
ponding  [pudeig]  g  206 
poulailler  [pulaje]  [pulaje]  a  64 
pouls  [pu]  1 223,  344,  p.  157  lxiv; 

ou  p.  46  XIV 
pour  demain  [pu(:)r  dame]  c  394 
Pour  la  couronne  [pu(!)r  la  ku- 

ron]  P  401 
pour  prendre  conge  [pu(:)r  pra:dr 

ko3e]  p.  161  XIV 
pour  rendre  visite  [pu(:)r  ra:dr 

vizit]  p.  161  XIV 
pp  [p]  42,  168,  245 
Praslin  [iirule]  s  272 
precedeniment    [presedama]   em 

p.  157  LXIV 
precieuse  [presjoiz]  eu  127,  326, 

p.  44  xin 


INDEX 


239 


preemption  [preapsjS]  p  248 
prefere  [prefere]  e  79,  p.  32  vir 
prefix  [prefiks]  x  310 
prendre  [praidr]  e  391;  en  p.  51 

XVIII 

prendre  le  voile  (de  I'ordre)  de 
Sainte-CIaire  [pra:dr  b  vwal 
da  1  ordr  do  se:t  klc:r]  S,  C  417 
prendre  I'habit  (de  I'ordre)  de 
Saint-Franfois     [pra:dr    1  abi 
da  1  ordr  da  se  fraswa]  S,  F  417 
presbytere  [prezbiteir]  s  271 
preseance  [preseais]  s  269 
presence  [prezais]  en  131 
presentez  armes  [prezate  arm]  z 

359 
presomptif  [prezaptif]  p  248,  p. 

98  XL VIII 
presomption  [prez.ljisja]  p  248 
presomptueirx  [proz5ptq0]  p  248 
presque  [preska]  e  69,  387,  p.  30  v 
presqu'ile  [presk  il]  387 
Presse  [prcse]  431 
presupposer  [presypoze]  s  269 
pret  a  partir  [pret  a  partiir]  t  337 
pr§te  [prc:t]  e  85 
preter  [prcte]  S  86 
preterit  [preteri(t)]  t  299,  p.  163 

LXVI 

pretre  [pre:tr]  e  85,  p.  36  viii;  r 

p.  104  L 
pretrise  [prctriiz]  e  p.  36  viii 
preuve  [i)r(L':v|  eii  p.  45  xiii 
Priam  [j)riam]  am  132;  m  235 
prier  (pric)  [prjf]  i  153 
(Priere  dej   faire  suivre  [pricir 

da  fc:r  sqi:vr]  423 


primatie  [primasi]  t  p.  117  liii 
primitif  [primitif]  i  p.  37  ix 
principaute  d'Orange  [presipote 

d  Jra:5]  Op.  153  lxiii 
printemps  [preta]  p  245 
pris  [pri]  76 

prise  [pri:z]  e  76,  p.  30  vi 
prison  d'Etat  [priza  d  eta]  ^  p. 

153  Lxiii 
Privas  [priva]  a  59 
prix  [pri]  x  315 
proces  [i)rase]  c  p.  70  xxix 
prochain  [pra^e]  ch  182 
prochaine  [pra^en]  in  146 
proclamer  [praklame]  [praklame] 

a  64 
profil  [prafil]  il  229 
Progne  [pragne]  gn  200 
pro  jet  [prase]  et  92 
prompt  [pra]  pt  164,  p.  157  lxiv; 

p247 
prompte  [pr5:t]  46 
promptitude    [pratityd]    p    247; 

oni  )).  55  XX 
promulgnant  [pramylga]  gua  197 
pronom  [prana]  om  p.  55  xx 
prononciation     [pranasjasja]     on 

J).  55  XX 
prophetie  [prafcsi]  t  281,  p.  117 

LIII 

propitiatoire  [prapi.sjat\va:r]  t  p. 

117  LIII 

proprete  [prai)raie]  e  393 
proscrire  [praskriir]  c  177;  sc  276 
prose  [pro:/,]  o  101 
prospectus   [pra.spektyis]   s   275, 
p.  163  LXVI 


240 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


protestant  [protesta]  p  399 
provenir  [])rjvni:r]  n  p.  96  xl\t 
providentiel  [i)r.)vi(lasjcl]  /  283 
prudemment  [prydama]  e  55;  em 

134,  p.  21  III,  p.  157  LXiv 
prune  [pnni]  u  p.  46  xv;  n  p.  96 

XLVI 

psalmiste  [psalmist]  p  251 
psalmodier  [psalmodje]  p  251 
psaume  [pso:m]  p  251 
Psyche  [psi^e]  p  251;  ch  p.  72 

XXXII 

psycologie  [psikobsi]  p  251 
psycologue  [psikolog]  p  251 
Ptolemee  [ptoleme]  P  251 
pu  [py]  u  4,  120 
public  [pyblik]  c  255 
publique  [pyblik]  qu  255 
puer  [pqe]  ue  160 
pueril  [pqeril]  il  229 
puis  [pqi]  ui  159,  p.  64  xxv;  s 

273;  p.  157  lxiv 
puisque  [pi[isk(8)]  e  69,  386,  p. 

30  v;  ui  p.  64  xxv 
puisqu'elle  [pijisk  el]  386 
puits  [pqi]  s  273 
puUuler  [pylyle]  II  220 
pun  [pre]  un  p.  56  xxi  B 
punch  [po:^]  un  142,  p.  157  lxtv 
pupille    [pypil]    ill   232,    p.    157 

LXIV 

pur  [py:r]  u  4,  120 
puritain  [pyrite]  p  399 
pusillanime  [pyzi(l)lanim]  ill232, 

p.  157  LXIV 
Puvis  de  Chavannes  [pyvi  d  Ja- 

van]  s  274 


pyramide  [pirami(:)d]  y,  i  p.  37 

IX 

pythagorien  [pitagorje]  p  p.  152 

LXIII 

pjrthonisse    [pitonis]    p    p.    152 

LXIII 


q  [ky]  [kg]  22,  24;  [k]  127,  219, 
252,  254,  346;  final  165 

qu  [k]  [kw]  [kq]  252-258,  329;  be- 
fore a  [kw]  256;  before  a,  o,  u 
[k]  255;  before  e  and  i  [k]  255; 
[kq]  before  e  and  i  257 

quadragenaire  [k(w)adra5en8:r] 
q>i  p.  101  XLix 

quadrangle  [k(w)adra:gl]  qu  256 

quadrat    [k(\v)adra]    qu   p.    101 

XLIX 

quadrille  [kadri:j]  ill  p.  90  xliv; 

qu  p.  101  XLIX 
quadrupeds  [k(w)adrj'pe(:)d]  qu 

256;  ua  p.  62  xxiv 
quadruple    [kadrj'pl]    u   p.    163 

LXVI 

quadrupler  [k(w)adryple]  qu  256, 

p.    101  XLIX 

quai  [ke]  [ke]  ai  82,  124,  322,  p. 

163  Lxvi;  qu  p.  101  xlix 
quai  aux  fieurs  [ke  o  floe:r]  405 
quai  de  I'Horloge  [ke  da  1  orlois] 

H  ilO 
qualite  [kalite]  qu  255 
quand  [ka]  qu  219,  254;  an  p.  51 

XVIII 

quand  irez-vous  [kat  ire  vu]  d 
362,  p.  141  Lix 


INDEX 


241 


quantieme  [katjem]  ti  293 
quantite  [katite]  an  131 
quarante  [kara:t]  qu  p.  101  xlix 
quart  [ka:r]  qu  254;  t  p.  117  liv 
quarte  [kart]  qu  254 
quartier  [kartje]  ti  293;  t  p.  117 

LI  I 

quarto  [kwarto]  qu  256 
quartz  [kwairts]  ua  156;  gn  256 
quasi  [kazi]  qu  254,  p.  101  xllx 
quatrain  [katrc]  qu  254 
quatre  [katr]  e  46;  qu  254 
quatre    ennemis    [katr  enmi]   c 

73 
quatre-temps  [katro  ta]  e  71;  qu 

p.    101    XLIX 

quatre-vingt-cinq     [katr  ve  st:k] 

t,  q  1).  157  LXiv 
quatre-vingt-dix     [katro  ve  dis] 

213 
quatre-vingt-dix-huit      [katr  ve 

dizqit]  I  303 
quatre-vingt-onze    [katro  ve  5:z] 

371;  t  p.  141  Lx 
quatre-vingt-sept     [katro  ve  set] 

t  p.    141    LX 

quatre-vingt-six  [katr  ve  sis]  t,  x 

p.  157  LXIV 
quatre-vingt-un     [katro  ve  <!•]    t 

303,  371,  p.  157  LXiv 
quatrieme  [kalriein]  [katrjrm]  i 

153 
quatuor    [kwatq.):r]    qu    250,    p. 

163  Lxvi 
qu'avez-vous  [k  avc  vu]  384 
que  [ko]  e  06,  75,  383;  qu  210, 

254 


Quebec  [kebek]  c  p.  70  xxx 
que  j'aie  [ko  3  e(:)j]  [ko  5  e]  aie 

90 
quel  [kel]  qu  p.  101  xlix 
quelque  [kclk(o)]  e  387 
quelques-uns    [ke(l)k(o)z  de]    p. 

157  LXiv 
quelqu'un  [kelk  ce]  387;  un  p.  56 

XXI 

quel  velours  [kel  volu:r]  e  394 
qu'entend-on  [k  atat  5]  d  p.  141 

LIX 

querir  [keri:r]  168 

questeur  [kqestoeir]  qu  257 

question  [kcstjo]  t  279,  280,  290 

questure  [kqestyir]  qu  257 

quete  [kc:t]  qu  254 

que  tu  subjuguasses  [ko  ty  syb- 

Sygas]  (jua  197 
queue  [ke]  cu  114,  p.  44  xii,  p. 

49  XVI ;  qu  254,  p.  101  xlix 
queussi-queumi    [kosi  kemi]    qu 

\).    101   XLIX 

qui  [ki]  qu  219,  253,  254,  329 
quibus  [k(q)ibys]  qu  p.  101  xlix 
quiddite  [k(q)i(lditc]  dd  188;  qu 

p.    101   XLIX 

quietisme  [kqiotism]  qu  p.   101 

XLIX 

quietude  [kqiclyd]  qu  257,  p.  101 

XLIX 

qu'il  aimat  [k  il  ema]  d  51 
(qu'il)  efit  [k  il  y]  u  p.  46  XV 
qu'il  finit  [k  il  fini]  i  95 
qu'il  fit  |k  il  fi]  i  95 
quille  |ki:jl  (ju  254 
quillon  [kij.'}]  qu  p.  101  xlix 


242 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


qu'il  parlat  [k  il  parla]  (i  51 
qu'il  punit  [k  il  pyni]  i  95 
qu'ils  eussent  [k  ilz  ys]  eu  116 
qu'il  voguat  [k  il  voga]  gud  197 
Quimper  [kepeir]  r  p.  104  L 
qu'in  [kf]  in  p.  56  xxi  B 
Quinault  [kino]  I  223 
quincaillerie  [kekajri]  qu  254 
quinine  [kinin]  m  p.  163  lxvi 
quinquennal   [kqekqenal]   qu  p. 

101    XLIX 

quinquet  [keke]  qu  254 
quinquina    [kekina]    qu    p.    101 

XLIX 

quinte  [ke:t]  qu  254,  255;  in  p. 

56  XXI  B 
Quinte-Curce    [kqet    kyrs]    Qu 

257 
quintette    [k(ij)etet]    uin   p.    65 

XXVI ;  qu  p.  101  XLIX 
quinteux  [keto]  qu  254 
quintidi    [k(q)etidi]    qu    p.    101 

XLIX 

Quintilien  [kqctilje]  Qu  257;  uin, 

ien  p.  65  xxvi 
quintuple  [k(ii)8typl]  in  136;  uin 

p.  65  xxvi;  qu  p.  101  xlix 
quiproquo  [kiproko]  qu  254 
quoique  [kwak(9)]  e  386 
quoiqu'on  [kwak  3]  386 
qu'on  [k  3]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
quotidian  [kotidje]  up.  163  lxvi 
quotient  [kosja]  o  110,  p.  43  xi; 

t  287,  p.   157  LXiv;  qu  p.   101 

XLIX 

qu'un  [k  de]  un  p.  56  xxi  B 
qu'unze  [k  de:z]  p.  56  xxi  B 


r  [er]  [rs]  22,  24 ;  [r]  91,  94,  105, 
112,  118,  126,  259,  265,  356, 
380,    381;    +consonant    166, 
264;  final  165,  261,  262,  295- 
298,  347-349 
rabbin  [rabe]  bb  p.  68  xxvii 
Rabelais  [rable]  ai  p.  49  xvi 
raccomoder  [rakomode]  cc  p.  69 

xxviii 
raccroc  [rakro]  c  340,  p.  71  xxi; 

cc  p.  69  XXVIII 
raccrocher    [ralo-oSe]    cc    p.    69 

XXVIII 

Rachel  [ra^el]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
rachitique  [ra^itik]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
racier  [rcikle]  a  63 
radoub  [radub]  6  171 
raidir  [redi:r]  r  p.  104  l 
raille  [ra:j]  a  63 
raillerie  [rujri]  a  63,  p.  25  iv 
railway  [relwe]  [relwe]  lo  308 
raison  [rezo]  [rezo]  s  p.  109  li 
ramener  [ramne]  e  70,  p.  30  vi 
rampant  [rapa]  am  131 
rampe  [ra:p]  am  p.  51  xviii 
rang  [ra]  g  365;  an  p.  56  xxi  B 
rang  eleve  [rak  elve]  [ra  elve]  g 

365 
rang  infime  [rak  efim]  g  365 
Raoul  [raul]  I  221 
rappelee  [raple]  e  89 
rapt  [rapt]  p  248;  t  299 
rare  [ra:r]  [ra:r]  r  4,  259;  a  49 
rarete  [rarte]  r  p.  104  l 
raser  [raze]  s  319,  p.  109  li 


INDEX 


243 


rasibus  [razibys]  s  p.  109  li 
rat  [ra]  a  53,  p.  21  iii;  t  p.  117 

LIV 

ratelier  [nitoljo]  e  71 

ration  [rasjo]  I  2S5 

rationnel  [rasjoncl]  t  p.  117  liii 

Ratisbonne  [ratizbon]  s  271 

raviver  [ravive]  v  p.  118  lv 

rayon  [rej5]  ay  90;  y  p.  60  xxiii 

-re  final  260 

reaction  [reaksjo]  c  p.  70  xxx 

rebus  [rebj'is]  s  275 

recemment  [rcsama]  em  134,  p. 

21  III 
recent  [rcsa]  c  p.  70  xxix 
Recevez,    Monsieur,    les    meil- 
leures  amities  de  votre  bien 
devoue  [rosve,  masjo,  le  me- 
ja-irz  amitje  do  voir  bje  de- 
vwe]  428 
recevoir  [ros(a)v\va:r]  c  175 
recif  [resif]  /  p.  76  xxxvi 
recipient  [resipja]  c  p.  70  xxix 
reciter  [rcsite]  c  p.  70  xxix 
recognition  [r('k.)p;nisj.l]  gji  200 
Recommandee  [rokoinddo]  423 
recompense  [rokapuis]  23 
recu  [rosy]  f  32,  267 
recueil  [roka'(:)j]  ue  118 
recueille  [rokn-ij]  ueille  226 
reddition  [rcd<lisj.>]  dd  188 
redempteur  [rfdri(j))t<L':r]  /;  248 
redemption  [rcdrifijjsj')]  p  248 
redingote  [r.)drn.)t]  in  135 
refaisant,[r.if.izri)  ai  68 
reflux  Ir.tfiy]  x  p.  163  lxvi 
refrogne  [rofrjjif]  gn  p.  81  xl 


regard  [rogair]  r  p.  104  l 
regardez  [rogarde]  p.  19  ii 
regardez    les    cerfs-volants  [r9- 

garde  Ic  servola]/p.  76xxxvii 
regnait  [repc]  gii  p.  81  xl 
Regnard  [roiiair]  g  204,  p.  81  XL 
Regnaud  [rono]  g  204 
Regnauld  [rojio]  e,  I  p.  162  lxv 
regne  [rejie]  e  79 
regne  [reji]  gn  207,  329 
regner  [rejie]  gn  4 
regrets  [rogre]  c  p.  30  v 
Reims  sec  Rheims 
rein  [re]  ein  p.  54  xix,  p.  56  xxi 

B 
reine  [n-.n]  ei  20,  p.  36  viii 
reineclaude  [rengloid]  [reiilcloid] 

c  174 
reine  de  France  [rem  do  frais]  e 

394 
reitre  [r?:tr]  ci  90,  125,  p.  49  xvi 
rejeter  [rostc]  e  70,  p.  30  vi 
rejoindre    [ro3we:dr]   oin   p.    65 

XXVI ;  j  p.  86  XLii 
rejouir  [ro3wi:r]  otii  156;  j'  217 
relaps  [rolajw]  «  275 
relapse    [rolaps]    p   248,    p.    98 

XLVIII 

relieur  [roljccir]  e  p.  30  v 
reliure  [roljyir]  in  152 
remarque  [r.tiiiark]  r  p.  104  l 
remede  [r.)nie(:)d]  ('  87 
remerciait  [rotiirrsjc]  uii  152 
rempart  [r("ii)a:r]  r  p.  104  l;  t  p. 

117  i.iv 
remplir  [mi)li:rl  cui  131 
remuant  [rjiuqu]  uan  162 


244 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


remuons  [remq")]  uon  p.  65  xxvi 
Renaud  [rono]  dp.  74  xxxiv 
rendre  [ra:dr]  r  p.  104  l 
rene  [rc:n]  c  p.  36  viii 
renfort  [rafo:r]  t  295,  p.  117  Liv 
renne  [ren]  e  20,  p.  36  viii 
repartie  [raparti]  t  p.  117  lii 
repete  [repet]  e  28 
repete  [repete]  e  79,  p.  32  vix 
repond-elle  [repot  el]  d  362,  p. 

141  LIX 
Repondez,  s'il  vous  plait  [repSde, 

s  il  ^1l  pie]  p.  161  XIV 
repondit-il  [repodit  il]  421 
reps  [reps]  p  248 
republique     romaine     [repj'blik 

roinen]  r  p.  153  lxiii 
requiem  [rekni(j)cm]  e  80;  wi  235; 

qu  257 
reserve  [rezerve]  p.  157  lxiv 
resignation  [rezijiasjo]  a  p.  157 

LXIV 

resoudre  [rezu(:)dr]  s  319 

respect  [respe(k)]  [respekt]  ect 
92,  253,  353,  p.  157  lxiv;  ct 
181;  t  300;  e  p.  36  viii 

respecter  [respekte]  38 

respect  humain  [respek  yrae]  ect 
353 

respirer  [respire]  38 

ressemble  [rasaibl]  e  p.  30  v 

ressembler  [rosuble]  e  68,  p.  157 

LXIV 

ressentir  [rasutiir]  e  68,  p.  157 

LXIV 

ressortir  [rasortiir]  e  68 
ressource  [rasurs]  e  p.  157  lxiv 


restaurant  [restora]  [restaru]  au 
112,  126,  325,  p.  43  xi,  p.  49 

XVI 

rester  [reste]  38;  e  91 
restez  encore  [restez  akoir]  z  336 
resultat  [rezylta]  t  p.  117  liv 
resume  [rezjTne]  yyi  233 
resumption  [rezapsjo]  um  142 
rets  [re]  t  p.  117  liv 
revanche  [r(a)va:$]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
reve  [re:v]  e  85,  p.  36  viii 
revenir  [ravniir]  46;  e  67 
revenu  [r(9)vny]  u  p.  46  xv 
rever  [reve]  e  86,  p.  36  viii 
revetir  [r(8)v8ti:r]  e  p.  36  viii 
revolver  [revolve:r]  e  80,  p.  32 

VII ;  r  263;  v  p.  118  lv;  e,  r  p. 

163  i^vi 
Rejmauld  [reno]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
rez  [ro]  e  SO 
rez-de-chaussee    [retSose]    z    p. 

163  LX\T 

R(h)einis  [re:s]  eim  135,  p.  54 
xix;  s  274;  p.  157  lxiv,  p.  162 

LXV 

Rhin  [re]  in  p.  54  xix 
rhinoceros  [rinoserois]  s  275 
rhododendron  [rododedro]  en  137 
rhum  [rom]  u  113;  um  145;  m 

235;  p.  163  lxvi 
Richard  [ri^air]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
Richelieu  [ri^aljo]  e  71,  p.  30  v 
rien  [rje]  en  135;  ie  p.  60  xxiii 
rien  accepter  [rjen  aksepte]  n  375 
rire  [ri:r]  r  p.  104  l 
rive  [ri:v]  v  4;  i  94;  v  304 
riz  [ri]  z  318,  359 


INDEX 


245 


robe  [ro(:)b]  o  4,  104,  106,  p.  43 

xi;  6  4,  46,  170 
roc  [rak]  o  105,  p.  43  xi;  c  p.  70 

XXX 

Roch  [r,)k]  ch  p.  162  lxv 

roche  [roS]  46 

Roger  [rj5c]  r  262 

rognon  [rojio]  gn  p.  81  xl 

roi  [nva]  [rwa]  oi  62,  j).  25  iv,  p. 

62  XXIV 
roi  de  France  [rwa  d  fra:s]  e  394 
role  [ro:l]  u  97,  p.  39  x 
romance  [ramu:s]  o  109 
Rome  [rjm]  o  111,  p.  43  xi 
rompre  [r5:pr]  orn  p.  55  xx 
romps  [ra]  p  247 
Romulus  [romyl}-:s]  s  274 
rond  [r5]  d  164,  p.  74  xxxiv;  r 

259;  o/i  p.  56  XXI  B 
ronde  [rj:d]  on  p.  55  xx 
ronron  [rora]  r  p.  104  l 
rosbif    [rasbif]    [razljif]   /   p.    76 

XXXVI ;  s  p.  157  lxiv 
rose  [ro:z]  s  4,  268,  316,  317,  p. 

109  Li;  0  13,  101,  p.  39  x 
rosier  [rozjc]  o  101 
Rosny  [roni]  a  272 
rossignol  [rasijial]  o  110 
Rothschild  [rot^ild]  d  j).  74  xxxv 
roti  (rati]  <>  97,  p.  43  xi;  I  281,  p. 

117  i.ii 
Rotterdam    [r.ttrnhun]   am   132; 

vt  235 
Rouen  Irwfi]  oum  \).  65  xxvi 
rouet  [rwt)  one  156 
rouge  [ruij]  gc  4,  p.  80  xxxix; 

oa  19,  119 


rougeaud  [1-1130]  ou  p.  49  xvi 

rougeur  [rujoe:/]  19 

roux  [ru]  ou  p.  46  xiv 

royal  [rwajal]  46;  o?/  p.  62  xxiv 

royaume  [rwajoim]  oy  p.  62  xxiv 

rr  [(r)r]  43,  168,  259 

made  [rqa(:)d]  ua  p.  64  xxv 

Rubens  [rj'beis]  en  137;  s  p.  162 

LXV 

rude  [ry(:)d]  d  4;  u  121 

rue  [ry]  c  69,  391 

rue  [rqe]  ue  p.  64  xxv 

rue  de  Rivoli  [ry  do  rivali]  R  410 

ruelle  [rqcl]  ae  160,  p.  64  xxv 

rueuse  [rqo:z]  ucu  160,  p.  64  xxv 

mine  [rqin]  id  p.  64  xxv 

Ruisdael  [rqizda:!]  s,  e  j).  162  lxv 

misseau  [rqiso]  ui  p.  64  xxv 

nmib  [ra:b]  b  171 

run  [r<I"]  un  \).  56-xxi  B 

rupture  [rypty:r]  u  p.  46  xv 

rural  [ryral]  r  p.  104  l 

mse  [ry:z]  s  268,  319,  p.  109  Li 

rustre  [rystr]  r  p.  104  l 

Rujrter  [rqitfrr]  r  p.  101  L 


s  [cs]  [so]  22,  24;  [s]  92,  93,  100, 
110,  170,  266,  2()7,  269,  274, 
280,  381;  final  [s]  275;  silent 
272,  273,  368,  ;J69;  of  final  cs, 
rs  367;  [z]  101,  105,  106,  118, 
268, 270, 271, 317, 319, 366,  370 

sabbat  [sal)a]  bb  p.  68  xxvii;  t  p. 
117  LIV 

sable  [su:bl]  [8a(:)bl]  a  64,  p.  25  iv 


246 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


sabre  [sabr]  [sa'or]  a  64 
saccade  [8aka(:)f  1  cc  p.  69  xxviii 
saccader  [sakade]  cc  173 
saccager  [sakase]  cc  p.  69  xxviii 
saccharin  [sakare]  cc  p.  69  xxviii 
sa  fenetre  [sa  fneitr]  e  394 
Sa  Grandeur  [sa  grada;:r]  S,  G 

412,  p.  161  XIV 
Sa  Grandeur  I'eveque  de  Mar- 
seille   [sa   grddd'ir  1  evcik   da 

marse:j]  S,  G,  M  413 
sain  [se]  ain  p.  54  xix 
saint  [se]  s  409;  p.  161  XIV 
Saint-Cloud  [se  klu]  d  189 
saint  Denis  [se  doni]  s  409 
sainte  [se:t]  ain  p.  56  xxi  B;  p. 

161  XIV 
saint  Francois  [se  fraswa]  s  409 
Saint-Gaudens  [se  gode:s]  s  274, 

p.  162  Lxv 
Saint-Germain-l'Auxerrois    [se 

5erme  1  okservva]  x  267 
saint  Luc  [se  lyk]  c  p.  70  xxx 
saint  Marc  [se  mark]  c  178,  340, 

341 
Saint-Marc  a  Venise  [se  mair  a 

v(3)ni!z]  c  p.  141  LX 
Saint-Marc    Girardin    [se  ma:r 

.^irarde]  c  340 
saint  Martin  [se  marte]  s  409 
Saint-Ouen  [set  wu]  ouen  p.  65 

XXVI 

Saint-Petersburg  [se  peterzbuir] 

g  205;  s  271 
Saint-Quentin  [se  kate]  qu  254 
Saint-Roch    [se  rok]    ch    p.    73 

XXXIII,  p.  162  LXV 


saints  [se]  p.  161  XIV 

Saint  Thomas  d'Aquin  [se  tDma 

d  ake]  qu  254 
salade  [sala(:)d]  p.  19  n 
salete  [salte]  e  70,  393 
salle  [sal]  p.  19  ii 
Salut  amical  [salyt  amikal]  427 
samedi  [samdi]  e  70,  393,  p.  30 

VI 

Sa  Majeste  [sa  maseste]  S,  M 

412;  p.  161  XIV 
Sa  Majeste  Britannique  [sa  ma- 

Seste  britanik]  .S',  M,  B  414 
Sa  Majeste  CathoUque  [sa  ma- 

3este  katolik]  ;S',  M,  C  414 
Sa  Majeste  Fidele  [sa  maseste 

fidel]  S,  M,  F  414 
Sa   Majeste   imperiale   [sa  ma- 

Seste  eperjal]  *S,  M -413 
Sa  Majeste  la  reine  [sa  maseste 

la  rem]  ;S',  M  413 
Sa  Majeste  la  reine  d'Angleterre 

[sa  ma3estc  la  rem  d  agbteir] 

S,  M,  A  413 
Sa  Majeste  le  czar  [sa  maseste 

b  tsa:r]  aS,  M  413 
Sa   Majeste   I'empereur   Napo- 
leon III  [sa  maseste  1  aproeir 

napoleo  trwa]  S,  M,  N  413 
Sa  Majeste  le  roi  [sa  maseste  b 

rw(i]  S,  M  413 
Sa    Majeste    le    sultan    Abdul 

Medjid    [sa  maseste  b  syltci 

abdyl  medjid]  S,  M,  A  413 
Samson  [saso]  m  236 
Sanchez  [sajes]  [sa^ez]  z  p.  122 

LVIII 


INDEX 


247 


sanctifier  [sakiifje]  c  p.  70  xxx 
sanctuaire  [saktqeir]  c  p.  70  xxx 
sandwich  [sudwit^],  £''i<7?is/i  [sand- 

witS]  w  157,  308,  p.  62  xxiv; 

d  p.  74  XXXV 
sang  [su]  an  131,  p.  51  xviii,  p. 

56  XXI  B;  g  365 
sang  et  eau  [sa  e  o]  g  365 
sang  humain  [sdk  yme]  g  365 
sang  impur  [sak  epyir]  [sa  epyir] 

g  365 
sanglier  [suglie]  j;/  p.  79  xxxviii 
sangsue  [sQsy]  g  204 
sans  date  [sa  dat]  p.  161  XIV 
sans  le  chien  [su  1  5jc]  c  394 
sans  lieu  ni  date  [su  Ijo  ni  dat] 

p.  161  XIV 
Saone  [so:n]  a  57,  p.  162  lxv;  ad 

103,  p.  39  x 
Sa  Saintete  [sa  sette]  S  412;  p. 

161  XIV 
Sa  Saintete  le  pape  Pie  IX  [sa 

settc  k)  pap  pi  na-f]  S,  P  413 
satiete  [sasjcte]  li  293;  t  p.  117 

LIU 

sauce  [so:s]  au  102,  p.  39  x 
saucisse  [sosis]  a  a  102 
saucisson  [sosis5]  au  102 
sauf  jsof]  /  165,  192 
saurai  [s.)rc]  [sore]  au  112,  126, 

p.  43  XI 
saurais  [sore]  [sore]  au  112,  126, 

J).  13  XI 
saussaie  [.so.sr]  au  102 
saut  [so]  /  295;  au  p.  39  x 
sauter  [sotc]  nu  102 
savoir  [savwairj  124,  322 


savon  [sav5]  07i  p.  55  xx 

sc  [s]  c  175,  277,  329;  before  e,  i, 

y  [s]  277;  before  a,  o,  u  and 

consonants  [sk]  276 
scandale  [skudal]  sc  276 
scarlatine  [skarlatin]  sc  276 
sceau  [so]  eau  p.  39  x;  sc  p.  71 

xxxi 
scelerat  [selera]  c  175;  sc  277 
sceleratesse  [selerates]  sc  p.  71 

xxxi 
sceller  [sele]  sc  p.  71  xxxi 
scenario  [scnarjo]  sc  p.  71  xxxi; 

ri  p.  96  XLVi 
scene  [se:n]  c  175,  267;  sc  277, 

329;  e  p.  36  viii 
scenique  [sonik]  sc  p.  71  xxxi 
scepticisme     [septisism]     [septi- 

sizm]  .sc  277,  p.  71  xxxi 
sceptique  [septik]  sc  p.  71  xxxi 
sceptre  [septr]  sc  217,  p.  71  xxxi 
sch  [Sj  [sk]  182,  185,  186,  278,  32.9 
schah  [Sa]-s  p.  152  lxiii 
schema  [skema]  sch  278 
Schiller  [^ilcir]  r  263 
schisme    [Sism]    [Sizm]    sch    186, 

27S,  329 
schiste  [^isf]  sch  186,  278 
Schleswig  [yrzvig]  g  206 
sc(h)olaire  [skale:r]  sch  186,  278; 

sc  276 
sc(h)oIastique   [skjlastik]   sch 

ISO,  278 
scholie  [skoli]  sch  186 
scie  [si]  .sc  277,  p.  71  xxxi 
sciemment  [sjamd]  sc  p.  71  xxxi; 

mill  ]).  94  XLV 


248 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


science  [sja:s]  ien  135,  162;  c  175, 
267,  p.  157  Lxiv;  s  p.  109  li 

scientifique  [sjatifik]  ien  p.  65 
XXVI ;  sc  p.  71  XXXI 

scier  [sje]  sc  p.  71  xxxi 

scintillant  [setijQ]  sc  p.  71  xxxi 

scintille  [setiij]  sc  277 

scintiller  [seti(l)le]  [setije]  ill 
232 

scion  [sjo]  sc  p.  71  xxxi 

sciure   [sjy.-r]  iu   152;  sc  p.   71 

XXXI 

scrutin  [skiyte]  sc  276 
sculpteur    [skyltcBir]  sc   276;   p 

247,  p.  157  LXIV,  p.  163  lxvi 
ScyUa  [silla]  c  267,  p.  162  kxv; 

sc277 
Scythes  [sit]  c  175 
se  [so]  e  66,  383 
sec  [sek]  c  p.  70  xxx 
second  [sago]  [zg5]  c  174,  p.  157 

LXIV 

second  etage  [sagot  etai3]  d  363 

secundo  [sagodo]  un  142 

seigle  [se(:)gl]  ei  90 

seigneur  [sejioeir]  gn  207 

sein  [se]  ein  p.  54  xix 

Seine  [se:n]  ei  20,  90,  125,  323, 

p.  36  viii 
seize  [se:z]  ei  90,  125,  323 
sel  [sd]  I  221 

Selim  [selim]  im  139;  m  235 
selon  eux  [sala  0]  n  335,  378 
semblant  [sabla]  em  131 
semble  [sa:bl]  em  14 
sembliez  [sablie]  [sabljo]  i  153 
s'en  [s  a]  en  p.  51  xviii 


sens    [sa]    [sa:s]   s   275,    p.    157 

lxiv;  en  p.  51  xviii 
sens  commun  [sa  komde]  s  p.  157 

LXIV 

sept  [set]  p  247;  <  302 
sept  arbres  [set  arbr]  t  302 
septembre  [se(p)ta:br]  em  131;  p 

248,  425 
sept  enfants  [set  ufa]  pt  p.  157 

LXIV 

septentrion  [se(p)tatrj5]  p  248 
septentrional    [se(p)tatrjanal]   p 

p.  98  XLViii 
septieme  [setjem]  ti  293 
sept  plumes  [se  pljon]  t  p.  157 

LXIV 

sept  pommes  [se  pom]  t  302 
septuagenaire    [septqaseneir]    p 

248 
sera  [sara]  r  259 
serail  [sera:j]  il  224 
serf  [serf]  /  p.  76  xxxvi 
serions  [sarjo]  e  p.  30  v 
sert-il  [seirt  il]  t  381 
serviteur  [scrvitceir]  eu  p.  45  xiii 
ses  [se]  [se]  e  93 
Ses  Majestes  [se  maseste]  S,  M 

412 
Seth  [set]  th  299 
seuU  [sa3(:)j]  eu  13,  118,  p.  45 

xiii 
seul  [inA]  ew4,  117;  Z  221 
seul  habit  [soel  abi]  I  344 
seve  [se:v]  «;  p.  118  lv 
shako  [5ako]  A;  218 
si  [si]  s  4,  31,  266;  i  4,  94,  389 
sibylle  [sibil]  ill  232 


INDEX 


249 


sieur  [sjcEir]  eu  118;  p.  161  XIV 
Sieyes  [sjejes]  s  274 
sifflera  [siflara]  e  71 
signal  [sijial]  gn  p.  81  XL 
signet  [sine]  [sijit]  g  204 
signifie  [sijiifi]  [sinifi]  gn  p.   157 

LXIV 

s'U  [s  il]  31 

s'il  en  est  ainsi  [s  il  an  ei  esi]  I,  n, 

t  p.  141  LIX 
silex  [silfks]  x  310 
s'ils  viennent  [s  il  vjcn]  389 
s'U  va  [s  il  va]  3S9 
s'il  vous  plait  [s  il  \u  pie]  j).  161 

XIV 
simple  [se:pl]  im  135,  p.  19  ii,  p. 

54  XIX,  p.  157  LXIV 
Sinai  [sinai]  p.  163  lxvi 
sine  qua  non  [sine  kwa  non]  qu 

p.    101  XLIX 

sire  [si:r]  i  p.  37  ix 

sirop  [siro]  ])  249 

six  [sis]  s  266;  x  267,  313,  315, 

372 
sixain  [size]  x  314,  p.  122  lvii 
six  amis  [siz  ami]  x  319 
six  chaises  [si  Se:z]  x  j).  157  lxiv 
six  et  dix  [sis  e  dis]  x  p.  157  lxiv 
six  heros  [si  ero]  x  315 
six  heures  [siz  (cir]  x  p.  157  lxiv 
six  heures  et  demie  [siz  a:r  e 

(i.tiiii]  .s-  370 
six  hommes  [siz  jiii]  x  372 
six-huit  [sis  qit]  x  \).  122  lvii 
sixieme   jsizjcin]   x  311,   \).    122 

LVII 

six  ou  sept  [sis  u  set]  47 


six  pommes  [si  pom]  x  315 

six-quatre  [sis  katr]  x  p.  122  lvii 

six  soldats  [si  solda]  x  372 

sixte  [sikst]  x  310 

Sixte- Quint  [siksto  kg]  e  71 

social  [sosjal]  o  110;  ia  152;  c  175 

societe  [sosjete]  o  110 

soeur  [s(p:r]  eu  118,  p.  45  xiii 

soi  [swa]  oi  56,  156,  p.  21  iii 

sole  [s\v(i]  [swa]  oi  56,  64 

soif  [swaf]  /  192 

soif  ardente  [swaf  ardait]  /  p.  76 

xxxvi 
soin  [swe]  in  p.  54  xix 
soir  [swa:r]  oi  56 
soit   [swat]    [swa]   t  300,  p.   163 

LXVII 

soixante  [sw;isa:t]  x  267,  313 
soixantaine  [swasatcn]  x  313 
soixante-dix  [swasa:t  dis]  213 
soixantieme     [swasatjem]    x    p. 

122  LVII 
soldat  [s,)lda]  a  53 
soleU    [s.)le(:)j]   eil  226,   p.    157 

lxiv;  ei  p.  36  viii;  il  p.  90 

XMV 

solennel  [sjlanel]  c  55;  en  134 
solennite    [solanite]    nri    p.    96 

XLVI 

sommeil  [s.)ine:j]  c  91;  il  \).  90 

XMV 

sommeiller  [sjmrjc]  ri  j).  36  viii 
sommets  |s.)iiir]  (7.s  92 
sommite  [sjiiiitc]  m  j).  57  xxii 
somnambule  [sjiniirihyl]  om  143; 

III  231 
somnolent  |s.)mii.)]ri]  oin  143 


250 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


Son  Altesse  [son  altes]  S,  A  412 
Son  Altesse  I'electeur  de  Saxe 

[son  altes  1  elektceir  da  saks]  S, 

A  413 
Son    Altesse    royale    [son   altes 

rwcijal]  S,  A  413;  p.  161  XIV 
sonde  [s3:d]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
son  dernier  avis  [so  dernjer  avi] 

r  347 
Son  Eminence  [son  eminais]  S,  E 

412 
Son   Eminence   le    cardinal    de 

Retz    [son  emina:s  la  kardinal 

da  res]  S,  E,  R  413 
Son  Excellence  [son  ekseluis]  p. 

161  XIV 
songe  [30:3]  071  14 
songea  [so3a]  e  p.  157  lxiv 
sonnette  [sonet]  n  p.  57  xxii 
sonore  [sono:r]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
sort  [so:r]  r  166;  o  p.  43  xi;  ^  p. 

117   LIV 

sortie  [sorti]  tie  292;  t  p.  117  lii 

sot  [so]  [sot]  t  300 

sotie  [soti]  t  281 

sotte  [sot]  0  107,  p.  43  xi;  tt  279 

sou  [su]  ou  p.  46  XIV 

souhait  [swe]  t  295,  p.  117  liv 

soul  [su]  I  223,  344;  ou  p.  46  xiv 

soulever  [sulve]  I  p.  87  xliii 

Soulier  [sulje]  p.  163  lxvii 

souliers  neufs  [sulje  ncef]  /  p.  76 

xxxvi 
Soult  [suit]  t  299 
soumission  [sumisjo]  m  p.  94  xlv 
sourcil   [sursi]  il  230;  I  344,  p. 

163  Lxvi 


sourd  [su:r]  ou  p.  46  xiv;  d  p.  74 

xxxiv 
sourd  a  toutes  les    demandes 

[su:r  a  tut  le  damciid]  d  p.  141 

LX 

sourde  [surd]  ou  p.  46  xiv 
sourd  et  muet  [suir  e  mqe]  d  p. 

141  LX 

sous-entendu  [suz  atudy]  p.  161 

XIV 
sous  le  pont  [su  1  po]  e  394 
sous  un  toit  [suz  de  twa]  s  335 
soutenir  [sutni:r]  e  70 
soutien  [sutje]  ti  294;  t  p.  117  lit 
souvenir  [suvni:r]  e  46;  n  p.  96 

XLVI 

souverain  [suvre]  e  46,  70,  p.  30 

VI 

spalt  [spall]  t  299 

specimen    [spesimen]    [spesime] 

€71  133;  71  241,  p.  157  lxiv 
specimen  a  desirer  [spesimen  a 

dezire]  n  376 
sphinx  [sfe:ks]  x  310 
squale    [skwal]   qu  256,  p.   101 

XLIX 

square  [skwa:r]  va  156;  qu  256 

ss  [s]  267,  329 

St  final  297 

stabat  mater  [stabat  mate:r]  r 

263 
stagnant  [stagna]  gn  200 
stagnation  [stagnasjo]  g7i  200 
stathouder  [statudeir]  r  p.  104  l 
station  [stasjo]  a  60;  t  285 
Strasbourg  [strazbuir]  s  271;  s,  g 

p.  157  LXIV 


INDEX 


251 


strict  [strikt]  I  296 

strontiviin  [strosjom]  t  288 

Stuart  [stqa:r]  ua  p.  64  xxv 

stuc  [styk]  c  p.  70  xxx 

style  [stil]  y  96 

su  [sy]  u  p.  46  XV 

sua  [sqa]  ho  160,  p.  64  xxv 

suaire  [sqt:r]  ua  p.  64  xxv 

suant  [sua]  nan  p.  65  xxvi 

suave  [sqa:v]  ua  160,  p.  64  xxv 

subit  [sybi(t)]  t  299,  300,  p.  163 

LXVII 

subordonner  [syborcbne]  h  44 
substantiel  [syp,std.sjL-l]  t  283,  p. 

117  LIII 

sue  [sj'k]  c  p.  70  xxx 
successeur  [syksesoeir]  cc  176,  p. 

70  XX IX 
succinct  [sykse]  [syksekt]  t  300; 

c  p.  71  XXXI,  p.  163  Lxvi 
succion  [syksjo]  cc  p.  70  xxix 
succulent  [sykyla]  cc  173 
succursale  [sykyrsal]  u  p.  46  xv, 

[).  161  XIV 
Sucre  [sykr]  u  j).  46  xv 
sud  [.sy(:)d]  d  190,  p.  157  lxiv, 

p.  163  LXVI 
sud-est  [syfi  est  ]  I  297 
sud-ouest  (syd  west]  I  297 
suerent  [.sqr:r]  it'c  160 
sueur  [.squ-'ir]  uc.u  160,  p.  04  xxv 
Suez  [sqcs]  [sqciz]  z  316,  p.  163 

l-XVI 

suggerer  (.syK^r-re]  |Hyg3cre]  38; 

f/f/  20:'>,  p.  157  LXiv 
suggestion  [svK.vstjr)]  gg  203;  li 

290;  l\i.  117  I.I  I 


suif  a  vendre  [sqif  a  va:dr]  /  p. 

76  XXXVI 
suinter  [sqete]  uin  136,  162 
suis-je  [sqi:5]  e  69 
suivant  [sqiva]  p.  161  XIV 
suivre  [sqiivr]  id  160 
sujetion  [sy5e.sj5]  t  285 
sun  [see]  un  p.  56  xxi  B 
suons  [sq5]  uon  162 
superbe  [sj^^erb]  p  245 
supplice  [syplis]  pp  245 
supputer  [s>T3j^e]  u  p.  46  xv 
suprematie  [sypremasi]  t  p.  117 

LIU,   ]).    157  LXIV 

sur  [sy:r]  u  p.  46  xv 

sure  [sy:r]  up.  46  xv 

sur  le  pont  [syr  la  p5]  e  394 

sur  les  une  heure  [syr  le  >ti  a?:r] 

371 
sumom  [syrno]  ot)i    141,   p.   55 

XX 

sur-plomb  [syr  plo]  b  339 
suspect  [syspekt]  [syspek]  [syspe] 
ct  181;  I  300;  eel  353;  p.  163 

LXVI 

suspense  [sysi)u:s]  s  267 
Suzanne  [syzan]  z  \y.  122  lviii 
suzerain  [syzrf:]  z  p.  122  lviii 
syUabe  [sila(:)b]  [silla(:)b]  ?/  96; 

//  KiS;  a  p.  21  iii 
sympathie    [sfjjati]   yvi   135;   Ih 

279,  I).  117  Lii 
symptome  [sfi)to:in]  p  248,  p.  98 

XLVIII 

syntaxe  (sf-faksl  yn  135 
synthese  [.sftrsz]  yn  135 
systeme  [si.stt:in]  c  87 


252 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


t[te][to]22,  24;92;118;  170;  [t] 
[s]  162,  267,  279-303;  final 
295-303,  350-356,  381,  382; 
silent  295,  300-303,  350-356 

ta  [ta]  a  p.  21  iii 

tabac  [taba]  a  53;  c  180,  p.  157 

LXIV 

table  [ta(:)bl]  a  65;  e  69,  391;  le 

222 
tableau  [tablo]  bl  37;  eau  p.  39  x 
tac  [tak]  c  p.  70  xxx 
tache  [ta:S]  d  15,  19,  58 
tacher  [tu^e]  d  19 
tachygraphe  [takigraf]  ch  p.  72 

XXXII 

tact  [takt]  c  p.  70  xxx;  t  296,  p. 

117  Lii,  p.  157  LXIV 
taUle  [ta:j]  a  61 
tailleur  [tajoeir]  [tajoeir]  a  64 
taire  [te:r]  ai  84,  123,  321 
TaUeyrand  [ta(l)leru]  ill  232 
Talmud  [talmyd]  d  p.  74  xxxv 
tandis  [tddi]  s  p.  157  lxiv 
tandis  que  [tadi(s)  k(o)]  s  p.  109 

LI 

tante  [ta:t]  an  4,  14,  131,  p.  56 

XXI  B;  e  46 
taon  [ta]  [t5]  a  57;  o  103 
tape  [tap]  p  4,  245 
tard  [ta:r]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
tarii  [tarif]  /  p.  76  xxxvi 
tas  [ta]  a  59,  p.  25  iv;  <  4,  279 
tasse  [ta:s]  a  65,  p.  25  iv 
tasser  [tuse]  a  59 
tatons  [tato]  d  p.  25  iv 


taux  [to]  X  p.  122  LVii 
te  [to]  c  66,  383,  391 
technologie    [teknobsi]   ch    185, 

p.  73  xxxiii 
te  deum  [te  deom]  e  80,  p.  32  vii; 

um  145 
teinte    [te:t]   ein   4,   135,  p.    56 

XXI  B 
tel  [tel]  I  221 
telephone    [telefon]    [telefoin]    o 

111,  p.  43  XI 
tellement  [tehna]  46 
tempete  [tdpeit]  em  131 
temple  [taipl]  em  p.  51  xviii 
temps  [ta]  em  131;  t  279;  ps  p. 

157  LXIV 
tenacite  [tonasite]  e  67 
tenir  [taniir]  e  67;  r  261 
tenture  [tcityir]  en  131 
Terre-Neuve  [teir  noeiv]  422 
terrible  [ttribl]  rr  169;  r  259 
terrine  [terin]  rr  167 
territoire    [teritwair]    oi    p.    62 

XXIV 

tertio  [tersjo]  t  p.  117  liii 

tes  [tc]  [te]  e  93 

tete  [te:t]  e  4,  20,  29,84,  p.  36  viii 

tette  [tet]  e  20,  p.  36  viii 

texte  [tekst]  a;  310 

th  [t]  h  209,  279,  329 

thaler  [talc:r]  r  p.  104  l 

the  [te]  h  209 

theatre  [teaitr]  e,  d  30;  th  279, 

329 
theatre  de  Paris  [tea:tr  do  pari] 

P  p.  153  LXiii 
theme  [te:m]  th  279 


INDEX 


253 


theocratie  [teokrasi]  I  281 

Thiers  [tjr:r]  r  264 

Thomas  [toma]  a  59,  p.  25  iv 

thorax  [toraks]  x  310 

thym  [te]  ym  135,  p.  157  lxiv 

-ti  [sj]  [tj]  [ti]  110,  280,  281,  289- 

291,  293,  294 
-tia  [tja]  ti  294 
-tial  [sjal]  t  280,  282 
tiare  [tja:r]  ti  294 
tic  [tik]  c  p.  70  XXX 
-tie  [si]  [ti]  t  280,  281,  292 
-tie  [tje]  t  293 
-tie  [tje]  <  293 
-tiel  [sjrl]  t  280,  283 
-tieme  [tjem]  ti  293 
-tiemement  [tjemma]  ti  293 
tien  [tje]  ti  294 

-tien  [sjt-]  t  280,  286;  [tje]  I  294 
tienne  [tjcn]  ti  294 
tient  [tje]  en  135,  p.  54  xix,  p. 

157  Lxiv 
-tient  [sje]  I  280;  [sju]  287 
-tier  [tjo]  t  293 
tiers  [tjc:r]  r  166,  264 
-tiers  [tje]  t,  ti  293 
tiers  etat  [tjc:rz  eta]  s  366 
-ties  [ti]  <  281 
-tieuse  [sjosz]  t  280,  284 
-tiez  [tje]  ti  291 
tige  [ti:^]  i  94 
tilleul  [tijdlj  I  p.  157  lxiv 
timidite  [timidito]  i  p.  37  ix 
tinssiez  [tfsjc]  in  45 
-tie  [f  j.)]  li  294 
-tion  [sjj]  I  280,  285 
-tions  [tj3]  li  291 


-tium  [sjom]  t  280,  288 
tirelire  [tirliir]  i  p.  37  ix 
tiret  [tire]  421 
tiret  (de  separation)  [tire  da  se- 

parosjo]  419 
Titien  [tisje]  t  286,  p.  117  liii; 

t,  en  p.  162  lxv 
titiller  [titi(l)le]  ill  232 
toast  [tost]  [to:st]  57;  t  297;  a  p. 

157  lxiv 
tocsin  [tokse]  c  p.  70  xxx 
toi  [twa]  oi  56,  156 
tombe  [t5:I)]  om  141 
tombeau  [tobo]  om  p.  55  xx 
tome  [to:m]  o  14,  111 
tondre  [toidr]  on  p.  56  xxi  B 
topaze  [topa:z]  [toparz]  a  64;  z  p. 

122  Lviii 
tort  [to:r]  a  4,  104 
toste  [tost]  o  110 
tot  [to]  6  p.  39  X 
total  [total]  o  109 
tot  ou  tard  [tot  u  ta:r]  47 
Toulon,  7,  rue  Saint-Georges,  le 

18  aout  1911  [tulo,  set,  ry  se 

3or3,  la  diz  qit  u  diz  ncef  sa  5:z] 

425 
tour  [tu:r]  ou  4,  119;  <  7 
tournesol  [turnosol]  s  269 
tournevis  [turnovis]  e,  s  p.   163 

LXVI 

tournez  s'il  vous  plait  [turne  s  il 

vu  pic]  p.  KH  XIV 
tous   [tu(:)s]   [tu]  .s-  275,  p.    157 

LXIV,  ou  p.  46  XIV 
tousse  [tus]  ou  119,  128,  328,  p. 

46  XIV 


254 


FRENCH    PRONUNCIATION 


tout  [tu(t,)]  OM  4,  17,  119,  p.  46 

XIV 

Tout  a  vous  [tut  a  vu]  427 

toute  [tut]  ou  p.  46  xiv 

tout  le  monde  [tu  1  moid]  e  73 

toux  [tu]  X  315;  on  p.  46  xiv 

traine  [trcui]  cd  90,  j).  49  xvi 

traineau  [treno]  ul  90 

trait  d'uuion  [tre  d  ynjo]  34,  419, 

422 
tramway    [tramwe]    [tramwe]   w 

ITu,  307 
tranquille  [trakil]  ill  232,  p.  157 

Lxiv;  i  p.  37  IX 
trans  before  a  vowel  [traz]  270 
transaction  [trazaksjo]  s  270 
transatlantique     [trazatlatik]    s 

270 
transept  [trase(pt)]  s  270;  t  299; 

p  p.  98  XLViii 
transi  [trasi]  s  270 
transiger  [trazi3e]  s  270 
transir  [trasiir]  s  270 
transit  [trazi(t)]  s  270;  t  299 
transitif  [trazitif]  s  270 
transition  [trazisjo]  .s  270 
transsubstantier  [trasypstasje] 

ti  293;  Z  p.  117  Liii 
Transylvania  [trasilvani]  s  270 
travail  [trava(!)j]  a  13,  61;  il  155, 

225;  ail  p.  157  lxiv 
travaille  [travaij]  a  12,  61,  65;  e 

46 
travailler  [travaje]  ill  225 
trema  [trema]  33 
tremper  [trape]  em-131 
trente-neuf  [trait  noef]  /  194 


tres  habile  [trez  abil]  s  336,  p. 

141  LIX 
tresor  [trezoir]  s  268 
triage  [triai5]  [trijai3]  i  153 
tric-trac  [trik  trak]  c  p.  70  xxx 
tril  [tri]  [triij]  il  228 
trimestre  [trimestr]  p.  161  XIV 
triple  [tripl]  37 
triste  [trist]  i  94 
tristement  [tristoma]  e  393 
triumvir    [triamviir]   [trijomviir] 

m  235 
trois  [trwa]  oi  p.  62  xxiv 
trois  un  de  suite  [trwaz  oe  da 

sqit]  371 
trompe  [troip]  om  4,  141 
tromper  [trope]  om  141 
tronc  [tro]  c  179,  340 
trone  [troin]  6  97 
troner  [trone]  6  98 
trop  [tro]  [tro]  o  99;  p  249 
trop  eclatant  [trop  eklata]  -p  345 
trop  en  avant  [trop  an  ava]  p,  n 

336 
trop  etroit  [trop  etrwa]  p  p.  141 

LIX 

trop  hardi  [tro  ardi]  p  p.  141  lx 
trottoir  [trotwair]  r  261 ;  it  279 
trou  [tru]  ou  p.  46  xiv,  p.  49  xvi 
trouvaille  [truvaij]  a  61,  65;  aille 

226 
troyen  [trwojS]  oy  p.  62  xxiv 
Troyen  [trwaje]  en  135 
true  [tryk]  c  jx  70  xxx 
tt  [t]  42,  168,  279 
tu  [ty]  ull 
tua  [tqa]  ua  p.  64  xxv 


INDEX 


255 


tu  aimes  [ty  e:m]  e  391 

tuant  [tqa]  uan  162 

tu  argues  [ty  argy]  gue  197 

tube  [t>-b]  1/  p.  46  xv 

tubulaire  [tybyk:r]  u  p.  46  xv 

tu  chatieras  [ty  ^citira]  t  281 

tu  donnes  [\\  don]  c  p.  30  vi 

tuer  [tqe]  ue  160 

tueur    [tqcBir]   ueu,    160,    p.   64 

XXV 

tueuse    [tqo:z]    ueu  160,  p.    64 

XXV 

tu  fatiguas  [ty  fatiga]  gua  197 
tuile  [tqi(:)l]  ui  p.  64  xxv 
tuileries  [tqilri]  ui  p.  64  xxv 
tulle  [tyl]  u  p.  46  xv 
tumulte  [tyniylt]  u  p.  46  xv 
tuons  [tqo]  uon  162,  p.  65  xx\t: 
tu  paries  [ty  pari]  e  p.  30  vi 
tu  peux  [ty  p0)  X  p.  122  lvii 
turc  [tyrk]  a  121;  c  255 
turf  [tyrf]  /  p.  76  xxx\t 
turque  [t>Tk]  qu  255 
tu  sais  [ty  so]  [ty  se]  ai  82,  124, 

322.  p.  32  VII 
Tusculum  [tyskyl.)in]  m  235 
tu  tords  [ty  t.):r]  d  p.  74  xxxiv 
tu  t'y  es  mis  [ty  t  i  c  mi]  384 
tuyau  [Iqijo]  [tyjo]  46;  uij  160, 

p.  (>4  xxv 
tjrphus  [tify:s]  s  275 


u  [y]  22,  24;  [q]  158;  pronoiincc<l 
after  g  197;  silent  after  g  197; 
Bilcnt  202 


t  [y]  j2  120,  121 

-ua  [wa]  156;  -ua  [qa]  158,  160 

-uan  [qci]  161,  162 

ubiquite  [ybikqite]  qu  257 

ue  [a-]  [o]  117,  118,  122,  127;  [qe] 

[qc]  158,  160;  after  c  and  g  [oe] 

[o]  320,  326 
-ue  [qe]  158,  160 
-ue  [qc]  158,  160 
-ueU  [oc:j]  il  226 
-ueille  [(e:j]  ill  226 
-ueu  [qo]  [qa^]  158,  160 
-ui  [qi]  158,  160;  +i  [qij]  159 
-uille  [y:j]  [qi:j]  ill  226 
-uin  [qe]  136,  161,  162 
-urn  [5]  142;  [&]  144;  [om]  145, 

235 
-umes  [yni]  ii  15 
un  [re]  4,  17,  144,  146,  161,  386, 

p.  56  XXI  B 
-un  [5]  142,  161;   [oe]  144;  [on] 

146 
un  ancien  ami  [d>n  asjen  ami]  n 

375 
unanime  [N-naniim]  n  p.  57  xxii 
un  arabe  (cen  ara(:)b]  a  p.  153 

LXIII 

im  arc-en-ciel  [ten  ark  u  sjrl]  n, 

c  p.  Ill  LIX 
un  avis  important  [d-n  avi  eportd] 

s  3(59 
im  banc  a  dos  [<e  l)d  a  do]  c  yt. 

141  i.x 
un  beau  mariage  [d-  bo  marja:^] 

I '  102 
un  bel  angora   [<e  bel  ug.jra]  a 

•100 


256 


TRENCH  PRONUNCIATION 


un  boulanger  intelligent  [Cv  bu- 

l("i50  etelisfi]  r  349 
un  cerf  dix-cors  [d>  seir  di  k.):r]  / 

1).  7G  XXXVII 
un  charmant  homme  [te  Sarmat 

om] t 331 
un  cosaque  [(»  kozak]  c  p.  153 

LXIII 

un  court  espace  [de  kurt  espa:s]  t 

352 
un  dedale   [de  dedal]  d  p.   153 

LXIII 

un  demi-litre  [ce  dmi  litr]  e  394 

une  [yn]  u  121 

une   ancienne   eleve    [>ti   Tisjen 

ekiv]  e  392 
une  autre  annee  [jti  otr  ane]  e 

392 
Une  bonne  annee  [>ti  ban  ane] 

430 
une  bouteille  de  cognac  [jti  bu- 

te:j  do  kojiak]  c  400 
une  cheminee  [j-n  Nomine]  e  394 
une  demi-livre  [jti  dami  li:vr]  e 

394 
une  demoiselle  [jti  damwazel]  e 

394 
une  dryade  [j-n  dria(:)d]  d  p.  152 

LXIII 

une  faim  excessive  [jti  fe  ekse- 

si:v]  m  373,  p.  141  lx 
une  megere  [>ti  me3e:r]  m  p.  153 

LXIII 

un  enfant  [oen  ufu]  n  375 
une  petite  [yn  pot  it]  e  74,  393, 394 
Une  poignee  de  main  [yn  pwajie 
(pope)  da  me]  427 


une  robe  de  florence  [yn  ro(:)b 

do  flora :.s]  /  400 
une  robe  de  madras  [yn  ro(:)b 

do  madra:s]  7n  400 
une  semaine  [yn  same(:)n]  e  394 
une  sirene  [yn  sire(:)n]  s  p.  152 

LXIII 

une  statue  en  carrare  [yn  staty 

a  karair]  c  400 
un  et  deux  font  trois  [de  e  do  f5 

trwa]  n  p.  141  lx 
im  etre  actif  [cSn  e:tr  aktif]  e  73 
Une  VieUle  maitresse  [yn  vje(:)j 

metres]  V  402 
un  excellent  homme  [den  ekselat 

om] t 350 
un  faime  [de  fo:n]  /  p.  152  lxiii 
im  fort  argument  en  sa  faveur 

[&  fo:rt  argymat  a  sa  favoeir] 

t  p.   141  LIX 

xm  fort  athlete  [de  fart  atlet]  t  352 
un  froid  accueil  [cb  frwat  akoe:j| 

d  362 
im    garfon    indolent    [de    gars5 

edola]  n  p.  141  lx 
un  grand  homme  [de  grat  om]  d  362 
un  hermes  [den  erme(:)s]  h  p.  153 

LXIII 

uniforme  [yniform]  n  239 

un  illustre  Parisien   [den  ilystr 

]iarizje]  P  399 
union  [jaijo]  p.  19  ii 
un  Irlandais  [den  irlade]  I  399 
univers  [jiiivcir]  r  264 
universite  [yniversite]  16 
im  joug  intolerable  [de  3uk  eto- 

lera(:)bl]  g  p.  141  lix 


INDEX 


257 


Un  Manage  dans  le  monde  [de 

marja:3  da  b  moid]  M  402 
un  mentor  [de  meto:r]  in  p.  153 

LXIII 

im  metre  d'angleterre  [de  me(:)tr 

d  aglote:r]  a  400 
un  missel  [de  miscl]  m  p.   152 

LXIII 

un  noble  venitien  [de  nobl  ve- 

nisjf]  V  399 
im  nom  anglais   [de  n5  agle]  m 

p. 141  LX 

\m  nom  illustre  [ce  n5  illj'str]  m 

373 
un  ceuf  dur  [(En  oe  dy:r]  /  193 
un  oeuf  frais  [den  oe  frc]  /  193 
im  ceuf  gate  [den  cef  gate]  /  p.  76 

XXXVI 

un  OS  [den  o:s]  [den  os]  s  p.  156 

LXIV 

un  parfimi  exqxiis  [de  parfde  ek- 

ski]  m  373 
un  phaeton  [de  faet5]  p  p.  153 

I.XIII 

im  pore-epic   [(Je  pork  epik]  c  p. 

141  ux 
un  pot  de  biere  [de  po  d  bje:r]  e 

394 
un  riche  Americain  [cL  ri^  ame- 

rike]  A  399 
un  satyre  [d'  sati:r]  s-  p.  152  lxiii 
un    savant    allemand    [ffe    sava 

idmri)  II  :',9<) 
un  succes  inattendu   [de  sykscz 

iriatridy]  a  300 
un  tartufe  [(h  tartyf]  /  p.    153 

LXIU 


un  triton  [de  trit5]  t  p.  152  Lxin 
im  un  mal  fait  [cen  de  mal  fe]  371 
im  verre  de  biere   [de  ve:r  da 

bjc:r]  e  394 
un  vieillard  infirme    [de  vjejair 

efirm]  d  364 
imze  [de:z]  iin  p.  56  xxi  B 
-uon  [qj]  161,  162 
Urgent  [}T3a]  431;  t  p.  117  ltv 
Ursule  [yrsyl]  t<  p.  46  xv 
us  [y:s]  [y]  s  275 
-utes  [yt]  H  15 
-utie  [ysi]  t  281 
utile  [j'til]  u  p.  46  xv 
UxeUes  [ysd]  x  267,  313 
-uy  [qi]  158,  160 


V  [ve]  [va]  22,  24;  [v]  304,  338 
vache  [vaS]  ch  p.  72  xxxii 
vaciller  [vasile]  ill  232 
vade-mecum  [vade  mekom]  um 

115 
vaille  [va:j]  a  61 
vaincre  [vf  :kr]  cr  37;  c  255 
vaincrez  [vtkre]  ain  135 
vaincs  [vc]  cs  164,  c  179 
vaincu  [vCkj^]  c  255 
vainquant  [vcka]  qu  255 
vainquez  [vtko]  qu  255 
vainquis  [vfki]  qn  254,  255 
vainquons  [vtko]  qu  254,  255 
valet  jvalii  v  p.  118  LV 
valse  [vals]  a  p.  21  iii 
valu  [valy]  v  p.  118  LV 
valve  [valv]  v  p.  118  lv 


258 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


vanille  [vani(:)j]  ill  p.  90  xliv 

vase  [vcftz]  a  60 

vasistas  [vazistuis]  s  275,  p.  157 

LXIV 

Vaud  [vo]  d  p.  74  xxxrv 
vaudeville  [vodvil]  ill  232 
Vaugelas  [voski]  a  59 
vaux  [vo]  au  p.  49  xvi 
veau  [vo]  eau  102,  p.  39  x 
veille  [ve(:)j]  ill  p.  157  lxiv 
veilleuse  [vejoiz]  e  91;  ei  p.  36 

VIII ;  ill  p.  90  XLiv 
veine  [vc:n]  ci  90 
Velasquez  [velaskes]  z  267 
vende  [va:d]  en  p.  56  xxi  B 
vendeen  [vadee]  en  136 
vendetta    [vedetta]    en    p.    157 

LXIV 

vendredi    [vadradi]    en    131;    c 

393 
venez  [vane]  z  318 
Veniat  [van j at]  t  p.  117  iii 
Venise  [voniiz]  i  p.  37  ix 
Venitien  [venisjc]  t  286 
vent  [vu]  V  4,  304,  p.  118  LV 
Venus  [venyis]  s  274 
ver  [vc:r]  e  13;  r  263 
Vera  Cruz  [vera  kry:z]  z  319 
verdict  [v8di(k)]  [verdikt]  t  300 
verger  [verse]  r  262 
verglas  [vergla]  a  59 
vergogne  [vergoji]  gn  p.  81  xl 
vermeil  [verme(:)j]  H  P-  90  xliv 
vermput(h)  [vermut]  th  299;  t  p. 

163  Lxvi 
vers  [ve:r]  r  166,  264 
Versailles  [versa:j]  a  61;  ill  p.  90 


XLiv;  V  p.  lis  Lv;  aill  p.  162 

LXV 

vers  les  una  heure  [ver  le  yn  ceir] 

s  369,  371 
vers  un  endroit  [ver  ce(n)  adrwa] 

s367 
vert  [veir]  r  166;  t  p.  117  liv 
verte  [vert]  e  91,  p.  36  viii 
verveine  [ver\^e(:)n]  v  p.  118  lv 
vestiaire  [vestjeir]  iai  152;  ti  290 
vete  [ve:t]  e  85 
vetir  [vetiir]  e  86 
veto  [veto]  e  80 
veuf  [vccf]  /  p.  76  XXXVI 
veuf  en  secondes  noces  [voef  a 

sagSid  nas]  /  342 
veuille  [voe:j]  euille  226;  ill  p.  90 

XLIV 

Veuillez  accepter,  Madame,  I'as- 
surance  de  ma  parfaite  et  af- 
fectueuse  consideration  [voe- 
jez  akscpte,  madam,  1  asjTais 
do  ma  parfet  e  afektqoiz  kosi- 
derasjo]  429 

Veuillez  accepter,  Madame,  mes 
salutations  respectueuses  [voe- 
jez  aksepte,  madam,  me  saly- 
tcisjo  respcktqoiz]  429 

Veuillez  agreer,  cher  Monsietir, 
avec  tous  mes  remerciements, 
I'assurance  de  mes  sentiments 
bien  devoues  [voejez  agree, 
Seir  masjo,  avek  tu  me  romer- 
sima,  1  asyrais  da  me  satima 
bje  devwe]  428 

Veuillez  agreer.  Monsieur,  I'as- 
surance  de   mes   sentiments 


INDEX 


259 


distingue  s  [vcpjez  agree,  mas- 
jo,  1  asyruis  do  me  satima  dis- 
tege]  428 
veuillez  entrer  [va>joz  dtrr]  z  333 
Veuillez  me  rappeler  au  bon  sou- 
venir de  [vtt'je  mo  raple  o  ba 
suvniir  do]  430 
veuve  [vcr:v]  eu  127,  327,  p.  45 

XIII ;  V  304;  p.  161  XIV 
veux  [vo]  eu  p.  44  xii 
viande  [vjQid]  ian  p.  65  xxvi 
vicomte  [vik3:t]  p.  161  XIV 
vicomtesse  [vikotes]  p.  IGl  XIV 
victoire  [viktwair]  oi  50 
vie  [vi]  e  69;  i  94 
vieil  [vjc:j]  ieil  226 
viellard  [vjejair]  d  p.  74  xxxiv; 

//  p.  90  XLiv 
vieille  [vje:j]  eille  226;  ill  p.  157 

LXIV 

vieillir  [vjejiir]  ill  p.  90  xliv 
viendra  [vjedra]  ien  p.  65  xxvi 
vienne  [vjen]  v  p.  118  lv 
viens  [vjc]  en  135,  p.  54  xix 
vif  [vif]  i  94 

vif-argent  [vif  arsa]/  p.  76  xxxvi 
vif  eclat  [vif  ckhi]  /  342 
vigoureux    [viguro]     go    p.     79 

XXXVIII 

vU  [vil]  I  165;  il  229 
vilain  [vili:]  v  p.  118  LV 
village  [vil(l)a:5l  ill  232 
ville  [vill  ill  2:52;  i  p.  37  ix 
Villeneuve-le-Comte  [viliia-.-v  lo 

k.-):!]   I',  ('  410 
Villmain  [vilmrj  ill  232 
vin  [vc]  in  17,  135,  p.  56  xxi  H 


vinaigre  [vineigr]  n  p.  96  xlvi 
vin  de  Champagne  [ve  d  Sapaji] 

c394 
vindicte  [vtdikt]  c  p.  70  xxx 
vingt  [vf]  g  205,  213;  t  302;  gt  p. 

157  LXiv 
vingt  chevaux  [ve  Sovo]  t  p.  157 

LXIV 

vingt-deux  [vet  do]  t  303,  p.  157 

LXIV 

vingt  et  un  [vet  e  oe]  i  303 
vingt  hommes  [vet  am]  t  302 
vingt-huit  [vet  qit]  i  p.  157  lxiv 
vingtieme  [vetjem]  li  293;  t  p. 

117   LII 

vingt-neuf    [vet  na'f]   t   303,    p. 

157  LXIV 
vingt  soldats  [ve  solda]  t  302 
vingt-trois  [\'ti  trwa]  t  303 
vinssions  [vesjo]  in  45 
violence  [vj.)lu:s]  en  131 
violette  [vjolct]  io  152 
violon  [vjolo]  io  p.  60  xxiii 
virgule  [virgyl]  419 
vis  [vifs]  .s  275,  p.  163  Lxvi 
vis-i-vis  [viz  a  vi]  s  p.  163  lxvi 
Visigoth  [vizi^o]  t  301 
vitre  [vitr]  37 
vitrine  [vitriii]  i  p.  37  ix 
vivace  [vivas]  v  304 
vivant  [vivu]  v  p.  llS  lv 
vivat  [viva]  [vivat]  t  300 
vivre  [vi:vr]  v  p.  118  LV 
vizir  [vi/,i:r]  z  316 
vcBu  [v(i]  eu  p.  44  XII 
voeux  [vo]  <(/.  114,  127;  tni  326 
voguons  [v.)g.')]  gii  p.  79  xxxviii 


260 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


voila  [\Tvala]  a  50 

voila  le  facteur  [vwala  1  faktceir] 
c73 

voir  [v\va:r]  v  304 

Voir  tome  III,  chapitre  IV  de 
I'ouvrage  [v-wair  to:m  trwa, 
Sapitr  katr  do  1  u\Ta:3]  415 

voisin  [vwaze]  oi  156 

voix  [\'wa]  X  315 

volaille  [volaij]  aille  226;  Z  p.  87 

XLIII 

volatil  [volatil]  il  229 
volontiers  [volotje]  li  293 
volontiers  a  mes  ordres  [vol5tje 

a  mez  ordra]  s  369 
voltairien  [volterje]  v  399 
volubilis    [vjlybili:s]    5    p.    163 

LXVI 

vont  [v5]  on  p.  56  xxi  B;v  p.  118 

LV 

Vosges  [vo:3]  [vo:3]  s  272,  p.  162 

LXV,  p.   163  LXVI 

Vos  Majestes  [vo  maseste]  V,  M 

412 
votre  [votr]  ol06;z;p.  118lv 
votre  [vo:tr]  v  p.  118  lv 
Votre  amie  aflfectionnee  [votr  ami 

afeksjone]  429 
Votre  ami  sincere  (fidele)  [votr 

ami  seseir  (fidel)],  427 
Votre  bien  sincere  [votr  bje  se- 

seir]  429 
Votre  Majeste  [votr  maseste]  V, 

M  412 
Votre    tout    devoue     [votr    tu 

devwe]  427 
vouloir  [vulwair]  v  304 


vouons  [vwo]  oiion  p.  65  xxvi 
vous  aimates  [\niz  ematj  d  51 
vous  aimez  a  lire  [vuz  emez  a 

li:r]  2  357 
vous  allez  a  Paris  [\'tiz  alez  a 

pari]  2  357 
Vous  avez  ete  au  pare  [vuz  avez 

ete  o  park]  s,  z  p.  141  ldc 
vous  avez  eu  [vuz  avez  y]  s,  z  333 
vous    divaguates    [vu    divagat] 

gud  197 
Vous  en  avez  assez  [vuz  on  avez 

ase]  s,  n,  z  p.  141  lix 
vous  etes  [\aiz  et]  15 
vous  le  dites  [vu  1  dit]  e  73 
vous  mourrez  [vii  murre]  rr  168 
vous  naviguates  [vu  navigat]  gvA 

197 
vous  parlates  [vu  parlat]  d  51 
Voyage  autour  du  monde  [vwa- 

ja:3  otu:r  dy  moid]  V  404 
voyageur   [vwajasoeir]  ge  p.   80 

XXXIX 

voyelle  [vwajel]  y  154 

voyez-le  [vwaje  b]  e  385 

vrai  [vre]  ai  82,  90,  p.  36  viii;  v 

304 
vraisemblable  [vresablabl]  s  269 
vu  [vy]  u  p.  46  XV 
vun  [vde]  un  p.  56  xxi  B 

W 

w  [dubl  ve]  [dubl  va]  22,  24;  [v] 

306,  307; [w]  157,  308 
Wagner   [vagne.-r]   w,   r  p.    163 

LXVI 


INDEX 


261 


wagon  [vag5]  22;  w  307 
Wagram  [vagram]  am  132;  TF  307 
Walker  [valke:r]  IF,  p.  119  lvi 
Wallon  [valo]  W  p.  119  l\t 
Walpole  [valpol]  W  p.  119  l\t 
Walter  Scott  [valtrr  skat]  W  307 
warrant  [vara]  ic  p.  119  l\t: 
Warwick  [vanik]  W  306 
Washington  [vazcgto]  [wo^inton] 

ir307;  p.  162  lxv 
Waterloo  [vaterlu]  W  306 
water-proof  [vater  pruf]  w  307 
Watteau  [vato]  TF  p.  119  lvi 
Weber  [vcbe:r]  TF  307;  r  p.  163 

LXVI 

Weimar  [vemair]  IF  p.  119  l\t 
Wellington  [veltgto]  TF  p.   119 

LVI 

Weser  [vcaeir]  r  p.  104  h;  w  p. 

119    LVI 

wh  [w]  157,  309,  329 

Whig  [wig]  Wh  309 

whiskey  [wiske]  [wiski]  wh  157, 

."500 
whist  [wist]  wh  157,  309,  329;  t 

297 
Wiesbaden  [visbaden]  IF  p.  119 

LVI 

wigwam  [wigwam]  w  308 
Winkelmann   [vektlnian]    TF   p. 

119   LVI 

Wisigoth  [vizigo]  TF  307 
Wissenbourg  [vistburr]  W  p.  119 

LVI 

wolfram   [v.)lfrain]  w  p.  119   lvi 
Worms  [v.jriiis]  m  p.  119  lvi 
Wurtemberg  (vyrtubcir]  y  205 


X 

X  [iks]  [ks9]  [gza]  22,  24;  41;  [ks] 
[k]  [gz]  [s]  [z]  267,  280,  310- 
315,  317,  372;  sUcnt  315 

xaintrailles  [setraij]  x  313 

xanthe  [gza:t]  x  312 

Xanthus  [gzatyis]  x  312 

Xantippe  [gzatip]  X  312 

Xavier  [gzavjo]  A''  312 

Xenophon  [gzcnafon]  X  312 

Xerxes  [gzerseis]  x  267,  312 


y  [igrek]  [i]  22,  24;  [i]  94,  96;  383; 
[j]  152-154;  i+i  [j]  125,  159, 
224;  between  vowels=i+i  154 

-ya  [ja]  152 

yacht  [jak(t)]  [jot]  371;  y  p.  60 

XXIII 

-yen  [jf]  136,  162 

yeux  [jo]  y  4,  154,  p.  60  xxiii; 

cu  114 
-ym  [v]  135 
-jmin  [iinn]  140 
-yn  [e]  135 
Yolande  [j.jlaid]  y  154 
yole  [}.)\]  y  154,  p.  60  xxiii 


z  [zr.l]  [/,.,]  4;  22,  24;  [s]  267;  [z] 
31(;;  final  (z][sl  318,  319,  357- 
3()1 

Zacharie  [zak:iri]  ck  p.  73  xxxiii 


262 


FRENCH   PRONUNCIATION 


zadig  [zadig]  g  206 
zebre  [zebr]  z  p.  122  lviii 
zele  [zc(:)l]  z  4,  316 
Zenith  [zenit]  th  299 
zero  [zero]  o  99;  z  316 
zest  [zest]  t  297,  299 


zigzag  [zigza(:)g]  g  206;  z  p.  122 

LVIII 

zinc  [ze:k]  [ze:g]  c  179,  p.  70  xxx, 

p.  163  Lxvi 
zone  [zoin]  o  14,  111,  p.  39  x;  z  316 
Zurich  [zyrik]  ch  p.  73  xxxiii 


Besides  Nyrop's  Manuel  phoneiique,  mentioned  in  the  Index  under 
the  letter  H,  the  following  useful  books  bearing  on  the  subject  here 
treated  were  received  during  the  preparation  of  the  present  work: 

DtTMViLLE,  Benj.  Elements  of  French  pronunciation  and  diction. 
London  (Dent  &  Sons),  1912. 

ScHOLLE  and  Smith.  Elementary  phonetics:  English,  French,  Ger- 
man; 2d  edition.    London  (Blackie  &  Son),  1907. 


OXFORD    FRENCH    SERIES 

BY  AMERICAN   SCHOLARS 
General  Editor:  Raymond  Weeks,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of theRomance  Langiiages&  Literatures  in  Columbia  Uni-ucrsity 


A  History  of  French  Literature. 

By  Prof.  C.  H.  C.  Wright,  Harvard  University. 

This  is  a  convenient  and  comprehensive  history  of 
French  Literature,  written  in  English,  tracing  the 
literary  development  of  the  French  people  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  the  present  day.  Prof.  Wright  has 
produced  a  work  which  might  truly  be  called  "a 
literary  history  of  France,"  in  which  he  throws 
much  light  on  many  old  themes  in  a  bright  and 
unconventional  way.  There  is  a  very  complete 
bibliography  and  index. 
Cloth.    964  pages net,  $3.00 

"  If  admirable   scholarship,   painstaking  thoroughness,   and   a 

pleasing  style  may  be  considered  prime  reciuisites  in  any  historical 

work,  then  we  are  justified  in  according  it  the  highest  measure  of 

praise."  — New  York  Times  Saturday  Review. 

"  A  conscientious  piece  of  work.  ...  It  yields  to  none  of  its 

American  or  English  predecessors  in  soundness  of  scholarshij)  or  in 

range  of  information."  — The  Dial. 

"At  last  we  have  a  comprehensive  and  up-to-date  history  of 

French  Literature."  —The  Outlook. 

"  By  far  the  best  manual  on  this  subject  in  the  English  language." 

—  Harvard  Graduates'  Magazine. 
"  Scholarly,   clear,  judicious  and   interesting  .  .  .  will   render 
excellent  service  in  this  country  and  England." 

— Prof.  C.  II.  Grandgcnt,  Harvard  University. 
"  A  very  conscientious  and  relialjle  work." 

— Prof.  Adolphe  Cohn.  Columbia  University. 
"Such  a  iKJok  we  have  needefl  for  many  years." 

— Prof.  Hugo  P.  Iliirme,  University  of  Michigan. 
"  We  have  certainly  no  work  published  on   this  side  of  the 
Atlantic  which  can  etjual  it  in  any  way." 

— Prof.  Murray  Pcahody  Brush,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
"Has  not  been  surpassed  in  lOnglish." 

• — Prof.  Colbert  Searlcs,Leland  Stanford  Junior  University. 


OXFORD    FRENCH    SERIES 

BY  AMERICAN   SCHOLARS 
General  Editor:  Raymond  Weeks,  Ph.D. 

Processor  of  the  Romance  Lattguages  and  Literatures  in  Columbia  Unl-versity 

Just  Published 

Gobseck  and  Jesus-Christ  en  Flandre. 

By  Honore  de  Balzac.  Edited  by  R.  T.  Holbrook. 
Cloth      net,  60c 

Both  these  works  are  admirably  suited  to  the  needs  of 
studentsand  are  counted  among  their  author's  master- 
pieces. Intended  for  the  second  or  third  year  of  study. 

"  The   notes   show   great    accuracy   and   scholarship   and   are 
unusually  helpful  in  their  treatment  of  syntax." 

— Prof.  Edgar  vonFlngerlin,  University  of  Southern  California. 
"  It  is  both  edited  and  printed  with  accuracy  and  intelligence." 
— Prof.  Kenneth  McKenzie,   Yale   University. 
"The  notes  which  I  have  examined  are  as  close  to  my  idea  of  per- 
fection as  possible." — Prof  .Edivard B .  Schlatter ,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
"  The  annotation  especially  is  abundant,  accurate  and  stimu- 
lating— very   different  from   the  ordinary  commonplace  notes." 

— Prof.  W.  P.  Shepard,  Hamilton  College. 

In  Active  Preparation 

Abdallah,  ou  Le  Trefle  a  Quatre  Feuilles. 

By  Edouard  Laboulaye.  Edited  with  an  intro- 
duction and  English  notes  by  Albert  Schinz,  Pro- 
fessor of  French  Literature  at  Bryn  Mawr  College. 
And  a  vocabulary  by  Helen  Maxwell  King,  A.B.,  and 
M.  A.  Professor  of  French,  Olivet  College,  Michigan. 
French  Pronunciation. 

Principles  and  practice  and  a  summary  of  usage  in 
writing  and  printing. 

By  James  Geddes,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Romance 
Languages  in  Boston  University. 

Les  Femmes  Fortes. 

Edited,  with  notes  and  vocabulary  by  Albert 
Cohen  McMaster,  A.M.,  and  Francis  B.  Barton, 
Ph.D.,  Instructors  in  Williams  College. 

(Other  volumes  to  follow  shortly) 


A   NEW    SERIES    OF    ELEMENTARY   READERS 

"  The  best  suited  to  the  needs  of  our  American  students  that  I 
know.  The  grammatical  and  literary  work  at  the  end  of  the  books 
makes  them  invaluable  for  class  use." 

— Prof.  Charles  W.Benton,  University  of  Minnesota. 

Oxford  Junior  French  Series 

Intended  to  furnish  simple,  but  not  childish  material,  for 
elementary  reading.  Besides  a  few  brief  notes  in  French 
and  a  French-English  vocabulary,  each  volume  contains 
a  questionnaire  and  direct  method  exercises,  which  enable 
the  student  to  work  up  a  lesson  for  himself,  in  preparation 
for  more  thorough  questioning  in  class  or  for  conversation. 

Stiff  Cloth  at  25c  per  copy,  net. 

Madame  Therese. 

By  Erckmann-Chatrian.     Edited  by  S.  Tindall. 

Gavroche. 

By  Hugo.     From  Les  Miserables.     Edited  by  Marc 

Ceppi. 
L'Enfant  des  Grenadiers,  etc. 

By  Soulie.     Edited  by  H.  L.  Hutton. 
La  Chasse  au  Chastre. 

By  Dumas.     Edited  by  G.  H.  Wade. 
Adventures  du  Capitaine  Pamphile. 

By  Dumas.    Edited  by  R.  A.  Raven. 

Deux  Contes. 

By  Mery.     Edited  by  T.  R.  N.  Crofts. 

Cosette. 

By  Hugo.     From  Les  Miserables.     Edited  by  Marc 
Ceppi. 
Le  Chateau  des  Merveilles. 

liy  Xoiissanne.     lulited  by  R.  J.  E.  Bue. 


Six  Contes. 

By  Bazin.     l::dited   by   G.    H.   Clarke net,   50c 

(Other  volume!  In  preparation) 


A  NEW  SERIES  BASED  ON  THE  DIRECT  METHOD 

Premieres  Notions  de  Vocabulaire  et  de  Lecture, 

par  J.  E.  Pichon.     Crown  8vo,  with  many  illustra- 
tions  net,   40c . 

Ma  premiere  visite  a  Paris. 

By  A.  E,  C.     Being  a  French  reading-book,  with 
twenty-six  illustrations.    Crown  8vo net,  40c 

Je  sais  un  Conte,  (Folk-tales.) 

By  Mrs.  J.  G.  Frazer.     With  phonetic  transcript 
by  L.  Chouville ;  . .  .  net,    40c 

Trois  Semaines  en  France. 

By  L.  Chouville  and  D.  L.  Savory.    An  illustrated 
French  reading-book.    Crown  8vo net,  50c 

Dumas  (Pere). 

Pages  choisies.     By  B.  L.  Templeton.     Crown  Svo, 

net,  50c 
Histoires    Courtes    et  Longues,   pour  lecture  ex- 

pliquee  et  reproduction. 

By  L.  Chouville.    Edited  by  D.  L.  Savory.    Crown 

Svo,  60c;    or  Part  I,  40c,  net;    Part  II,  net,  40c 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 

iW 

OIRCHA'-:F-l'Pt 

0 

1 

FEB  26 

"ECO  LDUm 

1 

8 

DEC  12  Z3j  . 

u 

1 

1 

L 

orm  1 

1 

1 

315    1 

58  00479  2676 


lircoilTHCRMRcr-inM/M  up^RY  FACILITY 


lllllilll    III    III    ill 

AA    000  402  216    6 


